As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2023.
Registration Statement No. 333-261850
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 7 to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Savers Value Village, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware |
5900 |
83-4165683 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of |
(Primary Standard Industrial |
(I.R.S. Employer |
11400 S.E. 6th Street, Suite 125
Bellevue, WA 98004
425-462-1515
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
Mark Walsh
Chief Executive Officer
Savers Value Village, Inc.
11400 S.E. 6th Street, Suite 125
Bellevue, WA 98004
425-462-1515
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
John C. Kennedy, Esq. Christodoulos Kaoutzanis, Esq. Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP |
Marc D. Jaffe, Esq. |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, smaller reporting company and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer ☐ |
Accelerated Filer ☐ |
Non-accelerated Filer ☒ |
Smaller reporting company ☐ | |||
Emerging growth company ☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933. ☐
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
This information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, dated March 30, 2023
Prospectus
Shares
Common Stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Savers Value Village, Inc. We are offering shares of common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price for our common stock will be between $ and $ per share.
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SVV. After giving effect to this offering, certain funds, investment vehicles or accounts managed or advised by the Private Equity Group of Ares Management Corporation, will hold approximately % of our outstanding common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Accordingly, we expect to be a controlled company as defined in the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange and will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements of those rules. We are also an emerging growth company as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws, and as such may elect to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements. Please see Prospectus SummaryImplications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.
Per share | Total | |||||||
Price to the public |
$ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1) |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders |
$ | $ |
(1) | See Underwriting for additional information regarding underwriting compensation. |
The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to additional shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders, including upon the sale of shares of our common by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their option.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 30.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about , 2023.
J.P. Morgan | Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC | Jefferies | UBS Investment Bank |
Baird | CIBC Capital Markets | Guggenheim Securities | Piper Sandler |
, 2023
Prospectus
1 | ||||
4 | ||||
27 | ||||
30 | ||||
71 | ||||
73 | ||||
74 | ||||
75 | ||||
77 | ||||
79 | ||||
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
80 | |||
137 | ||||
145 | ||||
154 | ||||
163 | ||||
167 | ||||
169 | ||||
176 | ||||
179 | ||||
183 | ||||
193 | ||||
193 | ||||
193 | ||||
F-1 |
Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give information that is not contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for those purposes is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this offering of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
i
Through and including , 2023 (the 25th day after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Corporate Conversion
Prior to January 7, 2022, we operated as a Delaware limited liability company under the name S-Evergreen Holding LLC. On January 7, 2022, we converted into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to Savers Value Village, Inc. In the conversion, all of our outstanding equity interests were converted into shares of common stock. The foregoing conversion and related transactions are referred to herein as the Corporate Conversion.
The purpose of the Corporate Conversion was to reorganize our structure so that the entity that is offering our common stock to the public in this offering is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that our existing investors and new investors purchasing in this offering will own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.
Fiscal Year End
We report on the basis of a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to the last day of December. Accordingly, references herein to fiscal year 2020 relate to the 53 weeks ended January 2, 2021, references herein to fiscal year 2021 relate to the 52 weeks ended January 1, 2022, and references herein to "fiscal year 2022" relate to the 52 weeks ended December 31, 2022.
Rounding
Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables or charts and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.
CERTAIN TRADEMARKS
This prospectus includes trademarks and service marks owned by us, including Savers Value Village, Savers®, Value Village, Village des Valeurs, Unique®, Super Savers Club®, Community Donation Center®, Thrift Proud®, 2nd Ave®, 2nd Ave Value Stores®, and GreenDrop®. This prospectus also contains trademarks, trade names and service marks of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other parties trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.
ii
savers® | value villageTM
What if a business could revolutionize the relationship between people, planet and profit? Welcome to the Savers® family of thrift stores and the reuse economy. For nearly 70 years, we've run a proven, successful, triple bottom line company. This is a business model consumers demand, and it's already here. savers | value villageTM | village des valeursMD | unique® | Thrift Superstore
OUR MISSION Our mission is to champion reuse and inspire a future where secondhand is second nature. From the thrill of the hunt to the joy of decluttering, we help communities harness the power of reuse to keep clothing and household items around for years to come.
OUR BRAND At Savers® pre-loved becomes re-loved by our thrifting community. They celebrate and share their finds wherever they can. Why? Ask them and they will tell you: the excitement of a one-of-a-kind discovery at an exceptional price. Fashion statements become environmental ones, too. That's Thrift Proud®. @__reme_ @lifewithkails @justinhamm_ @amandadaises @lusfinds @soa.ma.eva @thriftedstylez @niftee_thrifteee @thevillagelook thrift proud®.
OUR IMPACT What's good for people, communities and the planet, is also good for business. Thrift is proof the reuse economy works and is the future of retail. 1. BUSINESS 2. PLANET 3. PEOPLE REVENUE ___ $1.2B1 COMP STORE SALES ___ +16.4%2 vs. 2019 +64.8%2 vs. 2020 NET INCOME $83.4MM1 ADJUSTED EBITDA_ $223.4MM1 LOYALTY MEMBERS ___ 4.5MM active loyalty members drive 70.3% of total point-of-sale transaction value3 AVERAGE UNIT RETAIL PRICE ___ <$5 3.2B+ lbs. of goods diverted from North American landfills4 +33,000 reusable items merchandised per store every week5 Each year on average our thrifters purchase6: 73 Million tops & pants 6 million coats 11 Million accessories 22 million books 5 million dresses 10 Million pairs of shoes 12 Million pieces of kitchenware 90%+ of our supply is locally sourced6 $615MM+ paid to our non-profit partners for secondhand clothing and household goods7 25+ year average relationship with our top 10 non-profit partners 87% of open salaried management positions filled by internal promotions8 61% of management roles held by team members identifying as female8 49% of U.S. workforce is represented by diverse backgrounds and ethnicities8 1 During fiscal year 2021 2 U.S. comparable store sales growth (for fiscal year 2021 versus fiscal year 2019 and versus fiscal year 2020, as indicated above) 3 U.S. & Canada during the 12 months ended October 2, 2022 4 For fiscal year 2017 through fiscal year 2021 5 During the 12 months ended October 1, 2022 6 Yearly average for fiscal year 2017 through fiscal year 2021 7 Total amount paid for fiscal year 2017 through fiscal year 2021 8 As of January 1, 2022 OUR IMPACT What's good for people, communities and the planet, is also good for business. Thrift is proof the reuse economy works and is the future of retail. 1. BUSINESS 2. PLANET 3. PEOPLE REVENUE ___ $859.3MM1 COMP STORE SALES ___ +16.3%2 vs. 2019 +77.4%2 vs. 2020 NET INCOME $83.4MM1 LOYALTY MEMBERS ___ 4.5MM active loyalty members drive 70.3% of total point-of-sale transaction value3 AVERAGE UNIT RETAIL PRICE ___ <$5 3.4B+ lbs. of goods diverted from North American landfills4 +38,000 reusable items merchandised per store every week5 Each year on average our thrifters purchase6: 82 Million tops & pants 6 million coats 13 Million accessories 25 million books 6 million dresses 12 Million pairs of shoes 13 Million pieces of kitchenware 90%+ of our supply is locally sourced7 $670MM+ paid to our non-profit partners for secondhand clothing and household goods8 25+ year average relationship with our top 10 non-profit partners 87% of open salaried management positions filled by internal promotions9 61% of management roles held by team members identifying as female10 49% of U.S. workforce is represented by diverse backgrounds and ethnicities10 1 YTD Q3 2021 2 U.S. comparable store sales growth (YTD Q3 2021 vs. YTD Q3 2019 and vs. YTD Q3 2020) 3 U.S. & Canada 12 months ended October 1, 2022 4 2016 - 2020 5 2019 internal company data 6 2015 to 2019 7 Cumulative between 2017-2021 8 Average between 2015-2019 9 U.S. & Canada since January 2021 10 As of August 2021
A LETTER FROM OUR CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER At Savers Value VillageTM, our mission is to champion reuse and inspire a future where secondhand is second nature. I believe in it today, and I see the immense potential ahead as more consumers come to believe in it too. If you are new to our company and the thrift industry, we are excited to welcome you. If you know us already, thank you for remaining with us on this incredible journey. The Savers(R) family of thrift stores is the largest for-profit thrift operator in the United States and Canada. We have over 300 stores in the United States, Canada and Australia and 21,000 team members who are engaged and committed to our mission. Our position is strong because our business model-vertically integrated across supply and processing, brick and mortar retail, and sales to wholesale reuse customers-differentiates us from others in the industry, and we believe our scale and capabilities cannot be easily replicated. We've made a promise to affect the world for the better as we grow: to benefit local communities by partnering with non-profits, to benefit the planet, and to benefit our shareholders. That is our triple bottom line. In 1954 we opened our first thrift shop in an old San Francisco movie theater, and since then, we've been innovating our stores and operations to redefine the modern thrift experience. Through economic and fashion cycles, and across generations, we've shown resiliency and remain Thrift Proud(R)-a mantra that has brought us to today: the most exciting time in our company's history. Whether you refer to us as "secondhand," "thrift" or "reuse," Savers is the place for anyone and everyone to buy necessities and to explore one-of-a-kind products-all with an average price tag of under $5. Our value proposition attracts customers from all walks of life who are embracing thrift for an authentic experience that creates shareable moments. For many, thrifting is about the thrill of the treasure hunt. You don't know you need it until you see it-that 70's daisy print salad bowl... a football jersey from your alma mater... a kid's toy that makes the perfect gift. While thrifting should always be fun, we take secondhand seriously, and we are committed to our local impact.
Here is how we work. Our typical store has a Community Donation Center(R) (CDC) to accept clothing and household items people no longer want or need on behalf of a local non-profit partner. In addition, our GreenDrop(R) locations provide communities surrounding our stores with further donation opportunities benefiting a local non-profit. We operate our CDCs and GreenDrop locations as a registered professional fundraiser (where required), paying our non-profit partners for these donated goods to create revenue they can use to help fund their missions. Our non-profit partners work to better our communities, fight disease, support youth at risk, and provide services for veterans, among many other important causes. These relationships are longstanding, with some spanning decades, which is a testament to our team members' dedication to delivering for our non-profit partners and to consumers who are committed to decluttering responsibly. Dropping off reusable goods for our non-profit partners at our Community Donation Centers and GreenDrop locations is a convenient, fast and friendly experience that encourages repeat donors and creates unlimited possibilities for our customers to access a huge range of brands, styles and products. We then sort through these items and select merchandise for our sales floors where thrifters come in search of style-defining discoveries across apparel, accessories and everyday housewares. This seamless experience is created by our team members who keep our inventory fresh by stocking thousands of pre-loved products on each of our stores' racks and shelves every day. Processing thrift is hard work. It requires sifting through drop-offs to separate items that can be placed on our sales floors from those our wholesale customers can reuse or repurpose. We're innovating to streamline item processing at Centralized Processing Centers (CPCs), powered by industry-leading technology exclusive to Savers. This initiative is a game changer for us. By moving processing from stores to CPCs, we now have the flexibility to expand into prime retail locations with smaller footprints in more densely populated areas. One of the best parts of what we do is divert millions of reusable items away from landfills every year. We recognize that shoppers today are discerning, engaged and more conscious consumers. They want a broad product selection, but not at the expense of the environment. It takes 700 gallons of water to produce just one new cotton t-shirt-that's as much as you'll drink in two and a half years. More than 26 billion pounds of textiles are thrown away every year in the United States alone, 95% of which could have been reused or repurposed. When people understand this impact, and recognize their own potential contribution, they want to participate in the reuse economy. And it is important to them that their favorite retailers are doing so, too, in a meaningful way.
As we look to the future, we are focused on and excited about our growth plan: First, grow the footprint. The things people love most about thrift are best executed in-store, and we have identified approximately 2,200 potential new stores, the vast majority of which is comprised of infilling the markets where we already exist. Both current and new markets are underpenetrated, particularly in the South and West of the United States and in Central Canada. Second, continue to drive consistent comparable store sales growth. Capitalizing on strong secular trends, this will continue to be a priority as we enhance our product offerings, improve the shopping experience, expand our loyal customer base and drive brand awareness. Third, keep innovation and operational excellence at the center. This has been a part of our culture since the beginning and a major differentiator of our for-profit model. We are directing investment to elevate the retail experience and leverage new technology like our innovative CPCs. Finally, pursue inorganic growth opportunities. The thrift sector is fragmented and ripe for consolidation. There are strong regional players that may benefit from our infrastructure and would offer us the opportunity to scale in new or underpenetrated markets. We are also looking at businesses that could add value on the operational side. To make this plan a reality, I am honored to work alongside our leadership team of thrift veterans and technology, manufacturing and supply chain experts. I'm also immensely grateful to our Savers team members who work tirelessly to deliver for our customers, non-profit partners, and the planet. Thank you for taking the time to learn more about our company. Our model is powerful, the thrift industry is resilient and poised for significant growth, and our future is bright. Sincerely, Mark Walsh, CEO savers® | value villageTM | village des valeursMD | unique®
The following summary contains selected information about us and about this offering. It does not contain all of the information that is important to you and your investment decision. Before you make an investment decision, you should review this prospectus in its entirety, including matters set forth under Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in the following summary constitute forward-looking statements. See Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to Savers Value Village, Inc., S-Evergreen Holding LLC, the company, we, us, our or similar terms refer to Savers Value Village, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and after the Corporate Conversion, Savers Value Village, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Where we present data or information on a pro forma basis (or words of similar import), such data or information is presented after giving pro forma effect to this offering and the related transactions and the Notes Offering. See Capitalization.
Company Overview
Our mission
To champion reuse and inspire a future where secondhand is second nature.
From the thrill of the hunt to the joy of decluttering, we help communities harness the power of pre-loved stuff to keep reusable items around for years to come.
Who we are
We are the largest for-profit thrift operator in the United States and Canada based on number of stores. With almost 22,000 team members, we operate a total of 314 stores under the Savers, Value Village, Village des Valeurs, Unique and 2nd Ave. banners. We are committed to redefining secondhand shopping by providing one-of-a-kind, low-priced merchandise ranging from quality clothing to home goods in an exciting treasure-hunt shopping environment. We purchase secondhand textiles (e.g., clothing, bedding and bath items), shoes, accessories, housewares, books and other goods from our non-profit partners (NPPs), either directly from them or via on-site donations (OSDs) at Community Donation Centers at our stores. We then process, select, price, merchandise and sell these items in our stores. Items that are not sold to our retail customers are marketed to wholesale customers, who reuse or repurpose the items they purchase from us. We believe our hyper-local and socially responsible procurement model, industry-leading and innovative operations, differentiated value proposition and deep relationships with our customers distinguish us from other secondhand and value-based retailers.
We offer a dynamic, ever-changing selection of items, with an average unit retail (AUR) under $5. We have a highly engaged customer base, with over 4.6 million active loyalty program members in the United States and Canada who shopped with us, driving 70.5% of point-of-sale transaction value during fiscal year 2022. Our business model is rooted in environmental, social and corporate governance (ESG) principles, with a mission to positively impact our stakeholdersthrifters, NPPs and their donors, our team members and our stockholders. As a leader and pioneer of the for-profit thrift category, we seek to positively impact the environment by reducing waste and extending the life of reusable goods. The vast majority of the clothing and textiles we source are sold to our retail or
4
wholesale customers. In fiscal year 2022, we processed 985 million pounds of secondhand goods, compared to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021 and 682 million pounds during fiscal year 2020. During fiscal year 2022, we generated $1,437.2 million of net sales, $84.7 million of net income and $301.7 million of Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (Adjusted EBITDA), resulting in a net income margin of 5.9% and an Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 21.0%. During fiscal year 2021, we generated $1,204.1 million of net sales, $83.4 million of net income and $223.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA, resulting in a 6.9% net income margin and a 18.6% Adjusted EBITDA Margin. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are considered non-GAAP financial measures under the SECs rules because they exclude certain charges included in net income (loss) calculated in accordance with GAAP. For additional information on our use of non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation to the nearest GAAP measure, see Prospectus SummarySummary Financial and Other DataKey business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures.
The U.S. secondhand market, which is a subset of the broader retail market, reached approximately $35 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow to more than $82 billion by 2026. Thrift accounted for approximately 60% of the total secondhand market in 2021, and we believe we benefit from the powerful secular trends driving growth in the sector. We also believe consumers are increasingly concerned about the environmental impact of the clothes they wear. As of June 2022, more than one in three U.S. shoppers and nearly half of Canadian shoppers surveyed reported caring more about the environmental impact of their apparel choices today than they did three years ago. There is a growing awareness that the textile and clothing industry is one of the most environmentally damaging sectors of the economy.
Meanwhile, discarded clothing remains the largest source of textile waste in the world, with the average U.S. citizen throwing away 81 pounds of clothing each year, 95% of which could have been re-worn or repurposed; yet 85% of this material ends up in landfills. To put this another way, the Ellen MacArthur Foundation reports that one garbage truck of textiles is landfilled or incinerated every second. Thrift as a business model provides one of the most effective solutions in mitigating the environmental cost of clothing and extending its life.
Track record of consistent growth and recent performance
We have a proven track record of consistently delivering comparable store sales growth across the United States and Canada. Prior to the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020, we achieved over ten years of positive comparable store sales growth across the United States and Canada and our business has recovered strongly from COVID-19-related disruptions.
5
10+ years of consistent comparable store salesgrowth in the U.S. and Canada (pre-COVID) 3.7% 2.6% 2.4% 5.1% 3.4% 4.7% 3.6% 4.5% 5.3% 4.6% 4.5% 4.8% 3.7% 7.1% 3.9% 4.3% 4.8% 7.2% 1.1% 7.9% 0.9% 1.4% 4.4% 3.2% 7.8% 3.4% -29.3% -27.8% 64.8% 24.3% FY2007 FY2008 FY2009 FY2010 FY2011 FY2012 FY2013 FY2014 FY2015 FY2016 FY2017 FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 FY2021U.S. Canada
Powerful, Vertically Integrated Business Model
We have innovated and invested in the development of significant operational expertise in order to integrate the three highly-complex parts of thrift operationssupply and processing, retail, and sales to wholesale markets. Our business model enables us to provide value to our NPPs and our customers, while driving attractive profitability and cash flow.
Three vertically integrated businesses Supply & processing Retail Wholesale
6
Supply and processing
We source our merchandise locally by purchasing secondhand items donated to our NPPs primarily through two distinct and strategic procurement models:
| on-site donations, or OSDs, which are donations of items by individuals to our local NPPs made at the Community Donation Centers located at our stores; and |
| delivered supply, which includes items donated to and collected by NPPs through a variety of methods, such as neighborhood collections and donation drives, and delivered to our stores or Centralized Processing Centers, or CPCs. |
Our business model is predicated on sourcing and selling quality secondhand items to our customers in local communities. We are able to meet our customer demand given our deep relationships with an extensive network of locally-based NPPs that is unmatched in the thrift industry. Our local sourcing strategy also reduces transportation costs and emissions typically associated with the production and distribution of new merchandise.
The quantity and quality of our supply of secondhand items has continued to evolve and improve, particularly as OSDs have grown as a percentage of the pounds of goods we process. While it is strategically important for us to maintain a diverse supply mix, items sourced through OSDs have a cost per pound that is on average one-third that of delivered supply from our NPPs. Because OSD volume is primarily driven by convenience, the more we are able to expand our footprint and geographic reach, the more we will be able to attract and procure additional OSD supply, which benefits our supply cost and yields. OSDs have grown at a 5.0% compound annual growth rate (CAGR) from fiscal year 2018 through fiscal year 2022, and its contribution to total pounds processed has expanded from 48.6% to 62.9% during the same period. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsPowerful, Vertically Integrated Business Model for additional details.
Our acquisition of 2nd Ave. in November 2021 included GreenDrop, which allows donors to drop off their items at attended donation stations that are movable and can be placed in attractive, high traffic areas that are convenient to donors. We are currently expanding the use of GreenDrop for our other locations. In addition, data analytics have played a critical role in elevating the quality of our delivered supply by enabling us to concentrate on supply sources with quality goods, which has been a significant driver of our gross product margin.
Nearly all of our retail stores have space dedicated to handle the processing of secondhand goods that provide the inventory to be sold on our retail sales floors. In fiscal year 2022, we processed 985 million pounds of secondhand goods, compared to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021 and 682 million pounds during fiscal year 2020.
We are currently implementing our CPC strategy, having opened our first CPC in the third quarter of fiscal year 2021, a second CPC in the second quarter of fiscal year 2022 and a third CPC in the first quarter of 2023. The CPC system is an offsite, semi-automated processing facility that mechanizes the flow of clothing, accessories and shoes through an integrated series of conveyor belts, robotics, sensors and other technology. The CPC unlocks new store expansion by allowing for a more flexible store layout and loading configuration thereby improving access to more densely populated urban areas.
7
Retail
Our continued investment in our stores has both elevated and modernized the thrift shopping experience, transforming our stores into a destination for all generations with increasing traffic from younger generations.
Our store experience directly reflects our mission to make secondhand second nature. We deliver a well merchandised environment that maximizes customer engagement and supports a core tenet for any thrifterthe treasure hunt. Our stores offer a wide selection of quality items across clothing, home goods, books and other items at convenient locations. During fiscal year 2022, more than 34,000 items were merchandised per store every week. Our sales floor inventory is also regularly rotated and refreshed, with inventory turns of roughly 15 times a year, providing our customers with an extensive, ever-changing selection at tremendous value.
We are enhancing our visual presentation with the roll out of our updated Thrift Proud sign package that has a great new look, while communicating who we are and what we do. In addition, we have enhanced the customer experience with the introduction of self-checkout kiosks that significantly shorten and, at most times of the day, eliminate payment lines.
We have a continuous feedback loop on the customer experience. Our REactions surveys take the pulse of our customers on a weekly basis regarding the shopping experience and environment. This information is proactively shared with our leadership team and cascaded to store managers, who are measured on their ability to improve operations.
8
Wholesale reuse and repurpose
Historically, we have displayed approximately 50% of all textile items we receive on our retail sales floors, approximately 50% of which are sold to thrifters. In support of our efforts to extend the life of reusable goods and recover a portion of the cost of acquiring our supply of secondhand items, we sell the majority of textile items unsold at retail to our wholesale customers, predominately comprised of textile graders and small business owners, who supply local communities across the globe with gently-used, affordable items like clothing, housewares, toys and shoes. Textiles not suitable for reuse as secondhand clothing can be repurposed into other textile items (e.g., wiping rags) and post-consumer fibers (e.g., insulation, carpet padding), further reducing waste.
Our powerful, vertically integrated model Reusable goods Supply 1. Onsite donations: 70% 1 2. Delivered supply: 30% 1 Processing Items sorted for retail or wholesale. Goods unable to be reused or repurposed. Retail Thousands of items are priced and merchandised. Customers Unsold reusable goods. Wholesale The majority of unsold textiles, shoes and books go into the global reuse economy. Customers Extend the life of items through: Items reused as secondhand. Textiles repurposed into other items. Textiles turned into post-consumer fibers. FY2021
ESG impact
Environmental: Our business model is designed to maximize the life of reusable goods, and we found a reuse for over 3.2 billion pounds of secondhand items from 2018 to 2022.
9
Our impact 3.2bn+ lbs. of reusable goods diverted from North American landfills2017-2021 $615mm+ paid to our non-profit partners for secondhand clothing and household goods 2017-2021 From 2017 to 2021, on average, our thrifters purchased: 73 million tops and pants 5 million dresses 6 million coats 10 million pairs of shoes 11 million accessories 12 million pieces of kitchenware 22 million books
The environmental impacts of textile manufacturing are well documented. The textile industry largely relies on non-renewable resources such as oil for synthetic fibers, fertilizer to grow cotton and chemicals associated with the production, dyeing and finishing of fibers and textiles. Between 2002 and 2017, the Ellen MacArthur Foundation (the EMF) found that clothing production approximately doubled, while utilization decreased by 36%. In addition, textile production is both energy-intensive and water-intensive. EMF estimates that the production of textiles resulted in 1.2 billion tons of carbon dioxide equivalent in 2015, which outpaced the years carbon dioxide emissions from all international flights and marine shipping, with additional impacts on local environments. With respect to water usage, which includes cotton farming, EMF also found that the textile industry used approximately 93 billion cubic meters of water each year, while contributing to water scarcity in many parts of the world. Since less than 1% of the material used to produce new clothing can be recycled into new clothing, the reuse of clothing, rather than the purchase of new clothing, is key to mitigating the environmental impacts of the textile industry. In order to achieve the 2030 Paris climate objectives, 20% of garments worldwide must be traded through circular business models.
In 2021, we purchased enough Renewable Energy Certificates to match our electricity usage with renewable energy at our three corporate offices and our largest U.S. and Canadian Wholesale Distribution and Reuse Centers. Additionally, we are committed to further reducing our emissions and energy consumption whenever feasible. Over the last several years, we have completed a LED lighting retrofit for more than 90% of our U.S. and Canadian stores and warehouses.
Social: Our business model is predicated on sourcing our supply from local non-profit organizations in the communities where we do business. Our relationships with our top 10 NPPs average more than 25 years. Over the last five years, we have paid our NPPs more than $580 million for secondhand goods, providing them with unrestricted revenue to support their community-focused missions. From 2018 to 2022, over 90% of our supply was locally sourced, delivering a broad and diverse selection to our customers and fostering a sense of community.
10
Our leading people metric across our organization is team member engagement, which is scored across various areas, including overall job satisfaction, whether the team member would recommend us as a place to work, personal commitment, being energized at work and intent to remain employed. Our team member engagement is considered best-in-class, as measured by an external consultant, comparing our results to other companies in the retail sector. Team member engagement is crucial to customer satisfaction and the satisfaction of our NPPs and their donors.
We also invest in the training, development and advancement of our team members. During fiscal year 2022, more than 72% of open salaried management positions in the United States and Canada were filled by internal promotions. As of December 31, 2022, more than 60% of the management roles in our stores and corporate operations were held by team members identifying as female, and 51% of our U.S. workforce was represented by diverse backgrounds and ethnicities.
Governance: We are committed to ethical practices in every aspect of our business and have adopted a Savers Code of Conduct that outlines our expectations for internal interactions and helps us maintain compliance with local laws and regulations. Our five core values guide our strategic direction and how our team members interact with one another, our communities and our customers: (1) make service count; (2) celebrate uniqueness; (3) do the right thing; (4) find a better way; and (5) make an impact.
Our Market Opportunity
We operate within the large, fragmented and fast-growing secondhand market, which is a subset of the broader retail market. In addition to being recession-resilient, growth in the secondhand market is accelerating due to a number of powerful secular trends. These trends have been confirmed by a consumer survey we commissioned, which was conducted by Transom Consulting Group LLC (Transom) during 2022.
The emergence of conscious consumerism
Consumers are increasingly taking into consideration the ESG impacts of their shopping decisions and the brands with which they choose to interact. As of June 2022, 92% of consumers surveyed reported that they expect to spend as much or more on secondhand apparel compared to their current spending, and 95% of consumers surveyed indicated that they expect to spend as much or more on key non-apparel categories including books, home décor and furniture.
Growing importance of value retail and treasure hunt experience
The relevance of value shopping and treasure hunting has grown stronger in recent years. Our thrift model provides a highly compelling, differentiated customer proposition and experience that gives us a competitive advantage over traditional retail and other existing secondhand options. Todays consumers, and thrifters specifically, are seeking experiential shopping opportunities and compelling value propositions, combined with the multifaceted possibilities of brands and styles. They are drawn to the excitement of finding great value through a treasure hunt experience. That experience, combined with our low AUR, makes us more attractive to customers than traditional retail. As of June 2022, approximately 60% of shoppers surveyed indicated that thrift shopping is becoming more cool, popular, and/or acceptable, and 66% indicated that they would gladly receive an item purchased at a thrift store as a gift.
Furthermore, our in-store experience and broad, ever-changing inventory cannot be replicated online. The in-store thrift shopping experience is overwhelmingly preferred by consumers over online resale. As of June 2022, approximately 70% of secondhand shoppers surveyed reported preferring to
11
shop in-store for reasons associated with convenience, the in-store experience (e.g., the thrill of the treasure hunt) and cost savings. We believe that we operate leading brands within the thrift industry offering consumers this unique experience.
Fast-growing secondhand market across both demand and supply
Secondhand demand-side total addressable market: The secondhand market is rapidly growing and continues to gain share in the total retail market from a wide range of traditional retailers, including department stores, fast fashion brands and off-price retailers. The secondhand market consists of both resale (e.g., consignment) and thrift goods, with thrift accounting for approximately 60% of the total market during 2021. In the United States alone, the secondhand market reached approximately $35 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow to more than $82 billion by 2026, representing a CAGR of 18% between 2022 to 2026.
U.S. secondhand apparel market growth expected to accelerate +21% CAGR to $77bn by 2025. Size of the total U.S. approval market Secondhand % of total U.S. apparel. $253 $258 $263 $270 $270 $276 $286 $290 $226 $283 $294 $302 $310 4% 5% 5% 6% 7% 7% 8% 10% 12% 14% 15% 18% 21% 25% ($bn) =12% '12A-'20A secondhand CAGR +21% '21E-'25E secondhand CAGR $11 $12 $14 $15 $18 $20 $24 $28 $27 $36 $43 $53 $64 $77 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Source: GlobalData 2021 market sizing and growth estimates, Euromonitor.
Our total market opportunity continues to grow due to a general rise in demand for secondhand goods in part as consumers continue to expand the occasions for shopping for secondhand goods. As of June 2022, more than 80% of consumers surveyed reporting having engaged with a thrift store in the last twelve months as shoppers, donors, or both. As of December 2022, Salvation Army and Goodwill, the two leading non-profit thrift operators in the United States, operated approximately 7,200 locations and 3,200 retail locations, respectively, further indicating that there is a robust market for secondhand goods.
Secondhand supply-side total addressable market: There is an abundant and growing source of supply that facilitates the availability of secondhand and thrift goods. As this market continues to develop and expand with the opening of new points of collection, there is significant opportunity to unlock and drive further OSDs to our NPPs at our stores. OSDs are typically driven by a combination of location, convenience, ease of drop and a fast and friendly experience at our Community Donation Centers at our stores.
12
In fiscal year 2022, we processed 985 million pounds of secondhand goods, compared to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021 and 682 million pounds during fiscal year 2020. As donations continue to grow and awareness of secondhand shopping increases, we believe more consumers are likely to become thrift shoppers. As of June 2022, 80% of consumers surveyed reported that they donated secondhand apparel within the last twelve months, and 95% of consumers surveyed cited that, three years from now, they plan to donate as much or more across all of our major product categories. Furthermore, consumers strongly prefer donating apparel over reselling it, with consumers donating approximately two-thirds of their unwanted apparel and reselling less than 10% of it as of June 2022.
Competitive Strengths
We have been able to delight millions of customers each year and grow our business consistently through the following competitive strengths:
A leader in the industry with a powerful business model
We are the largest for-profit thrift operator in the United States and Canada. With 314 retail stores under our Savers, Value Village, Village des Valeurs, Unique and 2nd Ave. banners, we are nine times larger than the next largest for-profit thrift operator. In Canada, our principal brand, Value Village, is the largest in thrift volume and had over 93% aided brand awareness as of January 2021. We believe our significant scale advantage allows us to deliver extreme value and a superior shopping experience to customers, while generating strong cash flow that can be reinvested in our business.
We have innovated and integrated three highly-complex parts of thrift operationssupply and processing, retail and sales to wholesale marketsthrough significant operational expertise and investments. This has created a compelling business model which is differentiated against online competition and traditional retail, based on our treasure-hunt experience and low AUR. Our AUR, which is under $5, is approximately 70% lower than that of our retail competitors. Further, our business has demonstrated resilience through economic cycles. Such advantages of our business model provide compelling value to customers, drive attractive profitability for the business, and underpin positive comparable store sales growth. Prior to the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020, we achieved over ten years of positive comparable store sales growth across the United States and Canada, and our business has recovered strongly from COVID-19-related disruptions. As interest in the secondhand market continues to grow, we will have the opportunity to elevate and define the thrift experience for decades to come.
Clear differentiation from traditional retail Traditional retailers Savers(R) Sustainability is often an add-on Sustainability is intrinsic Limited breadth of product offerings Wide variety of product offerings Macro-level sourcing risks Long-term strategic sourcing relationships High seasonality Low seasonality Standardized product offering Treasure hunt E-commerce threat high E-commerce threat low Substantial advertising expenditures Low advertising expenditures Significant investment in inventory Low inventory investment / favorable working capital dynamic Cyclical Cycle-resistant Significant exposure to supply chain disruptions Minimal exposure due to hyper-local supply model
13
Unmatched value proposition driving exceptional customer engagement
We offer quality items at one of the deepest values across all of our product categories and an exciting, engaging treasure hunt experience in a contemporary in-store atmosphere, which underpins strong customer loyalty. Our most engaged customers are members of our Super Savers Club® loyalty program. As of December 31, 2022, we had 4.6 million active members enrolled in our U.S. and Canadian loyalty programs who have made a purchase within the last 12 months, compared to 4.1 million active members as of January 1, 2022. Our members earn points or store credit, which further enhances the value shopping experience. Members in both the United States and Canada receive exclusive coupons and offers via email, as well as a special birthday coupon.
During fiscal year 2022, U.S. loyalty members spent approximately 29% more per shopping trip than non-members. During the same period, U.S. loyalty members shopped at our stores an average of 6.8 times annually. During fiscal year 2022, the top three loyalty segments, which represented approximately 47% of active members in the United States during that period, shopped with us more than 13 times per year. In addition, as of December 31, 2022, 25% of our U.S. loyalty members had annual household incomes of over $75,000, and 73% identified as female.
We have a particularly active presence on social media platforms, including Facebook, Instagram and Pinterest, to connect with our customers, and we also partner with a number of social media influencers who generate further awareness of our brands through sponsored content. At the core of our Thrift Proud movement, our customers and followers on social media serve as influential peer-to-peer brand ambassadors and are tagging our brand and banners in thousands of photos and videos weekly. We enjoy highly engaged communities on social media who are inspired by thrift hauls, shopping cart photos, do-it-yourself and upcycling, creating new from used. As of December 31, 2022, Savers, Value Village, Village des Valeurs and Thrift Proud branded hashtags had more than 260 million organic views on TikTok alone.
Supply model with proven capacity to drive growth
Quality and volume of supply play a critical role in driving traffic and customer frequency and engagement. We have developed a proven strategy to continuously improve our supply model. In order to maximize supply quality, we periodically assess sales yield, which we define as revenues generated per pound processed, from each supply source to make informed decisions on supplier selection. This approach ultimately improves both our revenue and profitability. We have been strategically focused on increasing our OSDs, particularly in increasing convenience and proximity to potential donors. OSDs not only drive profitability but also enhance the consistency and reliability of supply to each of our stores. We expect our focus on increasing OSDs will contribute to further improvement and growth in our supply.
Culture of innovation and operational excellence
Our culture of innovation underpins our key decisions and the way we run our business. We continue to be an industry leader with innovation to improve the customer experience, while enhancing operational efficiency. We have continuously improved our thrift operations across sourcing, processing, and retailing. We have recently launched major initiatives that will further reinforce our competitive advantage and have a measurable impact on our financial profile:
| Centralized Processing Centers (CPCs): The CPC system is an offsite, semi-automated processing facility that mechanizes the flow of clothing, accessories and shoes through an |
14
integrated series of conveyor belts, robotics, sensors and other technology. We believe our CPCs will improve upon our traditional process by driving sales yield improvements, labor efficiencies and enabling grader specialization and pricing precision. CPCs also allow for a more flexible store layout and loading configuration, creating additional new store opportunities within the market we operate in. |
| Automated Book Processing (ABP): The ABP system is an integrated set of technologies that efficiently identify, price and sort books based on their critical attributes (e.g., genre, author, market price). The system design consists of high-speed conveyors, optic recognition, robot tagging and an automated book distribution system working in concert to increase throughput over traditional, manual processes. |
| Self-checkout: We are rolling out self-checkout kiosks in many of our stores in order to enhance the customer experience, with shorter lines and more access points. We estimate that self-checkout kiosks also can save up to 80 labor hours per week per store, which reduces our labor costs. |
Attractive financial profile with proven track record of consistent growth
We achieved positive comparable store sales growth from 2009 through 2019, even throughout recessionary periods. We have also delivered steady and consistent gross product margin expansion over the last several years, from 46.4% for fiscal year 2015 to 58.3% for fiscal year 2022. We define gross product margin as net sales minus cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, divided by net sales. We have utilized multiple levers that are unique to our business model to drive margin improvements, especially the growth of OSDs as part of our supply mix and sales yield improvement. As a result of our attractive financial profile, we have significant flexibility with respect to capital allocation, giving us the ability to drive long-term shareholder and stakeholder value through various operating and financial strategies.
Highly experienced and strategic leadership
Our strategic vision and culture are directed by a leadership team that combines deep industry expertise and advanced operational capabilities to continuously innovate our business. Given the unique needs of the business, our leadership team has diverse backgrounds across not only retail but also technology, manufacturing and supply chain. We are committed to ethical practices in every aspect of our business and are guided by people who fundamentally do the right thing.
How We Plan to Grow
Strategically grow our store base
Our goal is to expand our position as the leading for-profit thrift operator by expanding our store footprint. We have identified approximately 2,200 potential new locations across the United States and Canada based on a third-party analysis prepared for us by Transom. We opened eight net new stores during fiscal year 2022, and we target opening approximately 14 net new stores in 2023 and approximately 20 or more new stores annually from 2024 through 2026.
| In-fill opportunities: We will continue to identify attractive locations in our existing markets by leveraging our brand awareness and operational capabilities, and where we have the advantage of both attractive supply and demand. These in-fill opportunities will include both traditional and alternative format stores. |
15
| Adjacent store opportunities: We also will pursue opportunities to expand our regional footprint in adjacent areas where we can leverage our operational capabilities and regional market knowledge. |
| Greenfield store opportunities: We are currently underpenetrated in multiple important regional markets, including the South and West regions of the United States and in Central Canada. |
Expansive new store opportunity Locational strategy based on demographic data and third-party analysis.Current stores1 297In-fill Stores ~1,400Adjacent Stores ~500Greenfield Stores ~300Systematic, data-driven new store opening frameworkDeep understanding of supply and demand dynamicsAll stores leases singed for 2022 openingsTeam with a track record of new store openingsTotal new store potential: ~2,2002As of 01/01/2022.1 Current stores consists of open stores as of October 1, 2022 including those acquired in the 2nd Ave. Acquisition. 2 Based on a third-party analysis prepared for us. This is a goal / target and is forward-looking, subject to significant, business, economic, regulatory and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which arebeyond the control of the Company and its management and is based upon assumptions with respect to future decisions, which are subject to change. See the section titled "Risk Factors" in the Registration Statement. Actual results will vary, and those variations may be material. Nothing in this presentation should be regarded as a representation by any person that these goals and targets will be achieved, and the Company undertakes no duty to update its goals.
We believe our CPC initiative will unlock significant new store potential as stores served by a CPC can have a much more flexible physical layout and size, since they will not need to dedicate space for on-site processing of donations. In more densely populated areas specifically, CPCs enable in-fill opportunities in alternative store formats without the need for a full-scale processing facility in the back-of-store.
Driven by our disciplined real estate selection approach, we expect to deliver attractive return on investment and store-level profitability. We target most of our new stores to achieve a payback period of approximately three years. Of the 19 new stores opened since 2019, six have already returned their initial investment despite the impacts of the pandemic. Our alternative store format is designed to capitalize on high real estate availability in in-fill markets through smaller formats.
Drive consistent comparable store sales growth
Our goal is to drive consistent growth in comparable store sales growth by maintaining a superior value proposition to our customers and continuing to offer a compelling selection of quality secondhand items. Benefitting from secular tailwinds, we expect to further drive comparable sales growth with the following strategies:
| Quality product offerings: We will continue to procure ample supply of quality items to delight our customers. Our compelling selection of offerings enables us to drive both frequency with existing customers and the acquisition of new customers. |
| Improving shopping experience: We will continue to invest in the in-store shopping experience to facilitate the treasure hunt dynamics for our customers. We have invested in |
16
renovations to modernize our stores; new technologies to optimize store operations; and alternative store formats supported by CPCs. |
| Expanding engagement with our loyalty program members: Our loyalty program members have increased shopping frequencies, stronger retention, more transactions, and larger basket sizes. Our marketing efforts are designed to continue to increase our loyalty program member base. |
| Conducting brand marketing: We will continue to increase our brand marketing spend to improve our brand awareness, bolstered by the broader adoption of thrift shopping overall to drive new customer acquisition. |
Continue to implement strategic initiatives to drive efficiency and expand margin
Compared to our traditional retail competitors, we have multiple levers within our control that have been critical in driving our profitability and Free Cash Flow. For instance, our data analysis has improved our sales yield, defined as sales per pound processed, which has been a primary driver of comparable store profitability. Our deliberate strategy of increasing the penetration of OSDs as a percentage of total supply has had a significant impact on our gross product margin. In addition, our recent initiatives, including CPC, ABPs and self-checkout, are expected to generate combined incremental store contributions of approximately $200,000 per store per year, based on anticipated benefits per store of approximately $100,000 for CPCs, $50,000 for ABPs, and $50,000 for self-checkout. These savings are based on management estimates of the average savings for each of our stores from these initiatives. Our culture of innovation and data orientation has been critical to driving operational efficiencies, and we will continue to lead in terms of innovating the thrift business model.
Selectively pursue other growth opportunities
In addition to our organic growth initiatives, we will also take an opportunistic yet disciplined approach toward potential inorganic growth opportunities. Given the fragmented nature of the thrift category, we believe there are significant opportunities for growth. This can be conducted through the acquisition of well-operated regional players where we believe we can build upon our infrastructure and scale to accelerate the growth of a potential target and generate synergies. Our acquisition criteria include a significant regional presence; access to a robust flow of quality supply; strong brand awareness; and a complementary cultural fit for our company. For example, in November 2021, we completed the acquisition of 2nd Ave., which added 12 stores in the Northeastern and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States, representing a complementary store footprint for our existing store network and offering new store expansion opportunities. The 2nd Ave. Acquisition also included the GreenDrop system used to provide supply to 2nd Ave. stores, which allows donors to drop off their items at attended donation stations that are movable and can be placed in attractive, high traffic areas that are convenient to donors. We are currently expanding GreenDrop to locations in certain other markets.
Acquisition
On November 8, 2021, we acquired 2nd Ave. for purchase price consideration of $238.5 million in cash. We financed the 2nd Ave. Acquisition with cash on hand and $225.0 million of additional borrowings on our term loan facility. The additional borrowings are on substantially the same terms as our existing loans under our term loan facility. We have accounted for the 2nd Ave. Acquisition as a business combination under applicable accounting guidance. See Note 3 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
17
Corporate Conversion
Prior to January 7, 2022, we operated as a Delaware limited liability company under the name S-Evergreen Holding LLC. On January 7, 2022, we converted into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to Savers Value Village, Inc. In the Corporate Conversion, all of our outstanding equity interests were converted into shares of common stock. The foregoing conversion and related transactions are referred to herein as the Corporate Conversion.
The purpose of the Corporate Conversion was to reorganize our structure so that the entity that is
offering our common stock to the public in this offering is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that our existing investors and new investors purchasing in this offering will own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.
December 2022 Dividend
In December 2022, we paid a dividend of $69.4 million to our equityholders, using cash on the balance sheet and borrowings from our revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility) under our Credit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2021, by and among Evergreen AcqCo 1 LP and Value Village Canada Inc., as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, KKR Loan Administration Services LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent and the lenders party thereto, as amended on November 8, 2021 and November 23, 2022 (as amended, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities). We subsequently repaid all amounts borrowed in connection with this dividend. No executive officers or directors received dividend payments. In connection with the dividend, we also paid one time bonuses of $6.5 million in the aggregate to certain of our employees who hold equity interests which were not entitled to participate in the dividend. We refer to the dividend and the related bonus payments together as the December 2022 Dividend. The December 2022 Dividend was paid to our equityholders as a means to provide our equityholders with a return on their investment.
Notes Offering
On February 6, 2023, certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries completed the issuance of $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the Notes) to persons reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Notes will mature on April 26, 2028 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 9.75% per year, payable semi-annually on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2023 through maturity. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by S-Evergreen Holding Corp. and each of its existing direct and indirect wholly-owned U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries (other than the issuers of the Notes), which are the same subsidiaries that guarantee the indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.
We used the net proceeds of the Notes to (i) permanently prepay $233.4 million of outstanding borrowings under the term loan facility (the Term Loan Facility) under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, (ii) pay a dividend of $262.2 million to our equityholders, (iii) pay one-time bonuses to certain of our employees who hold equity interests which were not entitled to participate in the dividend, (iv) pay certain related fees and expenses and (v) for general corporate purposes. The dividend issued in relation to the Notes Offering was paid to our equityholders as a means to provide our equityholders with a further return on their investment. We refer to the offering of the Notes and the related transactions (including the use of the proceeds of the Notes) collectively as the Notes Offering.
18
Risk Factors Summary
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those highlighted in the section titled Risk Factors and summarized below. We have various categories of risks, including risks relating to our business and industry; risks relating to legal, regulatory, accounting and tax matters; risks relating to our indebtedness and liquidity; and risks relating to this public offering and ownership of our common stock, which are discussed more fully in the section titled Risk Factors. As a result, this risk factor summary does not contain all of the information that may be important to you, and you should read this risk factor summary together with the more detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties set forth in the section titled Risk Factors. Additional risks, beyond those summarized below or discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, may apply to our business, activities or operations as currently conducted or as we may conduct them in the future or in the markets in which we operate or may in the future operate. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
| If we fail to obtain a sufficient quantity of new and recurring quality secondhand items at attractive prices by maintaining our strong relationships with existing NPPs, maintaining and growing OSDs and developing new relationships in the areas in which we operate, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed; |
| We are subject to risks associated with sourcing and processing of secondhand items, including processing costs and capacity, risks due to damage, loss or contamination of items, increased costs to maintain and/or develop sources of supply, and risks associated with itemizing, grading, storage, transportation and other logistics; |
| Our business depends on our ability to attract and retain suitable workers for our stores and processing facilities and to manage labor costs, particularly given recent disruptions in the supply and cost of labor; |
| Our continued growth depends on attracting new, and retaining existing, customers, including by increasing the acceptance of thrift among new and growing customer demographics; |
| Both supply of and demand for our products is influenced by general economic conditions, including trends in consumer spending; |
| We have experienced rapid growth, and those growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed; |
| We face risks related to integrating the 2nd Ave. operations, financial and other systems, team members and facilities into our business, as well as similar risks related to any future acquisitions or joint ventures we may pursue; |
| We may not be able to identify and obtain suitable locations for new stores as we grow our business. The success of each store location is dependent on a number of factors, including site suitability, our ability to negotiate appropriate store leases, customer traffic and convenience and proximity to NPPs and their donors, customers, suitable workers, and our processing facilities; |
| Some of our stores may have challenges achieving period-to-period comparable store sales growth targets due to, various factors outside our control, including availability of suitable workers, site suitability, lease terms and conditions, operational risks and regional growth and development patterns; |
19
| We have significant foreign operations, particularly in Canada, so we are subject to risks specific to operating in these jurisdictions and are also exposed to exchange rate risks, which we may not be able to fully hedge; |
| The global COVID-19 pandemic and the governments responses in the jurisdictions in which we operate has had and may continue to have an unpredictable and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and similar events may have such effects in the future; |
| We may not be able to expand our CPC operations in geographic regions that enable us to effectively scale our operations; |
| If we are unable to successfully leverage technology to automate and drive efficiencies in our operations, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed; |
| We are subject to various risks to our physical store and processing facility locations, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition; |
| A failure to retain key store and processing center management personnel and labor-related matters, including labor disputes, could materially and adversely affect our business; |
| Actions by wholesale customers could harm our brand and reputation, influence donor behavior and adversely affect our relationships with our NPPs and our customers; |
| Compromises of our data security, including cyber-attacks or data breaches, could cause us to incur unexpected expenses and may materially harm our reputation and results of operations; |
| We may be unable to protect our intellectual property rights and we may be accused of infringing intellectual property or other proprietary rights of third parties; |
| Risks arising from the material weaknesses we have identified in our internal control over financial reporting and any failure to remediate these material weaknesses; |
| We may be unable to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting and produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations; |
| We will incur increased expenses associated with being a public company; |
| Changes in Canadian, Australian or U.S. national or local regulations, including those relating to the sale of secondhand items and advertising practices, or our actual or alleged failure to comply with such regulations may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business financial condition, and results of operations; |
| There has been no prior public market for our common stock, the stock price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price; |
| The continuing control after this offering of our company, including the right to designate individuals to be included in the slate of nominees for election to our board of directors, by the Ares Funds, whose interests may conflict with our interests and those of other stockholders. As such, the Ares Funds may be able to influence or control our affairs and policies following the completion of this offering; and |
| Certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that may delay or prevent a change of control. |
20
If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects may be harmed.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
When we publicly filed the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we qualified as an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:
| reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data; |
| an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); |
| reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements in periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and |
| exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements. |
We ceased to be an emerging growth company as of the end of fiscal year 2022 because our annual gross revenues exceeded $1.235 billion for that fiscal year. However, we will continue to be treated as an emerging growth company for disclosure purposes in this prospectus until the earlier of the completion of our initial public offering or the end of the one-year period beginning on December 31, 2022, and we may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens for purposes of the prospectus.
Ares
Ares Management Corporation (NYSE: ARES) (Ares) is a leading global alternative investment manager offering clients complementary primary and secondary investment solutions across the credit, private equity, real estate and infrastructure asset classes. Ares seeks to provide flexible capital to support businesses and create value for its stakeholders and within its communities. By collaborating across its investment groups, Ares aims to generate consistent and attractive investment returns throughout market cycles. As of December 31, 2022, Ares global platform had approximately $352 billion of assets under management, with over 2,500 employees operating across North America, Europe, Asia Pacific and the Middle East.
Prior to this offering, the Ares Funds indirectly owned all of our outstanding shares of common stock. After giving effect to this offering, the Ares Funds will hold approximately % of our outstanding common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). We use the term Ares Funds to describe certain funds, investment vehicles or accounts managed or advised by the Private Equity Group of Ares who own our securities.
The Ares Funds will have significant power to control our affairs and policies, including with respect to the election of directors (and through the election of directors, the appointment of management). For a description of certain potential conflicts between the Ares Funds and our other stockholders, see Risk FactorsThe continuing control after this offering of our company, including
21
the right to designate individuals to be included in the slate of nominees for election to our board of directors, by the Ares Funds, whose interests may conflict with our interests and those of other stockholders. As such, the Ares Funds may be able to influence or control our affairs and policies following the completion of this offering. For a description of the Ares Funds ownership interests in us and their rights with respect to such ownership interests, including the right to designate individuals to be included in the slate of nominees for election to our board of directors, see Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, Principal and Selling Stockholders and Description of Capital Stock.
Corporate Information
S-Evergreen Holding LLC was formed March 22, 2019. S-Evergreen Holding LLC became a Delaware corporation on January 7, 2022 and changed its name to Savers Value Village, Inc. in the Corporate Conversion. Our principal executive offices are located at 11400 S.E. 6th Street., Suite 125, Bellevue, WA 98004, and our telephone number is 425-462-1515. Our website address is www.savers.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of and is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.
22
Common stock offered by us |
shares. |
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
shares. |
Option to purchase additional |
The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional shares of common stock within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $ million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility and create a public market for our common stock. We intend to use net proceeds received by us from this offering to repay approximately $ million of indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest and premium under the Term Loan Facility and any remainder for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of any net proceeds we receive from this offering for acquisitions or other strategic investments, although we do not currently have any specific plans to do so. We will have broad discretion over the uses of any net proceeds in this offering to be used for general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders upon the sale of shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares. See Use of Proceeds. |
Voting rights |
One vote per share. |
The Ares Funds, which immediately after this offering will control approximately % (or % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, will, acting alone, be able to exercise significant influence over all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our board of directors. See Risk FactorsRisks relating to this offering and ownership of our common stock. |
Dividend policy |
We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering and for the foreseeable future. Any future |
23
determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our current and future debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits. See Dividend Policy. |
Risk factors |
See Risk Factors and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. |
Controlled company |
Following this offering, the Ares Funds will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock, and as a result we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. |
Proposed ticker symbol |
SVV. |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of and excludes:
| shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, consisting of shares subject to options outstanding under our 2019 Management Incentive Plan and shares reserved under our Omnibus Incentive Plan which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan; and |
| shares of our common stock that will become available for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we expect to be adopted in connection with this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. |
In addition, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, the information in this prospectus assumes:
| no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders; |
| the effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering; and |
| the effectiveness of the Corporate Conversion (which occurred on January 7, 2022) |
24
Summary Financial and Other Data
The summary consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal year 2022, fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period. You should read the following summary financial and other data in conjunction with the sections titled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Consolidated statement of operations data
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 1,437,229 | $ | 1,204,124 | $ | 834,010 | ||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Cost of merchandise sold exclusive of depreciation and amortization |
599,926 | 474,462 | 353,455 | |||||||||
Salaries, wages, and benefits |
273,587 | 239,806 | 184,392 | |||||||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
301,737 | 260,235 | 229,886 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
55,753 | 47,385 | 59,432 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
1,231,003 | 1,021,888 | 827,165 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income |
206,226 | 182,236 | 6,845 | |||||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(64,744 | ) | (53,565 | ) | (69,678 | ) | ||||||
(Loss) gain on foreign currency, net |
(20,737 | ) | 1,583 | 2,924 | ||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
4,576 | (4,848 | ) | 486 | ||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(1,023 | ) | (47,541 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other expense, net |
(81,928 | ) | (104,371 | ) | (66,268 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) |
124,298 | 77,865 | (59,423 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
39,578 | (5,529 | ) | 4,060 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 84,720 | $ | 83,394 | $ | (63,483 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) per share, basic |
$ | 0.43 | $ | 0.42 | $ | (0.34 | ) | |||||
Net income (loss) per share, diluted |
$ | 0.41 | $ | 0.41 | $ | (0.34 | ) | |||||
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding |
198,401 | 198,379 | 188,757 | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding |
204,691 | 203,770 | 188,757 |
Consolidated balance sheet data
(in thousands) | As of December 31, 2022 |
Pro Forma (1)(2) | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 112,132 | $ | |||||
Total assets |
$ | 1,707,815 | ||||||
Total liabilities |
$ | 1,480,480 | ||||||
Total stockholders equity |
$ | 227,335 |
(1) | The pro forma column reflects the effects of the Notes Offering, including the effects of a $23.6 million bonus payment to certain of our employees who hold equity interests which were not entitled to participate in the dividend, and gives further effect to the sale and issuance by us of |
25
shares of our common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us upon completion of our initial public offering. |
(2) | Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders equity by $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders equity by $ million assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. |
Key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures
We use the following key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections, and make strategic decisions. We believe that these key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team.
We present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Free Cash Flow, which are non-GAAP financial measures. These measures are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. Further, we believe the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Free Cash Flow is helpful in highlighting trends in our operating results, because it excludes the impact of items that are outside the control of management or not reflective of our ongoing operations and performance.
Key business metrics
The following table summarizes our key business metrics for the periods indicated:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Comparable Store Sales Growth(1) |
||||||||||||
United States |
4.5 | % | 64.8 | % | (27.8 | )% | ||||||
Canada |
25.3 | % | 24.3 | % | (29.3 | )% | ||||||
Total (3) |
13.5 | % | 44.5 | % | (28.6 | )% | ||||||
Comparable Store Daily Sales Growth(2) |
||||||||||||
United States |
4.5 | % | 24.9 | % | (7.7 | )% | ||||||
Canada |
4.5 | % | 19.0 | % | (12.5 | )% | ||||||
Total (3) |
3.3 | % | 23.7 | % | (10.3 | )% | ||||||
Number of Stores(4) |
||||||||||||
United States |
150 | 148 | 137 | |||||||||
Canada |
152 | 148 | 147 | |||||||||
Total (3) |
314 | 306 | 294 | |||||||||
Other Metrics |
||||||||||||
Pounds Processed (mm lbs) |
985 | 860 | 682 |
26
(1) | Comparable store sales growth is the percentage change in comparable store sales over the prior fiscal year or the comparable quarter in the prior fiscal year. Comparable store sales is calculated as net sales for the period divided by stores open during the entirety of both periods that are being compared. We considered any store temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic to be open and comparable during the period. Comparable store sales growth is measured in local currency for Canada, while total comparable store sales growth is measured on a constant currency basis. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsKey Business MetricsComparable store sales growth (United States, Canada, total). |
(2) | Comparable store daily sales growth for the period represents net sales by stores in the relevant geography that were or would have been open for the entirety of both periods if not for temporary closures due to the COVID-19 pandemic, divided by the aggregate number of days those stores were open. Comparable store daily sales growth is the percentage change in comparable store daily sales over the prior fiscal year or the comparable quarter in the prior fiscal year. Comparable store daily sales growth is measured in local currency for Canada, while total comparable store daily sales growth is measured on a constant currency basis. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsKey Business MetricsComparable store daily sales growth. |
(3) | Total comparable store sales growth, total comparable store daily sales growth, and total number of stores include our Australia retail locations, in addition to the United States and Canada. |
(4) | Number of Stores, which is measured as of the last day of the fiscal year or quarter (as applicable), includes new stores not yet included in the comparable store sales growth and comparable store daily sales growth, such as those acquired in the 2nd Ave. Acquisition. |
Non-GAAP measures
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Free Cash Flow are non-GAAP financial measures. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Free Cash Flow have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. There are limitations to using non-GAAP financial measures, including that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Free Cash Flow may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by our competitors, because not all companies and analysts calculate Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Free Cash Flow in the same manner. Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Free Cash Flow alongside other financial performance measures, including, as applicable, net income (loss) and net cash provided by operating activities, and our other GAAP results. We present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Free Cash Flow because we consider these metrics to be important supplemental measures of our performance and we believe they are frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. Management believes that investors understanding of our performance is enhanced by including these non-GAAP financial measures as a reasonable basis for comparing our ongoing results of operations.
The following table presents our Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Free Cash Flow amounts:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 301,686 | $ | 223,379 | $ | 59,496 | ||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
21.0 | % | 18.6 | % | 7.1 | % | ||||||
Free Cash Flow |
$ | 59,260 | $ | 135,218 | $ | 10,741 |
27
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), and depreciation and amortization, adjusted to exclude loss on extinguishment of debt, stock-based compensation expense, non-cash occupancy-related costs, lease intangible asset expense, pre-opening expenses, store closing expenses, executive transition costs, shared service center transition costs, COVID-19 related adjustments, transaction costs, and certain other adjustments. We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are considered non-GAAP financial measures under the SECs rules and regulations because they exclude certain charges included in net income (loss) calculated in accordance with GAAP.
Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are meaningful measures to share with investors because they best allow comparison of the performance of one period with that of another period. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin afford investors a view of what management considers its operating performance to be and the ability to make a more informed assessment of such operating performance as compared with that of the prior period.
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 84,720 | $ | 83,394 | $ | (63,483 | ) | |||||
Interest expense |
64,744 | 53,565 | 69,678 | |||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
39,578 | (5,529 | ) | 4,060 | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
55,753 | 47,385 | 59,432 | |||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt (1) |
1,023 | 47,541 | | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense(2) |
1,943 | 732 | 354 | |||||||||
Non-cash occupancy-related costs(3) |
1,464 | 228 | 11,778 | |||||||||
Lease intangible asset expense(4) |
7,677 | | | |||||||||
Pre-opening expenses(5) |
5,858 | 1,628 | 1,458 | |||||||||
Store closing expenses(6) |
2,732 | 397 | 10,315 | |||||||||
Executive transition costs(7) |
1,532 | 420 | 655 | |||||||||
Shared service center transition costs(8) |
| 181 | 358 | |||||||||
COVID-related adjustments(9) |
| (21,367 | ) | (31,820 | ) | |||||||
Transaction costs(10) |
4,728 | 12,604 | | |||||||||
Other adjustments(11) |
29,934 | 2,200 | (3,289 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 301,686 | $ | 223,379 | $ | 59,496 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) margin |
5.9 | % | 6.9 | % | (7.6 | )% | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
21.0 | % | 18.6 | % | 7.1 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Removes the effects of the loss on debt extinguishment related to the prepayment of the Companys prior term loan facility in April 2021 and the repayment of a mortgage loan on January 6, 2022. |
(2) | Stock-based compensation expense represents non-cash compensation expenses related to stock options granted to certain of our employees and directors. |
(3) | Includes the difference between cash and straight-line rent for all periods. |
(4) | In connection with the March 2019 Transactions and the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, the Company recorded intangible assets and liabilities for acquired lease contracts. Following the adoption of Topic 842, Leases (Topic 842), on January 2, 2022, the incremental value represented by these assets is classified as a component of right-of-use lease assets on the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheet, with the related amortization included within lease expense. Prior to the adoption |
28
of Topic 842, amortization related to the acquired lease intangible assets was classified in depreciation and amortization on the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). |
(5) | Pre-opening expenses include expenses incurred in the preparation and opening of new store and processing locations, such as payroll, training, travel, occupancy and supplies. |
(6) | Costs associated with the closing of certain retail locations, including lease termination costs, amounts paid to third parties for rent reduction negotiations, fees paid to landlords for store closings, and, in some instances, gains associated with early lease terminations. |
(7) | Represents severance costs associated with executive leadership changes and the 2nd Ave. Acquisition. |
(8) | Represents severance costs associated with the opening of our new shared service center in Boise, Idaho during fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020. |
(9) | Represents benefits, net of costs, received in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic including wage subsidies and severance costs. During fiscal year 2021, we received wage subsidies of $21.7 million and incurred $0.2 million in severance costs. During fiscal year 2020, we received $32.6 million in wage subsidies and incurred $0.8 million in severance costs. Wage subsidies are reflected as a reduction to employee personnel costs in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). |
(10) | Adjustments to fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2021, represent transaction costs related to this offering and the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, including third-party advisor and consulting fees, legal costs, and other transaction-related expenses. |
(11) | Other adjustments include foreign exchange gains and losses in each of the periods presented. During fiscal year 2022, we incurred $20.8 million of unrealized foreign exchange losses, net, which are classified within other adjustments. Fiscal year 2022 further includes a discretionary bonus paid in conjunction with our December 2022 dividend. Fiscal year 2021 is further adjusted for amortization related to the fair value step-up of inventory related to the 2nd Ave. Acquisition. |
Free Cash Flow
We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment. Free Cash Flow is considered a non-GAAP financial measure under the SECs rules and regulations because it excludes purchases of property and equipment calculated in accordance with GAAP. Management believes that Free Cash Flow, which measures the ability to generate additional cash from business operations, is an important financial measure for use in evaluating the companys financial performance and ability to reduce debt, fund acquisitions and fund growth initiatives.
The following table provides a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Free Cash Flow:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 169,433 | $ | 175,762 | $ | 29,913 | ||||||
Purchases of property and equipment (1) |
(110,173 | ) | (40,544 | ) | (19,172 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Free Cash Flow |
$ | 59,260 | $ | 135,218 | $ | 10,741 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Purchases of property and equipment include capital expenditures on our retail stores, CPCs and facilities, including leasehold improvements and information technology equipment. |
29
A description of the risks and uncertainties associated with our business is set forth below. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe to be material. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be harmed. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
If we fail to obtain a sufficient quantity of new and recurring quality secondhand items at attractive prices, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
The quality and quantity of the supply of our secondhand items are critically important drivers of our sales generated per pound of goods processed, which we internally refer to as sales yield. If we are unable to achieve a favorable sales yield with a sufficient quantity of goods obtained at attractive prices, our profitability will suffer. Our business model is based on sourcing from and selling to the local community, so our business is dependent on our ability to obtain quality secondhand items at attractive prices from sources in each community we operate in.
To the extent we are required to pay higher prices to our NPPs for secondhand items, our profitability will be directly negatively affected. The pricing of secondhand items may be dependent on factors such as the volume of items donated to our NPPs (which may fluctuate due to factors outside of our control), our ability to negotiate, maintain and grow our relationships with our NPPs and competition for secondhand items from other potential purchasers of secondhand items. As a result, if we are required to pay higher prices for secondhand items, our profitability will be reduced.
Furthermore, the quality of items we receive (either directly from our NPPs or through OSDs) is critical to our sales yield and profitability. To the extent the items supplied to us are lower in quality or are worse in condition, fewer of those items may be graded in our processing centers as saleable at retail; the price points they will be able to obtain may be lower; and fewer of those items may be seen as desirable by our customers and actually be sold at retail. Lower item quality could result in markdowns and other promotions in our retail stores and a greater proportion of items sold at wholesale. The sales prices we receive for items sold to our wholesale customers for reuse and repurposing are lower than those we receive for items sold at retail. As a result, lower item quality could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue from retail sales.
Finally, to the extent we do not obtain a sufficient quantity of quality secondhand items, we will not be able to provide our customers with a sufficient quantity of items they perceive as desirable. Because many of our customers desire a treasure hunt experience at our stores, a decline in the amount of desirable items could have a negative effect on their shopping experience and could have a negative impact on the number of store visits and purchase volumes of our existing customers as well as on our ability to attract new customers.
As a result, the failure to obtain a sufficient quantity of quality items at attractive prices could negatively impact our sales yield, revenues and profitability and could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
30
Our ability to obtain a sufficient quantity of quality secondhand items at attractive prices is dependent on maintaining our strong relationships with existing NPPs, maintaining and growing OSDs and developing new relationships in the areas in which we operate.
Our ability to cost-effectively obtain quality secondhand items is dependent on maintaining strong relationships with our existing NPPs, maintaining and growing OSDs and developing relationships with new NPPs and their donors. Numerous factors, however, may impede our ability to maintain and develop relationships with NPPs and their donors with quality secondhand items. Additionally, we generally do not have long term supply agreements with our NPPs. To expand our base of secondhand items for sale and our base of NPPs, we must appeal to and engage NPPs new to selling secondhand items and individuals new to donating secondhand items to our NPPs through OSDs. We cannot be certain that these efforts will result in more supply of quality secondhand items or that these efforts will be cost-effective.
In addition, as we expand our operations, because our business model is focused locally, we will be required to expand or develop relationships with NPPs and donors who make OSDs in and around those locations. If we are unable to develop and maintain those new relationships, our ability to grow our business will be negatively impacted.
Our efforts to appeal to NPPs and donors may not result in more supply of quality secondhand items, and these efforts may not be cost-effective. Our ability to obtain new and recurring quality secondhand items from new and existing NPPs and their donors depends on a number of factors, such as our ability to enhance and improve our Community Donation Centers, NPPs perceptions of whether payouts they are receiving are adequate, timely compensation for their items, and our reputation. Our ability to increase OSDs is dependent in large part on the convenience to donors of making a donation at one of our stores (which can be driven in large part by store location) and the quality of the donors donation experience, including the quality and selection of the NPPs to which they can donate their items. If we are unable to meet the expectations of our NPPs and their donors and drive repeat supply, the quality and volume of the secondhand items we receive could be adversely affected.
In addition, due to economic uncertainties, governmental orders, the recent COVID-19 pandemic and other similar events or other challenges, our NPPs may be unable to obtain donated items for delivered supply or may be unable or unwilling to continue supplying secondhand items on terms or in quantities desirable to us. Furthermore, such uncertainties, restrictions or events could have a negative impact on donors ability or willingness to make OSDs.
If we are unable to obtain a sufficient volume of quality secondhand items, our sales revenue from secondhand items would be materially and adversely affected, which would have a material, adverse effect on our business, growth prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to risks associated with sourcing and processing of secondhand items, including processing costs and capacity, risks due to damage, loss or contamination of items, increased costs to maintain and/or develop sources of supply and risks associated with itemizing, grading, storage, transportation and other logistics.
The secondhand items we offer at retail through our stores and at wholesale in domestic and global resale markets are initially sourced through our NPPs either directly or through OSDs at our stores. As a result, we are subject to fluctuations in the price we pay for secondhand items. In addition, the cost of merchandise sold may increase due to increases in labor costs, transportation costs and costs of storage, which may be driven by market forces outside our control, such as rising inflation. Furthermore, to the extent that the volume of secondhand items we obtain in a particular locality exceeds our capacity to process or store them, our ability to generate revenue in that locality will be limited by that capacity constraint. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted by these cost and capacity issues.
31
Furthermore, the secondhand items we receive may not be of sufficient quality or free from damage, and such secondhand items may be damaged during shipping or processing. While we conduct inspections of secondhand items in our inventory, we cannot control items while they are out of our possession or prevent all damage while in our processing facilities. For example, we may experience contamination from various sources, such as mold, bacteria, insects and other pests, in certain secondhand items provided to us. If we are unable to detect, quarantine and properly deal with such contaminants at the time such secondhand items are initially received in our stores or in our processing facilities, some or all of the other secondhand items in such facilities could be contaminated. We may incur additional expenses and our reputation could be harmed if the secondhand items we offer are damaged or contain contaminants.
We may also experience increased costs to attract, retain and grow relationships with our NPPs. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with our NPPs, or if they partner with our competitors and devote greater resources to implement and support the platforms or retail items of our competitors, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue, could be impaired, and our results of operations may suffer.
Our business depends on our ability to attract and retain suitable workers for our stores and processing facilities and to manage labor costs, particularly given recent disruptions in the supply and cost of labor.
Our future growth and performance, positive customer experience and legal and regulatory compliance depends on our ability to attract, develop, retain and motivate a large number of highly qualified store management personnel, processing employees and team members. Our team members in our processing facilities must efficiently and accurately sort and price many of our secondhand items for sale in our stores.
Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling labor costs in a labor market challenged by historically high rates of employee turnover, labor shortages and rising wage rates, is subject to many external factors, including competition for and availability of qualified personnel particularly during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, unemployment levels, governmental regulatory bodies such as the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and the National Labor Relations Board, prevailing wage rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate (including the heightened possibility of increased applicable minimum wage rules and regulations), the impact of wage inflation, health and other insurance costs, changes in employment and labor laws or other workplace regulations (including those relating to employee benefit programs such as health insurance and paid leave programs), our ability to maintain good relations with our team members, employee activism and our reputation and relevance within the labor market. Inflation has risen worldwide and the United States has recently experienced historically high levels of inflation. If the inflation rate continues to increase, it could also push up the costs of labor and our employee compensation expenses. Continued wage inflation could increase our operating costs, and there can be no assurance that our revenues will increase at the same rate to maintain the same level of profitability. In addition, to the extent unemployment assistance and other similar benefits are enhanced or extended by governmental agencies in the jurisdictions in which we operate (including in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic), such enhancements or extensions could have a negative effect on the supply of qualified workers.
Recently, we have incurred higher wage rates for our employees. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. We have taken certain price increases to, among other things, address labor costs. Unless we are able to pass on these increased labor costs and other increased costs to our customers by increasing prices for our products, our profitability and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
32
We compete with other retail businesses for many of our store management personnel and sales team members in hourly and part-time positions. These positions have had historically high turnover rates, which can lead to increased training and retention costs. In addition, we compete with retail business and warehouse operations for employees in our processing facilities, which are growing quickly and competing aggressively for additional labor. If we are unable to attract and retain quality employees and other management personnel, or fail to comply with the regulations and laws impacting personnel, our operations, processing efficiency, customer service levels, legal and regulatory compliance and support functions could suffer, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, to the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, or attempts to unionize, our labor and other related costs could increase. Our ability to pass along labor and other related costs to our customers is constrained by our everyday low-price model, and we may not be able to offset such increased costs elsewhere in our business.
Our continued growth depends on attracting new, and retaining existing, customers, including by increasing the acceptance of thrift among new and growing customer demographics.
To expand our customer base, we must appeal to and attract customers who do not typically purchase secondhand items, who have historically purchased only new retail items or who used other means to purchase secondhand items, such as other consignment and thrift stores or the websites of secondary marketplaces. We reach new customers through paid search, social media, influencers, advertising, other paid marketing, press coverage, retail locations, referral programs, organic word of mouth and other methods of discovery, such as converting our NPPs donors to customers. We expect to continue investing in these and other marketing channels in the future and cannot be certain that these efforts will enable us to attract and retain more customers, result in increased purchase frequency or increased basket sizes from our customers or be cost-effective. In addition, successful growth requires us to find appropriate store locations tailored to consumer demographics in our targeted market areas. Our ability to attract and retain customers also depends on our ability to offer a broad selection of desirable and quality secondhand items in our stores, our ability to consistently provide high-quality customer experiences and our ability to promote and position our brands and stores. Our investments in marketing may not effectively reach potential customers and existing customers, potential customers or existing customers may decide not to buy through us or the spend of customers that purchase from us may not yield the intended return on investment, any of which could negatively affect our results of operations. Moreover, consumer preferences may change, and customers may not purchase through our stores as frequently or spend as much with us as historically has been the case. As a result, the revenue generated from customer transactions in the future may not be as high as the revenue generated from transactions historically. Consequently, failure to attract new customers and to retain existing customers could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Both supply of and demand for our products is influenced by general economic conditions, including trends in consumer spending.
Our business and results of operations are subject to global economic conditions, conditions in the markets in which we operate and their impact on consumer discretionary spending, particularly in the retail market. Some of the factors that may negatively influence consumer spending on retail items include high levels of unemployment, high consumer debt levels, a prolonged economic downturn or acute recession, fluctuating interest rates and credit availability, fluctuating fuel and other energy costs, fluctuating commodity prices, other inflationary pressures and general uncertainty regarding the overall future political and economic environment. Economic conditions in particular regions may also be affected by natural disasters, such as earthquakes, hurricanes and wildfires; unforeseen public health
33
crises, such as pandemics and epidemics, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic; political crises, such as terrorist attacks, war and other incidents of political or social instability or other catastrophic events, whether occurring in the United States, Canada or internationally, such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine. The presence or absence of government stimulus funding programs has had and may continue to have an impact on consumer discretionary spending and, consequently, purchases at our stores.
Traditionally, consumer purchases of new retail items have declined and secondhand markets have grown during periods of economic uncertainty, when disposable income is reduced or when there is a reduction in consumer confidence. Nevertheless, we cannot guarantee that our customers will continue to visit our stores and buy our items if economic conditions worsen. On the other hand, economic upswings could increase the rate of new retail purchases in the primary market and slow the rate at which individuals choose to shop in the secondhand market, thereby decreasing our revenue.
Furthermore, fluctuations in economic and other conditions could also negatively impact the rate at which individuals choose to donate their secondhand items to our NPPs. To the extent that donors have lower actual or perceived wealth or economic security, donors may be less willing or able to donate items to our NPPs (either directly or through OSDs). The constriction of supply of secondhand items could increase the price we must pay for items and could also reduce the quality and quantity of items we are able to purchase for sale in our stores, which would adversely affect our revenues, profitability and sales yields.
As a result, general economic and other conditions could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.
We have experienced rapid growth, and those growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
We have experienced rapid growth in certain recent periods, and may continue to experience rapid growth in future periods, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management and our operational and financial resources. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of customers using our stores in certain periods, despite a reduction in total days our stores were open during 2020 and growth rates that were impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, our organizational structure is becoming more complex as we scale our operational, financial and management controls as well as our reporting systems and procedures.
To manage growth in our operations and the growth in our number of customers, we will need to continue to grow and improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. We will also need to actively and carefully manage the expansion of our store footprint through a targeted real estate strategy. We will need to maintain or increase the automation of our processing facilities (including our CPCs) and continue to improve how we apply data science to our operations. Our expansion has placed, and our expected future growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our management, marketing, operations, administrative, legal, financial, customer support, engineering and other resources. If we fail to manage our anticipated growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, our employee morale, productivity and retention could suffer, which could negatively affect our brands and reputation and harm our ability to attract new customers and to grow our business. In addition, future growth, such as the potential further expansion of our operations internationally or expansion into new categories of offerings, either organically or through acquisitions, would require significant capital expenditures, which could adversely affect our results of operations, and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and change in these areas.
34
In future periods, we may not be able to sustain or increase revenue growth rates consistent with recent history, or at all. We believe our success and revenue growth depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to:
| generate a sufficient amount of new and recurring quality secondhand items at an attractive price by maintaining our strong relationships with existing NPPs, maintaining and growing OSDs and developing new relationships in the areas in which we operate; |
| attract and retain suitable workers for our stores and processing facilities and manage labor costs; |
| attract new, and retain existing, customers, including by increasing the acceptance of thrift among new and growing customer demographics; |
| increase awareness of our brands; |
| maintain a high level of customer service and satisfaction; |
| anticipate and respond to changing market preferences; |
| anticipate and respond to macroeconomic changes generally, including changes in the markets for both new and secondhand retail items; |
| identify and obtain suitable locations for new stores and facilities; |
| adapt to changing conditions in our industry and related to the COVID-19 pandemic and measures implemented to contain its spread; |
| improve, expand and further automate our CPC operations, information systems and stores; |
| effectively scale our operations while maintaining high-quality service and customer satisfaction; |
| successfully compete against established companies and new market entrants, including national retailers and brands, other consignment and thrift stores and online resale platforms; |
| avoid or manage interruptions in our business from information technology downtime, cybersecurity, breaches and other factors that could affect our physical and digital infrastructure; and |
| comply with regulations applicable to our business. |
If we are unable to accomplish any of these tasks, our revenue growth may be harmed. We also expect our operating expenses to increase in future periods, and if our revenue growth does not increase to offset these anticipated increases in our operating expenses, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be harmed, and we may not be able to maintain profitability.
We may not be able to identify and obtain suitable locations for new stores as we grow our business. The success of each store location is dependent on a number of factors, including site suitability, our ability to negotiate appropriate store leases, customer traffic and convenience and proximity to NPPs and their donors, customers, suitable workers and our processing facilities.
Our business strategy requires us to find appropriate store and processing facility sites in our targeted market areas. We compete with other retailers and businesses for acceptable locations for our stores and other facilities. For the purpose of identifying suitable locations we rely, in part, on information regarding the demographics of the local areas, both with respect to potential customers and potential donors. While we believe demographics are helpful indicators of favorable locations, we recognize that this information cannot predict future consumer preferences and buying trends with
35
complete accuracy. We also rely on other factors such as proximity to potential and existing NPPs and their donors, our CPCs and suitable workers. Time frames for negotiations and store development vary from location to location and can be subject to unforeseen delays or unexpected cancellations.
We lease all of our locations. While locations that source product through a CPC do not require on-site production facilities, currently, most of our locations have processing facilities on-site. To the extent a location requires an on-site processing facility, the location will have specific requirements as to size, layout and physical facilities that may not be available widely in the local area. To the extent suitable store and other locations are unavailable, whether due to large scale redevelopment of shopping centers or otherwise, we may experience difficulties entering into new leases on favorable terms. The failure to secure new locations for our stores and other facilities could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to grow and maintain our business.
Our store leases are generally for extended terms with a typical initial term of 10 years, and we had an average remaining term of obligation of approximately 6.4 years as of December 31, 2022. The majority of our leases contain provisions for base rent and a small number of our leases contain provisions for base rent plus percentage rent based on sales in excess of an agreed upon minimum annual sales level. We may not be able to terminate a particular lease if or when we would like to do so, which could prevent us from closing or relocating certain underperforming locations. If we decide to close locations, we generally are required to continue paying rent and operating expenses for the balance of the lease term, and the performance of any of these obligations may be expensive. When we assign or sublease vacated locations, we may remain liable on the lease obligations for the rent differential or if the assignee or sub-lessee does not perform. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks associated with leasing locations, which can have a material and adverse effect on us.
If we are unable to renew, renegotiate or replace our leases or enter into leases for new locations on favorable terms, our growth and profitability could be harmed, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are also required to make significant lease payments for our existing leases, which may strain our cash flow. We depend on net cash provided by operating activities to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash provided by operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under our credit facilities or from other sources, we may not be able to service our lease expenses, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would harm our business.
Some of our stores may have challenges achieving period-to-period comparable store sales growth targets due to various factors outside our control, including availability of quality secondhand items, availability of suitable workers, site suitability, lease terms and conditions, operational risks and regional growth and development patterns.
Because each store seeks to sell secondhand goods that are sourced locally to customers in its local area, each stores results may fluctuate from one period to the next. While we seek to grow comparable store sales, various factors (many of which are outside our control) may negatively impact each stores ability to meet our comparable store sales targets. These factors include (among others):
| COVID-related or other government-imposed operational restrictions; |
| changes in the availability of quality secondhand items; |
| changes in the availability of suitable workers; |
| changes in or termination of store and facility leases; |
36
| changes in the economy or demographics of the local area or region; |
| changes in weather or climate; |
| the impact of natural disasters, cyber-attacks, social unrest or terrorist incidents; |
| changes in our relationships with local NPPs and the local community of donors; |
| changes in the timing and extent of promotional and advertising efforts; and |
| holidays or seasonal periods. |
If our future year-to-year store sales growth fails to meet expectations, then our cash flow and profitability could decline substantially, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have significant foreign operations, particularly in Canada, so we are subject to risks specific to operating in these jurisdictions and are also exposed to exchange rate risks, which we may not be able to fully hedge.
As of December 31, 2022, we operated 152 stores in Canada and 12 stores in Australia. Our operations in these non-U.S. jurisdictions require us to understand the retail climate and trends, customs and cultures, seasonal differences, business practices and competitive conditions in those jurisdictions. We are also required to familiarize ourselves with the laws, rules, regulations and government of each of those jurisdictions. Operations in each jurisdiction also require us to develop the appropriate in-country infrastructure, identify suitable partners for local operations and successfully integrate operations in that jurisdiction with our overall operations while effectively communicating and implementing company policies and practices. There are also financial, regulatory and other risks associated with international operations, including currency exchange fluctuations, potentially adverse tax and transfer pricing considerations, limitations on the repatriation and investment of funds outside of the country where earned, trade regulations, the risk of sudden policy or regulatory changes, the risk of political, economic and civil instability and labor unrest and uncertainties regarding interpretation, application and enforceability of laws and agreements. Any of these risks could adversely impact our operations, profitability or liquidity.
With respect to our Canadian operations, among other data privacy requirements, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA) and various provincial laws require that companies give detailed privacy notices to consumers, obtain consent to collect, use and disclose personal information, with limited exceptions, allow individuals to access and correct their personal information and report certain data breaches. In addition, Canadas Anti-Spam Legislation (CASL) or provincial privacy or data protection laws could result in significant fines and penalties or possible damage awards.
In addition our Canadian and Australian operations use a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar. In fiscal year 2022, 45.3% of our net sales were derived from markets outside the United States. We are exposed to currency translation risk because the results of our international businesses in some countries are generally reported in local currency, which we then translate to U.S. dollars we record for our foreign assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and could have a negative effect on our financial results.
The global COVID-19 pandemic and the governments responses in the jurisdictions in which we operate has had and may continue to have an unpredictable and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and similar events may have such effects in the future.
Some of our operations and financial performance since early 2020 have been negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic that has caused, and may continue to cause, a slowdown of
37
economic activity, disruptions in global supply chains, and significant volatility in financial markets. We have experienced, and may continue to experience, operational challenges from personnel absences, temporary closures of our stores, offices and processing facilities, further or ongoing reduced capacity at those locations, decreased foot traffic at and/or closure of our stores and a decrease or volatile patterns in spending on retail in general. Furthermore, developing various responses to the challenges caused by COVID-19 and its effects has and may continue to divert the attention of our management team. For example, in March 2020, due to the progression of COVID-19 in areas where we operate and have corporate offices, we temporarily closed our corporate offices and all of our locations in the United States and Canada for a period of time to slow the spread of COVID-19, protect our team members and comply with certain local regulations. Later in 2020, all of our stores in Australia and stores elsewhere in our network were closed for similar reasons.
The continued impact of COVID-19 on the global slowdown in economic activity may heighten other risks disclosed in this prospectus. Public health concerns, such as COVID-19, could also result in social, economic and labor instability in the localities in which we or our customers and NPPs and their donors reside. Such instability and concerns could negatively impact the amount and quality of donations to our NPPs (whether directly provided to us by NPPs or through OSDs) and could also negatively impact our customers willingness to shop at our stores, which would negatively impact our revenues and sales yields.
The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic continues to impact our results and financial position will depend on future developments, which are uncertain and difficult to predict. The effects of COVID-19 pandemic and related public health restrictions had a significant negative impact on our net sales and pounds processed during fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020, respectively. Our retail stores were closed for a substantial portion of 2020 due to public health restrictions enacted during the pandemic, which resulted in lower store traffic and retail sales volume. In addition, due to the closure of our retail locations during the pandemic, we accepted fewer donations made to our NPPs at our Community Donation Centers.
While we have seen recovery in our business from the initial economic effects of the pandemic, the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and financial performance depends on many factors that are not within our control. Any of these uncertainties and actions we take to mitigate the effects of COVID-19 and uncertainties related to COVID-19 could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. We face similar risks with respect to any worsening of the COVID-19 pandemic, the spread of any variants of COVID-19, and any future outbreaks of disease. See the section titled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCOVID-19 Update for additional information about the impact of COVID-19 on our business.
We may not be able to expand our CPC operations in geographic regions that enable us to effectively scale our operations.
To grow our business, we must continue to improve and expand our CPC operations, proprietary systems, equipment and related technology. We must also staff our CPCs with suitable workers in each of the localities we wish to service. Our CPC operations are complex and require the coordination of multiple functions that are highly dependent on numerous qualified employees and personnel working as a team. Each item that we process requires multiple touch points, including categorization, inspection, grading, pricing and delivery to our store locations. This process is complex and, from time to time, we may have more secondhand items arriving from our NPPs and their donors than we can timely process.
As we grow our CPC operations, we expect that the number of employees in our CPCs will increase significantly in the near term, particularly as and when concerns and restrictions due to
38
COVID-19 abate. The market for these employees is increasingly competitive and is highly dependent on geographic location. We could be required to raise wages or introduce other compensation incentives to remain competitive, which could increase our costs and harm our results of operations. If we fail to effectively locate, hire and retain such personnel, our ability to continue to implement our CPC strategy could be negatively impacted, which could harm our growth prospects and our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Further, the success of our business depends on our ability to secure additional locations for our CPCs that are able to serve our stores. Space meeting our physical requirements in well-positioned geographic locations is becoming increasingly scarce, and where it is available, the lease terms offered by landlords are increasingly competitive, particularly in geographic locations with access to the large, qualified talent pools required for us to run our logistics infrastructure. Companies who have more financial resources and negotiating leverage than us may be more attractive tenants and, as a result, may outbid us for the facilities we seek. Due to the competitive nature of the real estate market in the locations where we currently operate, we may be unable to renew our existing leases or renew them on satisfactory terms. Failure to identify and secure suitable new CPCs or to maintain our current CPCs could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we are unable to successfully leverage technology to automate and drive efficiencies in our operations, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
We are continuing to build automation, machine learning and other capabilities to drive efficiencies in our stores, our CPC operations, our ABP capabilities and other automated processing functions. As we continue to enhance automation and add capabilities, our operations may become increasingly complex. While we expect these technologies to improve productivity in many of our merchandising operations, including processing, itemizing and selling, any flaws, bugs or failures of such technologies could cause interruptions in and delays to our operations, which may harm our business. We are increasing our investment in technology, software and systems to support these efforts, but such investments may not increase productivity, maintain or improve the experience for customers or result in more efficient operations. While we have created our own proprietary technology to operate our business, we also rely on technology from third parties, particularly in our CPCs. If we are no longer able to rely on such third parties, we would be required to either seek licenses to technologies or services from other third parties and redesign aspects of business and operations to function with such technologies or services or develop such technologies ourselves, either of which would result in increased costs and could result in operational delays until equivalent technologies can be licensed or developed and integrated into our business and operations.
We are subject to various risks to our physical store and processing facility locations, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business model is predicated on sourcing from local NPPs and their donors and selling to local customers. As a result, our stores and processing facilities are critical to our operations, and disruptions to those facilities (as well as to our headquarters) could disrupt our business and overall operations.
Our various facilities including our CPCs, may be affected by natural disasters, disease outbreaks, severe weather events or man-made events such as terrorism, labor unrest, social unrest, riots, looting and arson. Our facilities may also be affected by construction defects, damage to the physical structure that requires repair or disruptions in utility service. Any of the above events could severely disrupt our operations, cause harm to our team members and result in damage to or loss of inventory (in a location or regionally).
39
Additionally, given the nature of the unique selection of secondhand items we offer in our stores, our ability to restore such secondhand items in our stores would take time, and to the extent any events affecting our stores or other facilities also affect our NPPs or their donors, the supply of goods to our stores may also suffer. As a result, any of these events could result in a limitation and delay of available supply for customers, which would negatively impact our revenue and results of operations. For example, in March 2020 due to the progression of COVID-19 in areas where we operate and have corporate offices, we temporarily closed our corporate offices and all of our locations in the United States and Canada for a period of time to slow the spread of COVID-19, protect our team members and comply with certain local regulations. Later in 2020, all of our stores in Australia and stores elsewhere in our network were closed for similar reasons. In 2021, closures and reductions in operations due to COVID-19 continued in discrete geographical regions where we operate, including, for example, Ontario, Canada. Such reductions in operations and closures have slowed and may in the future slow or temporarily halt our operations and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are also subject to shrinkage of inventory at our stores and facilities, and if we are unable to control such shrinkage, our sales yields will be negatively affected.
Further, while our property insurance covers certain of our inventory and losses, insurance coverage has become more expensive, which has resulted in increased premiums and deductibles. The insurance we do carry may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms and, in any event, may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that our business could suffer. In the event that we suffer a catastrophic loss of any or all of our facilities or the secondhand items in such facilities, our liabilities may exceed the maximum insurance coverage amount, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
A failure to retain key store and processing center management personnel could materially and adversely affect our business.
Our performance also depends on recruiting, hiring, developing, training and retaining talented key management personnel for our stores and processing facilities. Similar to other retailers, we face challenges in securing and retaining sufficient talent in key management for many reasons, including competition for talent in the retail industry and in various geographic markets. In addition, because of the distinctive nature of our business model, which emphasizes promotion from within, we must provide significant internal training and development for key management personnel across the company and must effectively manage succession planning. If we do not effectively attract qualified individuals, train them in our business model and operating procedures, support their development, engage them in our business and retain them in sufficient numbers and at appropriate levels of the organization, our growth could be limited, and the successful execution of our business model could be adversely affected.
Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.
In September 2022, one retail store in Ontario, Canada voted to be represented by a union. Collective bargaining is ongoing. We have been bargaining with the union on a proposed collective agreement since late 2022. We meet with the union monthly, and we expect bargaining to continue through the second quarter of 2023, and potentially into the third quarter of 2023, before a final collective agreement is reached. If our employees decide to form or affiliate with a union, we cannot predict the effects such future organizational activities will have on our business and operations. If we were to become subject to work stoppages, we could experience disruption in our operations, including increases in our labor costs, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
40
In addition, we have in the past and could face in the future a variety of employee claims against us, including but not limited to general discrimination, privacy, wage and hour, labor and employment, Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) and disability claims. Any claims could also result in litigation against us or regulatory proceedings being brought against us by various federal and state agencies that regulate our business, including the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. Often these cases raise complex factual and legal issues and create risks and uncertainties.
Acquisitions could be difficult to identify, pose integration challenges, divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our results of operations and expansion prospects.
We have in the past and may in the future make acquisitions of other companies or technologies. Competition within our industry for acquisitions of businesses (such as the 2nd Ave. Acquisition) may become intense, and we have limited experience in acquisitions. As such, even if we are able to identify a target for acquisition, we may not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially reasonable terms, or such target may be acquired by another company including, potentially, one of our competitors. Negotiations for such potential acquisitions may result in diversion of management time and significant out-of-pocket costs. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position, realize the benefits from the acquired business or otherwise achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by customers, team members, or investors or result in the incurrence of significant other liabilities. We may also not be able to successfully integrate the acquired operations, systems (including financial, inventory, customer and other systems), team members and facilities into our company, and the time and resources spent on such integration could be greater than expected. We may expend significant cash or incur substantial debt to finance such acquisitions, which indebtedness may restrict our business or require the use of available cash to make interest and principal payments. In addition, we may finance or otherwise complete acquisitions by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, which may result in further dilution of our existing stockholders. For example, we spent significant time and resources and incurred a significant amount of debt to finance the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, and expect to spend significant additional resources on integrating the 2nd Ave. operations, including 12 new stores, into our business. Doing so may take more time or use more resources than we expect, and we may not be successful at all in realizing our goals in the transaction. Additionally, the time and resources we spend toward integrating 2nd Ave. operations, systems (including financial, inventory, customer and other systems), team members and facilities may be a significant distraction to successfully growing the rest of our business. If we fail to evaluate and execute acquisitions successfully or fail to successfully address any of these risks, our results of operations and expansion prospects may be harmed.
We face risks related to acquisitions or joint ventures we may pursue.
We may in the future seek to acquire businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement our business, extend our store footprint into new localities, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. Any acquisition, investment or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In addition, we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to successfully integrate the acquired personnel, operations, systems and technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. Specifically, we may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired business, operations, systems, technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including accounting charges. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment or business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.
41
We may not be able to find and identify desirable acquisition targets or we may not be successful in entering into an agreement with any one target. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our results of operations. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, results of operations and financial condition may suffer.
Actions by wholesale customers could harm our brands and reputation, influence donor behavior and adversely affect our relationships with our NPPs and our customers.
We believe that our brands and reputation have significantly contributed to the success of our business. Our reputation, brands and ability to build trust with existing and new customers, donors and NPPs may be adversely affected by complaints and negative publicity about us and our merchandise, even if factually incorrect or based on isolated incidents. Our ability to attract and retain customers and maintain or enhance our relationships with NPPs and their donors is highly dependent upon external perceptions of our company, and damage to our brands and reputation may be caused by wholesale customers that improperly use or dispose of the items we sell to them. These and other events that may harm our brands and reputation could diminish the confidence of our customers in our products and shopping experience and could negatively impact the acceptance by our NPPs and their donors of our company and our business model. These risks could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such events could also cause our stockholders to sell or otherwise dispose of a significant number of shares of our common stock, which may have a significant adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.
Disruptions in the wholesale markets due to market conditions, conditions in the countries where our wholesale goods are sold or other factors may adversely affect our business.
Much of the merchandise we purchase from our NPPs is not sold in our stores, but instead is sold into the global wholesale secondhand goods market. We have in the past, and may in the future, experience fluctuations and disruptions in this market. These fluctuations and disruptions could be caused by an influx of inexpensive textiles or other replacement goods that could compete with the secondhand goods we offer. In addition, a change in the end markets in which these goods are sold could affect demand for secondhand goods in the wholesale market. These end markets may be affected negatively by natural disasters, civil unrest, economic conditions or other localized or regional events. Further, changes in laws, rules and regulations in the end markets could also negatively affect demand for or price of secondhand items. If we are unable to sell a sufficient amount of secondhand goods into the wholesale market, our business, our reputation and our revenues, profitability, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Our business could be negatively impacted by a failure to live up to our commitments to, or our failure to appropriately address existing and emerging matters relating to, sustainability and good corporate citizenship and diversity.
Our company is premised on a focus on sustainability and the reduction of waste in our local communities and in the textile and other industries through thrift, reuse and repurposing. We also seek to maintain good corporate citizenship and continuously strive for a more inclusive and diverse workplace. Our mission is to promote a more sustainable future by making secondhand second nature and positively impacting the communities we operate in. Our company is committed to a focus on sustainability and the reduction of waste in our local communities through thrift, reuse and repurposing. We also seek to maintain good corporate citizenship and continuously strive for a more inclusive and diverse workplace. Our commitment to such matters may require us to devote additional resources in our review of prospective investments and our operations and could increase the amount of expenses we are required to bear, which could lead to reduced profitability. In addition, if incidents occur in which we fail, or are perceived to have failed, to live up to our commitments to sustainability, good corporate
42
citizenship or diversity, or if we fail to accurately report our progress toward such commitments, negative publicity with respect to any such incident could discourage our customers from shopping at our stores, causing our net sales to decrease, and could negatively impact our relationships with our NPPs and their donors, causing the quantity and quality of secondhand goods we receive to decrease (and thus negatively impacting our revenues and sales yields). We could also be criticized for the scope of our sustainability, good corporate citizenship or diversity commitments and engagement; or for a perceived lack of sustainability, good corporate citizenship or diversity commitments and engagement; or for any perceived lack of transparency about such matters, which in turn could have a negative impact on stakeholder perception and stakeholder engagement with our business. This may also impact our ability to attract and retain talent to compete in the marketplace. These risks could therefore have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The market in which we participate is competitive and rapidly changing, and if we do not compete effectively with established companies as well as new market entrants or maintain and develop strategic relationships with NPPs, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
The markets for resale and secondhand items are highly competitive. We compete with vendors of new and secondhand items, including branded goods stores, local, national and global department stores, consignment and thrift stores (including non-profit operators), specialty retailers, direct-to-consumer, retailers, discount chains, independent retail stores, the offerings of other retail competitors, resale players focused on niche or single categories, as well as internet-based secondhand retailers and other technology-enabled marketplaces. We believe our ability to compete depends on many factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:
| maintaining favorable brand recognition; |
| identifying and delivering quality secondhand items; |
| maintaining and increasing the amount, diversity and quality of secondhand items that we offer; |
| our ability to expand the means through which we acquire and offer secondhand items for resale; |
| attracting and retaining suitable workers for our stores and processing facilities and managing labor costs; |
| attracting donors and retaining relationships with NPPs; |
| the ease with which our customers and NPPs and their donors can supply, purchase and return secondhand items; |
| the price at which secondhand items are offered; |
| the speed and cost at which we can process and make available secondhand items to our customers; and |
| attracting and retaining customers and increasing the volume of secondhand items they buy. |
As our market evolves and we begin to compete with new market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. Established companies may not only develop their own platforms and competing lines of business, but also acquire or establish cooperative relationships with our current competitors or provide meaningful incentives to third parties to favor their offerings over our stores. The performance of our competitors as well as changes in their pricing and promotional policies, marketing activities, new location openings, merchandising and operational strategies could negatively impact our sales and profitability.
43
Many of our existing competitors have, and some of our potential competitors or potential alliances among competitors could have, substantial competitive advantages such as greater brand name recognition and longer operating histories; larger fulfillment infrastructures; greater technical capabilities; internet-based marketplaces; broader supply; established relationships with a larger existing customer and/or NPP and donor base; better access to merchandise; superior or more desirable secondhand items for sale or resale; greater customer service resources; greater financial, marketing, institutional and other resources; greater resources to make acquisitions; lower labor and development costs; larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios; and better access to capital markets than we do. Such competitors with greater financial and operating resources may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements and derive greater revenue and profits from their existing customer bases, adopt more aggressive pricing policies to build larger customer or NPP bases or respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in consumer shopping behavior.
If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with our NPPs, or if they partner with our competitors and devote greater resources to implement and support the platforms or retail items of our competitors, our ability to compete in the marketplace, or to grow our revenue, could be impaired, and the results of our operations may suffer. Even if these partnerships and any future partnerships we undertake are successful, these relationships may not result in increased buying and selling through our stores or increased revenue.
Conditions in our market could also change rapidly and significantly as a result of technological advancements, partnering by our competitors or continuing market consolidation or strategic changes we or our competitors make in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and it is uncertain how our market will evolve. These competitive pressures in our market or our failure to compete effectively may result in price reductions, fewer customers and NPPs, reduced revenue, reduced profitability, increased net losses and loss of market share. Any failure to meet and address these factors could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
National retailers and brands set their own retail prices and promotional discounts on new items, which could adversely affect our value proposition to customers and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
National retailers and brands set pricing for their own new retail items, which can include promotional discounts. For example, there may be reductions in the price of new retail items in light of an economic downturn. Promotional pricing by these parties may adversely affect the relative value of secondhand items offered for resale with us. In order to attract customers to our stores, the prices for the secondhand items sold through our stores may need to be lowered in order to compete with pricing strategies employed by national retailers and brands for their own new retail items. These pricing changes and promotional discounts could, as a result, adversely affect our business, revenue, growth, results of operations and financial condition.
Natural disasters, pandemics, geo-political events and other highly disruptive events could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as fires, hurricanes, tornados, tsunamis, floods and earthquakes, geo-political events or terrorist or military activities disrupting transportation, communication or utility systems (such as the ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine) or other highly disruptive events, such as nuclear accidents, public health epidemics or pandemics (such as the COVID-19 outbreak), unusual weather conditions, widespread supply chain disruptions or cyberattacks, could adversely affect our business operations and financial performance. Such events could result in physical damage to or destruction or disruption of one or more of our properties (including our corporate offices, Centralized Processing Centers, other processing facilities and stores)
44
or properties used by NPPs in connection with the supply of secondhand items to us, negative impacts on our team members in parts or all of our operations, supply chain disruptions, data, utility and communications disruptions, fewer customers visiting our stores, including due to quarantines or public health crises and the inability of our customers to reach or have transportation to our stores directly affected by such events. Such events could cause us to incur significant costs to relocate or re-establish these functions and negatively impact our operating results. These events could also negatively impact the willingness of donors to donate items to our NPPs (either directly to our NPPs or through OSDs), which would adversely affect the price, quantity and quality of secondhand items we are able to purchase. In addition, these events could cause a temporary reduction in consumer sales or the ability to sell our items or could indirectly result in increases in the costs of our insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage. These factors could also cause reputational harm, decreased consumer confidence and spending and/or increased volatility in the United States, Canada and global financial markets and economies. Any of these developments could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our advertising activity may fail to efficiently drive growth in customers, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our future growth and potential profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our advertising, promotion, public relations and marketing programs, and we are investing in these activities. Our advertising activities may not yield increased revenue and the efficacy of these activities will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:
| determine the effective creative message and media mix for advertising, marketing and promotional expenditures; |
| select the right markets, media and specific media vehicles in which to advertise; |
| identify the most effective and efficient level of spending in each market, media and specific media vehicle; and |
| effectively manage marketing costs, including creative and media expenses, to maintain acceptable customer acquisition costs. |
We closely monitor the effectiveness of our advertising campaigns and changes in the advertising market, and adjust or re-allocate our advertising spend across channels, customer segments and geographic markets in real-time to optimize the effectiveness of these activities. We expect to increase advertising spend in future periods to continue driving our growth. Increases in the pricing of one or more of our marketing and advertising channels could increase our marketing and advertising expenses or cause us to choose less expensive but possibly less effective marketing and advertising channels. If we implement new marketing and advertising strategies, we may incur significantly higher costs than our current channels, which, in turn, could adversely affect our results of operations.
Implementing new marketing and advertising strategies also could increase the risk of devoting significant capital and other resources to endeavors that do not prove to be cost effective. We also may incur marketing and advertising expenses significantly in advance of the time we anticipate recognizing revenue associated with such expenses and our marketing and advertising expenditures may not generate sufficient levels of brand awareness or result in increased revenue. Even if our marketing and advertising expenses result in increased sales (or donations made to our NPPs), the increase might not offset our related expenditures. If we are unable to maintain our marketing and advertising channels on cost-effective terms or replace or supplement existing marketing and advertising channels with similarly or more effective channels, our marketing and advertising expenses could increase substantially, our customer base could be adversely affected, our brands could suffer and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
45
We may not succeed in promoting and maintaining our reputation, which could harm our business and future growth.
We believe that maintaining our reputation is critical to driving customer and NPP and donor engagement. An important goal of our brand promotion strategy is establishing trust with our customers and NPPs and their donors.
For customers, maintaining our reputation requires that we foster trust through responsive and effective customer service and a broad supply of desirable brands and secondhand items. For NPPs and their donors, maintaining our brands and reputation requires that we foster convenience with service that is convenient, consistent and timely. We must also maintain trust through consistent receiving and payment processes for secondhand items supplied to us. Our payments must also be perceived by our NPPs to be adequate compensation for the items they collect.
If we fail to maintain our reputation with our customers, our revenues could be materially and adversely affected. If we fail to maintain our reputation with our NPPs and their donors, the quantity and quality of goods supplied to us could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, a failure to maintain our reputation could have a material, adverse effect on our business, growth, results of operations and financial condition.
Certain estimates of market opportunity and our customer and NPP and donor metrics included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and any real or perceived inaccuracies may harm our reputation and negatively affect our business.
This prospectus includes our estimates, based on research, surveys and internally generated data, of the addressable market for our company and metrics related to our customers and NPPs and their donors. Market opportunity estimates, whether obtained from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size of our target market, market demand, capacity to address this demand and pricing may prove to be inaccurate. The addressable market we estimate may not materialize for many years, if ever.
We may not be able to address fully the markets that we believe we can address, and we cannot be sure that these markets will grow at historical rates or the rates we expect for the future. Even if we are able to address the markets that we believe represent our market opportunity and even if these markets experience the growth we expect, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the estimates and forecasts of market size and opportunity and of market growth included in this prospectus may not be indicative of our future growth.
Certain metrics presented in this prospectus, including the numbers of customers and NPPs and their donors, are based on market research, internally generated data, assumptions and estimates, and we use these numbers in managing our business. To the extent the metrics are inaccurate, our business decisions based on such metrics may prove to be incorrect. If investors or analysts do not perceive our metrics to be accurate representations of our business, or if we discover material inaccuracies in our metrics or the underlying information, our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed.
46
Risks Relating to Information Technology, Intellectual Property, Data Security and Privacy
Compromises of our data security, including cyber-attacks or data breaches, could cause us to incur unexpected expenses and may materially harm our reputation and results of operations.
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, process and store certain personal information and other data relating to individuals, such as our customers and employees. We also maintain other information, such as financial information, operating statistics and metrics, trade secrets and confidential business information and certain confidential information of third parties, that is sensitive and that we seek to protect.
We rely substantially on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide security for our processing, transmission and storage of personal information and other confidential information. We have been in the past and could be in the future the subject of hacking, phishing attacks, data breaches, ransomware attacks or other attacks. For example, in July 2020, we suffered a ransomware attack that caused the loss of some of our data and caused some temporary operational disruptions. These incidents have allowed, and may in the future continue to allow, hackers or other unauthorized parties to gain access to personal information or other data, including payment card data or confidential business information, and we might not discover such issues for an extended period. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. In addition, our employees, NPPs or other third parties with whom we do business may attempt to circumvent security measures in order to misappropriate such personal information, confidential information or other data, or may inadvertently release or compromise such data. We are also affected by the security practices of our third-party service providers, which may be outside of our direct control. If these third parties fail to adhere to adequate security practices, or experience a breach of their networks, our users data may be improperly accessed, used or disclosed, and our business operations may be disrupted. We expect to incur ongoing costs associated with the detection and prevention of security breaches and other security-related incidents. In addition, we provide the audit committee of our board of directors regular reports on such breaches or incidents, including the July 2020 incident, and on our efforts to implement more robust security measures. We may incur additional costs in the event of a security breach or other security-related incident. Any actual or perceived compromise of our systems or data security measures or those of third parties with whom we do business, or any failure to prevent or mitigate the loss of personal or other confidential information and delays in detecting or providing notice of any such compromise or loss could disrupt our operations, harm the perception of our security measures, damage our reputation, cause some participants to decrease or stop their visiting of our stores and subject us to litigation, government action, increased transaction fees, regulatory fines or penalties or other additional costs and liabilities that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our insurance coverage may not be adequate for data handling or data security liabilities, and that insurance may not continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all. An insurer may also deny coverage as to a future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.
In addition, the changes in our work environment as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic could impact the security of our systems, as well as our ability to protect against attacks and detect and respond to them quickly. Any rapid adoption by us of third-party services designed to enable the transition to a remote workforce also may introduce security risk that is not fully mitigated prior to the
47
use of these services. We may also be subject to increased cyber-attacks, such as phishing attacks by threat actors using the attention placed on the COVID-19 pandemic as a method for targeting our personnel.
Our use and other processing of personal information and other data is subject to laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and information security. Changes in such laws or regulations or any actual or perceived failure by us to comply with such laws and regulations our privacy policies and/or contractual obligations could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We collect, maintain and otherwise process significant amounts of personal information and other data relating to our customers, employees and other individuals. Numerous state, federal and international laws, rules and regulations govern the collection, use and protection of personal information and other types of data we collect, use, disclose and otherwise process. Such requirements are constantly evolving, and we expect that there will continue to be new proposed requirements relating to privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, Canada and other jurisdictions, or changes in the interpretation of existing privacy requirements. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) took effect on January 1, 2020 and broadly defines personal information, imposes stringent consumer data protection requirements, gives California residents expanded privacy rights, provides for civil penalties for violations and introduces a private right of action for data breaches. Additionally, on November 3, 2020, Proposition 24 was approved in California which creates a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA). The CPRA creates additional obligations relating to personal information that took effect on January 1, 2023. We will continue to monitor developments related to the CPRA and anticipate additional costs and expenses associated with CPRA compliance. Additionally, the CCPA has prompted other states to propose and enact similar laws and regulations relating to privacy. For example, in March 2021, Virginia enacted the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act (CDPA) which became effective on January 1, 2023, and on June 8, 2021, Colorado enacted the Colorado Privacy Act (CPA) which takes effect on July 1, 2023. The CDPA and CPA share similarities with the CCPA, the CPRA, and legislation proposed in other states. Aspects of the CCPA, CPRA, CDPA, and CPA, and their interpretation, remain unclear, and we cannot yet fully predict the impact of these laws or regulations on our business or operations.
We have significant operations in Canada and Australia, and must comply with data privacy laws in both jurisdictions. In Canada, our collection, use, disclosure and management of personal information must comply with both federal and provincial privacy laws, which impose separate requirements, but may overlap in some instances. The Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA) applies in all Canadian provinces except, in certain contexts, Alberta, British Columbia and Québec, as well as to the transfer of personal information across provincial or international borders. PIPEDA imposes stringent personal information protection obligations, requires privacy breach reporting, and limits the purposes for which organizations may collect, use and disclose personal information, which includes consumer data. The provinces of Alberta, British Columbia, and Québec have enacted separate data privacy laws that are substantially similar to PIPEDA, but, among other differences, all three additionally apply to our handling of our own employees personal data within their respective provinces. We may incur additional costs and expenses related to compliance with these laws. We are also subject to Canadas anti-spam legislation (CASL) which includes rules governing commercial electronic messages, which include marketing emails, text messages and social media messages. Under these rules, we must follow certain standards when sending marketing messages, and, among other requirements, are prohibited from sending them without the recipients consent (or there is a statutory exception to the requirement for consent), and can be held liable for violations. In Australia, the Privacy Act 1988 and the Australian Privacy Principles (APPs) regulate the handling of personal information, which is defined in similar
48
terms to the CCPA. The Privacy Act and the APPs set out data protection principles for how personal information should be collected, used, stored and disclosed, and when an entity must provide notice if personal information has been lost or accessed without authorization. The Privacy Act also gives the Australian Information Commissioner the power to conduct investigations, and contains civil penalties for breach. The Privacy Act is currently under review and may be amended to include more stringent requirements, including mandating the destruction or de-identification of personal information in certain circumstances. We may also be subject to the Spam Act 2003 and the Do Not Call Register Act 2006 which regulate the sending of commercial electronic messages and telemarketing activities. To the extent our operations further expand internationally, we may become subject to additional laws and regulations relating to privacy and data protection.
Future requirements, or changes in the interpretation of existing requirements relating to privacy, data protection and information security may, among other requirements, require us to implement privacy and security policies, provide certain types of notices, grant certain rights to individuals, inform individuals of security breaches and, in some cases, obtain individuals consent to use personal data for certain purposes. For example, in Canada, major amendments to the privacy law in Quebec are coming into force between September 2022 and September 2024, and a bill for a replacement to PIPEDA has been tabled and is currently working its way through the Canadian federal legislative process. These requirements may be inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another, subject to differing interpretations and may be interpreted to conflict with our practices. We cannot yet fully determine the impact that such future requirements may have on our business or operations. Additionally, we are subject to the terms of our privacy policies and notices and may be bound by contractual requirements applicable to our collection, use, processing, security and disclosure of personal information, and may be bound by or alleged to be subject to, or voluntarily comply with, self-regulatory or other industry standards relating to these matters.
Any failure or perceived failure by us or any third parties with which we do business to comply with these privacy requirements, with our posted privacy policies or with other obligations to which we or such third parties are or may become subject relating to privacy, data protection or information security, may result in investigations or enforcement actions against us by governmental entities, private claims, public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and fines, penalties or other liabilities. For example, California consumers whose information has been subject to a security incident may bring civil suits under the CCPA for statutory damages between $100 and $750 per consumer. In Canada, we may be subject to regulatory investigations, fines or class action suits stemming from violations of PIPEDA, provincial data privacy laws or CASL. Any such action would be expensive to defend, likely would damage our reputation and market position, could result in substantial liability and could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We may be unable to protect our intellectual property rights.
We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, contractual protections and other practices to protect our brands, proprietary information, technologies and processes. We primarily rely on copyright and trade secret laws and exclusive licenses-in to protect our proprietary technologies and processes, including the automated operations systems and machine learning technology we use throughout our business. Others may independently develop the same or similar technologies and processes or may improperly acquire and use information about our technologies and processes, which may allow them to provide a service similar to ours, which could harm our competitive position. Our principal trademark assets include the registered and common law trademarks Savers Value Village, Savers, Value Village, Village des Valeurs, Unique, 2nd Ave., GreenDrop, Super Savers Club, Community Donation Center and Thrift Proud and our logos and taglines. Our trademarks are valuable assets that support our brands and customers perception of our services and merchandise. We have registered trademarks in Australia, Canada and the United States. We also
49
hold the rights to the savers.com Internet domain name and various related domain names, which are subject to Internet regulatory bodies and trademark and other related laws of each applicable jurisdiction. If we are unable to protect our trademarks or domain names, our brand recognition and reputation would suffer, we would incur significant expense establishing new brands and our results of operations would be adversely impacted. Further, to the extent we pursue patent protection for our innovations, patents we may apply for may not issue, and patents that do issue or that we acquire may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties. There can be no assurance that any patents we obtain will adequately protect our inventions or survive a legal challenge, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain. We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights, and the efforts we take to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient.
We rely in part on trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential information to maintain our competitive position. Although we enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships, partnerships and business alliances, no assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our automation technologies or technologies related to our operations or services.
To protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights, and we may or may not be able to detect infringement by third parties. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Such litigation could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our managements attention and resources, could delay the implementation of our platform, impair the functionality of our platform, delay introductions of new capabilities, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our business, or injure our reputation. In addition, we may be required to license additional technology from third parties to develop and market new capabilities, and we cannot assure you that we could license that technology on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and our inability to license this technology could harm our ability to compete.
We may be accused of infringing intellectual property or other proprietary rights of third parties.
We have been in the past and may be accused in the future of infringing intellectual property or other proprietary rights of third parties. We are also at risk of claims by others that we have infringed their copyrights, trademarks or patents, or improperly used or disclosed their trade secrets or otherwise infringed or violated their proprietary rights, such as the right of publicity. For example, although we require our employees to not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may become subject to claims that these employees have divulged, or we have used, proprietary information of these employees former employers. The costs of supporting any litigation or disputes related to these claims can be considerable, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve a favorable outcome of any such claim. If any such claim is valid, we may be compelled to cease our use of such intellectual property or other proprietary rights and pay damages, which could adversely affect our business. In addition, if such claims are valid, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or
50
personnel, which could harm our business. Even if such claims were not valid, defending them could be expensive and distracting, adversely affecting our results of operations.
We rely on software, technology and services from other parties. Defects in or the loss of access to software or services from third parties could increase our costs and adversely affect the quality of our products.
We rely on software, technologies and services sourced or licensed from third parties to operate critical functions of our business, including payment processing services, certain aspects of CPC automation and customer relationship management services. We also use Microsoft services for our business emails, file storage and communications. Our business would be disrupted if any of the third-party software or services we utilize, or functional equivalents thereof, were unavailable due to extended outages or interruptions or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms or prices. In each case, we would be required to either seek licenses to software or services from other parties and redesign our business and operations to function with such software or services or develop these components ourselves, which would result in increased costs.
Risks Relating to Legal, Regulatory, Accounting and Tax Matters
Risks arising from the material weaknesses we have identified in our internal control over financial reporting and any failure to remediate these material weaknesses.
As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting in accordance with applicable rules and guidance and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control over financial reporting. Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with this filing, we identified deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, which in the aggregate, constitute material weaknesses related to (i) the sufficiency of technical accounting and SEC reporting expertise within our accounting and financial reporting function, (ii) the establishment and documentation of clearly defined roles within our finance and accounting functions and (iii) our ability to evidence the design and implementation of effective information technology general controls (ITGCs) for information systems and applications that are relevant to the preparation of our financial statements.
If our steps are insufficient to successfully remediate the material weaknesses and otherwise establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, the reliability of our financial reporting, investor confidence in us and the value of our common stock could be materially and adversely affected. We may not be able to remediate the identified material weaknesses, and additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting may be identified in the future. Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable and timely financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to reasonably detect and prevent fraud. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, to remedy identified material weaknesses or significant deficiencies or to implement required new or improved controls could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a restatement of our financial statements or cause us to fail to timely meet our financial and other reporting obligations.
51
We may be unable to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting and produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations.
As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and, if approved for listing, the rules and regulations and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE).
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.
In addition to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we have identified, we may discover weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could cause delays in our ability to comply with public company reporting requirements (including under the Exchange Act or stock exchange rules) and could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE. We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K.
Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results and could cause a decline in the price of our common stock.
52
We will incur increased expenses associated with being a public company.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and we may not be eligible to use the scaled disclosure standards applicable to emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that the requirements of operating as a public company will increase our legal and financial compliance and investor relations costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase when we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act. We will also need to establish an investor relations function. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of those costs.
Public company reporting and disclosure obligations and a broader shareholder base as a result of our status as a public company may expose us to a greater risk of claims by shareholders, and we may experience threatened or actual litigation from time to time. If claims asserted in such litigation are successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected, and, even if claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them and the diversion of management resources, could adversely affect our business and operating results.
Changes in Canadian, Australian or U.S. national or local regulations, including those relating to the sale of secondhand items and advertising practices, or our actual or alleged failure to comply with such regulations may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business and financial condition could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or interpretations of existing laws, rules and regulations or the promulgation of new laws, rules and regulations applicable to us and our business, including those relating to consumer protection, anti-corruption, antitrust and competition, economic and trade sanctions, tax, banking, environmental protection, waste management, sustainability, data security, network and information systems security, data protection and privacy. As a result, regulatory authorities could prevent or temporarily suspend us from conducting some or all of our activities or otherwise penalize us if our practices were found not to comply with applicable regulatory or licensing requirements or any binding interpretation of such requirements. Unfavorable changes or interpretations could decrease demand for our merchandise, limit marketing methods and capabilities, affect our growth, increase costs or subject us to additional liabilities. In addition, if we were to further expand internationally, we could be subject to additional regulation.
The resale of secondhand items is subject to regulation, including by regulatory bodies such as the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the FTC), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and other international, federal, state and local governments and regulatory authorities. These laws and regulations are complex, vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and change often. We monitor these laws and regulations and adjust our business practices as warranted to comply. We receive our supply of secondhand items from numerous NPPs and their donors located in approximately 27 U.S. states, and the items we receive from our NPPs and their donors may contain
53
materials such as ivory, fur, snakeskin and other exotic animal product components, that are subject to regulation in the United States and overseas. In Canada, we follow the Wild Animal and Plant Protection and Regulation of International and Interprovincial Trade Act, which, among other things, restricts the sale of ivory and other protected species. In Australia, we are prohibited from trading in certain animal products because Australia is a signatory to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora. Failure of our employees to identify prohibited items and remove them from the sale process could lead to violations of regulations or other claims against us, resulting in increased legal expenses and costs. Moreover, in connection with our marketing and advertisement practices, we have been in the past, are currently and may in the future be, the target of claims relating to false or deceptive advertising, including under the auspices of the FTC and the consumer protection statutes of some states. Failure by us to prevail on existing claims relating to false or deceptive advertising, effectively monitor the application of these laws and regulations to our business, and to comply with such laws and regulations, may negatively affect our brands, adversely impact our relationships with our NPPs and subject us to penalties and fines.
Numerous jurisdictions, including the States of California and New York, Canada and Australia, have regulations regarding the handling of secondhand items and licensing requirements of secondhand dealers. In Canada, we follow the Canada Consumer Product Safety Act Health Canadas Industry Guide to Second-Hand Products (Including Childrens Products), which guides businesses selling secondhand products ensure all appropriate steps are taken to ensure consumer product safety, including with regard to product recalls. In Australia, product safety regulation is a shared responsibility between the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission and the product regulators in each of the Australian States and Territories. In Australia, all consumer products, regardless of whether they are secondhand or new, must be safe and meet the consumer guarantees under the Australian Consumer Law which include that products are of acceptable quality, match their description and are fit for purpose, and that any express warranties will be met. We must ensure that we meet mandatory reporting requirements if there is a risk that a product is not safe, and that we do not sell banned or recalled products. In addition, some products such as aquatic toys and certain goods designed for use by babies and children are regulated by mandatory product safety standards. There are serious penalties for selling non-compliant products. We must also be registered with the regulatory bodies in each of the Australian States and Territories to sell secondhand goods. Such government regulations could require us to change the way we conduct business in the applicable jurisdictions, such as prohibiting or otherwise restricting the sale or shipment of certain items in some locations. These regulations could result in increased costs or reduced revenue. We could also be subject to fines or other penalties that could harm our business.
Additionally, supplied secondhand items could be subject to recalls and other remedial actions and product safety, labeling and licensing concerns may require us to voluntarily remove certain secondhand items from our stores. Such recalls or voluntary removal of items can result in, among other things, lost sales, diverted resources, potential harm to our reputation and increased customer service costs and legal expenses, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Some of the secondhand items sold at our stores may expose us to product liability claims and litigation or regulatory action relating to personal injury, environmental or property damage. We cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms or at all.
Our failure to address risks associated with payment methods, credit card fraud and other consumer fraud, or our failure to control any such fraud, could damage our reputation and brands and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We have in the past incurred and may in the future incur losses from various types of fraudulent transactions, including the use of stolen credit card numbers, and claims that a customer did not
54
authorize a purchase. In addition, as part of the payment processing process, our customers credit and debit card information is transmitted to our third-party payment processors, and we may in the future become subject to lawsuits or other proceedings for purportedly fraudulent transactions arising out of the actual or alleged theft of our customers credit or debit card information if the security of our third-party credit card payment processors are breached.
We and our third-party credit card payment processors are also subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we or our third-party credit card payment processors fail to comply with these rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our customers. Further, we could violate or be alleged to have violated applicable laws, regulations, contractual obligations or other obligations, including those regulating to privacy, data protection and data security as outlined above, and including harm to our reputation and market position. Any of these could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Our failure to adequately prevent fraudulent transactions could damage our reputation and market position, result in claims, litigation or regulatory investigations and proceedings or lead to expenses that could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We and our directors and executive officers may be subject to litigation for a variety of claims, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In the ordinary course of business, we have in the past and may in the future be involved in and subject to litigation for a variety of claims or disputes and receive regulatory inquiries. These claims, lawsuits and proceedings could include labor and employment, wage and hour, commercial, consumer protection, regulatory, antitrust, alleged securities law violations or other investor claims, claims that our employees have wrongfully disclosed or we have wrongfully used proprietary information of our employees former employers and other matters. The number and significance of these potential claims and disputes may increase as our business expands. Further, our general liability insurance may not cover all potential claims made against us or be sufficient to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any claim against us, regardless of its merit, could be costly, divert managements attention and operational resources, and harm our reputation.
Our directors and executive officers may also be subject to litigation. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements that we entered into with our directors and executive officers provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. Such provisions may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholders investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law. These insurance policies may not cover all potential claims made against our directors and executive officers, may not be available to us in the future at a reasonable rate and may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. See the section titled Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsIndemnification of officers and directors.
55
As litigation is inherently unpredictable, we cannot assure you that any potential claims or disputes will not harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Subjective estimates and judgments used by management in the preparation of our financial statements, including estimates and judgments that may be required by new or changed accounting standards, may impact our financial condition and results of operations.
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Due to the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, results reported in future periods may be affected by changes in estimates reflected in our financial statements for earlier periods. Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. From time to time, there may be changes in the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some instances, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively. If the estimates and judgments we use in preparing our financial statements are subsequently found to be incorrect or if we are required to restate prior financial statements, our financial condition or results of operations could be significantly affected.
Tax legislation could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, (the Tax Act), among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings (roughly defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization in the case of taxable years beginning before January 1, 2022 and earnings before interest and taxes thereafter), limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of current year taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, one time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated, elimination of U.S. tax on foreign earnings (subject to certain important exceptions), immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits. The most significant impacts of the Tax Act on our financial results to date have included lowering of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate and remeasurement of our net deferred tax liabilities. We continue to examine the impact that the Tax Act may have on our business in the longer term. The U.S. government may enact significant new changes to the taxation of business entities, including, among others, an increase in the U.S. taxation of international business operations. Accordingly, the impact of the Tax Act and any future tax legislation on us is uncertain.
Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset taxable income or taxes may be limited.
As of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, we did not have U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards and had $24.6 million and $50.8 million, respectively, of U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards. These net operating loss carryforwards expire between 2024 and 2041. As of December 31, 2022, we had no federal foreign tax credit, no federal R&D credits and $3.2 million of other federal credits that will expire between 2039 and 2042. As of January 1, 2022, we had a federal foreign tax credit of $2.5 million, which will expire in 2026, federal R&D credits of $1.0 million, which will expire between 2039 and 2041, and other federal credits of $5.3 million, which will expire between 2031 and 2041. Portions of these net operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities.
56
Under the Tax Act, as modified by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (the CARES Act), U.S. federal net operating losses incurred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020, is limited. It is uncertain how various states will respond to the Tax Act and the CARES Act. For state income tax purposes, there may be periods during which the use of net operating loss carryforwards is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.
In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an ownership change, which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporations ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its postchange income or taxes may be limited. We have experienced such ownership changes in the past, and may experience such ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future results of operations by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.
We are subject to various anti-corruption laws and regulations and laws and regulations relating to export controls and economic sanctions. Violations of these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to various anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. These laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other improper payments of cash (or anything else of value) to government officials and other persons in order to obtain or retain business. Our business operations also must be conducted in compliance with applicable export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations, including rules administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasurys Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce, the United Nations Security Council, and other relevant authorities.
We strive to conduct our business activities in compliance with relevant anti-corruption and trade control laws and regulations, and we are not aware of issues of historical noncompliance. However, full compliance cannot be guaranteed. Further expansion of our retail or wholesale footprint outside the United States would likely increase our future legal exposure. Violations of anti-corruption or trade control laws and regulations, or even allegations of such violations, could result in civil or criminal penalties, as well as disrupt our business, operations, financial condition and results of operations. Further, changes to the applicable laws and regulations, and/or significant business growth, may result in the need for increased compliance-related resources and costs.
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness and Liquidity
Our indebtedness could materially adversely affect our financial condition.
We have, and after this offering will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2022, on a pro forma basis, our total indebtedness would have been $ million, including $ million aggregate principal amount outstanding under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and $ million aggregate principal amount of Notes under the indenture dated as of February 6, 2023, by and among Evergreen AcqCo 1 LP, TVI, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the Indenture). Under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, we
57
have the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2022, on a pro forma basis, we had $ million of letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, leaving $ million available for borrowing out of a total committed amount of $75.0 million.
Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to the holders of our common stock, including the following:
| making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our other debt; |
| limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements; |
| requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; |
| increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; |
| exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, are at variable rates of interest; |
| limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete; |
| placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and |
| increasing our cost of borrowing. |
In addition, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Indenture contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debt. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital ResourcesSenior Secured Credit Facilities.
The Term Loan Facility and the Notes will mature on April 26, 2028. The Revolving Credit Facility will mature on April 26, 2026. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before the maturity thereof. We may not be able to obtain such financing on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Failure to refinance our indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on us.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness or repay such indebtedness when due and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. We cannot be sure that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities, or that future borrowings will be available, to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to implement any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful,
58
those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Indenture restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those dispositions and may also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources.
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default, and the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities could terminate their commitments to loan money, the lenders and the holders of the Notes could foreclose against the assets securing their debt, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. Any of these events could result in you losing all or a portion of your investment in the common stock.
Despite our current level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described herein.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Indenture contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. As of December 31, 2022, on a pro forma basis, we would have had $ million of borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, with $ million of outstanding letters of credit, leaving $ million available for borrowing out of a total committed amount (which was increased in November 2022) of $75.0 million. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities provides for additional uncommitted incremental loans of up to the greater of $136 million and 100% of EBITDA for the most recent four fiscal quarters, plus certain other amounts, with additional incremental loans available if certain leverage ratios are maintained. Of the incremental loans, $15.0 million was permitted to be (and was utilized as) incremental commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. All of those borrowings would be secured by first-priority liens on our property.
The terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Indenture restrict our current and future operations, including our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Indenture contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital ResourcesSenior Secured Credit Facilities. The Notes and the indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will continue to be outstanding following completion of this offering. The restrictive covenants under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities include restrictions on our ability to:
| incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; |
| pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our capital stock; |
| prepay, redeem or repurchase junior debt; |
59
| issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities; |
| make loans and investments; |
| sell assets or property, except in certain circumstances; |
| create or incur liens; |
| enter into transactions with affiliates; |
| modify or waive certain material agreements in a manner that is adverse in any material respect to the lenders; |
| enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries ability to pay dividends; and |
| make fundamental changes in our business, corporate structure or capital structure, including, among other things, entering into mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other business combinations. |
As a result of these restrictions, we may be:
| limited in how we conduct our business; |
| unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or |
| unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. |
These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our strategy.
A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the Indenture could result in a default or an event of default. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities would permit the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under such facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Notes, the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the holders of the Notes could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In exacerbated or prolonged circumstances, one or more of these events could result in our bankruptcy or liquidation.
We rely on available borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility for liquidity, and the availability of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility may be subject to significant fluctuation.
In addition to cash we generate from our business, our principal existing source of liquidity is borrowings available under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2022, advances on the revolving credit facility were $42.0 million, there were $11.4 million of letters of credit outstanding and $21.6 million was available to borrow. On January 5, 2023, we repaid the $42.0 million advance under the Revolving Credit Facility. The inability to borrow under the Revolving Credit Facility may adversely affect our liquidity, financial position and results of operations.
We are subject to risks associated with our indebtedness and debt service, including risks related to changes in interest rates.
Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. As interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate
60
indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed has remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, is correspondingly decreasing. Based on amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2022, on a pro forma basis, each 100 basis point change in interest rates would result in a $ million change in annual interest expense on our indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market RiskInterest Rate Risk. We enter into interest rate swaps, which act as economic hedges against changes in interest rates under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In the future, we may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments or other instruments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps or other instruments we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.
A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt by rating agencies may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.
Our debt currently has a non-investment grade rating, and any rating assigned could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agencys judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Any future lowering of our ratings likely would make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing.
Our cash could be adversely affected if the financial institutions in which we hold our cash fail.
We maintain domestic cash deposits in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insured banks. The domestic bank deposit balances may exceed the FDIC insurance limits. These balances could be impacted if one or more of the financial institutions in which we deposit monies fails or is subject to other adverse conditions in the financial or credit markets.
Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
There has been no prior public market for our common stock, the stock price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
There has been no prior public market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations among the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:
| actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenues or other operating results; |
| variations between our actual operating results and the expectations of securities analysts, investors and the financial community; |
| any forward-looking financial or operating information we may provide to the public or securities analysts, any changes in this information or our failure to meet expectations based on this information; |
| actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow us or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors; |
61
| additional shares of common stock being sold into the market by us or our existing stockholders, or the anticipation of such sales, including if existing stockholders sell shares into the market when the applicable lock-up periods end; |
| announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, capital commitments, divestitures or other dispositions; |
| loss of relationships with significant suppliers or customers; |
| changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of companies in our industry, including our competitors; |
| difficulties in integrating any new acquisitions we may make; |
| loss of services from members of management or employees or difficulty in recruiting additional employees; |
| worsening of economic conditions in the United States or Canada and reduction in demand for our products; |
| price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of general economic trends; |
| lawsuits threatened or filed against us, or events that negatively impact our reputation; and |
| developments in new legislation and pending lawsuits or regulatory actions, including interim or final rulings by judicial or regulatory bodies. |
In addition, extreme price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets have affected and continue to affect the stock prices of many companies. Often, their stock prices have fluctuated in ways unrelated or disproportionate to their operating performance. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation against companies following periods of market volatility. Such securities litigation, if instituted against us, could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and seriously harm our business.
An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol SVV. However, we cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Furthermore, even if we are approved to list our common stock on the NYSE, we cannot be certain that we will continue to satisfy the continued listing standards of the NYSE. If we fail to satisfy the continued listing standards, we could be de-listed, which would have a material adverse effect on the liquidity and price of our common stock.
Future sales of our common stock and other actions by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.
If our existing stockholders, including employees, who have or obtain equity, sell or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based on shares outstanding as of upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of shares of common stock.
Subject to certain exceptions described under Underwriting, we and all of our stockholders have entered into or will enter into agreements with the underwriters under which we and they have agreed or will agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of any shares of common stock, any options
62
or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
When the lock up period in these agreements expires, we and our stockholders will be able to sell shares in the public market. In addition, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC may release all or some portion of the shares subject to the lock up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. See Shares Eligible for Future Sale. Sales of a substantial number of such shares, or the perception that such sales may occur, upon the expiration or early release of the securities subject to the lock up agreements could cause the price of our common stock to decline or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.
In addition, the Ares Funds have demand and piggy-back registration rights with respect to our common stock that they will retain following this offering. See Shares Eligible for Future Sale for a discussion of the shares of our common stock that may be sold into the public market in the future, including our common stock held by the Ares Funds.
We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness could limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.
After completion of this offering, we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our indebtedness limit our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions on or to repurchase or redeem, shares of our capital stock. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay. For more information, see Dividend Policy. We cannot be sure that we will pay dividends in the future or continue to pay dividends if we do commence paying dividends.
If securities or industry analysts either do not publish research about us or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, our business or our market, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations or any financial guidance we may provide, the trading price or trading volume of our common stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced in part by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If one or more of the analysts initiate research with an unfavorable rating or downgrade our common stock, provide a more favorable recommendation regarding our competitors or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more analysts who may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the trading price or trading volume of our common stock to decline.
In addition, if we do not meet any financial guidance that we may provide to the public or if we do not meet expectations of securities analysts or investors, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly. Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from period to period as a result of changes in a variety of factors affecting us or our industry, many of which are difficult to predict. As a result, we may experience challenges in forecasting our operating results for future periods.
63
Future issuances of our common stock could result in significant dilution to our stockholders, dilute the voting power of our common stock and depress the market price of our common stock.
Future issuances of our common stock could result in dilution to existing holders of our common stock. Such issuances, or the perception that such issuances may occur, could depress the market price of our common stock. We may issue additional equity securities from time to time, including equity securities that could have rights senior to those of our common stock. As a result, purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering bear the risk that future issuances of equity securities may reduce the value of their shares and dilute their ownership interests. Also, to the extent outstanding stock-based awards are issued or become vested, there will be further dilution to the holders of our common stock.
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share.
The assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $ per share as of based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share. That is because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution to the extent that new securities are issued under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock or common stock in the future. See Dilution.
Risks Relating to Our Organizational Structure
Our reliance on dividends, distributions and other payments from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.
We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are dependent upon cash distributions and other transfers from our direct and indirect subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The agreements governing the indebtedness of our subsidiaries impose restrictions on our subsidiaries ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources. Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct legal entity, and under certain circumstances legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from them and we may be limited in our ability to cause any future joint ventures to distribute their earnings to us. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could impair their ability to make distributions to us.
The continuing control after this offering of our company, including the right to designate individuals to be included in the slate of nominees for election to our board of directors, by the Ares Funds, whose interests may conflict with our interests and those of other stockholders. As such, the Ares Funds may be able to influence or control our affairs and policies following the completion of this offering.
Following this offering, the Ares Funds will beneficially own % of our common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement that will be entered into between the Ares Funds and us in connection
64
with this offering, the Ares Funds will have the right to designate a number of individuals to be included in the slate of nominees for election to our board of directors equal to the greater of up to seven directors and the number of directors comprising a majority of our board of directors for so long as the Ares Funds own 40% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock. The Stockholders Agreement will provide that the Ares Funds will be able to nominate a specified number of directors to our board based on its beneficial ownership of our common stock.
Because our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes, the Ares Funds may be able to influence or control our affairs and policies even after they cease to own a majority of our outstanding common stock during the period in which the Ares Funds nominees finish their terms as members of our board, but in any event no longer than would be permitted under applicable law and the NYSE listing requirements. Therefore, following the completion of this offering and for so long as the Ares Funds continue to own 40% or more of our common stock, individuals affiliated with the Ares Funds will have the power to elect a majority of our directors and will have effective control over the outcome of votes on all matters requiring approval by our board of directors or our stockholders regardless of whether other stockholders believe such matter is in our best interests.
In addition, following the completion of this offering, the Stockholders Agreement will provide that, for so long as the Ares Funds own at least 30% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, certain significant corporate actions will require the prior written consent of the Ares Funds, subject to certain exceptions. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsStockholders Agreement.
These actions include:
| merging or consolidating with or into any other entity, or transferring all or substantially all of our assets, taken as a whole, to another entity, or undertaking any transaction that would constitute a Change of Control as defined in our debt agreements; |
| acquiring or disposing of assets, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or entering into joint ventures, in each case with a value in excess of $ million; |
| incurring indebtedness in a single transaction or a series of related transactions in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $ million; |
| issuing our or our subsidiaries equity other than pursuant to an equity compensation plan approved by our stockholders or a majority of the directors designated by the Ares Funds; |
| terminating the employment of our chief executive officer or hiring or designating a new chief executive officer; |
| entering into any transactions, agreements, arrangements or payments with any other person who owns greater than or equal to 10% of our common stock then outstanding that are material or involve aggregate payments or receipts in excess of $500,000; |
| amending, modifying or waiving any provision of our organizational documents in a manner that adversely affects the Ares Funds; |
| commencing any liquidation, dissolution or voluntary bankruptcy, administration, recapitalization or reorganization; |
| increasing or decreasing the size of our board of directors; and |
| entering into of any agreement to do any of the foregoing. |
The interests of Ares, its affiliates and managed accounts could conflict with or differ from our interests or the interests of our other stockholders. For example, the concentration of ownership held by the Ares Funds could delay, defer or prevent a change in control of our company or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination which may otherwise be favorable for us. Additionally,
65
Ares, its affiliates and managed accounts are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in or provide advice to businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, or are suppliers or customers of ours. Any such investment may increase the potential for the conflicts of interest discussed in this risk factor. So long as funds, investment vehicles or accounts managed or advised by the Private Equity Group of Ares continue to directly or indirectly own a significant amount of our equity, even if such amount is less than 40%, Ares will continue to be able to substantially influence or effectively control our ability to enter into corporate transactions.
Our status as a Controlled Company within the meaning of the NYSE rules, and our exemption from certain corporate governance requirements.
Following this offering, funds, investment vehicles or accounts managed or advised by the Private Equity Group of Ares will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock, and as a result we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:
| a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors; |
| the nominating, corporate governance and sustainability committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; and |
| the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities. |
We intend to utilize these exemptions as long as we remain a controlled company. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating, corporate governance and sustainability committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.
Pursuant to Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act, the NYSE has adopted amendments to its listing standards that require, among other things, that:
| compensation committees be composed of fully independent directors, as determined pursuant to new independence requirements; |
| compensation committees be explicitly charged with hiring and overseeing compensation consultants, legal counsel, and other committee advisors; and |
| compensation committees be required to consider, when engaging compensation consultants, legal counsel, or other advisors, certain independence factors, including factors that examine the relationship between the consultant or advisors employer and us. |
As a controlled company, we will not be subject to these compensation committee independence requirements.
Certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that may delay or prevent a change of control.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to
66
discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that our stockholders may deem advantageous. In particular, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:
| establish a classified board of directors so that not all members are elected at one time, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors; |
| permit our board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies (including vacancies resulting from an expansion in the size of our board of directors), except in the case of the vacancy of an Ares Funds-designated director (in which case the Ares Funds will be able to fill the vacancy); |
| establish limitations on the removal of directors; |
| authorize the issuance of blank check preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan; |
| provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; |
| restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware; |
| provide that stockholders may not act by written consent following the time when the Ares Funds cease to beneficially own at least a majority of the shares of our outstanding common stock, which time we refer to as the Trigger Date, which would require stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders; |
| prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings following the Trigger Date, which would delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including with respect to the removal of directors; and |
| establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirers own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. |
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person, individually or together with any other interested stockholder, who owns or within the last three years has owned 15% of our voting stock, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. We have elected to opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL. However, our certificate of incorporation will contain a provision that is of similar effect, except that it will exempt from its scope the Ares Funds, any of their affiliates and certain of their respective direct or indirect transferees as described under Description of Capital StockAnti-Takeover Provisions.
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. See Description of Capital StockAnti-Takeover Provisions.
Our certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for a wide range of disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law:
| any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; |
67
| any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; |
| any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; and |
| any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine. |
This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the exclusive-forum provisions in our certificate of incorporation.
The exclusive-forum provisions will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive-forum provision. However, there is substantial uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce the exclusive-forum provisions relating to causes of action arising under the Securities Act. For example, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware recently determined that a provision stating that federal district courts are the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable. This decision may be reviewed and ultimately overturned by the Delaware Supreme Court. If a court were to find any of the exclusive-forum provisions in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could seriously harm our business.
These exclusive-forum provisions may limit a stockholders ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Our certificate of incorporation will contain a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities.
Under our certificate of incorporation, neither the Ares Funds nor any of their affiliates or their respective portfolio companies or affiliated funds, nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members or partners will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities, similar business activities, or lines of business in which we operate. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no officer or director of ours who is also an officer, director, employee, agent, stockholder, member, partner or affiliate of the Ares Funds or their affiliates will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to the Ares Funds or their affiliates, instead of to us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that the officer, director, employee, agent, stockholder, member, partner or affiliate has directed to the Ares Funds or their affiliates. For example, a director of our company who also serves as an officer, director, employee, agent, stockholder, member, partner or affiliate of the Ares Funds or their affiliates, or any of their respective portfolio companies or affiliated funds may pursue certain acquisitions or other opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition or other opportunities may not be available to us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by an Ares Fund to itself or their affiliates or their respective portfolio companies or affiliated
68
funds instead of to us. A description of our obligations related to corporate opportunities under our certificate of incorporation are more fully described in Description of Capital StockCorporate Opportunity.
General Risks
We depend on our executive officers and other key technical, operational and sales employees, and the loss of one or more of these employees or an inability to attract and retain other highly skilled employees could harm our business.
Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key technical, operational and sales employees. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. Our employment agreements with our executive officers or other key personnel do not require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, especially our Chief Executive Officer, or other executive officers or key technical, operational and sales employees could harm our business.
Volatility or lack of appreciation in the stock price of our common stock may also affect our ability to attract and retain our executive officers and key technical, operational and sales employees. Many of our senior personnel and other key technical, operational and sales employees have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of stock or stock options. Employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase price of the shares or the exercise price of the options, or conversely, if the exercise price of the options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our common stock. If we do not maintain and continue to develop our corporate culture as we grow and evolve, it could harm our ability to foster the innovation, craftsmanship, teamwork, curiosity and diversity that we believe we need to support our continued growth.
Use of social media, emails and text messages may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.
We use social media, emails, push notifications and text messages as part of our omni-channel approach to marketing. As laws and regulations evolve to govern the use of these channels, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to comply with applicable laws and regulations in the use of these channels could adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties. In addition, our employees or third parties acting at our direction may knowingly or inadvertently make use of social media in ways that could lead to the loss or infringement of intellectual property, as well as the public disclosure of proprietary, confidential or sensitive personal information of our business, employees, customers or others. Information concerning us, our customers and the brands available at our stores, whether accurate or not, may be posted on social media platforms at any time and may have an adverse impact on our brands, reputation or business. Any such harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction and could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.
Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and
69
investors. These new obligations and constituents require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert managements attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing standards of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations, and we may not be eligible to use the scaled disclosure standards applicable to emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources. For example, the Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. As a result of the complexity involved in complying with the rules and regulations applicable to public companies, our managements attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although we have already hired additional employees to assist us in complying with these requirements, we will need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our operating expenses.
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. For example, in March 2022, the SEC issued a proposed rule requiring public companies to disclose information regarding their climate-related risks in their annual filings and registration statements. We intend to invest substantial resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of managements time and attention from business operations to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.
We also expect that being a public company and being subject to these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.
As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition are more visible, which may result in an increased risk of threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
70
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Many statements included in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under Risk Factors. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as anticipate, believe, continue, could, estimate, expect, intend, may, might, objective, ongoing, plan, predict, project, potential, should, will, would or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. In particular, statements about the markets in which we operate, including growth of our various markets and growth in the use of engineered products, statements about potential new products and product innovation and our expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, prospects, assumptions or future events or performance contained in this prospectus under the headings Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Business are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
| our market opportunity and the potential growth of that market; |
| our strategy, outcomes and growth prospects; |
| trends in our industry and markets; and |
| the competitive environment in which we operate. |
Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include:
| both supply of and demand for our products is influenced by general economic conditions and trends in consumer spending on clothing and household items; |
| our ability to source a sufficient quantity of quality secondhand items at attractive prices on a recurring basis; |
| our ability to effectively manage our growth and execute our business plan; |
| risks related to attracting new, and retaining existing customers, including by increasing acceptance of secondhand items among new and growing customer demographics; |
| risks associated with sourcing and processing secondhand items on a continued basis, including processing costs and capacity; risk of damage, loss, or contamination of items and increased costs to maintain or develop sources of supply; |
| risks that certain stores may experience challenges achieving period-to-period comparable sales growth targets due to factors out of our control; |
| our ability to identify and secure suitable locations for new stores as we grow our business; |
| our ability to expand our CPC operations in geographic regions that enable us to effectively scale our operations; |
| various risks to our physical store and processing center locations; |
| risks associated with our significant foreign operations, including regulatory risks in foreign jurisdictions (particularly in Canada, where we maintain extensive operations) and exchange rate risks, which we may not be able to fully hedge; |
| risks related to our ability to attract and retain suitable workers for our stores and processing facilities and to manage labor costs; |
71
| our ability to retain key store and facility management personnel, who are crucial to our business; |
| risks related to acquisitions or joint ventures we may pursue; |
| our ability to protect our intellectual property rights; |
| risks arising from the material weaknesses we have identified in our internal control over financial reporting and any failure to remediate these material weaknesses; |
| risks arising from compromises of our data security, which may materially harm our reputation and results of operations; |
| our ability to maintain an effective system of internal controls and produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations; |
| our ability to maintain normal operations and retain customers in the context of the global COVID-19 pandemic and related public health regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate; |
| the increased expenses associated with being a public company; and |
| other risks and uncertainties, including those described under Risk Factors. |
We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, business strategy and financial needs. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors described under Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely affect our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot be sure that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements.
In addition, statements that we believe and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe that information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, that information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information.
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform such statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.
72
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $ million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility and create a public market for our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders upon the sale of shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share remains the same, and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to use net proceeds received by us from this offering to repay approximately $ million of indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest and premium under the Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility matures in April 2028 and accrues interest at a variable rate equal to a reference rate plus a margin ranging from 4.50% to 5.75%. As of December 31, 2022, we had $814.7 million of borrowings outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which consisted of amounts borrowed upon establishment of the Term Loan Facility in April 2021 (the April 2021 Refinancing) and the 2nd Ave. Acquisition. We intend to use any remainder for general corporate purposes, including working capital, debt reduction, payment of operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of any net proceeds we receive from this offering for acquisitions or other strategic investments, although we do not currently have any specific plans to do so. We will have broad discretion over the uses of any net proceeds in this offering to be used for general corporate purposes.
We intend to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering that are not used as described above (or pending such use) in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments. The precise allocation of funds among these uses will depend upon future developments in or affecting our business and the emergence of future opportunities.
73
On November 22, 2021, we paid a dividend of $75.0 million to our equityholders using cash on hand. On December 16, 2022, we paid a dividend of $69.4 million to our equityholders using borrowings from our Revolving Credit Facility and cash on hand. We subsequently repaid all amounts borrowed in connection with this dividend. On February 6, 2023, we paid a dividend of $262.2 million to our equityholders using the proceeds from the Notes Offering. No executive officers or directors received dividend payments. Certain of our employees who hold our equity interests who were not eligible to receive dividend payments received bonus payments in connection with the dividend payments in December 2022 and February 2023. Such dividends were paid to our equityholders as a means to provide our equityholders with a return on their investment. Following completion of this offering, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings on our common stock in the foreseeable future will be used to repay debt, for working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including restrictions in our current and future debt instruments, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, and applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits.
As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash dividends from our operating subsidiaries. Our ability to pay dividends will therefore be restricted as a result of restrictions on their ability to pay dividends to us, including under the agreements governing our existing and any future indebtedness. See Risk FactorsRisks relating to this offering and ownership of our common stock, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital ResourcesSenior Secured Credit Facilities.
74
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2022:
| on an actual basis; and |
| on a pro forma basis, to give effect to the Notes Offering, the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
You should read this table together with the sections titled Selected Financial Data, Use of Proceeds, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(1) | The pro forma column reflects the effects of the Notes Offering, including the effects of a $23.6 million bonus payment to certain of our employees who hold equity interests which were not entitled to participate in the dividend, and gives further effect to the sale and issuance by us of shares of our common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us upon completion of our initial public offering. |
(2) | Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders equity, and capitalization by $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders equity, and capitalization by $ million assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. |
Assuming no change in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per
75
share of common stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, and total equity by $ .
Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total equity, and total capitalization by $ , million, after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remained the same.
The table above does not include shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, consisting of options outstanding under our 2019 Management Incentive Plan and shares reserved under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, or under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we expect to be adopted in connection with this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
76
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma net tangible book deficit per share immediately after this offering.
Our net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2022 was $ million, or $ per share of common stock. Net tangible book deficit per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book deficit, which is total tangible assets less total liabilities, by the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion prior to the completion of this offering. Tangible assets represent total assets excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. Dilution in net tangible book deficit per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock immediately afterwards.
After giving further effect to (i) the issuance and sale by us of shares
of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (ii) the intended use of the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay
$ million of indebtedness (including accrued and unpaid interest), as set forth in Use of Proceeds, our pro forma net tangible book deficit
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | |||||||
Historical net tangible book deficit per share |
$ | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share before giving effect to this offering |
||||||||
Decrease in net tangible book deficit per share attributable to this offering |
||||||||
|
|
|||||||
Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after this offering |
$ | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Dilution per share to new investors |
$ | |||||||
|
|
The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of common stock, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease (increase) our pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after this offering by $ per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $ per share, in each case assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would decrease (increase) our pro forma net tangible book deficit by approximately $ per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $ per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of common stock remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Dilution to new investors would be unaffected by the underwriters exercise of their option to purchase additional shares because such shares will be purchased from the selling stockholders.
77
The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2022, on a pro forma basis as described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by existing stockholders and (2) to be paid by new investors acquiring our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price Per Share |
||||||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||||
Existing investors(1) |
% | $ | % | $ | ||||||||||||||||
New investors |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
100 | % | $ | 100 | % | $ | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Does not give effect to the sale of shares by the selling stockholders in this offering as a result of any exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase additional shares. |
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $ , assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.
The total number of shares reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on common shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus on a pro forma basis reflecting the effects of this offering.
The discussion and tables exclude shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, consisting of options outstanding under our 2019 Management Incentive Plan and shares reserved under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, or under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we expect to be adopted in connection with this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
We expect to require additional capital to fund our current and future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders. See Risk FactorsRisks relating to this offering and ownership of our common stockFuture issuances of our common stock could result in significant dilution to our stockholders, dilute the voting power of our common stock and depress the market price of our common stock.
78
The selected consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal year 2022, fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period. You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with the section titled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Consolidated statement of operations data
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Net sales | $ | 1,437,229 | $ | 1,204,124 | $ | 834,010 | ||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Cost of merchandise sold exclusive of depreciation and amortization |
599,926 | 474,462 | 353,455 | |||||||||
Salaries, wages, and benefits |
273,587 | 239,806 | 184,392 | |||||||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
301,737 | 260,235 | 229,886 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
55,753 | 47,385 | 59,432 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
1,231,003 | 1,021,888 | 827,165 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income |
206,226 | 182,236 | 6,845 | |||||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(64,744 | ) | (53,565 | ) | (69,678 | ) | ||||||
(Loss) gain on foreign currency, net |
(20,737 | ) | 1,583 | 2,924 | ||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
4,576 | (4,848 | ) | 486 | ||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(1,023 | ) | (47,541 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other expense, net |
(81,928 | ) | (104,371 | ) | (66,268 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income (loss) before income tax expense benefit |
124,298 | 77,865 | (59,423 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
39,578 | (5,529 | ) | 4,060 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 84,720 | $ | 83,394 | $ | (63,483 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) per share, basic | $ | 0.43 | $ | 0.42 | $ | (0.34 | ) | |||||
Net income (loss) per share, diluted | $ | 0.41 | $ | 0.41 | $ | (0.34 | ) | |||||
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding | 198,401 | 198,379 | 188,757 | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding | 204,691 | 203,770 | 188,757 |
Consolidated balance sheet data
As of | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | December 31, 2022 | January 1, 2022 |
|
|||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 112,132 | $ | 97,915 | ||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 1,707,815 | $ | 1,222,693 | ||||||||
Total liabilities |
$ | 1,480,480 | $ | 1,037,261 | ||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
$ | 227,335 | $ | 185,432 |
79
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Savers Value Village, Inc., formerly known as S-Evergreen Holding LLC, in conjunction with the section entitled Selected Financial Data and the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to Savers Value Village, the Company, we, us or our refer to the business of Savers Value Village, Inc. and its predecessor entities.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties about our business and operations and reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results and the timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those we describe below under Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus. See Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
We report on a fiscal year basis, which ends on the Saturday nearest December 31. Fiscal year 2022 consisted of the 52 weeks ended December 31, 2022, fiscal year 2021 consisted of the 52 weeks ended January 1, 2022, and fiscal year 2020 consisted of the 53 weeks ended January 2, 2021.
Overview
We are the largest for-profit thrift operator in the United States and Canada. With almost 22,000 team members, we operate a total of 314 stores under the Savers, Value Village, Village des Valeurs, Unique, and 2nd Ave banners. We are committed to redefining secondhand shopping by providing one-of-a-kind, low-priced merchandise ranging from quality clothing to home goods in an exciting treasure-hunt shopping environment. We purchase secondhand textiles (e.g., clothing, bedding and bath items), shoes, accessories, housewares, books and other goods from our non-profit partners (NPPs), either directly from them or via on-site donations (OSDs) at Community Donation Centers at our stores. We then process, select, price, merchandise and sell these items in our stores. Items that are not sold to our retail customers are marketed to wholesale customers who reuse or repurpose the items they purchase from us. We believe our hyper-local and socially responsible procurement model, industry-leading and innovative operations, differentiated value proposition and deep relationships with our customers distinguish us from other secondhand and value-based retailers.
We offer a dynamic, ever-changing selection of items, with an average unit retail (AUR) under $5. We have a highly engaged customer base with over 4.6 million active loyalty program members in the United States and Canada who shopped with us in the 12 months ended December 31, 2022. Our business model is rooted in environmental, social and corporate governance (ESG) principles, with a mission to positively impact our stakeholdersthrifters, NPPs and their donors, our team members and our stockholders. As a leader and pioneer of the for-profit thrift category, we seek to positively impact the environment by reducing waste and extending the life of reusable goods. The vast majority of the clothing and textiles we source are sold to our retail or wholesale customers. In fiscal year 2022, we processed 985 million pounds of secondhand goods, compared to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021 and 682 million pounds during fiscal year 2020. During fiscal year 2022, we generated $1,437.2 million of net sales, $84.7 million of net income and $301.7 million of Adjusted EBITDA, resulting in a net income margin of 5.9% and an Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 21.0%. During fiscal year 2021, we generated $1,204.1 million of net sales, $83.4 million of net income and $223.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA, resulting in a 6.9% net income margin and a 18.6% Adjusted EBITDA Margin. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are considered non-GAAP financial measures under the SECs rules because they exclude certain charges included in net income (loss) calculated in
80
accordance with GAAP. For additional information on our use of non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation to the nearest GAAP measure, see Prospectus SummarySummary Financial and Other DataKey business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures.
Powerful, Vertically Integrated Business Model
We have innovated and invested in the development of significant operational expertise in order to integrate the three highly-complex parts of thrift operationssupply and processing, retail, and sales to wholesale markets. Our business model enables us to provide value to our NPPs and our customers, while driving attractive profitability and cash flow.
We are a for-profit company that champions reuse. While purchases made by our customers in our stores do not directly benefit any NPP, we pay our NPPs a contracted rate for all OSDs and delivered product. Our subsidiaries are registered professional fundraisers where such registration is required.
We source our merchandise locally by purchasing secondhand items donated to our NPPs primarily through two distinct and strategic procurement models:
● | OSDs, which are donations of items by individuals to our local NPPs made at the Community Donation Centers located at our stores; and |
● | delivered supply, which includes items donated to and collected by our NPPs through a variety of methods, such as neighborhood collections and donation drives, and delivered to our stores or CPCs. |
In either case, we purchase our merchandise from our NPPs which provides them with revenue to support their community-focused missions. Our supplier base for a majority of our stores is predominantly local, with over 90% of our supply locally sourced; a majority of our stores support a NPP in the local community, delivers a broad selection for our customers, and at the same time reduces transportation costs and emissions typically associated with the production and distribution of new merchandise.
Our stores offer a compelling selection of quality items across clothing, home goods, books and other items at convenient locations. Our continued investment in our stores has both elevated and modernized the thrift shopping experience, transforming our stores into a thrift destination for all generations with increasing traffic from younger generations. To maximize traffic and frequency, we leverage data to drive our decisions on merchandising. For each store, we closely track what is being sold to inform how we optimize our merchandising mix, including by leveraging various data analytics. We also are implementing self-checkout kiosks to significantly enhance store efficiency, while improving the shopping experience further through shorter lines.
Historically, we have displayed approximately 50% of all textile items we receive on our retail sales floors, approximately 50% of which are sold to thrifters. In support of our efforts to extend the life of reusable goods and recover a portion of the cost of acquiring our supply of secondhand items, we sell the majority of textile items unsold at retail to our wholesale customers, which are predominately comprised of textile graders and small business owners, who supply local communities across the globe with gently-used, affordable items like clothing, housewares, toys and shoes. Textiles not suitable for reuse as secondhand clothing can be repurposed into other textile items (e.g., wiping rags) and post-consumer fibers (e.g., insulation, carpet padding), further reducing waste.
We primarily generate revenue from our U.S. Retail and Canada Retail segments, which accounted for, in the aggregate, 92.6% of our net sales in fiscal year 2022. We also generate revenue from our Australian retail business and sales to wholesale markets.
81
Recent Developments
Notes Offering
On February 6, 2023, certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries completed the issuance of $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the Notes). The Notes mature on April 26, 2028, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 9.75% per year, payable semi-annually on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2023 through maturity. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by S-Evergreen Holding Corp. and each of its existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries (other than the issuers of the Notes), which are the same subsidiaries that guarantee the indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.
In connection with the Notes Offering, we repaid $233.4 million of outstanding borrowings under our Term Loan Facility and paid a $262.2 million dividend to our equityholders. We also paid a $6.5 million special bonus to certain of our employees participating in our management equity incentive plan, who were unable to participate in the dividend.
Corporate Conversion
Prior to January 7, 2022, we operated as a Delaware limited liability company under the name S-Evergreen Holding LLC. On January 7, 2022, we converted into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to Savers Value Village, Inc. (the Corporate Conversion). In connection with the Corporate Conversion, all of our outstanding equity interests were converted on a one for one basis into shares of common stock.
The purpose of the Corporate Conversion was to reorganize our structure so that the entity offering our common stock to the public in a future offering is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that our existing investors and new investors purchasing will own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.
COVID-19 Update
The effect and extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business continues to be uncertain and difficult to predict. While we have seen recovery in our business from the initial economic effects of the pandemic, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may continue to affect our financial results in the future. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic continues to impact our results and financial position will depend on future developments, which are uncertain and difficult to predict.
Key Factors Affecting our Performance
Comparable store sales growth
Processed supply volume and product quality. Our long-term growth will depend on our ability to continue to drive comparable store sales growth, which is generally driven by a combination of an increase in processed volume, quality of supply, category and price mix and higher customer demand. Supply volume and quality both play a critical role in driving traffic, customer frequency and lifetime value.
Our ability to continue to source quality supply determines the value and quantity of sellable products within the millions of pounds of supply we purchase. It also shapes the experience of our
82
customers as they look for a wide selection of quality products at an exceptional value. Since OSDs allow us to increase supply volume and enhance product quality, we have strategically expanded this source of supply. Between the beginning of fiscal year 2018 and the end of fiscal year 2022, we increased our percentage of supply from OSDs from 48.6% of total supply to 62.9% by making the donation experience as easy, convenient and pleasant as possible. We have grown the average comparable stores OSD volume from 1.6 million pounds in fiscal year 2018 to 2.1 million pounds in fiscal year 2022.
During fiscal year 2022, our percentage of supply from OSDs decreased to 62.9% from 70.4% during fiscal year 2021 and 75.1% during fiscal year 2020. During fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2021, social distancing measures limited our stores ability to receive delivered supply directly from our NPPs, and as a result, our percentage of supply received from OSDs increased during those years. These restrictions were not in effect during fiscal year 2022, and consequently, our percentage of supply from OSDs decreased. While the percentage of supply from OSDs decreased during fiscal year 2022, the total volume of supply received from OSDs increased from 605 million pounds during fiscal year 2021 to 619 million pounds in fiscal year 2022. We do not expect a material decrease in the percentage of supply from OSDs going forward as all of our stores were fully reopened during fiscal year 2022.
Total supply breakdown by source (% of total supply) Delivered supply On-site donations 51% 47% 25% 30% 49% 53% 75% 70% FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 FY2021
Our ability to maximize sales generated per pound of processed volume, which we internally refer to as sales yield, is critical to driving both sales over the longer-term and profitability. Sales yield can be used as a proxy for the quality of goods we source because when the quality of supply is high, we are able to sell more items and/or items at higher prices from the volume we process than we would otherwise. In recent years, we have made targeted use of data analytics to help elevate the quality of supply by explicitly measuring the sales yield of specific sources of supply and concentrating purchases on sources with quality, low cost goods. On a currency neutral basis, our sales yield has also improved from $1.03 in fiscal year 2018 to $1.39 during fiscal year 2022.
83
Comparable storeOSD volume (lbs MM)(OSD / comp store) 1.6 1.8 1.7 2.1 FY 2018 FY 2019 FY 2020 FY 2021 Sales yield ($)(Used sales / pounds processed) $1.03 $1.08 $1.16 $1.30 FY2018 FY 2019 FY2020 FY2021 Sales yield is presented on a currency neutral basis using $0.75 CAD and $0.73 AUD for all years shown.
Existing customer engagement and new customer acquisition. Our long-term growth will also depend on our continued ability to retain existing customers and acquire new customers. We must continue to provide deep value and a compelling shopping experience that our customers love. Additionally, we must continue to engage our most active customers by growing our loyalty program. Our industry-leading investment in technology will continue to elevate our customer experience and differentiate it from other thrift retailers. We believe we will benefit from the secular tailwinds driven by a broader adoption of secondhand goods. We utilize customer feedback and closely analyze sales data to introduce, test and improve our offerings. In addition, we see a significant opportunity to continue to expand and grow awareness of our multiple brands in the communities we serve.
Our marketing strategy is generally different from that of many traditional retailers because we do not rely on major sales events and focus instead on driving consistent traffic to our stores by providing everyday value and ever-changing selection. We regularly utilize public relations and experiential marketing, leveraging social media and targeted digital advertising to expand the reach of our brands and to drive traffic to our stores. We are also pursuing a robust capital expenditure program to improve the in-store customer experience and invest in technology to improve our execution.
New store openings
We expect that new stores will be a key driver of long-term growth. Our results of operations have been and will continue to be affected by the timing and number of new store openings. We are continually assessing the number of locations available that could accommodate our preferred size of stores in our target markets. We target opening approximately 14 net new stores in 2023 and approximately 20 or more new stores annually from 2024 through 2026. We opened four net new stores in Canada, two new stores in the United States and two net new stores in Australia during fiscal year 2022.
We have the opportunity to open new locations across the United States, Canada and Australia. Our compelling value proposition creates a significant opportunity to grow our store base in a profitable and disciplined manner. We plan to solidify our leadership by expanding our store footprint. We have identified close to 2,200 potential new locations across the United States and Canada in both existing and new markets, based on a third-party analysis prepared for us.
84
We believe our real estate strategy has positioned us well for further expansion. Our CPC initiative is expected to unlock significant new store potential as stores served by a CPC can have a much more flexible physical layout and size.
The performance of new stores may vary depending on various factors such as the store opening date, the time of year of a particular opening, the amount of store opening costs, the amount of store occupancy costs and the location of the new store, including whether it is located in a new or existing market. For example, we typically incur higher than normal team member costs at the time of a new store opening associated with set-up and other opening costs. We target most of our new stores to achieve a payback period of approximately three years.
Cost of supply and processing
Our ability to manage the cost of merchandise sold per pound processed contributes to an overall positive gross product margin. We define gross product margin as net sales less cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, divided by net sales. If we are unable to cost-effectively purchase and process supply items, it could negatively affect our profitability. Between fiscal year 2018 and fiscal year 2022, cost of merchandise sold per pound processed increased from $0.58 to $0.61. While we experienced an increase in cost of merchandise sold per pound processed our gross product margin expanded from 48.3% in fiscal year 2018 to 58.3% in fiscal year 2022 due a larger increase in our total net sales.
The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic contributed to a portion of our gross product margin expansion during fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2021, as we increased our percentage of supply from OSDs and received wage subsidies in Canada and Australia. Wage subsidies reflected as a reduction to cost of merchandise sold amounted to $13.4 million and $18.6 million during fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020, respectively. We did not receive any wage subsidies during fiscal year 2022. Gross product margins during fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020 were 60.6% and 57.6%, respectively. Excluding the receipt of wage subsidies, our adjusted gross product margins during fiscal years 2021 and 2020 were 59.5% and 55.4%, respectively. During fiscal year 2022, gross product margin was 58.3%. The decrease in gross product margin during fiscal year 2022 reflects the absence of wage subsidies, combined with increased employee wages and a decrease in OSD volume as a percentage of supply (caused by an increase in delivered supply from our NPPs as COVID-19 related restrictions were relaxed).
(1) | Excludes wage subsidies included within cost of merchandise sold for fiscal years 2021 and 2020 of $13.4 million and $18.6 million, respectively. |
OSD growth drives margin expansion Cost of merchandise per pounds processed Gross product margin (%) $0.58 $0.58 $0.52 $0.55 48.3% 50.7% 57.6% 60.6% FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 FY2021
85
Over the last several years we have found that items sourced through OSDs have a cost per pound that is on average one-third that of delivered supply from our NPPs. As such, our store footprint plays a critical role in accepting OSDs from donors who wish to donate to our NPPs. On a comparable store basis, the average stores OSDs have grown at a 5.0% CAGR from fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2022 and OSDs as a percentage of total supply have expanded from 48.6% to 62.9% during the same period. Expansion of OSDs has been a significant driver of our gross product margin improvement in recent years. In addition to the increase in sellable items through better management of our supply mix, our gross product margin has been positively impacted during recent years by an increase in price realization driven by better discount management and strategic price increases across selective categories as well as improved grading accuracy by store graders.
Although we processed 619 million pounds from OSDs during fiscal year 2022 compared to 605 million pounds in fiscal year 2021, our percentage of supply from OSDs decreased to 62.9% in fiscal year 2022 compared to 70.4% in fiscal year 2021. During fiscal years 2021 and 2020, we experienced a temporary increase in the percentage of supply received from OSDs as COVID-19 related restrictions limited our stores ability to receive delivered supply directly from our NPPs. These restrictions were not in effect during fiscal year 2022, and consequently, our percentage of delivered supply from NPPs increased. The increase of delivered supply from NPPs naturally resulted in a decline in the percentage of supply received from OSDs, thereby resulting in greater supply costs per pound during fiscal year 2022. We do not expect a material decrease in the percentage of supply from OSDs going forward as our stores were fully reopened during fiscal year 2022 in the United States and Canada.
Investment in operations
We expect to continue to focus on long-term margin growth through investments in our infrastructure and logistics, including significant investments in store efficiency, processing centers and pricing. We are accelerating our roll-out of self-checkout kiosks, which decrease lines and reduce reliance on availability of labor and exposure to wage rate risk. We have begun to operationalize CPCs in order to unlock new store potential, increase sales yield, maximize processing capacity and reduce labor costs.
We have also implemented Automated Book Processing (ABP) systems utilizing scanning technology to identify the value of each item, thereby increasing processing volume, as well as automatic pricing, which provides consistent merchandising and market-based pricing across stores.
Seasonality
Seasonality in our business does not follow that of traditional retailers, which usually experience a typical concentration of revenue during the holidays. Supply from donations made to our NPPs is usually slightly more concentrated during the second and third quarters of the year, as it coincides with warmer periods, and customer demand for secondhand goods is usually slightly higher during the third and fourth quarters of the year, in part as a result of increased demand during the fall season.
Key Business Metrics
We use the following metrics to evaluate our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. We believe that these metrics provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team.
86
The following table summarizes our key business metrics for the periods indicated:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Comparable Store Sales Growth (1) |
||||||||||||
United States |
4.5 | % | 64.8 | % | (27.8 | )% | ||||||
Canada |
25.3 | % | 24.3 | % | (29.3 | )% | ||||||
Total (3) |
13.5 | % | 44.5 | % | (28.6 | )% | ||||||
Comparable Store Daily Sales Growth (2) |
||||||||||||
United States |
4.5 | % | 24.9 | % | (7.7 | )% | ||||||
Canada |
4.5 | % | 19.0 | % | (12.5 | )% | ||||||
Total (3) |
3.3 | % | 23.7 | % | (10.3 | )% | ||||||
Number of Stores (4) |
||||||||||||
United States |
150 | 148 | 137 | |||||||||
Canada |
152 | 148 | 147 | |||||||||
Total (3) |
314 | 306 | 294 | |||||||||
Other Metrics |
||||||||||||
Pounds Processed (mm lbs) |
985 | 860 | 682 |
(1) | Comparable store sales growth is the percentage change in comparable store sales over the prior fiscal year or the comparable quarter in the prior fiscal year. Comparable store sales is calculated as net sales for the period divided by stores open during the entirety of both periods that are being compared. We considered any store temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic to be open and comparable during the period. Comparable store sales growth is measured in local currency for Canada, while total comparable store sales growth is measured on a constant currency basis. |
(2) | Comparable store daily sales growth for the period represents net sales by stores in the relevant geography that were or would have been open for the entirety of both periods if not for temporary closures due to the COVID-19 pandemic, divided by the aggregate number of days those stores were open. Comparable store daily sales growth is the percentage change in comparable store daily sales over the prior fiscal year or the comparable quarter in the prior fiscal year. Comparable daily sales growth is measured in local currency for Canada, while total comparable store daily sales growth is measured on a constant currency basis. |
(3) | Total comparable store sales growth, total comparable store daily sales growth, and total number of stores include our Australia retail locations, in addition to the United States and Canada. |
(4) | Number of stores, which is measured as of the last day of the fiscal year or quarter (as applicable), includes new stores not yet included in the comparable store sales growth and comparable store daily sales growth, such as those acquired in the 2nd Ave. Acquisition. |
Comparable store sales growth (United States, Canada, total)
Comparable store sales growth is the percentage change in comparable store sales over the prior fiscal year or the comparable quarter in the prior fiscal year. Comparable store sales is calculated as net sales for the period divided by stores open during the entirety of both periods that are being compared. We considered any store temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic to be open and comparable during the period. This metric provides us with visibility into top-line performance on a like-for-like basis excluding new stores opened in the current or previous reporting period and excluding all closed stores as of the end of the current reporting period. We believe investors can use this metric to assess our ability to increase comparable store sales over time.
During fiscal year 2022, our comparable store sales growth was 13.5% compared to 44.5% for fiscal year 2021. Our comparable store sales growth was greatest in Canada as pandemic related restrictions continued to ease, and our stores were able to remain open. During fiscal year 2021, our percentage open store days in Canada was 81.3%, compared to 100% in fiscal year 2022. In the
87
United States, our comparable store sales growth normalized to 4.5% during fiscal year 2022. Our stores reopened earlier in the United States than Canada, as COVID-19 related restrictions generally eased sooner in the United States, and thus, our comparable store sales growth normalized sooner in the United States. Our percentage open store days in the United States was 100% during fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2021.
During fiscal year 2021, our comparable store sales growth was 44.5%, compared to (28.6)% during fiscal year 2020. The increase in comparable store sales growth primarily reflects a higher percentage of open store days during 2021 resulting from reduced COVID-19 related restrictions in much of the United States, Canada and Australia.
The comparable store sales growth rate of 64.8% in the United States for fiscal year 2021 reflects the reopening of our stores following the easing of pandemic related restrictions. Our percentage open store days during fiscal year 2020 in the United States was only 76.8% compared to 100% during fiscal year 2021. Our comparable store sales growth rate was lower in Canada during fiscal year 2021, due to the delayed reopening of our stores relative to the United States.
Comparable store daily sales growth
Comparable store daily sales growth is the percentage change in comparable store daily sales over the prior fiscal year or the comparable quarter in the prior fiscal year. Comparable store daily sales for the period represents net sales by stores in the relevant geography that were or would have been open for the entirety of both periods if not for temporary closures due to the COVID-19 pandemic, divided by the aggregate number of days those stores were open. We use comparable store daily sales to evaluate comparable store sales during periods with a substantial number of store closures, such as fiscal year 2020, when many of our stores were closed for varying periods due to COVID-related restrictions.
In the United States, our comparable store daily sales growth rate during fiscal year 2022 was consistent with our comparable store sales growth, because our percentage open store days was 100% during both comparative periods. Our comparable store daily sales growth in Canada was 4.5% during fiscal year 2022, reflecting a modest average daily sales growth as customers had more potential shopping days in fiscal year 2022, compared to the prior year. Total consolidated comparable store daily sales growth, which includes our Australian stores, was 3.3% during fiscal year 2022, as the year over year growth in open store days was more heavily weighted towards Canada.
Our comparable store daily sales growth rate during fiscal year 2021 was 23.7%, with growth rates of 24.9% and 19.0% in the United States and Canada, respectively. The increase in comparable store daily sales growth resulted from strong customer demand, an increased willingness of customers to shop in-store, and relaxed COVID-19 restrictions throughout much of the portfolio during fiscal year 2021. In fiscal year 2021, our stores were open for 90.2% of possible store days, compared to 77.3% in fiscal year 2020.
Number of stores
We define number of stores as the number of retail stores in our portfolio, including new retail stores opened at the end of the period. This metric provides us visibility into our scale of operations. We believe investors can use this metric to assess our ability to open new stores in high-growth markets while reducing our number of stores in low-growth markets.
Our number of open stores increased to 314 stores as of December 31, 2022, compared to 306 stores as of January 1, 2022. The increase in stores resulted primarily from the opening of eight net new stores, including two in the United States, four in Canada and two in Australia.
88
Our number of open stores increased during fiscal year 2021 as we added 12 new stores in connection with the 2nd Ave. Acquisition.
Pounds processed
We define pounds processed as the total number of pounds of goods processed during the period, excluding furniture and other large items. We process inventory by receiving goods directly from our NPPs or through OSDs, sorting them, and placing them on the sales floor. This metric is our indicator of the volume of secondhand goods processed during the period and is typically a key driver of top-line sales growth. We believe investors can use this metric to assist in their evaluation of our sales growth and sales yield.
During fiscal year 2022, our pounds processed increased to 985 million pounds, compared to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021. The improvement in pounds processed resulted primarily from an increase in goods received directly from our NPPs. We were able to accept more goods directly from our NPPs as most pandemic related restrictions were no longer in effect. During fiscal year 2022, we accepted 366 million pounds directly from our NPPs, compared to 255 million pounds during fiscal year 2021. During fiscal year 2022, we processed 619 million pounds from OSDs compared to 605 million pounds in fiscal year 2021.
During fiscal year 2021, our pounds processed increased to 860 million pounds, compared to 682 million pounds during fiscal year 2020. The increase in pounds processed resulted from increased sourcing of merchandise through both our OSDs and delivered supply channels. As public health restrictions eased during fiscal year 2021 and our percentage of open store days increased, we were able to purchase and process greater amounts of supply. During fiscal year 2021, we processed 605 million pounds from OSDs compared to 512 million pounds during fiscal year 2020.
Components of Results of Operations
Net sales
We earn revenues by selling primarily secondhand items in our retail stores along with small amounts of new merchandise in complementary and seasonal categories. We recognize revenues at the point of sale, net of sales promotions and sales taxes collected. We allow customers to exchange certain goods within fourteen days of purchase, with no right of return for customers.
We also earn revenue through our sales to wholesale customers for reuse and repurposing. Wholesale sales are recognized at the point of shipment with no right of return.
Cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
Cost of merchandise sold primarily consists of the cost of merchandise sold in our retail stores, including costs related to payments to our NPPs, sorting and processing and inventory storage. Cost of merchandise sold also includes costs for personnel who are responsible for receiving and processing inventory, including salaries, wages and employee benefit costs.
Salaries, wages and benefits
Salaries, wages and benefits primarily consist of personnel-related expenses not classified within cost of merchandise sold. These costs include salaries, wages and other employee benefit costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for personnel not directly involved in the receiving and processing of inventory.
89
Selling, general and administrative
Selling, general and administrative expense primarily consists of costs related to occupancy, repair and maintenance, professional services, and other general and administrative activities. Although selling, general and administrative expense will increase as we grow and become a publicly traded company, we expect these expenses to decrease as a percentage of net sales as we grow due to economies of scale.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization consist of depreciation associated with our property and equipment and amortization of our definite-lived intangible assets.
Interest expense
Interest expense primarily consists of interest associated with our outstanding debt, including amortization of debt issuance costs as well as realized and unrealized gains and losses on our interest rate swap.
(Loss) gain on foreign currency, net
(Loss) gain on foreign currency, net historically consists primarily of realized and unrealized gains and losses associated with U.S. dollar denominated debt held by our Canadian subsidiaries, in addition to derivatives used to manage foreign exchange risk.
Other income (expense), net
Other income (expense), net consists of miscellaneous income and expenses not directly related to our core operating activities.
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Loss on extinguishment of debt consists of the settlement of certain debt amounts in connection with the April 2021 Refinancing and repayment of the mortgage loan.
Income tax expense (benefit)
Income tax expense (benefit) consists of income taxes related to foreign and domestic federal and state jurisdictions in which we conduct business, adjusted for allowable credits, deductions and valuation allowance against deferred tax assets.
90
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our results of operations for each of the periods presented (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 1,437,229 | $ | 1,204,124 | $ | 834,010 | ||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization |
599,926 | 474,462 | 353,455 | |||||||||
Salaries, wages and benefits |
273,587 | 239,806 | 184,392 | |||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
301,737 | 260,235 | 229,886 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
55,753 | 47,385 | 59,432 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
1,231,003 | 1,021,888 | 827,165 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income |
206,226 | 182,236 | 6,845 | |||||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(64,744 | ) | (53,565 | ) | (69,678 | ) | ||||||
(Loss) gain on foreign currency, net |
(20,737 | ) | 1,583 | 2,924 | ||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
4,576 | (4,848 | ) | 486 | ||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(1,023 | ) | (47,541 | ) | |
|
| |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other expense, net |
(81,928 | ) | (104,371 | ) | (66,268 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) |
124,298 | 77,865 | (59,423 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
39,578 | (5,529 | ) | 4,060 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 84,720 | $ | 83,394 | $ | (63,483 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth the components of our results of operations for each of the periods presented as a percentage of net sales:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Net sales |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% | |||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization |
41.7 | 39.4 | 42.4 | |||||||||
Salaries, wages and benefits |
19.0 | 19.9 | 22.1 | |||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
21.0 | 21.6 | 27.6 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
3.9 |
|
3.9 | 7.1 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
85.6 | 84.8 | 99.2 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income |
14.4 | 15.2 | 0.8 | |||||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(4.5 | ) | (4.4 | ) | (8.4 | ) | ||||||
(Loss) gain on foreign currency, net |
(1.4 | ) | 0.1 | 0.4 | ||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
0.3 | (0.5 | ) | | ||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(0.1 | ) | (3.9 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other expense, net |
(5.7 | ) | (8.7 | ) | (8.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) |
8.7 | 6.6 | (7.2 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
2.8 | (0.3 | ) | 0.4 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
5.9 | % | 6.9 | % | (7.6 | )% | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
Comparison of fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2021
Net sales
The following table presents net sales (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Retail sales |
$ | 1,365,109 | $ | 1,154,891 | $ | 210,218 | 18.2 | % | ||||||||
Wholesale sales |
72,120 | 49,233 | 22,887 | 46.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total net sales |
$ | 1,437,229 | $ | 1,204,124 | $ | 233,105 | 19.4 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our net sales increased by $233.1 million, or 19.4%, during fiscal year 2022 compared to fiscal year 2021. The increase in net sales resulted primarily from a reduction in COVID-19 related store closures in Canada, the acquisition of 2nd Ave., which occurred in November 2021, and an increase in sales yield. The increase in sales yield was most prominent in our retail business and resulted from a shift in consumer purchasing toward items at higher price points.
As public health restrictions continued to ease in fiscal year 2022, our percentage open store days increased to 100% in Canada during fiscal year 2022, compared to 81.3% during fiscal year 2021. The increase in percentage open store days contributed to a $110.7 million increase in net sales in Canada, of which $101.4 million is classified as retail sales.
New stores acquired in the 2nd Ave. Acquisition accounted for an increase of $78.4 million in retail sales during fiscal year 2022.
During fiscal year 2022, our sales yield on a currency neutral basis, which comprises sales from our retail business, increased to $1.39 per pound processed during fiscal year 2022, compared to $1.30 during fiscal year 2021.
We supported the increase in sales volume by accepting significantly more inventory through both our OSD and delivered supply channels during fiscal year 2022. Total pounds processed increased by 14.5% to 985 million pounds during fiscal year 2022, compared to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021.
Wholesale sales increased by $22.9 million, or 46.5%, during fiscal year 2022. The increase in wholesale sales resulted primarily from higher price points, an increase in processing volume and the expansion of our wholesale operations resulting from the 2nd Ave. Acquisition.
Cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
The following table presents cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization |
$ | 599,926 | $ | 474,462 | $ | 125,464 | 26.4 | % |
Cost of merchandise sold increased by $125.5 million, or 26.4%, during fiscal year 2022, compared to fiscal year 2021.
92
As a percentage of net sales, cost of merchandise sold also increased to 41.7% during fiscal year 2022, compared to 39.4% during fiscal year 2021. Similarly, the cost of merchandise sold per pound processed increased to $0.61 per pound during fiscal year 2022 from $0.55 per pound during fiscal year 2021.
The increase in cost of merchandise sold per pound processed resulted primarily from an increase in personnel costs, a decrease in the percentage of inventory received from OSDs and a shift in supply mix from hard goods toward soft goods.
Personnel costs classified within cost of merchandise sold increased to $343.4 million during fiscal year 2022, compared to $276.0 million during fiscal year 2021. The increase in personnel costs resulted primarily from an increase in open store days in Canada, higher wages for store employees and a full year of operations for the 2nd Ave. stores. Furthermore, during fiscal year 2021, we received a total of $21.7 million in wage subsidies in Canada, of which $13.4 million was classified as a reduction to cost of merchandise sold. We did not receive any wage subsidies during fiscal year 2022. Excluding the receipt of wage subsidies, cost of merchandise sold per pound would have been $0.57 per pound processed during fiscal year 2021.
Our total pounds processed increased by 14.5%, reaching 985 million pounds during fiscal year 2022, compared to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021. While our OSDs processed increased to 619 million pounds in fiscal year 2022, compared to 605 million pounds in fiscal year 2021, the percentage of inventory received from OSDs decreased to 62.9% from 70.4%, as our percentage of delivered supply from NPPs increased due to the lapsing of COVID-19 related restrictions. Delivered supply from our NPPs generally have a higher cost per pound than inventory received from OSDs.
Salaries, wages and benefits
The following table presents salaries, wages and benefits expense (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Salaries, wages and benefits: |
||||||||||||||||
Retail and wholesale |
$ | 195,861 | $ | 181,191 | $ | 14,670 | 8.1 | % | ||||||||
Corporate |
77,726 | 58,615 | 19,111 | 32.6 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total salaries, wages and benefits |
$ | 273,587 | $ | 239,806 | $ | 33,781 | 14.1 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries, wages and benefits expense increased by $33.8 million, or 14.1%, during fiscal year 2022, compared to fiscal year 2021.
Salaries, wages and benefits for our retail and wholesale operations increased by $14.7 million, or 8.1% during fiscal year 2022, compared to fiscal year 2021. The increase in retail and wholesale personnel costs resulted primarily from the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, which contributed to an additional $14.6 million of personnel costs. Furthermore, during fiscal year 2021, we received $8.3 million of wage subsidies for our retail and wholesale employees, which were classified as a reduction to salaries, wages and benefits. These subsidies did not reoccur during fiscal year 2022, and we do not currently expect to receive wage subsidies in future periods. These amounts were partially offset by a decrease in employee bonuses in fiscal year 2022 compared to fiscal year 2021.
Salaries, wages and benefits for our corporate employees increased by $19.1 million, or 32.6%, during fiscal year 2022, compared to fiscal year 2021. The increase in corporate personnel costs resulted from increased headcount as we onboarded personnel related to the acquisition of 2nd Ave. and expanded our finance, accounting and legal functions as we prepare to operate as a public
93
company and scale the business to support more retail locations. Corporate personnel costs during fiscal year 2022 also includes a $6.5 million one-time bonus related to the December 2022 Dividend.
Selling, general and administrative
The following table presents selling, general and administrative expenses (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Rent and utilities |
$ | 176,226 | $ | 152,738 | $ | 23,488 | 15.4 | % | ||||||||
Repairs and maintenance |
33,415 | 29,809 | 3,606 | 12.1 | ||||||||||||
Supplies |
17,534 | 12,859 | 4,675 | 36.4 | ||||||||||||
Professional service fees |
17,289 | 16,563 | 726 | 4.4 | ||||||||||||
Marketing |
11,856 | 10,706 | 1,150 | 10.7 | ||||||||||||
Other expenses |
45,417 | 37,560 | 7,857 | 20.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total selling, general and administrative |
$ | 301,737 | $ | 260,235 | $ | 41,502 | 15.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $41.5 million, or 15.9%, during fiscal year 2022, compared to fiscal year 2021. The increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses resulted primarily from increases in rent and utilities, supplies, and repairs and maintenance.
Rent and utilities increased by $23.5 million, which resulted primarily from the reclassification of $7.7 million in right-of-use asset amortization expenses previously classified as depreciation and amortization under prior accounting guidance (which has since been superseded), $6.1 million of additional expenses related to the 2nd Ave. Acquisition and a $2.2 million increase in utility expenses. We also incurred additional rent and utilities expense in relation to our new retail stores and CPC facilities.
The increase and repairs and maintenance and supplies expenses of $3.6 million and $4.7 million, respectively, resulted primarily from a reduction in COVID-19 related store closures in Canada.
Other expenses increased by $7.9 million, or 20.9%, during fiscal year 2022, compared to fiscal year 2021 primarily as a result of a reduction in COVID-19 related store closures in Canada as well as an increase of $3.1 million related to disposals of property and equipment.
Depreciation and amortization
The following table presents depreciation and amortization expense (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
$ | 55,753 | $ | 47,385 | $ | 8,368 | 17.7 | % |
Depreciation and amortization during fiscal year 2022 increased by $8.4 million, or 17.7%, compared to fiscal year 2021. The increase in depreciation and amortization resulted primarily from capital expenditures related to store improvements and the opening of our CPCs in addition to the 2nd Ave. Acquisition in November 2021. These increases were partially offset by our adoption of ASC Topic 842, Leases, which resulted in the reclassification of amortization expense for certain acquired leases to selling, general and administrative expense.
94
Interest expense
The following table presents interest expense (in thousands):
Total interest expense increased during fiscal year 2022 by $11.2 million, or 20.9%, compared to fiscal year 2021. The increase in interest expense resulted from an increase in interest rates as well as an increase in average principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan Facility following the Ares Share Purchase Transaction in April 2021 and the 2nd Ave. Acquisition in November 2021. Our effective interest rate paid under our credit facilities was 7.48% during fiscal year 2022, compared to 6.38% during fiscal year 2021.
(Loss) gain on foreign currency, net
The following table presents (loss) gain on foreign currency, net (in thousands):
The loss on foreign currency remeasurement during fiscal year 2022 relates primarily to the U.S. dollar strengthening against the Canadian dollar. This impacted our U.S. dollar denominated term loan held by our Canadian business. The gain on derivative instruments relates primarily to our cross-currency swaps which act as an economic hedge against movements in the Canadian dollar.
Other income (expense), net
The following table presents other income (expense), net (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
$ | 4,576 | $ | (4,848 | ) | $ | 9,424 | n/m | ||||||||
n/m - not meaningful |
Other income (expense), net was comprised primarily of miscellaneous income and expenses not directly related to our core operating activities.
95
Loss on extinguishment of debt
The following table presents loss on extinguishment of debt (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
$ | (1,023 | ) | $ | (47,541 | ) | $ | 46,518 | (97.8 | )% |
During fiscal year 2022, we repaid a mortgage loan payable, which had a remaining principal of $2.7 million, resulting in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.0 million.
During fiscal year 2021, in connection with the Ares Share Purchase Transaction on April 26, 2021, the outstanding borrowings under our existing credit facilities were refinanced with the proceeds of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, resulting in a $47.5 million loss on extinguishment of debt.
Segment results
The following table presents net sales and profit by segment (in thousands) for the periods presented:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Retail |
$ | 747,397 | $ | 644,182 | $ | 103,215 | 16.0 | % | ||||||||
Canada Retail |
582,944 | 481,559 | 101,385 | 21.1 | ||||||||||||
Other |
106,888 | 78,383 | 28,505 | 36.4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total net sales |
$ | 1,437,229 | $ | 1,204,124 | $ | 233,105 | 19.4 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Segment Profit: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Retail |
$ | 181,664 | $ | 166,988 | $ | 14,676 | 8.8 | % | ||||||||
Canada Retail |
$ | 173,917 | $ | 148,137 | $ | 25,780 | 17.4 | % | ||||||||
Other |
$ | 33,395 | $ | 16,235 | $ | 17,160 | 105.7 | % |
U.S. Retail
U.S. Retail net sales increased by $103.2 million, or 16.0%, during fiscal year 2022, compared to fiscal year 2021. The increase resulted primarily from the inclusion of the stores acquired in the 2nd Ave. Acquisition for the entirety of fiscal year 2022, as well as a 4.5% increase in comparable store sales growth and an 8.9% increase in comparable store sales yield. Stores acquired in the 2nd Ave. Acquisition added an additional $78.4 million of net sales during fiscal year 2022.
U.S. Retail segment profit increased primarily as a result of the increase in net sales.
Canada Retail
Canada Retail net sales increased by $101.4 million, or 21.1%, during fiscal year 2022, compared to fiscal year 2021. The increase resulted primarily from a reduction in COVID-19 related store closures in fiscal year 2022. Our percentage open store days was 100% during fiscal year 2022 in Canada, compared to 81.3% for fiscal year 2021.
96
Canada Retail segment profit increased by $25.8 million, or 17.4%, during fiscal year 2022, compared to fiscal year 2021. The increase in segment profit resulted primarily from an increase in sales volume by our Canadian stores and leveraging of our fixed costs as our operations in Canada returned to pre-pandemic levels. The increase in segment profitability was partially offset by wage subsidies received in fiscal year 2021 which did not reoccur during fiscal year 2022.
Other
Other net sales include our Australian retail stores and our wholesale operations. Net sales for our other businesses increased by $28.5 million, or 36.4%, during fiscal year 2022. The increase resulted primarily from our wholesale operations due to higher price points, an increase in processing volume and the expansion of our wholesale operations resulting from the 2nd Ave. Acquisition.
Segment profit for our other businesses increase by $17.2 million, primarily as a result of an increase in net sales.
Comparison of fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020.
Net sales
The following table presents net sales (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Retail sales |
$ | 1,154,891 | $ | 800,278 | $ | 354,613 | 44.3 | % | ||||||||
Wholesale sales |
49,233 | 33,732 | 15,501 | 46.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total net sales |
$ | 1,204,124 | $ | 834,010 | $ | 370,114 | 44.4 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our net sales were $1,204.1 million during fiscal year 2021, compared to $834.0 million during fiscal year 2020. The increase in net sales resulted primarily from a reduction in public health restrictions related to COVID-19 during fiscal year 2021, which resulted in fewer temporary store closures and an increase in the number of customers in our stores. During fiscal year 2021, our percentage of open store days was 90.2%, compared to 77.3% during fiscal year 2020.
As our percentage of open store days increased during fiscal year 2021, we accepted significantly more inventory through both our OSDs and delivered supply channels allowing us to increase both our retail sales and wholesale sales. Total pounds processed by us increased to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021.
The 2nd Ave. Acquisition also resulted in an additional $15.5 million of net sales during fiscal year 2021. Additionally, favorable movements in foreign exchange rates for our Canadian operations resulted in a $33.7 million increase in net sales during fiscal year 2021.
Our increase in sales volume during fiscal year 2021 was complemented by an increase in sales yield. Net sales per pound processed, which includes net sales for used goods from our retail business only, increased to $1.30 on a currency neutral basis during fiscal year 2021, compared to $1.16 during fiscal year 2020. Our net sales per pound increased as a result of improved quality of supply purchased from our non-profit partners and less discounting in our retail stores. During fiscal year 2021, the average selling price of goods sold through our retail business increased by approximately 5.8%.
Wholesale sales increased by $15.5 million, or 46.0% during fiscal year 2021. The increase in wholesale sales during fiscal year 2021 resulted from a 20.5% increase in pounds sold, combined with a more favorable product mix processed by our wholesale business.
97
Cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
The following table presents cost of merchandise sold exclusive of depreciation and amortization (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization |
$ | 474,462 | $ | 353,455 | $ | 121,007 | 34.2 | % |
Cost of merchandise sold increased by $121.0 million, or 34.2%, during fiscal year 2021, compared to fiscal year 2020. The increase in cost of merchandise sold resulted primarily from an increase in pounds processed during the year. Our total pounds processed increased to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021, compared to 682 million pounds during fiscal year 2020.
As a percentage of net sales, cost of merchandise sold decreased to 39.4% during fiscal year 2021 from 42.4% during fiscal year 2020. The decrease in cost of merchandise sold as a percentage of net sales resulted primarily from an increase in sales yield and increased leveraging of fixed costs as sales volume increased, which were partially offset by an increase in costs per pound processed.
During fiscal year 2021, the cost of merchandise sold per pound processed increased to $0.55 per pound from $0.52 per pound in fiscal year 2020. The increase in cost of merchandise sold per pound processed resulted primarily from a decrease in wage subsidies received in connection with COVID-19 and higher wages offered to our employees. Excluding the effects of wage subsidies, labor costs as a percentage of net sales decreased to approximately 24.6% in fiscal year 2021 from approximately 27.1% in fiscal year 2020. The decrease in labor costs as a percentage of net sales primarily resulted from higher sales yields and improved labor efficiencies.
During fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020, we received a total of $21.7 million and $32.6 million in wage subsidies, respectively, resulting in reductions to cost of merchandise sold of $13.4 million and $18.6 million, respectively. These wage subsidies reimbursed us for certain employee wage costs incurred in Canada and Australia. We were eligible for the wage subsidy program in Canada and Australia and complied with the requirements of the programs because we had a reduced amount of sales during the initial phases of the pandemic in fiscal year 2020 and the first half of fiscal year 2021 and continued to pay a significant portion of our team members wages that were not covered by the subsidies. We do not currently expect wage subsidies to continue in future periods, because our Canadian and Australian net sales have recovered to a large extent as our stores resumed a more normal store opening schedule. Assuming no significant increases in public health restrictions associated with the pandemic, which may result in increased store closures and decreased customer traffic, we do not expect the absence of wage subsidies to have a significant impact on our future operations or expansion plans.
Salaries, wages and benefits
The following table presents salaries, wages and benefits expense (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Salaries, wages, and benefits: |
||||||||||||||||
Retail and wholesale |
$ | 181,191 | $ | 129,636 | $ | 51,555 | 39.8 | % | ||||||||
Corporate |
58,615 | 54,756 | 3,859 | 7.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total salaries, wages, and benefits |
$ | 239,806 | $ | 184,392 | $ | 55,414 | 30.1 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
Salaries, wages and benefits expense increased by $55.4 million, or 30.1%, fiscal year 2021, compared fiscal year 2020.
The increase in labor costs was greatest for our retail and wholesale operations, where expenses increased by $51.6 million, or 39.8%. The increase in labor costs primarily resulted from an overall increase in operations and open store days as public health restrictions related to COVID-19 eased during fiscal year 2021, in addition to an increase in employee incentive compensation. Incentive compensation for our retail and wholesale employees, which is based on individual retail and wholesale location performance relative to budgeted expectations, increased to $16.8 million in fiscal year 2021 from $0.1 million in fiscal year 2020 due to our strong performance and the reintroduction of incentive bonuses for retail and wholesale employees we scaled back our COVID-19 mitigation measures.
Salaries, wages and benefits for our corporate employees increased by $3.9 million, or 7.0%, during fiscal year 2021 when compared to fiscal year 2020. The increase primarily resulted from the reversal of pandemic-related cost mitigation measures enacted by us during 2020, which included employee furloughs, temporary salary reductions, and suspension of our 401(k) plan match program. We also increased incentive compensation for corporate employees in 2021. Incentive compensation for corporate employees, which is based on our overall performance relative to budged expectations, increased by $7.3 million to $17.4 million in fiscal year 2021. We also increased our corporate employee headcount in our finance, accounting and other corporate functions during fiscal year 2021 as we prepare to be a public company.
As relief during the pandemic, we received a total of $21.7 million and $32.6 million in wage subsidies during fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020, respectively. These wage subsidies resulted in reductions to salaries, wages, and benefits of $8.3 million and $14.0 million during fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020, respectively. We do not currently expect wage subsidies to continue in future periods, and to the extent wage subsidies are not provided in future periods, our salaries, wages and benefits expense will increase.
Selling, general and administrative
The following table presents selling, general and administrative expense (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Rent and utilities |
$ | 152,738 | $ | 151,617 | $ | 1,121 | 0.7 | % | ||||||||
Repairs and maintenance |
29,809 | 19,432 | 10,377 | 53.4 | ||||||||||||
Professional service fees |
16,563 | 7,403 | 9,160 | 123.7 | ||||||||||||
Supplies |
12,859 | 11,394 | 1,465 | 12.9 | ||||||||||||
Marketing |
10,706 | 5,768 | 4,938 | 85.6 | ||||||||||||
Other expenses |
37,560 | 34,272 | 3,288 | 9.6 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total selling, general, and administrative |
$ | 260,235 | $ | 229,886 | $ | 30,349 | 13.2 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $30.3 million, or 13.2%, during fiscal year 2021 compared to fiscal year 2020. The increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses resulted primarily from increases in repairs and maintenance, professional service fees, and marketing.
Repairs and maintenance during the fiscal year 2021 increased by $10.4 million, or 53.4%, due to increased cleaning and janitorial costs as our stores remained open for a greater percentage of the year.
99
Professional service fees, which include legal, accounting, and other third-party advisor fees, increased by $9.2 million during fiscal year 2021, primarily due to expenses incurred in connection with our contemplated initial public offering and the 2nd Ave. Acquisition.
Marketing expenses increased by 4.9 million, or 85.6%, as our stores gradually eased pandemic-related cost mitigation measures during fiscal year 2021.
Depreciation and amortization
The following table presents depreciation and amortization expense (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
$ | 47,385 | $ | 59,432 | $ | (12,047 | ) | (20.3 | )% |
Depreciation and amortization decreased by $12.0 million, or 20.3%, during fiscal year 2021 compared to fiscal year 2020. The decrease in expense resulted from greater amounts of accelerated depreciation and amortization recorded in fiscal year 2020 related to expired licensing agreements and fixed assets no longer in service. Accelerated depreciation and amortization expenses amounted to $11.3 million in fiscal year 2020, compared to $1.3 million in fiscal year 2021.
Interest expense
The following table presents interest expense (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Interest expense |
$ | (48,907 | ) | $ | (60,497 | ) | $ | 11,590 | (19.2 | )% | ||||||
Amortization debt issuance cost and debt discount |
(4,444 | ) | (5,723 | ) | 1,279 | (22.3 | ) | |||||||||
Loss on interest rate swap |
(214 | ) | (3,458 | ) | 3,244 | (93.8 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total interest expense |
$ | (53,565 | ) | $ | (69,678 | ) | $ | 16,113 | (23.1 | )% | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense decreased by $16.1 million, or 23.1%, during fiscal year 2021 compared to fiscal year 2020. The reduction in interest expense resulted from lower interest rates and principal balances under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The lower interest rates were negotiated as part of the Ares Share Purchase Transaction and the April 2021 Refinancing. We also incurred $3.5 million in losses under our interest rate swap during fiscal year 2020, which did not occur to the same extent during fiscal year 2021.
Gain on foreign currency, net
The following table presents gain on foreign currency, net (in thousands):
100
The loss on foreign currency remeasurement during fiscal year 2021 relates primarily to the U.S. dollar strengthening against the Canadian dollar. This impacted our U.S. dollar denominated term loan held by our Canadian business which was obtained during April 2021. The gain on derivative instruments relates primarily to our cross-currency swaps which act as an economic hedge against movements in the Canadian dollar.
Other (expense) income, net
The following table presents other (expense) income, net (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Other (expense) income, net |
$ | (4,848 | ) | $ | 486 | $ | (5,334 | ) | n/m | |||||||
n/m - not meaningful |
Other (expense) income, net was comprised primarily of miscellaneous income and expenses not directly related to our core operating activities.
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
$ | (47,541 | ) | $ | | $ | (47,541 | ) | n/m | |||||||
n/m - not meaningful |
In connection with the Ares Share Purchase Transaction, we refinanced our outstanding borrowings under our Prior Credit Facilities, which resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $47.5 million during fiscal year 2021.
Segment results
The following table presents net sales and profit by segment (in thousands) for the periods presented:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | $ Change |
% Change |
|||||||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Retail |
$ | 644,182 | $ | 412,272 | $ | 231,910 | 56.3 | % | ||||||||
Canada Retail |
481,559 | 364,159 | 117,400 | 32.2 | ||||||||||||
Other |
78,383 | 57,579 | 20,804 | 36.1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total net sales |
$ | 1,204,124 | $ | 834,010 | $ | 370,114 | 44.4 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Segment Profit: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Retail |
$ | 166,988 | $ | 44,571 | $ | 122,417 | 274.7 | % | ||||||||
Canada Retail |
$ | 148,137 | $ | 100,695 | $ | 47,442 | 47.1 | % | ||||||||
Other |
$ | 16,235 | $ | 18,247 | $ | (2,012 | ) | (11.0 | )% |
U.S. Retail
U.S. Retail net sales increased by $231.9 million, or 56.3%, during the fiscal year 2021, compared to fiscal year 2020. The increase resulted primarily from the easing of COVID-19 related restrictions
101
during fiscal year 2021 through most of the United States, which allowed our stores to remain open. During the fiscal year 2021, our percentage of open store days in the United States was 100%, compared to 76.8% during fiscal year 2020. In addition to an increase in our percentage of open store days in the United States, our stores also had a higher capacity during fiscal year 2021, due to reduced social distancing measures.
U.S. Retail segment profit increased by $122.4 million, or 274.7%, during the fiscal year 2021, compared to fiscal year 2020. As a percentage of net sales, segment profit for our U.S. Retail segment increased to 25.9% during fiscal year 2021 from 10.8% during fiscal year 2020. The increase resulted primarily from an increase in net sales and sales yield, which increased to $1.34 per pound during fiscal year 2021 from $1.16 per pound during fiscal year 2020, in addition to more favorable merchandise costs. As a percentage of net sales, labor and merchandise costs declined to 65.3% during the fiscal year 2021 compared to 80.3% during fiscal year 2020. The decrease resulted primarily from higher sales yields combined with lower COVID-related charges as the bulk of COVID-related spend was incurred in fiscal year 2020, such as the installation of protective glass at each check out register, as well as lower labor costs as we continued to rollout self-checkout kiosks in our stores. Additionally, the acquisition of 2nd Ave. provided an incremental $1.2 million in profit during fiscal year 2021.
Canada Retail
Canada Retail net sales increased by $117.4 million, or 32.2%, during the fiscal year 2021, compared to fiscal year 2020. Although less pronounced than the U.S. Retail segment, the increase in Canada Retail net sales resulted from the easing of COVID-19 restrictions and increased consumer willingness to engage in retail. During fiscal year 2021, our percentage of open store days in Canada was 81.3%, compared to 78.1% during fiscal year 2020. In addition to an increase in our percentage of open store days in Canada, our stores also had a higher capacity during fiscal year 2021, due to reduced social distancing measures.
Canada Retail segment profit increased by $47.4 million, or 47.1%, during fiscal year 2021, compared to fiscal year 2020. As a percentage of net sales, segment profit increased to 30.8% during the fiscal year 2021 from 27.7% during fiscal year 2020. The increase in segment profit was primarily driven by increased sales volume and leveraging of our fixed costs as our operations in Canada continued to return to pre-pandemic levels.
Other
Other includes our Australian retail stores and our wholesale operations. Net sales for our other businesses increased by $20.8 million, or 36.1%, during fiscal year 2021, compared to fiscal year 2020. The increase in net sales resulted from increases in inventory volume processed by our wholesale operations in the United States, Canada, and Australia, in addition to increased retail net sales in Australia of $5.3 million, resulted in the overall increase in net sales for Other. The decrease in profit was driven by a reduction in wage subsidies received by our Australian businesses. Our Australian businesses received no wage subsidies during fiscal year 2021 compared to $9.9 million received in fiscal year 2020.
102
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 169,433 | $ | 175,762 | $ | 29,913 | ||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(110,502 | ) | (263,172 | ) | (19,172 | ) | ||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
(40,218 | ) | 52,999 | 36,807 | ||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(4,496 | ) | (5,533 | ) | 4,044 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 14,217 | $ | (39,944 | ) | $ | 51,592 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparison of fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2021
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $169.4 million for fiscal year 2022, primarily resulting from net income of $84.7 million, after consideration of non-cash charges of $220.6 million and a net decrease of $135.9 million in our operating assets and liabilities, as discussed in more detail below. Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $6.3 million during fiscal year 2022. The decrease resulted primarily from an increase in employee incentive compensation payments, which were partially offset by an increase in operating cash flows from our 2nd Ave. store, a decrease in transaction costs associated with this offering and an increase in net income.
Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $114.8 million of operating lease expense, $55.8 million of depreciation and amortization, and $22.8 million of other non-cash charges. Other non-cash charges included $30.6 million of foreign currency losses, partially offset by an unrealized gain of $9.5 million on our derivatives.
Net cash used in changes in operating assets and liabilities during fiscal year 2022 consisted primarily of a $104.7 million decrease in operating lease liabilities since the adoption of Topic 842, a $12.6 million decrease in accrued payroll and related taxes, a $16.9 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and an $8.1 million decrease in trade and other receivables.
The decrease in operating lease liabilities during fiscal year 2022 resulted from payments toward our lease liabilities. The decrease in prepaid expense and other current assets primarily resulted from an increase of $6.1 million in deferred offering costs and a $9.6 million increase in general prepaid expense. The $12.6 million decrease in accrued payroll and related taxes resulted from the payment of incentive compensation to our employees. As of January 1, 2022, we accrued $35.3 million related to employee incentive compensation, which was subsequently paid during fiscal year 2022. As of December 31, 2022, we had accrued $25.0 million for employee incentive compensation, the majority of which we plan to pay in the first quarter of fiscal year 2023. The decrease in trade and other receivables resulted primarily from higher sales volumes and price points in our wholesale operations.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $175.8 million for fiscal year 2021, primarily resulting from net income of $83.4 million, after consideration of non-cash charges of $83.0 million and a net change of $9.4 million in our operating assets and liabilities.
Non-cash charges during fiscal year 2021, consisted primarily of a $47.5 million loss on extinguishment of debt in relation to the Ares Share Purchase Transaction and $47.4 million in
103
depreciation and amortization. Net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities during the fiscal year 2021 consisted primarily of $18.0 million increase in accrued payroll and related taxes and a $6.1 million increase in inventory, which were partially offset by a $18.0 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The increase in accrued payroll and related taxes resulted from $35.3 million in unpaid bonuses in connection with our management incentive programs. We pay the majority of our management incentive bonuses in the first quarter following fiscal year-end. The decrease in inventory resulted from increased sales as our operations approached pre-pandemic levels. The $18.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets resulted from an increase in occupancy-related prepayments as of fiscal year 2021.
Cash Used in Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $110.5 million for fiscal year 2022 and $263.2 million for fiscal year 2021. Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2022 consisted primarily of our increased investment in our CPC, ABP and store enhancement initiatives. Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2021 includes the cash payment of $220.3 million for the acquisition of 2nd Ave. in fiscal year 2021.
Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $40.2 million for fiscal year 2022 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $53.0 million for fiscal year 2021. Net cash used in financing activities during fiscal year 2022 consisted primarily of $69.4 million December 2022 Dividend and $11.0 million payments towards the principal of our long-term debt, partially offset by $42.0 million of borrowings, net on our Revolving Credit Facility.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $53.0 million for fiscal year 2021. During fiscal year 2021, we repaid $645.7 million of outstanding principal on our debt as well as a $22.8 million prepayment penalty related to the April 2021 Refinancing. We also paid a $75.0 million dividend in November 2021. These cash payments were offset by $796.5 million of net debt proceeds received from the Term Loan Facility.
Comparison of fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $175.8 million for the fiscal year 2021, primarily resulting from net income of $83.4 million, after consideration of non-cash charges of $83.0 million and a net favorable movement of $9.4 million in our operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges during fiscal year 2021, consisted primarily of a $47.5 million loss on extinguishment of debt in relation to the Ares Share Purchase Transaction and $47.4 million in depreciation and amortization. Net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities during the fiscal year 2021 consisted primarily of $18.0 million decrease in accrued payroll and related taxes and a $6.1 million increase in inventory, which were partially offset by a $18.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The increase in accrued payroll and related taxes resulted from $35.3 million in unpaid bonuses in connection with our management incentive programs. We pay the majority of our management incentive bonuses in the first quarter following fiscal year-end. The decrease in inventory resulted from increased sales as our operations approach pre-pandemic levels. The $18.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets resulted from an increase in occupancy related prepayments as of fiscal year 2021.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $29.9 million for fiscal year 2020, primarily resulting from a net loss of $63.5 million, after consideration of non-cash charges of $72.9 million and a net
104
favorable movement of $20.5 million in our operating assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges during fiscal year 2020, consisted primarily of $59.4 million in depreciation and amortization and $20.8 million of noncash interest expense. Net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities during fiscal year 2020 consisted primarily of a $21.8 million increase in other liabilities and a $4.8 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, which were offset by a $9.1 million decrease in accrued payroll and related taxes. The increase in deferred rent and other resulted primarily from favorable renegotiations of our operating leases during the COVID-19 pandemic, which resulted in $4.4 million in rent deferrals and $3.1 million in rent abatement, in addition to a decrease in prepaid income taxes of $8.9 million primarily related to the Canadian Revenue Authority settlement. The increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities resulted from the timing of our payment activity associated with our taxes, accrued interest, and trade payables. During fiscal year 2020, our accruals for income and real estate taxes increased by $15.2 million, which was partially offset by a $5.6 million decrease in accrued interest on our debt and an overall decrease in accounts payable resulting from the timing of inventory purchases and supplier payments. The decrease in accrued payroll and related taxes resulted from the payment of $25.0 million in accrued bonuses from the prior year combined with a lower accrual for bonus payments under our management incentive program at the end of fiscal year 2020.
Cash Used in Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $263.2 million for the fiscal year 2021, and $19.2 million for fiscal year 2020. During fiscal year 2021, the increase in investing activities primarily related to the cash payment of $220.3 million for the acquisition of 2nd Ave., as well as an increase in investment in our CPC, ABP and customer self-checkout initiatives. During fiscal year 2020, investing activities consisted exclusively of capital expenditures on property and equipment.
Cash Provided by Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $53.0 million for fiscal year 2021. During fiscal year 2021, we repaid $645.7 million of outstanding principal on our debt as well as a $22.8 million prepayment penalty related to the April 2021 Refinancing. We also paid our equityholders $75.0 million in connection with the November 2021 Dividend. These cash payments were offset by $796.5 million of net debt proceeds received from the Term Loan Facility. Significant financing activities during fiscal year 2020 consisted primarily of $45.0 million in proceeds received from a new equity issuance during the pandemic. During the pandemic, we also borrowed and subsequently repaid $42.1 million on our revolving credit facility.
Non-GAAP measures
The following information provides definitions and reconciliations of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. We present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, and Free Cash Flow, which are non-GAAP financial measures. These measures are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. Further, we believe the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Free Cash Flow is helpful in highlighting trends in our operating results, because it excludes the impact of items that are outside the control of management or not reflective of our ongoing operations and performance. We have provided this non-GAAP financial information, which is not calculated or presented in accordance with GAAP, as information supplemental and in addition to the financial measures presented in this registration statement that are calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Such non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the GAAP financial measures presented elsewhere in this registration
105
statement. The non-GAAP financial measures in this registration statement may differ from similarly-titled measures used by other companies. For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, see Summary Financial and Other DataNon-GAAP measures.
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 301,686 | $ | 223,379 | $ | 59,496 | ||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
21.0 | % | 18.6 | % | 7.1 | % | ||||||
Free Cash Flow |
$ | 59,260 | $ | 135,218 | $ | 10,741 |
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are considered non-GAAP financial measures under the SECs rules and regulations because they exclude certain charges included in net income (loss) calculated in accordance with GAAP. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are meaningful measures to share with investors because they best allow comparison of the performance of one period with that of another period. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin afford investors a view of what management considers its operating performance to be and the ability to make a more informed assessment of such operating performance as compared with that of the prior period.
For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) and net income (loss) margin, see Prospectus SummarySummary Financial and Other DataAdjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin.
Free Cash Flow
Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated as net cash generated by operations less cash paid for fixed assets. Management believes that Free Cash Flow, which measures the ability to generate additional cash from business operations, is an important financial measure for use in evaluating the companys financial performance and ability to reduce debt, fund acquisitions and fund growth initiatives. Free Cash Flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. There are limitations to using non-GAAP financial measures, including that other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Free Cash Flow differently. Because of these limitations, you should consider Free Cash Flow alongside other financial performance measures, including net cash provided by operating activities, purchases of property and equipment and our other GAAP results.
For a definition of Free Cash Flow and a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to net cash provided by operating activities, see Prospectus Summary - Summary Financial and Other DataFree Cash Flow.
Quarterly Results of Operations
The information below for each quarter has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other period in the future. The following quarterly financial information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and our interim financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.
106
The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial data for each fiscal quarter for the periods indicated in dollars (in thousands):
Fiscal Year 2021 | Fiscal Year 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 252,827 | $ | 278,275 | $ | 328,189 | $ | 344,833 | $ | 327,467 | $ | 364,668 | $ | 378,292 | $ | 366,802 | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization |
96,357 | 97,737 | 123,526 | 156,842 | 143,955 | 146,794 | 152,623 | 156,554 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Salaries, wages and benefits |
52,409 | 51,941 | 63,964 | 71,492 | 65,433 | 66,103 | 68,107 | 73,944 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
55,125 | 63,899 | 67,834 | 73,377 | 72,473 | 76,298 | 78,465 | 74,501 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
12,261 | 10,768 | 10,943 | 13,413 | 12,649 | 14,043 | 13,418 | 15,643 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
216,152 | 224,345 | 266,267 | 315,124 | 294,510 | 303,238 | 312,613 | 320,642 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Operating income |
36,675 | 53,930 | 61,922 | 29,709 | 32,957 | 61,430 | 65,679 | 46,160 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(16,735 | ) | (12,918 | ) | (10,938 | ) | (12,974 | ) | (14,594 | ) | (14,807 | ) | (16,454 | ) | (18,889 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Gain (loss) on foreign currency, net |
1,957 | 3,199 | (3,751 | ) | 178 | (2,017 | ) | (6,251 | ) | (18,371 | ) | 5,902 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
(35 | ) | (1,773 | ) | 4 | (3,044 | ) | (77 | ) | 132 | 154 | 4,367 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| (47,541 | ) | | | (1,023 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
(14,813 | ) | (59,033 | ) | (14,685 | ) | (15,840 | ) | (17,711 | ) | (20,926 | ) | (34,671 | ) | (8,620 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) |
21,862 | (5,103 | ) | 47,237 | 13,869 | 15,246 | 40,504 | 31,008 | 37,540 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
2,849 | (665 | ) | 6,156 | (13,869 | ) | 3,315 | 9,646 | 15,511 | 11,106 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 19,013 | $ | (4,438 | ) | $ | 41,081 | $27,738 | $11,931 | $30,858 | $15,497 | $26,434 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107
The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial data for each fiscal quarter for the periods indicated as a percentage of net sales:
Fiscal Year 2021 | Fiscal Year 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization |
38.1 | 35.1 | 37.6 | 45.5 | 44.0 | 40.3 | 40.3 | 42.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Salaries, wages and benefits |
20.7 | 18.7 | 19.5 | 20.7 | 20.0 | 18.1 | 18.0 | 20.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
21.8 | 23.0 | 20.7 | 21.3 | 22.1 | 20.9 | 20.7 | 20.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
4.8 | 3.9 | 3.3 | 3.9 | 3.9 | 3.9 | 3.5 | 4.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
85.4 | 80.7 | 81.1 | 91.4 | 90.0 | 83.2 | 82.5 | 87.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Operating income |
14.6 | 19.3 | 18.9 | 8.6 | 10.0 | 16.8 | 17.5 | 12.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(6.6 | ) | (4.6 | ) | (3.3 | ) | (3.8 | ) | (4.5 | ) | (4.1 | ) | (4.3 | ) | (5.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
(Loss) gain on foreign currency, net |
0.8 | 1.1 | (1.1 | ) | 0.1 | (0.6 | ) | (1.7 | ) | (4.9 | ) | 1.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other (expense) income, net |
(0.1 | ) | (0.6 | ) | | (0.9 | ) | | | | 1.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| (17.1 | ) | | | (0.3 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Other expense, net |
(5.9 | ) | (21.2 | ) | (4.4 | ) | (4.6 | ) | (5.4 | ) | (5.8 | ) | (9.1 | ) | (2.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) |
8.7 | (1.9 | ) | 14.5 | 4.0 | 4.6 | 11.0 | 8.3 | 10.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
1.2 | (0.3 | ) | 2.0 | (4.0 | ) | 1.0 | 2.5 | 4.2 | 3.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
7.5 | % | (1.6 | )% | 12.5 | % | 8.0 | % | 3.6 | % | 8.5 | % | 4.1 | % | 7.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key Financial and Operating Metrics
Fiscal Year 2021 | Fiscal Year 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparable Store Sales Growth(1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
24.2 | % | 410.2 | % | 39.2 | % | 27.6 | % | 8.4 | % | 1.7 | % | 4.1 | % | 4.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Canada |
(9.8 | )% | 101.4 | % | 19.5 | % | 24.6 | % | 41.1 | % | 61.7 | % | 9.4 | % | 7.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total(4) |
8.8 | % | 221.7 | % | 28.9 | % | 25.5 | % | 20.1 | % | 22.4 | % | 6.2 | % | 6.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Comparable Store Daily Sales(2) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
12.1 | % | 35.0 | % | 32.4 | % | 27.3 | % | 8.4 | % | 1.7 | % | 4.1 | % | 4.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Canada |
15.6 | % | 16.3 | % | 18.4 | % | 20.4 | % | (0.7 | )% | 3.2 | % | 9.4 | % | 6.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total(4) |
15.3 | % | 32.8 | % | 26.0 | % | 23.5 | % | 2.2 | % | 0.1 | % | 8.0 | % | 4.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Number of Stores(3) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
137 | 137 | 136 | 148 | 148 | 149 | 149 | 150 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Canada |
148 | 148 | 148 | 148 | 149 | 150 | 150 | 152 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total(4) |
295 | 295 | 294 | 306 | 307 | 309 | 309 | 314 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other Metrics |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pounds Processed (mm lbs) |
190 | 201 | 232 | 237 | 240 | 256 | 255 | 234 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 19,013 | $ | (4,438 | ) | $ | 41,081 | $ | 27,738 | $ | 11,931 | $ | 30,858 | $ | 15,497 | $ | 26,434 | |||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) margin |
7.5 | % | (1.6 | )% | 12.5 | % | 8.0 | % | 3.6 | % | 8.5 | % | 4.1 | % | 7.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(5) |
$ | 42,182 | $ | 46,555 | $ | 77,549 | $ | 57,093 | $ | 51,693 | $ | 85,258 | $ | 85,609 | $ | 79,126 | ||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin(5) |
16.7 | % | 16.7 | % | 23.6 | % | 16.5 | % | 15.8 | % | 23.4 | % | 22.6 | % | 21.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 23,493 | $ | 50,265 | $ | 72,128 | $ | 29,876 | $ | 1,573 | $ | 48,945 | $ | 67,115 | $ | 51,800 | ||||||||||||||||
Free Cash Flow(6) |
$ | 18,519 | $ | 43,647 | $ | 60,393 | $ | 12,659 | $ | (24,249 | ) | $ | 16,973 | $ | 44,285 | $ | 22,251 |
(1) | Comparable store sales growth is the percentage change in comparable store sales over the prior fiscal year or the comparable quarter in the prior fiscal year. Comparable store sales is calculated as net sales for the period divided by stores open and comparable during the entirety of both periods that are being compared. We consider any store temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic to be open and comparable during the period for the purposes of calculating comparable store sales growth. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsKey Business MetricsComparable store sales growth (United States, Canada, total). |
108
(2) | Comparable store daily sales growth is the percentage change in comparable store daily sales over the prior fiscal year or the comparable quarter in the prior fiscal year. Comparable store daily sales for the period is the net sales by stores in the relevant geography that were or would have been open for the entirety of both periods if not for temporary closures due to the COVID-19 pandemic, divided by the aggregate number of days those stores were open. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsKey Business MetricsComparable store daily sales growth. |
(3) | Number of Stores includes new stores not yet included in the comparable store sales growth and comparable store daily sales growth computations measured as of the last day of the fiscal year or quarter, as applicable. |
(4) | Includes our stores in the United States and Canada as well as those in Australia. |
(5) | Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information about these non-GAAP financial measures, see Summary Financial and Other DataNon-GAAP measures. The following tables provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, net income (loss). Net income (loss) margin is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for Adjusted EBITDA Margin. |
(6) | Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment. For more information about this non-GAAP financial measure, see Summary Financial and Other DataNon-GAAP measures. The reconciliation of Free Cash Flow and its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is provided below. |
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA from net income (loss) for each fiscal quarter for the periods indicated (in thousands):
Fiscal Year 2021 | Fiscal Year 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 19,013 | $ | (4,438 | ) | $ | 41,081 | $ | 27,738 | $ | 11,931 | $ | 30,858 | $ | 15,497 | $ | 26,434 | |||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
16,735 | 12,918 | 10,938 | 12,974 | 14,594 | 14,807 | 16,454 | 18,889 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
2,849 | (665 | ) | 6,156 | (13,869 | ) | 3,315 | 9,646 | 15,511 | 11,106 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
12,261 | 10,768 | 10,943 | 13,413 | 12,649 | 14,043 | 13,418 | 15,643 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt (1) |
| 47,541 | | | 1,023 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense(2) |
178 | 184 | 185 | 185 | 162 | 120 | 799 | 862 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-cash occupancy-related costs(3) |
(923 | ) | (502 | ) | 1,035 | 618 | 693 | 818 | (888 | ) | 841 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Lease intangible assets(4) |
| | | | 2,218 | 2,865 | 1,424 | 1,170 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-opening expenses(5) |
210 | | | 1,418 | 1,739 | 881 | 1,088 | 2,150 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Store closing expenses(6) |
(763 | ) | (110 | ) | 122 | 1,148 | (176 | ) | 837 | 1,133 | 938 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Executive transition costs(7) |
| | | 420 | 893 | 231 | | 408 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shared service center transition costs(8) |
181 | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
COVID-related adjustments(9) |
(6,730 | ) | (14,628 | ) | (1 | ) | (8 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Transaction costs(10) |
199 | 1,238 | 3,069 | 8,098 | 794 | 386 | 3,126 | 422 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other adjustments(11) |
(1,028 | ) | (5,751 | ) | 4,021 | 4,958 | 1,858 | 9,766 | 18,047 | 263 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 42,182 | $ | 46,555 | $ | 77,549 | $ | 57,093 | $ | 51,693 | $ | 85,258 | $ | 85,609 | $ | 79,126 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Removes the effects of the loss on debt extinguishment in relation to the April 2021 Refinancing and the repayment of a mortgage loan on January 6, 2022. |
(2) | Stock-based compensation expense represents non-cash compensation expenses related to stock options granted to certain of our employees and directors. |
(3) | Includes the difference between cash and straight-line lease expense for all periods. |
(4) | In connection with the March 2019 Transactions and the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, we recorded intangible assets for acquired lease contracts. Following the adoption of Topic 842, on |
109
January 2, 2022, the incremental value represented by these assets is classified as a component of right-of-use lease assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, with the related amortization included within lease expense. Prior to the adoption of Topic 842, amortization related to the acquired lease intangible assets was classified in depreciation and amortization on our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). |
(5) | Pre-opening expenses include expenses incurred in the preparation and opening of new stores and processing locations, such as payroll, training, travel, occupancy and supplies. |
(6) | Costs associated with the closing of certain retail locations, including lease termination costs, amounts paid to third parties for rent reduction negotiations, fees paid to landlords for store closings, and, in some instances, gains associated with early lease terminations. |
(7) | Represents severance costs associated with executive leadership changes and the 2nd Ave. Acquisition. |
(8) | Represents severance costs associated with the opening of our new shared service center in Boise, Idaho during fiscal year 2021. |
(9) | Represents benefits, net of costs, received in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, including wage subsidies and severance costs. During fiscal year 2021, we received wage subsidies of $21.7 million and incurred $0.2 million in severance costs. Wage subsidies are reflected as a reduction to employee personnel costs in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). |
(10) | Adjustments to fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2022, represent transaction costs related to this offering and the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, including third-party advisor and consulting fees, legal costs, and other transaction-related expenses. |
(11) | Other adjustments include foreign exchange gains and losses in each period presented. During fiscal year 2022, we incurred $20.8 million of unrealized foreign exchange losses, net, which are classified within other adjustments. The fourth quarter of fiscal year 2022 further includes a discretionary bonus paid in conjunction with our December 2022 dividend. The fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021 is further adjusted for amortization related to the fair value step-up of inventory related to the 2nd Ave. Acquisition. |
The following table provides a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Free Cash Flow (in thousands):
Fiscal Year 2021 | Fiscal Year 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | Q1 | Q2 | Q3 | Q4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 23,493 | $ | 50,265 | $ | 72,128 | $ | 29,876 | $ | 1,573 | $ | 48,945 | $ | 67,115 | $ | 51,800 | ||||||||||||||||
Purchase of property and equipment |
(4,974 | ) | (6,618 | ) | (11,735 | ) | (17,217 | ) | (25,822 | ) | (31,972 | ) | (22,830 | ) | (29,549 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Free Cash Flow |
$ | 18,519 | $ | 43,647 | $ | 60,393 | $ | 12,659 | $ | (24,249 | ) | $ | 16,973 | $ | 44,285 | $ | 22,251 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Trends
Our quarterly net sales decreased during the first and second quarters of fiscal 2020 as the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic first took hold and public health restrictions forced a substantial portion of our retail store locations to close temporarily. These public health measures slowly eased in the second half of fiscal year 2020 and through fiscal year 2021. By the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021, our net sales returned to pre-pandemic levels. COVID-19 will continue to have an impact on our net sales as the pandemic continues to evolve and the relaxation of public health restrictions may reverse in some cases. Due to steps taken by us, we believe we are well positioned to react to changes in the pandemic and public health restrictions.
110
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have historically financed our operations primarily with cash generated by our operating activities and proceeds from debt issuances. Our primary short-term requirements for liquidity and capital are to fund general working capital, capital expenditures and debt service requirements. Our primary long-term liquidity needs are related to the repayment of our loans, in addition to our lease commitments at our retail stores and processing facilities. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations and proceeds from borrowings, including our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below). We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents are sufficient to fund our liquidity needs for the next 12 months.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
In connection with the Ares Share Purchase Transaction, certain of our outstanding borrowings under prior credit facilities entered into as part of the March 2019 Transactions were refinanced with the proceeds of a new term loan on April 26, 2021. The related Senior Secured Credit Facilities named Evergreen AcqCo 1 LP and Value Village Canada Inc., as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, and KKR Loan Administration Services LLC as administrative agent and collateral agent and the lenders party thereto.
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities consist of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility. Our principal subsidiaries in the United States and Canada are borrowers under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and most of our U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries are guarantors. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all assets of the borrowers and guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. The Revolving Credit Facility is senior to the Term Loan Facility in right of payment. The Term Loan Facility matures in April 2028. The facility for incremental term loans (the Incremental Term Facility) has substantially the same terms as the original term loans under the Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility bears interest at a variable rate equal to a reference rate plus a margin ranging from 4.50% to 5.75% based on the type of loan and our first lien net leverage ratio.
The Revolving Credit Facility matures in April 2026. The maximum available amount under the Revolving Credit Facility is $75.0 million (including an incremental commitment of $15.0 million obtained in November 2022), with $60.0 million available for letters of credit and a swingline sublimit of $10.0 million. As of December 31, 2022, we had no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. Revolving loan draws are permitted in both U.S. and Canadian dollars and interest is variable at a rate equal to the reference rate plus a margin of 2.25% or 3.25% based on loan type. We are required to prepay the Term Loan Facility with a percentage of our annual excess cash flow, if our first lien net leverage ratio exceeds 3.50 to 1.00. We are also required to prepay the Term Loan Facility with a percentage of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, subject to customary reinvestment provisions, when the first lien leverage ratio exceeds 3.50 to 1.00. We may prepay amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility without a prepayment premium.
The applicable margins under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be reduced by 0.25% per annum upon the completion of an initial public offering.
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also have a customary uncommitted incremental facility equal to (a) the greater of $136 million and 1.0 times our EBITDA plus unused amounts under our general debt basket, plus (b) an additional amount such that (x) our pro forma net first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.50 (or less than our net first lien leverage ratio immediately prior to the incurrence of such additional debt) (in the case of first-lien debt), (y) our pro forma net secured net leverage ratio is
111
less than or equal to 4.75 (or less than our net secured leverage ratio immediately prior to the incurrence of such additional debt) (in the case of junior lien debt) or (z) either our pro forma net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 5.00 (or less than our net leverage ratio immediately prior to the incurrence of such additional debt) or our pro forma interest coverage ratio is greater than or equal to 2.00 (or greater than our interest coverage ratio immediately prior to the incurrence of such additional debt) (in the case of unsecured debt). Up to $15.0 million of this incremental capacity was permitted to be (and was utilized as) incremental commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, and the Revolving Credit Facility was increased by such amount in November The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also have a customary uncommitted incremental facility equal to (a) the greater of $136 million and 1.0 times our EBITDA plus unused amounts under our general debt basket, plus (b) an additional amount such that (x) our pro forma net first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.50 (or less than our net first lien leverage ratio immediately prior to the incurrence of such additional debt) (in the case of first-lien debt), (y) our pro forma net secured net leverage ratio is less 2022 pursuant to clause (b)(x) above. In addition, $225.0 of incremental term loans were borrowed under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in November 2021 pursuant to clause (b)(x) above.
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities have customary affirmative and negative covenants, including restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, make investments, make restricted payments, make optional prepayments on junior financings, engage in transactions with affiliates and make asset sales, in each case, subject to customary exceptions and baskets.
The Revolving Credit Facility is subject to a financial maintenance covenant that requires us to maintain a maximum net first lien leverage ratio, tested quarterly, beginning with our fourth fiscal quarter in the 2021 fiscal year. The financial maintenance covenant is only applicable if the aggregate amount of revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility (excluding up to $20 million of undrawn letters of credit and certain other amounts) exceeds 35% of the committed amount. The Revolving Credit Facility provides for customary equity cure rights.
The Notes
On February 6, 2023, certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries completed the issuance of the Notes to persons reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Notes will mature on April 26, 2028 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 9.750% per year, payable semi-annually on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2023 through maturity. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by S-Evergreen Holding Corp. and each of its existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries (other than the issuers of the Notes), which are the same subsidiaries that guarantee the indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.
The Indenture governing the Notes contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, which are similar in scope to those in the Senior Senior Secured Credit Facilities, although there are no financial maintenance covenants in the indenture governing the Notes.
We used the net proceeds of the Notes to (i) permanently prepay $233.4 million of outstanding borrowings under our Term Loan Facility, (ii) pay a dividend of $262.2 million to our equityholders, (iii) pay one-time bonuses to certain of our employees who hold equity interests which were not entitled to participate in the dividend, (iv) pay certain related fees and expenses and (v) for general corporate purposes.
112
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2022, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Regulation S-K, that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, and expenses, and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with the impairment assessments of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, income taxes and stock-based compensation have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss), and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets
We assess goodwill and our indefinite-lived intangible assets (our trademarks) for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired. We assess definite-lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets (collectively, long-lived assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable.
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting which requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values with the differences between consideration and net assets acquired being recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually in our fourth quarter or whenever circumstances indicate goodwill might be impaired. We first perform a qualitative assessment, evaluating relevant events or circumstances to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If not, no further impairment testing is performed. If the assessment indicates that it is more likely than not, we compare the carrying value of the reporting unit to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, both as of the testing date. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value, we will recognize an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting units fair value up to but not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.
In fiscal year 2022, we performed a qualitative impairment assessment (also known as the Step 0 test). Under the Step 0 test, we assessed qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the U.S. and Canadian reporting units was less than their respective carrying values. Qualitative factors included, but were not limited to, economic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance of the reporting units and other entity and reporting unit specific events. Based on the results of the qualitative impairment assessment, we determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the U.S. and Canadian reporting units was less than their respective carrying amounts. As such, the quantitative assessment was not required or performed.
113
Similar to goodwill, our indefinite-lived trade names and trademarks are not amortized, but reviewed for impairment annually, or earlier whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. We assessed our indefinite-lived trade names and trademarks for impairment in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2022 by utilizing a qualitative analysis. This annual impairment test resulted in no impairment charge.
Each reporting period, we perform an evaluation of the remaining useful life of our indefinite-lived trade names and trademarks to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite life. We consider the life of our indefinite-lived trade names and trademarks to be appropriate.
Income taxes
Management makes estimates, assumptions, and judgments to determine our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as operating loss, capital loss, and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established against deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that they will not be realized. Income tax expense represents the current expense incurred for the period plus or minus the change during the period in net deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
We recognize compensation expense related to the cost of services received in exchange for stock-based awards over the awards vesting period based on their fair value at the date of grant. We estimate the fair value of equity awards using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model and recognize forfeitures as they occur. Estimating the fair value of equity awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of variables including the fair value of common stock, expected term, expected volatility, expected dividend and the risk-free interest rate.
Changes in assumptions can materially affect fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop.
Common Stock Valuations
We are required to estimate the fair value of common stock underlying our equity awards. The fair value of common stock underlying our equity awards is established by our Board at the date of the grant. As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, the estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined by our Board as of the date of each option grant, with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock, and our Boards assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believes are relevant. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. Because our common stock shares are not publicly traded, estimating their fair values can be highly complex and subjective.
Following the completion of a public offering, the fair value of our common stock will be based on the closing quoted market price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded. Estimating the fair value of our common stock will not be necessary to determine the fair values of new awards once the underlying shares begin trading.
114
Material Weaknesses
As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting in accordance with applicable rules and guidance and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control over financial reporting. Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with this filing, we identified deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, which in the aggregate, constitute material weaknesses related to (i) the sufficiency of technical accounting and SEC reporting expertise within our accounting and financial reporting function, (ii) the establishment and documentation of clearly defined roles within our finance and accounting functions and (iii) our ability to evidence the design and implementation of effective information technology general controls (ITGCs) for information systems and applications that are relevant to the preparation of our financial statements.
To address these material weaknesses, we have initiated a plan to hire additional qualified personnel and establish more robust processes to support our internal control over financial reporting, including the documentation of clearly defined roles and responsibilities, and the design and implementation of effective ITGCs. To date, we have hired a director of internal audit and a director of SEC reporting. In addition, we have engaged external advisors who are providing financial accounting assistance and are assisting in evaluating the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
If our steps are insufficient to successfully remediate the material weaknesses and otherwise establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, the reliability of our financial reporting, investor confidence in us, and the value of our common stock could be materially and adversely affected. We may not be able to remediate the identified material weaknesses, and additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting may be identified in the future. Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable and timely financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to reasonably detect and prevent fraud. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, to remedy identified material weaknesses or significant deficiencies or to implement required new or improved controls could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a restatement of our financial statements or cause us to fail to timely meet our financial and other reporting obligations.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a description of recently adopted accounting pronouncements and issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted.
JOBS Act Accounting Election
Section 107 of the JOBS Act allows emerging growth companies to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Under Section 107, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Any decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act.
115
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to various market risks. We continually monitor these risks and regularly develop appropriate strategies to manage them. Accordingly, we manage our exposure to these risks through the use of derivative contracts with the objective of reducing potential income statement, cash flow, and market exposures from changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Our primary market risks are interest rate risk associated with our long-term debt and foreign currency exchange risk associated with our operations in Canada and Australia. These instruments are used solely to mitigate market exposure and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. Refer to Note 10. Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information. There were no material changes during fiscal year 2022, to the information reported in our Prospectus filed on May 5, 2022, relating to our evaluation of interest rate, foreign currency exchange and commodity price risk.
Interest rate risk
Our market risk is affected by changes in interest rates on our borrowings, which increased during fiscal year 2022. Our Senior Secured Facilities consist of the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2022, total borrowings on the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility were $814.7 million and $42.0 million, respectively. As of January 1, 2022, total borrowings on the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility were $822.9 million and $0, respectively.
As of December 31, 2022 the Term Loan Facility bears interest at a variable rate equal to a reference rate plus a margin ranging from 4.50% to 5.75% based on loan type and our first lien net leverage ratio, and a SOFR adjustment margin ranging from 0.11% to 0.43% based on the applicable interest period (one month, three months or six months). Prior to the November 2022 amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was based on LIBOR instead of SOFR. Because our interest rate is tied to market rates, we are susceptible to fluctuations in interest rates if we do not fully hedge the interest rate exposure arising from our floating-rate borrowings.
Due to rising interest rates during fiscal year 2022, the floating interest rate on the Term Loan Facility exceeded the LIBOR floor rate beginning on December 31, 2021. The Term Loan Facility continued to exceed the floor rate upon the transition to Adjusted Term SOFR in November 2022. By exceeding the floor rate, we incurred an increase to interest expense and cash paid toward interest of $10.0 million during fiscal year 2022. While we are unable to forecast future movements to SOFR, any future increases to SOFR would inherently result in an increase to interest expense and cash paid toward interest.
We performed a sensitivity analysis to determine the effect of interest rate fluctuations on our interest expense. A hypothetical 1.00% increase in Adjusted Term SOFR would result in an increase to interest expense of $8.1 million over 12 months, based on amounts outstanding and interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2022.
To reduce our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, we enter into interest rate swaps. These interest rate swaps reduce our exposure to interest rate movements and effectively convert a portion of our floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate basis. Based on the notional amount of interest rate swaps in effect and the amounts borrowed as of December 31, 2022, our exposure to future interest rate changes will be reduced by 33.8%.
We continue to monitor interest rate movements and their effect on us. At this time, we expect to fund potential increases in interest payments resulting from interest rate movements using cash on hand.
116
Foreign currency exchange risk
In addition to our U.S. businesses, we operate in Canada and Australia. Operations conducted entirely in each jurisdiction use that jurisdictions currency as their functional currency, and changes in foreign exchange rates affect the translation of the results of these businesses into U.S. dollars, the reporting currency of the Company. For fiscal year 2022, approximately 45.3% of our net sales were denominated in a currency other than our the U.S. dollar. For fiscal year 2022, a hypothetical 10% change in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to the Canadian dollar would impact our net sales by $61.4 million. A hypothetical 10% change in the relative fair value of the U.S. dollar to the Australian dollar would not have a material impact on our operations. We will be susceptible to fluctuations in our local currency compared to foreign currency if we do not hedge the exchange rate exposure. As such, we routinely enter into currency forwards and swap contracts to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in earnings and cash flows associated with changes in foreign exchange rates.
117
Company Overview
Our mission
To champion reuse and inspire a future where secondhand is second nature.
From the thrill of the hunt to the joy of decluttering, we help communities harness the power of pre-loved stuff to keep reusable items around for years to come.
Who we are
We are the largest for-profit thrift operator in the United States and Canada based on number of stores. With almost 22,000 team members, we operate a total of 314 stores under the Savers, Value Village, Village des Valeurs, Unique and 2nd Ave. banners. We are committed to redefining secondhand shopping by providing one-of-a-kind, low-priced merchandise ranging from quality clothing to home goods in an exciting treasure-hunt shopping environment. We purchase secondhand textiles (e.g., clothing, bedding and bath items), shoes, accessories, housewares, books and other goods from our NPPs, either directly from them or via OSDs at Community Donation Centers at our stores. We then process, select, price, merchandise and sell these items in our stores. Items that are not sold to our retail customers are marketed to wholesale customers who reuse or repurpose the items they purchase from us. We believe our hyper-local and socially responsible procurement model, industry-leading and innovative operations, differentiated value proposition and deep relationships with our customers distinguish us from other secondhand and value-based retailers.
We offer a dynamic, ever-changing selection of items, with an AUR under $5. We have a highly engaged customer base, with over 4.6 million active loyalty program members in the United States and Canada who shopped with us, driving 70.5% of point-of-sale transaction value during fiscal year 2022. Our business model is rooted in ESG principles, with a mission to positively impact our stakeholdersthrifters, NPPs and their donors, our team members and our stockholders. As a leader and pioneer of the for-profit thrift category, we seek to positively impact the environment by reducing waste and extending the life of reusable goods. The vast majority of the clothing and textiles we source are sold to our retail or wholesale customers. In fiscal year 2022, we processed 985 million pounds of secondhand goods, compared to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021 and 682 million pounds during fiscal year 2020. During fiscal year 2022, we generated $1,437.2 million of net sales, $84.7 million of net income and $301.7 million of Adjusted EBITDA, resulting in a net income margin of 5.9% and an Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 21.0%. During fiscal year 2021, we generated $1,204.1 million of net sales, $83.4 million of net income and $223.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA, resulting in a 6.9% net income margin and a 18.6% Adjusted EBITDA Margin. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are considered non-GAAP financial measures under the SECs rules because they exclude certain charges included in net income (loss) calculated in accordance with GAAP. For additional information on our use of non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation to the nearest GAAP measure, see Prospectus Summary Summary Financial and Other Data Key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures.
The U.S. secondhand market, which is a subset of the broader retail market, reached approximately $35 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow to more than $82 billion by 2026. Thrift accounted for approximately 60% of the total secondhand market in 2021, and we believe we benefit from the powerful secular trends driving growth in the sector. We also believe consumers are increasingly concerned about the environmental impact of the clothes they wear. As of June 2022, more than one in three U.S. shoppers and nearly half of Canadian shoppers surveyed reported caring more
118
about the environmental impact of their apparel choices today than they did three years ago. There is a growing awareness that the textile and clothing industry is one of the most environmentally damaging sectors of the economy.
Meanwhile, discarded clothing remains the largest source of textile waste in the world, with the average U.S. citizen throwing away 81 pounds of clothing each year, 95% of which could have been re-worn or repurposed; yet 85% of this material ends up in landfills. To put this another way, the Ellen MacArthur Foundation reports that one garbage truck of textiles is landfilled or incinerated every second. Thrift as a business model provides one of the most effective solutions in mitigating the environmental cost of clothing and extending its life.
Track record of consistent growth and recent performance
We have a proven track record of consistently delivering comparable store sales growth across the United States and Canada. Prior to the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020, we achieved over ten years of positive comparable store sales growth across the United States and Canada and our business has recovered strongly from COVID-19-related disruptions.
10+ years of consistent comparable store salesgrowth in the U.S. and Canada (pre-COVID) FY2007 FY2008 FY2009 FY2010 FY2011 FY2012 FY2013 FY2014 FY2015 FY2016 FY2017 FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 FY2021 U.S. Canada 3.7% 2.6% 2.4% 5.1% 3.4% 4.7% 3.6% 4.5% 5.3% 4.6% 4.5% 4.8% 3.7% 7.1% 3.9% 4.3% 4.8% 7.2% 1.1% 7.9% 0.9% 1.4% 4.4% 3.2% 7.8% 3.4% -27.8% -29.3% 64.8% 24.3%
119
Powerful, Vertically Integrated Business Model
We have innovated and invested in the development of significant operational expertise in order to integrate the three highly-complex parts of thrift operationssupply and processing, retail, and sales to wholesale markets. Our business model enables us to provide value to our NPPs and our customers, while driving attractive profitability and cash flow.
Three vertically integrated businesses Supply & processing Retail Wholesale
Supply and processing
We source our merchandise locally by purchasing secondhand items donated to our NPPs primarily through two distinct and strategic procurement models:
| on-site donations, or OSDs, which are donations of items by individuals to our local NPPs made at the Community Donation Centers located at our stores; and |
| delivered supply, which includes items donated to and collected by NPPs through a variety of methods, such as neighborhood collections and donation drives, and delivered to our stores or Centralized Processing Centers, or CPCs. |
Our business model is predicated on sourcing and selling quality secondhand items to our customers in local communities. We are able to meet our customer demand given our deep relationships with an extensive network of locally-based NPPs that is unmatched in the thrift industry. Our local sourcing strategy also reduces transportation costs and emissions typically associated with the production and distribution of new merchandise.
The quantity and quality of our supply of secondhand items has continued to evolve and improve, particularly as OSDs have grown as a percentage of the pounds of goods we process. While it is strategically important for us to maintain a diverse supply mix, items sourced through OSDs have a cost per pound that is on average one-third that of delivered supply from our NPPs. Because OSD volume is primarily driven by convenience, the more we are able to expand our footprint and geographic reach, the more we will be able to attract and procure additional OSD supply, which benefits our supply cost and yields. OSDs have grown at a 5.0% CAGR from fiscal year 2018 through fiscal year 2022, and its contribution to total pounds processed has expanded from 48.6% to 62.9%
120
during the same period. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsPowerful, Vertically Integrated Business Model for additional details.
Our acquisition of 2nd Ave. in November 2021 included GreenDrop, which allows donors to drop off their items at attended donation stations that are movable and can be placed in attractive, high traffic areas that are convenient to donors. We are currently expanding the use of GreenDrop for our other locations. In addition, data analytics have played a critical role in elevating the quality of our delivered supply by enabling us to concentrate on supply sources with quality goods, which has been a significant driver of our gross product margin.
Nearly all of our retail stores have space dedicated to handle the processing of secondhand goods that provide the inventory to be sold on our retail sales floors. In fiscal year 2022, we processed 985 million pounds of secondhand goods, compared to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021 and 682 million pounds during fiscal year 2020.
We are currently implementing our CPC strategy, having opened our first CPC in the third quarter of fiscal year 2021, a second CPC in the second quarter of fiscal year 2022 and a third CPC in the first quarter of 2023. The CPC system is an offsite, semi-automated processing facility that mechanizes the flow of clothing, accessories and shoes through an integrated series of conveyor belts, robotics, sensors, and other technology. The CPC unlocks new store expansion by allowing for a more flexible store layout and loading configuration thereby improving access to more densely populated urban areas.
Retail
Our continued investment in our stores has both elevated and modernized the thrift shopping experience, transforming our stores into a destination for all generations with increasing traffic from younger generations.
Our store experience directly reflects our mission to make secondhand second nature. We deliver a well merchandised environment that maximizes customer engagement and supports a core tenet for any thrifterthe treasure hunt. Our stores offer a wide selection of quality items across clothing, home goods, books and other items at convenient locations. During fiscal year 2022, more than 34,000 items were merchandised per store every week. Our sales floor inventory is also regularly rotated and refreshed, with inventory turns of roughly 15 times a year, providing our customers with an extensive, ever-changing selection at tremendous value.
We are enhancing our visual presentation with the roll out of our updated Thrift Proud sign package that has a great new look, while communicating who we are and what we do. In addition, we
121
have enhanced the customer experience with the introduction of self-checkout kiosks that significantly shorten and, at most times of the day, eliminate payment lines.
We have a continuous feedback loop on the customer experience. Our REactions surveys take the pulse of our customers on a weekly basis regarding the shopping experience and environment. This information is proactively shared with our leadership team and cascaded to store managers, who are measured on their ability to improve operations.
Wholesale reuse and repurpose
Historically, we have displayed approximately 50% of all textile items we receive on our retail sales floors, approximately 50% of which are sold to thrifters. In support of our efforts to extend the life of reusable goods and recover a portion of the cost of acquiring our supply of secondhand items, we sell the majority of textile items unsold at retail to our wholesale customers, predominately comprised of textile graders and small business owners, who supply local communities across the globe with gently-used, affordable items like clothing, housewares, toys and shoes. Textiles not suitable for reuse as secondhand clothing can be repurposed into other textile items (e.g., wiping rags) and post-consumer fibers (e.g., insulation, carpet padding), further reducing waste.
Our powerful, vertically integrated model Reusable goods Supply 1.Onsite donations: 70% 1 2.Delivered supply: 30% 1 Processing Items sorted for retail or wholesale. Goods unable to be reused or repurposed. Retail Thousands of Items are priced and merchandised. Customers Unsold reusable goods.Wholesale The majority of unsold textiles, shoes and books go in to the global reuse economy. Customers Extend the life of items throught: Items reused as secondhand. Textiles repurposed into other items. Textiles turned into post-consumer fibers. FY2021
122
ESG impact
Environmental: Our business model is designed to maximize the life of reusable goods, and we found a reuse for over 3.2 billion pounds of secondhand items from 2018 to 2022.
Our impact 3.2bn+ lbs. of reusable goods diverted from North American landfills 2017-2021 $615mm+paid to our non-profit partners for secondhand clothing and household goods 2017-2021 From 2017 to 2021, on average, our thrifters purchased: 73 million tops and pants 5 million dresses 6 million coats 10 million pairs of shoes 11 million accessories 12million pieces of kitchenware 22 million books
The environmental impacts of textile manufacturing are well documented. The textile industry largely relies on non-renewable resources such as oil for synthetic fibers, fertilizer to grow cotton, and chemicals associated with the production, dyeing, and finishing of fibers and textiles. Between 2002 and 2017, the EMF found that clothing production approximately doubled, while utilization decreased by 36%. In addition, textile production is both energy-intensive and water-intensive. EMF estimates that the production of textiles resulted in 1.2 billion tons of carbon dioxide equivalent in 2015, which outpaced the years carbon dioxide emissions from all international flights and marine shipping, with additional impacts on local environments. With respect to water usage, which includes cotton farming, EMF also found that the textile industry used approximately 93 billion cubic meters of water each year, while contributing to water scarcity in many parts of the world. Since less than 1% of the material used to produce new clothing can be recycled into new clothing, the reuse of clothing, rather than the purchase of new clothing, is key to mitigating the environmental impacts of the textile industry. In order to achieve the 2030 Paris climate objectives, 20% of garments worldwide must be traded through circular business models.
In 2021, we purchased enough Renewable Energy Certificates to match our electricity usage with renewable energy at our three corporate offices and our largest U.S. and Canadian Wholesale Distribution and Reuse Centers. Additionally, we are committed to further reducing our emissions and energy consumption whenever feasible. Over the last several years, we have completed a LED lighting retrofit for more than 90% of our U.S. and Canadian stores and warehouses.
Social: Our business model is predicated on sourcing our supply from local non-profit organizations in the communities where we do business. Our relationships with our top 10 NPPs average more than 25 years. Over the last five years, we have paid our NPPs more than $580 million for secondhand goods, providing them with unrestricted revenue to support their community-focused missions. From 2018 to 2022, over 90% of our supply was locally sourced, delivering a broad and diverse selection to our customers and fostering a sense of community.
123
Our leading people metric across our organization is team member engagement, which is scored across various areas, including overall job satisfaction, whether the team member would recommend us as a place to work, personal commitment, being energized at work and intent to remain employed. Our team member engagement is considered best-in-class, as measured by an external consultant, comparing our results to other companies in the retail sector. Team member engagement is crucial to customer satisfaction and the satisfaction of our NPPs and their donors.
We also invest in the training, development and advancement of our team members. During fiscal year 2022, more than 72% of open salaried management positions in the United States and Canada were filled by internal promotions. As of December 31, 2022, more than 60% of the management roles in our stores and corporate operations were held by team members identifying as female, and 51% of our U.S. workforce was represented by diverse backgrounds and ethnicities.
Governance: We are committed to ethical practices in every aspect of our business and have adopted a Savers Code of Conduct that outlines our expectations for internal interactions and helps us maintain compliance with local laws and regulations. Our five core values guide our strategic direction and how our team members interact with one another, our communities and our customers: (1) make service count; (2) celebrate uniqueness; (3) do the right thing; (4) find a better way; and (5) make an impact.
Our Market Opportunity
We operate within the large, fragmented and fast-growing secondhand market, which is a subset of the broader retail market. In addition to being recession-resilient, growth in the secondhand market is accelerating due to a number of powerful secular trends. These trends have been confirmed by a consumer survey we commissioned, which was conducted by Transom during 2022.
The emergence of conscious consumerism
Consumers are increasingly taking into consideration the ESG impacts of their shopping decisions and the brands with which they choose to interact. As of June 2022, 92% of consumers surveyed reported that they expect to spend as much or more on secondhand apparel compared to their current spending, and 95% of consumers surveyed indicated that they expect to spend as much or more on key non-apparel categories including books, home décor and furniture.
Growing importance of value retail and treasure hunt experience
The relevance of value shopping and treasure hunting has grown stronger in recent years. Our thrift model provides a highly compelling, differentiated customer proposition and experience that gives us a competitive advantage over traditional retail and other existing secondhand options. Todays consumers, and thrifters specifically, are seeking experiential shopping opportunities and compelling value propositions, combined with the multifaceted possibilities of brands and styles. They are drawn to the excitement of finding great value through a treasure hunt experience. That experience, combined with our low AUR, makes us more attractive to customers than traditional retail. As of June 2022, approximately 60% of shoppers surveyed indicated that thrift shopping is becoming more cool, popular, and/or acceptable, and 66% indicated that they would gladly receive an item purchased at a thrift store as a gift.
Furthermore, our in-store experience and broad, ever-changing inventory cannot be replicated online. The in-store thrift shopping experience is overwhelmingly preferred by consumers over online resale. As of June 2022, approximately 70% of secondhand shoppers surveyed reported preferring to shop in-store for reasons associated with convenience, the in-store experience (e.g., the thrill of the treasure hunt) and cost savings. We believe that we operate leading brands within the thrift industry offering consumers this unique experience.
124
Fast-growing secondhand market across both demand and supply
Secondhand demand-side total addressable market: The secondhand market is rapidly growing and continues to gain share in the total retail market from a wide range of traditional retailers, including department stores, fast fashion brands and off-price retailers. The secondhand market consists of both resale (e.g., consignment) and thrift goods, with thrift accounting for approximately 60% of the total market during 2021. In the United States alone, the secondhand market reached approximately $35 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow to more than $82 billion by 2026, representing a CAGR of 18% between 2022 to 2026.
U.S. secondhand apparel market growth expected to accelerate +21% CAGR TO $77bn by 2025 Size of the total U.S. apparel market Secondhand % of total U.S. apparel $253 $258 $263 $270 $270 $276 $286 $290 $226 $262 $283 $294 $302 $310 4% 5% 5% 6% 7% 7% 8% 10% 12% 14% 15% 18% 21% 25% ($bn) +12% '12A'20A secondhand CAGR +21% '21E-'25E SECONDHAND CAGR $11 $12 $14 $15 $18 $20 $24 $28 $27 $36 $43 $53 $64 $77 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Source: GlobalDate 2021 market sizing and growth estimates,Euromonitor.
Our total market opportunity continues to grow due to a general rise in demand for secondhand goods in part as consumers continue to expand the occasions for shopping for secondhand goods. As of June 2022, more than 80% of consumers surveyed reporting having engaged with a thrift store in the last twelve months as shoppers, donors, or both. As of December 2022, Salvation Army and Goodwill, the two leading non-profit thrift operators in the United States, operated approximately 7,200 locations and 3,200 retail locations, respectively, further indicating that there is a robust market for secondhand goods.
Secondhand supply-side total addressable market: There is an abundant and growing source of supply that facilitates the availability of secondhand and thrift goods. As this market continues to develop and expand with the opening of new points of collection, there is significant opportunity to unlock and drive further OSDs to our NPPs at our stores. OSDs are typically driven by a combination of location, convenience, ease of drop and a fast and friendly experience at our Community Donation Centers at our stores.
In fiscal year 2022, we processed 985 million pounds of secondhand goods, compared to 860 million pounds during fiscal year 2021 and 682 million pounds during fiscal year 2020. As donations continue to grow and awareness of secondhand shopping increases, we believe more consumers are likely to become thrift shoppers. As of June 2022, 80% of consumers surveyed reported that they
125
donated secondhand apparel within the last twelve months, and 95% of consumers surveyed cited that, three years from now, they plan to donate as much or more across all of our major product categories. Furthermore, consumers strongly prefer donating apparel over reselling it, with consumers donating approximately two-thirds of their unwanted apparel and reselling less than 10% of it as of June 2022.
Competitive Strengths
We have been able to delight millions of customers each year and grow our business consistently through the following competitive strengths:
A leader in the industry with a powerful business model
We are the largest for-profit thrift operator in the United States and Canada. With 314 retail stores under our Savers, Value Village, Village des Valeurs, Unique and 2nd Ave. banners, we are nine times larger than the next largest for-profit thrift operator. In Canada, our principal brand, Value Village, is the largest in thrift volume and had over 93% aided brand awareness as of January 2021. We believe our significant scale advantage allows us to deliver extreme value and a superior shopping experience to customers, while generating strong cash flow that can be reinvested in our business.
We have innovated and integrated three highly-complex parts of thrift operationssupply and processing, retail and sales to wholesale marketsthrough significant operational expertise and investments. This has created a compelling business model which is differentiated against online competition and traditional retail, based on our treasure-hunt experience and low AUR. Our AUR, which is under $5, is approximately 70% lower than that of our retail competitors. Further, our business has demonstrated resilience through economic cycles. Such advantages of our business model provide compelling value to customers, drive attractive profitability for the business, and underpin positive comparable store sales growth. Prior to the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020, we achieved over ten years of positive comparable store sales growth across the United States and Canada, and our business has recovered strongly from COVID-19-related disruptions. As interest in the secondhand market continues to grow, we will have the opportunity to elevate and define the thrift experience for decades to come.
Clear differentiation from traditional retail Traditional retailers Savers(R) Sustainability is often an add-on Sustainability is intrinsic Limited breadth of product offerings Wide variety of product offerings Macro-level sourcing risks Long-term strategic sourcing relationships High seasonality Low seasonality Standardized product offering Treasure hunt E-commerce threat high E-commerce threat low Substantial advertising expenditures Low advertising expenditures Significant investment in inventory Low inventory investment / favorable working capital dynamic Cyclical Cycle-resistant Significant exposure to supply chain disruptions Minimal exposure due to hyper-local supply model
126
Unmatched value proposition driving exceptional customer engagement
We offer quality items at one of the deepest values across all of our product categories and an exciting, engaging treasure hunt experience in a contemporary in-store atmosphere, which underpins strong customer loyalty. Our most engaged customers are members of our Super Savers Club® loyalty program. As of December 31, 2022, we had 4.6 million active members enrolled in our U.S. and Canadian loyalty programs who have made a purchase within the last 12 months, compared to 4.1 million active members as of January 1, 2022. Our members earn points or store credit, which further enhances the value shopping experience. Members in both the United States and Canada receive exclusive coupons and offers via email, as well as a special birthday coupon.
During fiscal year 2022, U.S. loyalty members spent approximately 29% more per shopping trip than non-members. During the same period, U.S. loyalty members shopped at our stores an average of 6.8 times annually. During fiscal year 2022, the top three loyalty segments, which represented approximately 47% of active members in the United States during that period, shopped with us more than 13 times per year. In addition, as of December 31, 2022, 25% of our U.S. loyalty members had annual household incomes of over $75,000, and 73% identified as female.
We have a particularly active presence on social media platforms, including Facebook, Instagram and Pinterest, to connect with our customers, and we also partner with a number of social media influencers who generate further awareness of our brands through sponsored content. At the core of our Thrift Proud movement, our customers and followers on social media serve as influential peer-to-peer brand ambassadors and are tagging our brand and banners in thousands of photos and videos weekly. We enjoy highly engaged communities on social media who are inspired by thrift hauls, shopping cart photos, do-it-yourself and upcycling, creating new from used. As of December 31, 2022, Savers, Value Village, Village des Valeurs and Thrift Proud branded hashtags had more than 260 million organic views on TikTok alone.
Supply model with proven capacity to drive growth
Quality and volume of supply play a critical role in driving traffic and customer frequency and engagement. We have developed a proven strategy to continuously improve our supply model. In order to maximize supply quality, we periodically assess sales yield, which we define as revenues generated per pound processed, from each supply source to make informed decisions on supplier selection. This approach ultimately improves both our revenue and profitability. We have been strategically focused on increasing our OSDs, particularly in increasing convenience and proximity to potential donors. OSDs not only drive profitability but also enhance the consistency and reliability of supply to each of our stores. We expect our focus on increasing OSDs will contribute to further improvement and growth in our supply.
Culture of innovation and operational excellence
Our culture of innovation underpins our key decisions and the way we run our business. We continue to be an industry leader with innovation to improve the customer experience, while enhancing operational efficiency. We have continuously improved our thrift operations across sourcing, processing, and retailing. We have recently launched major initiatives that will further reinforce our competitive advantage and have a measurable impact on our financial profile:
| Centralized Processing Centers (CPCs): The CPC system is an offsite, semi-automated processing facility that mechanizes the flow of clothing, accessories, and shoes through an integrated series of conveyor belts, robotics, sensors, and other technology. We believe our CPCs improve upon our traditional process by driving sales yield improvements, labor efficiencies |
127
and enabling grader specialization and pricing precision. CPCs also allow for a more flexible store layout and loading configuration, creating additional new store opportunities within the market we operate in. |
| Automated Book Processing (ABP): The ABP system is an integrated set of technologies that efficiently identify, price, and sort books based on their critical attributes (e.g., genre, author, market price). The system design consists of high-speed conveyors, optic recognition, robot tagging and an automated book distribution system working in concert to increase throughput over traditional, manual processes. |
| Self-checkout: We are rolling out self-checkout kiosks in many of our stores in order to enhance the customer experience, with shorter lines and more access points. We estimate that self-checkout kiosks also can save up to 80 labor hours per week per store, which reduces our labor costs. |
Attractive financial profile with proven track record of consistent growth
We achieved positive comparable store sales growth from 2009 through 2019, even throughout recessionary periods. We have also delivered steady and consistent gross product margin expansion over the last several years, from 46.4% for fiscal year 2015 to 58.3% for fiscal year 2022. We define gross product margin as net sales minus cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, divided by net sales. We have utilized multiple levers that are unique to our business model to drive margin improvements, especially the growth of OSDs as part of our supply mix and sales yield improvement. As a result of our attractive financial profile, we have significant flexibility with respect to capital allocation, giving us the ability to drive long-term shareholder and stakeholder value through various operating and financial strategies.
Highly experienced and strategic leadership
Our strategic vision and culture are directed by a leadership team that combines deep industry expertise and advanced operational capabilities to continuously innovate our business. Given the unique needs of the business, our leadership team has diverse backgrounds across not only retail but also technology, manufacturing, and supply chain. We are committed to ethical practices in every aspect of our business and are guided by people who fundamentally do the right thing.
How We Plan to Grow
Strategically grow our store base
Our goal is to expand our position as the leading for-profit thrift operator by expanding our store footprint. We have identified approximately 2,200 potential new locations across the United States and Canada, based on a third-party analysis prepared for us by Transom. We opened eight net new stores during fiscal year 2022, and we target opening approximately 14 net new stores in 2023 and approximately 20 or more new stores annually from 2024 through 2026.
| In-fill opportunities: We will continue to identify attractive locations in our existing markets by leveraging our brand awareness and operational capabilities, and where we have the advantage of both attractive supply and demand. These in-fill opportunities will include both traditional and alternative format stores. |
| Adjacent store opportunities: We also will pursue opportunities to expand our regional footprint in adjacent areas where we can leverage our operational capabilities and regional market knowledge. |
128
| Greenfield store opportunities: We are currently underpenetrated in multiple important regional markets, including the South and West regions of the United States and in Central Canada. |
Expansive new store opportunity Locational strategy based on demographic data and third-party analysis.Current stores1 297In-fill Stores ~1,400Adjacent Stores ~500Greenfield Stores ~300Systematic, data-driven new store opening frameworkDeep understanding of supply and demand dynamicsAll stores leases singed for 2022 openingsTeam with a track record of new store openingsTotal new store potential: ~2,2002As of 01/01/2022.1 Current stores consists of open stores as of October 1, 2022 including those acquired in the 2nd Ave. Acquisition. 2 Based on a third-party analysis prepared for us. This is a goal / target and is forward-looking, subject to significant, business, economic, regulatory and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which arebeyond the control of the Company and its management and is based upon assumptions with respect to future decisions, which are subject to change. See the section titled "Risk Factors" in the Registration Statement. Actual results will vary, and those variations may be material. Nothing in this presentation should be regarded as a representation by any person that these goals and targets will be achieved, and the Company undertakes no duty to update its goals.
We believe our CPC initiative will unlock significant new store potential as stores served by a CPC can have a much more flexible physical layout and size, since they will not need to dedicate space for on-site processing of donations. In more densely populated areas specifically, CPCs enable in-fill opportunities in alternative store formats without the need for a full-scale processing facility in the back-of-store.
Driven by our disciplined real estate selection approach, we expect to deliver attractive return on investment and store-level profitability. We target most of our new stores to achieve a payback period of approximately three years. Of the 19 new stores opened since 2019, six have already returned their initial investment despite the impacts of the pandemic. Our alternative store format is designed to capitalize on high real estate availability in in-fill markets through smaller formats.
Drive consistent comparable store sales growth
Our goal is to drive consistent growth in comparable store sales growth by maintaining a superior value proposition to our customers and continuing to offer a compelling selection of quality secondhand items. Benefitting from secular tailwinds, we expect to further drive comparable sales growth with the following strategies:
| Quality product offerings: We will continue to procure ample supply of quality items to delight our customers. Our compelling selection of offerings enables us to drive both frequency with existing customers and the acquisition of new customers. |
| Improving shopping experience: We will continue to invest in the in-store shopping experience to facilitate the treasure hunt dynamics for our customers. We have invested in renovations to modernize our stores; new technologies to optimize store operations; and alternative store formats supported by CPCs. |
| Expanding engagement with our loyalty program members: Our loyalty program members have increased shopping frequencies, stronger retention, more transactions, and larger basket sizes. Our marketing efforts are designed to continue to increase our loyalty program member base. |
129
| Conducting brand marketing: We will continue to increase our brand marketing spend to improve our brand awareness, bolstered by the broader adoption of thrift shopping overall to drive new customer acquisition. |
Continue to implement strategic initiatives to drive efficiency and expand margin
Compared to our traditional retail competitors, we have multiple levers within our control that have been critical in driving our profitability and Free Cash Flow. For instance, our data analysis has improved our sales yield, defined as sales per pound processed, which has been a primary driver of comparable store profitability. Our deliberate strategy of increasing the penetration of OSDs as a percentage of total supply has had a significant impact on our gross product margin. In addition, our recent initiatives, including CPC, ABPs and self-checkout, are expected to generate combined incremental store contributions of approximately $200,000 per store per year, based on anticipated benefits per store of approximately $100,000 for CPCs, $50,000 for ABPs, and $50,000 for self-checkout. These savings are based on management estimates of the average savings for each of our stores from these initiatives. Our culture of innovation and data orientation has been critical to driving operational efficiencies, and we will continue to lead in terms of innovating the thrift business model.
Selectively pursue other growth opportunities
In addition to our organic growth initiatives, we will also take an opportunistic yet disciplined approach toward potential inorganic growth opportunities. Given the fragmented nature of the thrift category, we believe there are significant opportunities for growth. This can be conducted through the acquisition of well-operated regional players where we believe we can build upon our infrastructure and scale to accelerate the growth of a potential target and generate synergies. Our acquisition criteria include a significant regional presence; access to a robust flow of quality supply; strong brand awareness; and a complementary cultural fit for our company. For example, in November 2021, we completed the acquisition of 2nd Ave., which added 12 stores in the Northeastern and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States, representing a complementary store footprint for our existing store network and offering new store expansion opportunities. The 2nd Ave. Acquisition also included the GreenDrop system used to provide supply to 2nd Ave. stores, which allows donors to drop off their items at attended donation stations that are movable and can be placed in attractive, high traffic areas that are convenient to donors. We are currently expanding GreenDrop to locations in certain other markets.
Supply
Supply Sources Overview. Our supplier base for a majority of our stores is predominantly local, with over 90% of our supply locally-sourced. As a result, each store draws its supply predominantly from local NPPs and their donors, delivering a broad and diverse selection for our customers and fostering a sense of community. Our local sourcing strategy reduces transportation costs and emissions typically associated with the production and distribution of new merchandise.
We are a for-profit company that champions reuse. While purchases made by our customers in our stores do not directly benefit any NPP, we pay our NPPs a contracted rate for all OSDs and delivered product. Our subsidiaries are registered professional fundraisers where such registration is required.
We source our merchandise primarily through two distinct and strategic methods: (i) on-site donations and (ii) delivered supply, all of which we purchase directly from our NPPs. We pay a market-competitive contractual rate to purchase items received as OSDs or as part of delivered supply. OSDs are the largest part of our supply mix, accounting for 62.9% of our total pounds processed for fiscal year 2022.
130
On-Site Donations: OSDs are donations of items made by individuals to our NPPs at our stores Community Donation Centers. We operate as a registered professional fundraiser, where required, on behalf of local NPPs in accepting donations from their respective donors. Each store is specifically designated as an OSD location for a particular NPP, such that all donations received at the Community Donation Center are credited to that NPP.
Delivered supply: Delivered supply is comprised of two types of supply: First, items collected by our NPPs through a variety of methods, such as neighborhood collections and donation drives, and second, items delivered to our stores and CPCs. On behalf of our NPPs, we may solicit, collect and deliver items to our stores.
GreenDrop collections: Donations of items are made by individuals to our NPPs at convenient and well-signed brick and mortar and trailer locations in neighborhoods surrounding a store location. On behalf of our NPPs, we solicit, collect, and deliver items to our stores and CPCs.
Donation drives: Donation drives operate within our FUNDrive® program and include smaller, local non-profits such as schools, sports teams, community groups and other charitable organizations. These drives are one-time and event-based, with contractual agreements based on each distinct donation drive itself.
Third-party credential: Third-party credential goods are purchased in small amounts on an as-needed basis from regional for-profit collectors, generally consisting of bin operators and other for-profit resellers.
We leverage an analytical platform to measure the sales yield and product margin of an individual stream of supply in our stores. In general, this tool is either used to periodically confirm the performance of an existing stream of supply or to evaluate the performance of a new source of supply.
Non-Profit Partners (NPPs). We have deep relationships with an extensive roster of NPPs that is unmatched in the thrift industry. Our relationships with our top 10 NPPs average 25 to 30 years. Over the last five years we have paid our NPPs more than $580 million for goods donated to them. We support both large and small partners alike and offer a reliable, unrestricted source of revenue. Delivered product enables our NPPs to not only generate additional revenue, but also promote awareness of their missions even further throughout the community via collection truck signage, collection bin messaging and home pickup flyers.
On-Site Donations (OSDs). The quantity and quality of our supply of secondhand items has continued to evolve and improve, particularly as OSDs have grown as a percentage of pounds of goods we process. While it is strategically important for us to maintain a diverse supply mix, items sourced through OSDs have a cost per pound that is on average one-third that of delivered supply from our NPPs. Our store footprint has played a critical role in strengthening our OSD intake by accepting OSDs on behalf of our NPPs. Additionally, because OSD volume is primarily driven by convenience, the more we are able to expand our footprint and geographic reach, the more we will be able to attract and procure additional OSD supply, which benefits our growth and margin profiles.
On a comparable store basis, the average stores OSDs have grown at a 5.0% CAGR from fiscal year 2018 to fiscal year 2022 and OSDs as a percentage of total supply has expanded from 48.6% to 62.9% during the same period. In addition, data analytics have played a critical role in elevating the quality of our delivered supply by enabling us to concentrate on supply sources with quality goods, which has been a significant driver of our gross product margin.
131
Processing
Overview. Nearly all of our retail stores have a dedicated space that handles the processing of soft and hard goods that provide the inventory to be sold on our retail sales floors. In fiscal year 2022, we processed 985 million pounds of secondhand goods. We are currently implementing our CPC strategy, which allows us to process goods at a larger-scale facility and distribute the goods to multiple stores in a local market. We opened our first CPC in the third quarter of 2021, a second CPC in the second quarter of fiscal year 2022 and a third CPC in the first quarter of 2023.
Historically, we have displayed approximately 50% of all textile items we receive on our retail sales floors, approximately 50% of which are sold to thrifters. In support of our efforts to extend the life of reusable goods and recover a portion of the cost of acquiring our supply of secondhand items, we sell the majority of textile items unsold at retail to our wholesale customers, predominately comprised of textile graders and small business owners, who supply local communities across the globe with gently-used, affordable items like clothing, housewares, toys and shoes. Textiles not suitable for reuse as secondhand clothing can be repurposed into other textile items (e.g., wiping rags) and post-consumer fibers (e.g., insulation, carpet padding), further reducing waste.
132
Our powerful, vertically integrated model Reusable goods Supply 1. Onsite donations: 70% 1 2. Delivered supply: 30% 1 Processing Items sorted for retail or wholesale. Goods unable to be reused or repurposed. Retail Thousands of items are priced and merchandised. Customers Unsold reusable goods. Wholesale The majority of unsold textiles, shoes and books go into the global reuse economy. Customers Extend the life of items through: Items reused as secondhand. Textiles repurposed into other items. Textiles turned into post-consumer fibers. FY2021
Our process has five sequential and interdependent steps: (1) Receiving; (2) Sorting; (3) Grading and Pricing; (4) Merchandising; and (5) Wholesale. Given the high volumes processed in our stores, effective process management is critical to ensuring each step is done properly and in coordination with the other steps. The typical processing room has approximately 30 team members, each of whom is trained in a specific area with many who are cross trained to support adjacent roles as needed.
Processing flow Unsorted goods received at the store. 1 Goods weighed and recorded for payment to the store's non-profit partner. 2 Items sorted by department or for wholesale reuse. 3 Sellable items evaluated to determine category/size and graded based on quality and condition. 3 Items priced and tagged. 4 Items merchandized by department and category on the sales floor. 5 Items sold to wholesale reuse customers. 5 Items sold to thrifters.
133
Receiving
Upon receipt, most of our supply is separated into either soft goods, hard goods or books and then weighed in aggregate. The weight is then recorded into our inventory management system which initiates the payment process to our NPPs, as defined by their contracted rate. The one exception is the receipt of furniture and other large items which are received and purchased by the piece. The aggregated goods are then staged in designated areas of the processing room.
Sorting
The sorting process consists of emptying the contents of each donated bag or box, separating them by department, and then transferring them to that specific area for further inspection. Each item is inspected and determined to be either salable, unsalable or backstock storage. The salability of an item is based primarily on its quality and condition. Every effort is made by our stores to maximize the extraction of salable items, including the use of well-established analytics which are routinely used by store management. Items deemed unsalable are removed from the processing stream and incorporated into the wholesale process. Salable items that are seasonal are backstocked and stored for future sale during the appropriate season (e.g., winter coats received in the summer). On average, each of our stores evaluate approximately 15,000 items every day.
Grading and pricing
The price for a garment is determined through a grading process that ends with a centrally controlled pricing algorithm. Grading involves a team member assessing a garment for quality and condition relative to other garments within the same category. This enables a more scalable, consistent and comparative approach in determining the value of items for which there are many of the same kind. The grader enters in their assessment and the system generates a price based on an underlying pricing algorithm based on quality and condition for garments in that category. The algorithms are centrally controlled and we conduct routine analyses to monitor price and sales performance.
Merchandising
Priced goods are merchandised in our stores to maximize both customer selection and sales yield using a data-driven approach. Our stores do this by balancing and optimizing three primary levers: (i) allocation of retail floor space, (ii) processing output targets by category, and (iii) sales floor rotation. Our point-of-sale system is integrated with our grading and pricing system which provides visibility into the exact performance for over 200 categories across 10 departments. Our stores routinely modulate each of the three levers in accordance with real-time data analytics available to them.
Additionally, our stores utilize colored price tags which reflect the processing date and enable us to manage the sales floor rotation and retail lifecycle of each item. The system makes it easy for team members to determine the age of each item and distinguish between which should be removed to be sold through wholesale and which should remain on the floor.
Wholesale
The vast majority of clothing, accessories, shoes and books that either are unfit for retail sale in our stores, or, have gone unsold on our sales floor after a period of time are sold into the wholesale market. In general, clothing is baled into cubes that are required for transport to the wholesale customer. Shoes are paired and bundled in drawstring bags, and books are aggregated into cardboard gaylords. We have a variety of standards and controls across each of these product categories to ensure consistency and efficiency at our store locations.
134
Most stores aggregate these categories onto trailers which are then sent to one of several company-operated Wholesale Reuse and Distribution Centers. These centers perform additional sorting on certain categories, containerization, and ultimately sell to our wholesale customers.
Centralized Processing Centers and Automated Book Processing
Our first CPC and ABP systems were launched in the third quarter of 2021.
The CPC system is an offsite, semi-automated processing facility that mechanizes the flow of clothing, accessories, and shoes through an integrated series of conveyor belts, robotics, sensors, and other technology. It significantly improves upon our traditional process by (i) improving labor efficiencies, and (ii) enabling grader specialization and pricing precision. Importantly, the CPC unlocks new store expansion by allowing for a more flexible store layout, loading configuration and overall building requirements when selecting new store locations.
The ABP system is an integrated set of technologies that efficiently identify, price and sort books based on their critical attributes (e.g., genre, author, market price). The system design consists of high-speed conveyors, optic recognition, robot tagging and an automated book distribution system working in concert to increase throughput eightfold over our traditional, manual process. The system also utilizes a central database of over 56.9 million ISBN records and a pricing algorithm to determine the optimal price point for each salable book.
The CPC and ABP technologies widen our competitive and operational advantage, and we plan to aggressively expand both across many of the markets in which we operate in the next several years. We have contractual arrangements with Valvan Baling Systems NV, the provider of CPC technology, and ABP technology that include exclusive rights to the use of the CPC technology and ABP technology for a period of time that may be extended as we purchase additional technology from the provider in connection with our buildout of additional CPCs and ABP facilities.
Our initial contract was for a CPC system in Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. Signed in July 2020, the agreement required the design, manufacture and installation of the system over a period of eleven months, with percentage payments due at each of several milestones, with the final payment due upon acceptance of the system. The system components are designed and manufactured in Belgium, with Valvan responsible for shipping the components to the facility in Edmonton where the CPC is operating. The agreement granted an initial two-year period of exclusivity for use of the technology and design in the United States and Canada and an initial period of three years after the acceptance date of the Edmonton CPC (which was October 2021). Exclusivity is extended by three years from the date of each subsequent order for an additional CPC or other products or services exceeding 2 million
135
made within one year after the date of a prior order. Orders for CPC products in Australia extend the exclusivity period in the United States and Canada, but not vice-versa. As of December 31, 2022, orders have been completed for a total of seven CPCs and other combined orders, extending exclusivity for the use of the CPC technology and design in the United States and Canada through December 2025. Our exclusivity in Australia lasts through October 2024. If we complete the purchases we currently plan to make, our exclusive rights would extend until at least May 2028 in the United States and Canada, given our current projections.
The contract for the first ABP system was signed in September 2020 and required the design, manufacture and installation of an ABP system in Edmonton over a period of seven months. Like the CPC systems, the ABP system components are designed and manufactured in Belgium with percentage payments due at each of several milestones. The initial ABP system contract granted a one year period of exclusivity for use of the technology and design for the ABP system, extending by one year for each system purchased, up to a maximum of five years after the commissioning date of the last-commissioned system. A total of 21 ABP systems are currently under contract, extending exclusive rights in the United States, Canada and Australia until December 2029. Planned projects would extend exclusive rights until November 2031.
Our ability to extend these exclusive rights with respect to the CPC and ABP technologies is dependent on our continuing to secure our relationship with the provider as we expand our CPCs and ABP facilities. There is no guarantee that we will complete the purchases we currently plan to make, and if we do not do so, we may not extend our exclusive rights as described above.
Retail
Retail Footprint and Banners. As of December 31, 2022, we had 150 stores in the United States, 152 stores in Canada and 12 stores in Australia. We operate under five distinct store bannersSavers, Value Village, Village des Valeurs Unique and 2nd Ave.
In Canada, we operate 135 Value Village stores located in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Newfoundland and Labrador, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island and Saskatchewan (nine provinces). Additionally, we have 17 stores in Quebec that operate under the Village des Valeurs brand. In Canada, we are the top-of-mind thrift retailer with 93% aided brand awareness.
In the United States, Value Village is our original store brand established by our founders in 1954. We have 23 U.S. Value Village stores located in Washington, Oregon, Alaska and Maryland. However, the predominant brand in the United States is Savers and we operate 106 Savers stores across 24 states, including Arkansas, Arizona, California, Connecticut, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Kansas, Massachusetts, Maryland, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, South Dakota, New Hampshire, New Mexico, Nevada, New York, Ohio, Rhode Island, Texas, Utah, Virginia and Wisconsin.
In 2011 and 2013, we acquired the Unique brand name and currently operate eight stores across Minnesota, Illinois, Maryland and Virginia. We have retained the Unique store name given its strong brand equity amongst our customer base. In November 2021, in the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, we acquired an additional twelve stores operating under the 2nd Ave. banner in Virginia, Maryland, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. We then opened an additional store under the 2nd Ave. brand in 2022.
In Australia, we operate twelve stores under the Savers brand with nine located in Victoria and three located in South Australia. All store banners are managed and operated centrally with a common marketing and operations strategy.
136
Current store footprint21 20 5 6 69 17 12 4 14 1 9 7 4 14 4 4 3 12 1 2 1 3 3 4 8 4 3 8 6 11 8 4 3 1 3 7 2Our footprint:Total: U.S. 149 CA 150 AU 10
Merchandising Overview. Our merchandising strategy is focused on a broad, compelling product offering. On average, we turn our inventory approximately every three weeks to ensure we are offering a fresh assortment to new and returning customers. Items are organized within five soft goods and four hard goods departments spanning 277 distinct categories. Our product selection is consistently identified as the top driver of customer satisfaction in feedback surveys.
We monitor customer purchasing trends on a weekly and seasonal basis at each individual location to maximize sales and profitability. Space on the sales floor for each store is allocated by category, utilizing a data-driven process to predict category demand trends.
Diverse offering highlights treasure hunt Enhances treasure hunt experience Provides convenient, one-stop-shop Differentiates from competitors Drives customer satisfaction Provides consistency across seasons Other7% Outerwear6% Kids10% Shoes13% Mens22% Womens42% ~65%Soft Goods(1) Furniture8% Jewelry8% Electronics9% Other9% Toys / Sports11% Kitchenware14% Books/Media17% Home Decor23% ~35% (1)Hard Goods 1 Based on store merchandise net sales.
137
We believe that the breadth and depth of the assortment across our categories distinguishes us from our competitors.
Soft goods department and sample categories
| Womens e.g., long / short sleeve knits, sleeveless tops, jeans, pants, dresses, skirts |
| Mens e.g., t-shirts, long / short sleeve shirts / knits, jeans, pants, shorts, activewear |
| Kids e.g., infants, long / short sleeve tops, dresses, shorts, skirts, activewear |
| Bed & Bath e.g., bed linens, purses, scarves, kids accessories, bags / backpacks, belts / suspenders, curtains / drapes |
| Shoes e.g., womens shoes / active /boots / sandals; mens active / shoes, boys active, infant / toddler |
Hard goods department and sample categories
| Jewelry e.g., costume jewelry, showcase jewelry |
| Housewares e.g., toys, home décor, toy bag, vases / floral, glassware, servicewear, plastics, office |
| Furniture and Other e.g., sporting goods, electronics, lamps, tvs / stereos / computers, tools |
| Books e.g., books, cds / cassettes / lps, dvds, video cassettes, video games / software |
Shopping experience. Our store experience is a direct reflection of our mission to make secondhand second nature. We deliver a well merchandised environment that maximizes customer engagement and supports a core tenet for any thrifterthe treasure hunt. During fiscal year 2022, more than 34,000 items were merchandised per store every week. Our sales floor inventory is also regularly rotated and refreshed, with inventory turns of roughly 15 times a year, providing our customers with an extensive, ever-changing selection at tremendous value.
The average store in the United States and Canada has approximately 28,000 square feet of retail space. The retail space continues to evolve as we execute two major initiatives to contemporize our experience. We are enhancing our visual presentation with the roll out of our updated Thrift Proud sign package that has a great new look, while communicating who we are and what we do. In addition, we have enhanced the customer experience with the introduction of self-checkout kiosks that significantly shorten and, at most times of the day, eliminate payment lines.
Lastly, we have a continuous feedback loop on the customer experience. Our REactions surveys take the pulse of our customers on a weekly basis regarding the shopping experience and environment. This information is proactively shared with our leadership team and cascaded to store managers, who are measured on their ability to improve operations.
138
Loyalty Program. Our most engaged customers are members of the Super Savers Club® loyalty program. As of December 31, 2022, we have 4.6 million active members enrolled in our U.S. and Canadian loyalty programs who have made a purchase within the last 12 months. This compares to 4.1 million and 3.1 million active loyalty members for fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020, respectively. Our members earn points or store credit, which further enhances the value shopping experience. Members in both the United States and Canada receive exclusive coupons and offers via email, as well as a special birthday coupon.
The majority of our customers join our loyalty programs during the checkout process in our store. We also offer in-store self-service sign-ups at our self-checkout kiosks, which makes the process more efficient by eliminating the need for sign-up assistance from a team member. Customers also have the option to sign up online or via text message (in the United States only). While the number of loyalty program members overall did not decline from fiscal year 2019 to fiscal year 2020, our active members declined 23% for the fiscal year 2020 versus the fiscal year 2019, due primarily to our loyalty program members shopping less because of pandemic-related store closures. During fiscal year 2022, we grew our active member base 14% over the previous 12 months ended January 1, 2022, with an accelerated growth over the last few months of fiscal year 2022 of over 45,000 active members per month, which reflects the continued momentum in our loyalty program.
During fiscal year 2022, U.S. loyalty members spent approximately 29% more per shopping trip than non-members. During the same period, U.S. loyalty members shopped at our stores an average of 6.8 times annually, driving 70.5% of point-of-sale transaction value. As of the last 12 months ended December 31, 2022, the top three loyalty segments, which represent approximately 47% of active members in the United States, shopped with us more than 13 times per year. In addition, as of December 31, 2022, 25% of our U.S. loyalty members had annual household incomes of over $75,000, and 73% identified as female.
We have e-mail addresses for 76% of our U.S. and Canadian active loyalty members as of December 31, 2022, which we have leveraged as a cost-effective communication channel. In August 2021, we expanded our loyalty member communications in the United States to include text messaging, and we rolled out text messaging to our loyalty members in Canada in August 2022.
Marketing and Brand Awareness. We have highly recognizable brands in Canada, with 93% aided brand awareness. In the United States, we have an opportunity to continue building brand awareness across our three brands.
We drive traffic, acquire new customers and donors to our NPPs at our Community Donation Centers and promote brand awareness through an efficient, cost-effective mix of customer engagement (word-of-mouth), paid and organic marketing. Our marketing channels and approach include social media, influencer engagement, digital media, email, text messaging, online, and in store promotional materials, which support existing and new market entries. Our website is also an extension of our brand and retail stores, and serves as a marketing and informational tool.
We believe we have an expansive opportunity to further leverage our growing social media presence to drive brand awareness and generate excitement to increase store visits. At the core of our Thrift Proud movement, our customers and followers on social media serve as influential peer-to-peer brand ambassadors and are tagging our brand and banners in thousands of photos and videos weekly. We enjoy highly engaged communities on social media who are inspired by thrift hauls, shopping cart photos, do-it-yourself and upcycling, creating new from used. As of December 31, 2022, Savers, Value Village, Village des Valeurs and Thrift Proud branded hashtags had more than 260 million organic views on TikTok alone.
139
To further strengthen brand awareness, particularly in the United States, we are partnering with authentic, relatable influencers with highly engaged audiences. Our roster of influencers have enabled us to create a steady stream of on-brand, owned content that we can use and repurpose through other marketing methods, such as paid digital amplification efforts to reach our audiences at scale. Our user and influencer-generated content strategy builds authenticity by celebrating the real, genuine shoppers who have shaped our brand image through social media, online, email, paid digital and in-store signage, among other avenues.
New Store Openings. We foresee a total addressable market potential of approximately 2,200 stores. We have accelerated new store openings in 2022we opened two new stores in the United States, seven new stores in Canada and three new stores in Australia. We target opening 14 net new stores in 2023 and approximately 20 or more new stores annually from 2024 through 2026. We believe we can unlock significant new store potential, given that a CPC-served store can have a more flexible store layout and size.
We use a sophisticated sales and donations projection model that incorporates key factors, including per capita income, population, internal and external competition and population psychographics to determine a markets propensity to shop at our stores or donate to our NPPs. We also utilize store footprint analysis and market optimization tools inform our retail site selection process.
Additionally, we employ several real estate strategies to ensure that our sites are both convenient for donors and accessible by shoppers. Through careful analysis, we have determined the optimal strategy is to lease stores within quality donation markets to secure higher donation volumes of better quality that expand gross product margins. In such cases, shoppers are willing to travel further for higher quality retail offerings and more curated assortments.
Wholesale, Reuse and Repurpose
Textiles, shoes and books that are unsold at retail stores are sold to wholesale customers, who reuse and repurpose the items we sell to them across six continents and 29 countries. Textiles not suitable for reuse as secondhand clothing can be repurposed into other textile items (e.g., wiping rags) and post-consumer fibers (e.g., insulation, carpet padding), further reducing waste.
We have long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and work directly with textile processors that have multiple reuse and repurposing streams. Other categories, such as hard goods, move directly to small businesses and shop owners in markets across the globe for resale in various retail forms.
140
Logistics and Distribution
The vast majority of our supply is processed as it is generated. We store very little of our collected inventory, and any excess supply that is stored is only done so for short durations on rented trailers onsite at store locations or in a variety of local trailer yards. Our supply is nearly all locally sourced and locally consumed within a few weeks after it is initially collected.
We also operate a number of warehouse locations in various markets which serve as supply and demand buffers when needed and help to modulate supply flow to the stores. Only a very small portion of supply is transferred across markets or regions.
Our Culture and Team
We are guided by our mission and values, and we aspire to always act with purpose to promote inclusion, diversity and respect throughout our team and culture. We are committed to ethical practices in every aspect of our business and have adopted a Savers Code of Conduct that outlines our expectations for internal interactions and helps us maintain compliance with local laws and regulations. Five core values guide how our team members interact with one another, our communities and our customers: (1) make service count; (2) celebrate uniqueness; (3) do the right thing; (4) find a better way; and (5) make an impact. These core values also guide our strategic direction.
We have almost 22,000 team members across 314 stores in the United States, Canada, and Australia. Our team members are primarily full-time employees (65% of our workforce) as of December 2022. As of December 31, 2022, approximately 26% of our workforce in the United States and Canada is aged 20 to 30, with 27% aged 51 or older. During the same period, the average tenure of our store team members was 3.6 years, and our field multi-unit leaders, directors and executive population averaged 13 years of tenure. During fiscal year 2022, 72% of open salaried management positions in the United States and Canada were filled by internal promotions. As of December 31, 2022, 60% of the management roles in our stores and corporate operations were held by team members identifying as female, and 51% of our U.S. workforce was represented by diverse backgrounds and ethnicities.
We proudly provide a competitive total compensation package to our team members. In addition to competitive base pay and bonus programs, we also provide healthcare (both medical and dental), flexible spending accounts, life and disability insurance, retirement savings and mental health and wellness support programs. We also offer work-life balance programs including parental leave, and vacation, sick and holiday pay.
Additionally, we host our own in-house university where we offer a wide array of both mandatory and elective online technical and management training programs. We also provide blended learning opportunities for compliance purposes, and offer growth and development opportunities for our team members.
Our leading people metric across the organization is team member engagement. We have been working alongside an external partner for the last five years to operate programs to measure and analyze shopper, donor and team member satisfaction and engagement. These programs embrace the service profit chain concept: starting with a highly engaged team member who provides better service to our customers is critical to customer satisfaction and the overall profitability of our stores. We have had tremendous positive momentum over the past five years in team member engagement, with a focus on respect and inclusion. Our overall team member engagement scores and performance are at the top of our benchmark comparison amongst other retail companies as measured by our external partner. Team member engagement scores are based on various metrics, including overall job
141
satisfaction, whether the team member would recommend us as a place to work, personal commitment, being energized at work and intent to remain employed.
Competition
Retail Competition. We compete for customer spend with value retailers, including off-price and other thrift operators. The thrift non-profit sector is largely decentralized, resulting in inconsistent shopping experiences from market to market. The thrift for-profit sector is characterized by smaller regional chains of 10-30 retail locations each. These organizations can maintain more consistent retail experiences from store to store, but typically lack the ability and capital to expand beyond their regional footprints.
Supply Competition. The thrift retail industry is made possible by the availability of quality secondhand items. As the secondhand movement continues to thrive and grow, we face increasing competition for secondhand goods from other thrift stores, consignment retailers, on-line thrift retailers and on-line marketplaces.
Our Sponsor
Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management Corporation (NYSE: ARES) is a leading global alternative investment manager offering clients complementary primary and secondary investment solutions across the credit, private equity, real estate and infrastructure asset classes. Ares seeks to provide flexible capital to support businesses and create value for its stakeholders and within its communities. By collaborating across its investment groups, Ares aims to generate consistent and attractive investment returns throughout market cycles. As of December 31, 2022, Ares global platform had approximately $352 billion of assets under management, with over 2,500 employees operating across North America, Europe, Asia Pacific and the Middle East.
Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property
We own federally registered trademarks related to our brands, including SAVERS, UNIQUE, UNIQUE THRIFT STORE, 2ND AVE., 2ND AVE VALUE STORES in the United States, VALUE VILLAGE and VILLAGE DES VALEURS in Canada, and SAVERS in Australia. In addition, we own federal trademarks for certain business programs, like FUNDRIVE and ALTEREGO in the United States and Canada and SUPER SAVERS CLUB and GREENDROP in the United States. We also pursue and maintain federal registrations for certain slogans that we use, including THRIFT PROUD in the United States (pending in Canada) and RETHINK REUSE and I GIVE A SH!RT in the United States.
Our trademark registrations have various expiration dates. However, assuming that the trademark registrations are properly renewed, they have a perpetual duration.
We also own several domain names, including www.savers.com, www.valuevillage.com, www.valuevillage.ca, www.villagedesvaleurs.ca, and www.savers.com.au, and registered and unregistered copyrights in our website content.
Additionally, we own the unregistered copyright in our Donation Manager route and schedule management software that we license for use by and on behalf of our non-profit partners.
We pursue infringement of our trademarks and copyrights when appropriate. We rely on trademark and copyright laws, trade-secret protection and confidentiality, license and other agreements with our NPPs, our vendors, employees and others to protect our intellectual property.
142
Exclusive rights are held for CPC technology in the United States and Canada until December 2025, and under current purchase plans, exclusive rights will extend until at least May 2028. Exclusive rights to the CPC technology in Australia extend to October 2024 and, under the terms of the agreement, if a purchase agreement is contracted for an Australia CPC before October 2024, will extend until at least 2027. Exclusive rights to the ABP technology in the United States, Canada and Australia currently extends to December 2029. Exclusivity continues through November 2031 based upon projected contracts.
Properties
We do not own any real property. As of December 31, 2022, we operated 314 retail stores in the United States, Canada and Australia.
We actively continue to identify sites to open new store locations. As a result, our number of store properties may grow or fluctuate. We maintain a focused and disciplined approach to entering into lease arrangements. All leases are approved by our real estate committee, which is comprised of senior management and executive officers. All of our stores are leased from third parties, and the leases typically have ten-year terms with two or more options to renew for successive five-year periods. All of our leases have pre-defined rent escalation provisions over the initial term, and most of our leases include predefined rents for the extension options. We have created strategic relationships with a broad brokerage network throughout the United States and Canada as we exclusively lease our locations from third parties.
The following table presents certain information about the properties we lease, other than our storefronts, as of December 31, 2022:
Type of Facility |
Square Feet | Lease Expiration | Renewal Options | |||
Corporate Office | 14,031 | September 2028 | | |||
Corporate Office | 12,312 | November 2025 | | |||
Distribution Center | 93,146 | February 2027 | | |||
Distribution Center | 94,914 | March 2030 | Two 5-Year Options | |||
Centralized Processing Center | 46,348 | May 2036 | Two 5-Year Options | |||
Centralized Processing Center | 57,843 | July 2036 | Two 5-Year Options | |||
Centralized Processing Center | 56,244 | October 2031 | One 5-Year Option | |||
Centralized Processing Center(1) | 59,676 | 2038 | Two 5-Year Options | |||
Centralized Processing Center | 50,897 | 2032 | One 5-Year Option | |||
Centralized Processing Center | 48,082 | 2038 | Two 5-Year Options | |||
Centralized Processing Center | 52,685 | 2033 | Two 5-Year Options |
(1) | This lease was terminated by the Tenant effective January 2, 2023. |
Insurance
We maintain third-party insurance for a number of risk management activities including workers compensation, general liability, property, automobile, cargo and warehouse, cybersecurity, directors and officers and fiduciary insurance. We evaluate our insurance programs on an ongoing basis to ensure we maintain adequate levels of coverage.
Government Regulation
We are subject to labor and employment laws, COVID-19-related mandates, laws related to the collection of sales taxes and other tax matters, laws governing advertising and marketing including via text messaging and email and operation of customer loyalty programs, privacy laws, local fire codes, safety regulations, consumer product safety regulations and other laws including consumer protection
143
regulations that regulate retailers and/or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities, certain secondhand dealer ordinances, regulations related to clothing donation bins, environmental and waste regulations and laws, laws related to commercial and professional fundraiser registration and disclosure, regulations regarding telephone and mail solicitations, laws governing international trade and customs, laws governing weights and measures and laws related to transportation and trucking.
We sell certain portions of the secondhand goods that do not sell at our retail locations overseas and source a minimal amount of new goods from overseas markets. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is responsible for economic sanctions on countries, designated individuals, and entities (businesses, charities, institutions) named on its list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. This list includes roughly 10,000 companies, organizations, and individuals around the world with whom the vast majority of dealings with U.S. persons (including companies and companies outside the United States owned by U.S. persons) are prohibited. Our policies and our vendor compliance agreements mandate compliance with applicable law, including these laws and regulations.
We monitor changes in the laws and regulations affecting the company and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.
Legal Matters
We are subject to various proceedings, lawsuits, disputes and claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Many of these actions raise complex factual and legal issues and are subject to uncertainties.
Actions filed against us from time to time include commercial, intellectual property, regulatory, consumer protection and employment actions, including class action lawsuits. Actions are in various procedural stages, and some are covered in part by insurance. We cannot predict with assurance the outcome of actions brought against us. Accordingly, adverse developments, settlements or resolutions may occur and negatively impact income in the quarter of such development, settlement or resolution.
If a potential loss arising from these lawsuits, claims and pending actions is probable and reasonably estimable, we record the estimated liability based on circumstances and assumptions existing at the time. Although the outcome of these and other claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
144
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus:
Name |
Age | Position(s) | ||
Non-Employee Directors: | ||||
Scott Graves | 51 | Chairman of our Board of Directors, Compensation Committee Chair | ||
Aaron Rosen | 41 | Director | ||
Robyn Collver | 58 | Director | ||
William T. Allen | 66 | Director | ||
Duane C. Woods | 71 | Director | ||
Aina E. Konold | 54 | Director | ||
Kristy Pipes | 63 | Director | ||
Executive Officers: | ||||
Mark Walsh | 61 | Chief Executive Officer and Director | ||
Jay Stasz | 55 | Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | ||
Jubran Tanious | 46 | President and Chief Operating Officer | ||
Richard Medway | 55 | General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary | ||
Mindy Geisser | 54 | Chief People Services Officer | ||
Charles Hunsinger | 55 | Chief Information Officer | ||
Scott Estes | 46 | Senior Vice President of Finance |
Non-employee directors
Scott Graves, a director since April 2021, is the Chairman of our board of directors, a position he has held since April 2021. Mr. Graves is a Partner in and Co-Head of the Ares Private Equity Group and is Head of Special Opportunities. He serves on the Ares Executive Management Committee, the Ares Business Advisory Group, and the Ares Private Equity Groups Corporate Opportunities and Special Opportunities Investment Committees. Prior to joining Ares in this role in January 2017, Mr. Graves spent over 15 years in various capacities as a senior executive and investment professional for Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. From 2013 through December 2016, Mr. Graves served as Oaktrees Head of Credit Strategies and Portfolio Manager of Multi-Strategy Credit. He was responsible for a substantial portion of Oaktrees credit platform, managed investment portfolios spanning the breadth of Oaktrees credit strategies and was active in Oaktree corporate management, serving on the Capital and Risk Management Board, the Senior Leadership Counsel, the Product Governance Board and the Project Steering Committee. From 2001 through 2013, Mr. Graves was an investment professional in Oaktrees Distressed Opportunities, Value Opportunities and Strategic Credit strategies, where he served as a Co-Portfolio Manager. From 2010 to 2015, Mr. Graves also managed Oaktrees corporate and strategic development group, leading the firms product step-outs into emerging market credit, strategic credit, value equities, infrastructure, the enhanced income strategies, structured credit and senior secured lending. Prior to joining Oaktree, Mr. Graves served as a Principal in William E. Simon & Sons private equity group and as an Analyst at Merrill Lynch & Company in the mergers and acquisitions group. Additionally, Mr. Graves worked at Price Waterhouse LLP in the audit business services division. Mr. Graves has served as a director of Infrastructure and Energy Alternatives, Inc. and McLaren Group Limited since August 2021, Vmo Aircraft Leasing GP, LLC since January 2021 and Cincinnati Bell, Inc. since September 2021. Mr. Graves received a B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles, in History, and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at
145
the University of Pennsylvania, where he currently serves on the Wharton School Graduate Executive Board. He is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).
Aaron Rosen, a director since April 2019, is a Partner and Co-Portfolio Manager of Special Opportunities in the Ares Private Equity Group, where he focuses on investing in the public and private markets. Mr. Rosen serves as a member of the Ares Private Equity Groups Special Opportunities Investment Committee. Prior to joining Ares in December 2017, Mr. Rosen had been a Partner and Director of Research at Archview Investment Group LP where he was employed since February 2009. Prior to Archview, Mr. Rosen was a Vice President at Citigroup Inc., where he was a founding member of its Global Special Situations Group focused on U.S. opportunistic credit and equity investment strategies. Mr. Rosen was previously a member of Citigroups Asset-Based Finance group, where he focused on structuring senior secured debt financing for non-investment grade corporate borrowers. Mr. Rosen also currently serves on the Boards of Directors of the parent entities of Integrated Power Services and Hornbeck Offshore Services. Previously, Mr. Rosen has also served as a director of the Jewish Community Relations Council of New York from 2012 to June 2018. Mr. Rosen holds a B.S., summa cum laude, from New York Universitys Stern School of Business in Finance and Information Systems, where he received the Valedictorian Award.
Robyn Collver, a director since May 2019, is a Corporate Director. She is the Board Chair of MMBC Recycling Inc. (Recycle BC) and of Multi-Material Stewardship Western Inc., where she also sits on the Governance Committee after Chairing the Governance Committees of both organizations. Ms. Collver served as Senior Vice President, ESG and Environmental Strategy Adviser at Canadian Tire Corporation, Limited (CTC), a family of businesses that includes a Retail segment, a Financial Services division and CT REIT until September 2022; prior thereto she was SVP, Regulatory and Chief Sustainability Officer at CTC until January 2022 and before that, SVP, Risk and Regulatory Affairs, having been appointed to that position in March 2015 after serving as Secretary and General Counsel since January 2009. She joined CTC in 2002; prior thereto she was a partner in the corporate and securities group at Cassels, Brock & Blackwell LLP, a Toronto, Canada law firm. Ms. Collver was Chair of the Board of Stewardship Ontario from 2019 to 2021, Chair of its Governance Committee from 2018 to 2019 and a director of the organization from 2016 to 2021. She was a director of the Alzheimer Society of Toronto from 2015 to 2020 and Chair of its Governance Committee from 2016 to 2020. She was a director of Automotive Materials Stewardship from 2016 to 2017. Ms. Collver holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from Acadia University and a Bachelor of Laws from the University of Toronto.
William T. Allen, a director since May 2019, has an extensive 30-year background managing businesses and providing leadership to manufacturing operations requiring operational turnarounds, notably as CEO. Amongst industries Mr. Allen has worked in have included nuclear power, oil/petrochemical, automotive, industrial equipment, steel fabrication and plastic injection molding. Mr. Allen served as a director of Schultze Special Purpose Acquisition Corp. from December 2018 until its business combination with Clever Leaves Holdings Inc. in December 2020. Mr. Allen was, until December 2017, CEO of Werner Co., Inc., a leading manufacturer of industrial climbing products, from August 2007, and President and Chairman of the Board from March 2009, until its sale to Triton Funds in July 2017. Mr. Allen currently serves as a member of the board of directors of AQuity Solutions (formerly Mmodal Inc.), a leading provider of clinical documentation technology solutions to the healthcare market, and Schultze Special Purpose Acquisition Corp. II. From December 2017 until July 2018, Mr. Allen also served as a board member of Rockport, a leading provider of mens and womens footwear, which filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware and is in the process of being sold through Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code. He has also held board positions at USI, Arclin, Inc., Constar, Ames Taping Tools, Oriental Trading Company, Hines Nurseries, Inc., Running Aces Harness Park, Wright Line LLC (former CEO), APW Company (former CEO), Chart Industries, Inc. (former CEO) and Millennium Rail, many of which were on behalf of leading alternative investment firms including Ares Management,
146
Black Diamond Capital Management, Oaktree Capital and Crescent Capital Group. In 2012, Mr. Allen received the Pittsburgh Business Times Diamond Award as CEO of the Year in the Large for Profit category.
Duane C. Woods, a director since May 2019, is the Chairman of our board of directors, a position he has held with us or a predecessor entity since January 2017. Mr. Woods also served as Chief Executive Officer of us or a predecessor from 2017 to October 2019, when he led the company through a strategic business transformation and complex refinance. He previously served as Vice Chairman of the Board and CEO of Foundation Bank, a privately held state chartered bank in Bellevue, Washington, from October 2015 to September 2016. Since 2015, Mr. Woods has served as a director of RoadRunner Recycling, Inc., an innovative provider of commercial recycling and waste services, and previously served as a director of Pacific Continental Corporation, a publicly traded bank headquartered in Eugene, Oregon, from November 2016 to November 2017. Mr. Woods has more than 30 years of experience in various executive management and leadership roles and over 18 years of experience as a successful lawyer and general counsel. Mr. Woods has proven experience in leading large and small dynamic organizations to achieve consistent profitable growth, operational excellence, productivity, customer service, capital management and innovation.
Aina E. Konold, a director since June 2021, is the Chief Financial Officer of Nautilus, Inc., a developer and manufacturer of fitness equipment brands including Bowflex®, Schwinn®, JRNY® and Nautilus®, where she leads the Finance, Strategy, Business Development, and IT functions. Ms. Konold has over 25 years of global retail, strategy, financial management, and operational experience, with a strong track record of driving growth and optimizing and scaling operating models. Prior to joining Nautilus, Inc. in December 2019, Ms. Konold held several executive level positions during her 20-year career with The Gap, Inc., across financial planning and analysis, controllership, shared services, real estate strategy, and investor relations. From March 2011 until May 2018, she was the founding CFO for Gap Inc. in China, where she led the business through its hyper growth phase and established a scalable business model in a constantly evolving marketplace, particularly in the areas of digital and e-commerce. Ms. Konold holds a B.A. from Stanford University and began her career at PricewaterhouseCoopers.
Kristy Pipes, a director since July 2021, until April 2019 served as Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Deloitte Consulting, a management consultancy firm with operations in the United States, India, Germany, and Mexico, where she managed the finance function. Ms. Pipes held various leadership positions, including serving on the firms Management Committee and Consulting Operations Committee. Prior to joining Deloitte in 1999, Ms. Pipes was Vice President and Manager, Finance Division, at Transamerica Life Companies and Senior Vice President and Chief of Staff for the President and Chief Executive Officer (among other senior management positions) at First Interstate Bank of California. Ms. Pipes has also served as a director of AECOM since September 2022, ExlService Holdings, Inc. since January 2021, and on the board of trustees of Public Storage since October 2020.
Executive officers
Mark Walsh is currently serving as our Chief Executive Officer, a role he has held since October 2019. He also serves as a director on the board of directors, a position he has held since December 2020. After beginning his career at Deloitte Consulting and Pepsico, Mr. Walsh amassed nearly two decades of successful leadership for a wide range of top brands in apparel retailing including J. Crew, Juicy Couture, Prana, Ellen Tracy and Laundry. Prior to joining us, Mr. Walsh served as CEO of Bobs Stores and Eastern Mountain Sports from 2008 to 2013, prior to returning to the role again from 2015 to May 2017, when the company was renamed Vestis Retail Group. During this period, Mr. Walsh optimized brand and organizational value and retained approximately 400 jobs throughout all stores, as
147
well as managed a Section 363 sale to Versa Capital and subsequent sale to UK-based Sports Direct through a debtor in possession process. Due to these actions, both the Bobs Stores and Eastern Mountain Sports brands are currently operating today under the Sports Direct corporate umbrella. Mr. Walsh also served as operating Chairman of Polartec from 2012 to 2014. From May 2017 to October 2019, Mr. Walsh pursued personal interests and was an independent consultant focused on special situations and interim turnaround CEO services. Mr. Walsh holds a B.A. from Brown University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Walsh currently serves as a director of Savers Australia Pty Ltd.
Jay Stasz is currently serving as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, a role he has held since July 2022. Mr. Stasz has almost 25 years of finance leadership experience. Prior to assuming the CFO role, Mr. Stasz was Chief Financial Officer of Ollies Bargain Outlet (Ollies) since January 2018. He also served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer at Ollies since November 2015. Before his role at Ollies, Mr. Stasz spent 17 years at Gart Sports, which merged with Sports Authority in 2003, where he held a variety of leadership positions including Senior Vice President of Finance & Accounting. He began his career as an accountant in the audit department at Deloitte. Mr. Stasz holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the University of Southern California.
Jubran Tanious is currently serving as our President and Chief Operating Officer and joined us in 2011. In his role he oversees all of Store, Supply, and Real Estate Operations. Mr. Tanious has nearly two decades of leadership and general management experience across a variety of operating companies. Prior to assuming the role of COO in November 2019, he served as our Vice President of Supply from January 2017 to October 2019 and was instrumental in transforming the Companys supply strategy and organization. Prior to that he served as Director of Supply and Regional Director of stores. Prior to Savers, Mr. Tanious served as Director of Business Risk Management for UnitedHealth Group and as Product Marketer for the 3M Company. Early in his career he worked in an Operations Management and Engineering role for the Valspar Corporation. Mr. Tanious holds a Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering from the Pennsylvania State University and a Masters of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. Mr. Tanious currently serves as a director of Savers Australia Pty Ltd.
Richard Medway is currently serving as our General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer and joined us in 2015. In November 2019, he was appointed corporate Secretary. Mr. Medway ensures our compliance with laws and regulations in each of the communities in which we operate, and assists in risk management and government relations as we grow our business and build our partnerships. Additionally, he oversees an in-house legal and risk team which oversees workplace safety, insurance and loss prevention issues. Previously, Mr. Medway served as Vice President, Deputy General Counsel for Nintendo of America and was a partner at Powell Goldstein LLP. Mr. Medway received his Bachelor of Arts from the University of Wisconsin, Madison and holds a Juris Doctor from the Catholic University of America.
Mindy Geisser has served as our Chief People Services Officer since October 2015. Ms. Geisser oversees our benefits, compensation, HR systems, recruitment, training, team member relations, and employee engagement and retention efforts. She also champions our ongoing priority around diversity and inclusion and ensuring a respectful workplace. Ms. Geisser has over three decades of HR generalist and leadership experience for companies including Colliers International, where she was the Chief Human Resources Officer, as well as Slalom Consulting, Amazon.com Inc, and Philips Medical Systems, among others. She received her Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Wisconsin, Madison, and her Master of Arts in Industrial Relations from the University of Minnesota.
Charles Hunsinger has served as our Chief Information Officer since October 2022. Mr. Hunsinger is a senior technology executive with over 30 years of IT experience in consulting and
148
corporate environments. He has deep industry expertise in retail, e-commerce, direct marketing/catalog, B2B, and wholesale business models. Mr. Hunsinger has held several CIO roles for leading retail and direct marketing organizations. Prior to joining Savers, he was the CIO for the previous six years for Oriental Trading Company, a company held by Berkshire Hathaway. Prior to that, he held CIO roles for Harry and David, Musicians Friend/Guitar Center, and Corporate Express/Staples, and also served as the VP of Customer Technologies for L.L.Bean. Charles started his career in the consulting industry with Accenture, one of the preeminent global business process and technology consulting firms. He holds a BS in Electrical Engineering from the University of Oklahoma.
Scott Estes has served as our Senior Vice President of Finance since July 2022 and joined us in 2015. Prior to this role, Mr. Estes served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since February 2021. Mr. Estes held the roles of Senior Vice President of Finance from October 2020 to February 2021, Vice President of Finance from November 2018 to October 2020, Director of Finance, FP&A and Treasury from July 2016 to November 2018 and Director of Finance, Australia and Canada, Retail from July 2015 to July 2016. Mr. Estes has over 20 years of finance experience, including leadership positions at Microsoft Corporation and PACCAR Inc., making him uniquely qualified to guide our day-to-day financial operations while establishing strategic long-range plans. Mr. Estes has been instrumental in managing our capital structure and developing a robust customer analytics function. Mr. Estes received his B.A. and M.B.A. from the University of Washington.
Composition and Risk Management Practices
Board Composition
After the completion of this offering, the authorized number of directors comprising our board of directors will be not less than three but not more than thirteen, with the actual number to be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors, subject to the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering and the Stockholders Agreement. Our certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, provides for a board of directors comprised of three classes of directors, with each class serving a three-year term beginning and ending in different years than those of the other two classes. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our board of directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
| Our class I directors will be Aaron Rosen and Scott Graves, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023. |
| Our class II directors will be William Allen, Robyn Collver and Mark Walsh, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024. |
| Our class III directors will be Duane Woods, Aina Konold and Kristy Pipes, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2025. |
Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of us.
Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the Ares Funds will be entitled to designate individuals to be included in the slate of nominees for election to our board of directors as follows:
| for so long as the Ares Funds own 40% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the greater of up to seven directors and the number of directors comprising a majority of our board; and |
149
| except as provided below, for so long as the Ares Funds own less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, that number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number that is the same percentage of the total number of directors comprising our board as the collective percentage of common stock owned by the Ares Funds. |
Controlled company exemption
Upon the completion of this offering, we will be deemed to be a controlled company under the NYSE rules, and we will qualify for the controlled company exemption to the board of directors and committee composition requirements under the NYSE rules. Pursuant to this exception, we will be exempt from the requirements that (1) our board of directors be comprised of a majority of independent directors, (2) we have a nominating, corporate governance and sustainability committee composed entirely of independent directors and (3) our compensation committee be comprised solely of independent directors. The controlled company exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE rules, which require that our audit committee be composed of at least three directors, one of whom must be independent upon the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, a majority of whom must be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and each of whom must be independent within one year from the date of this prospectus. We intend to utilize these exemptions as long as we remain a controlled company. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating, corporate governance and sustainability committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.
If at any time we cease to be a controlled company under the NYSE rules, the board of directors will take all action necessary to comply with such rules within the applicable transition periods, including appointing a majority of independent directors to the board and establishing certain committees composed entirely of independent directors.
Board leadership
Our board of directors has no policy with respect to the separation of the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. It is our board of directors view that rather than having a rigid policy, our board of directors should determine, as and when appropriate upon consideration of all relevant factors and circumstances, whether the two offices should be separate.
Currently, our leadership structure separates the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, with Mr. Walsh serving as our Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Graves serving as non-executive Chairman of the Board. We believe this is appropriate as it provides Mr. Walsh with the ability to focus on our day-to-day operations while Mr. Graves focuses on the oversight of our board of directors.
Boards role in risk management
Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of the risks facing our company, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our board of directors regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated therewith. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our compensation committee will be responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. Effective upon consummation of this
150
offering, our audit committee will oversee management of financial and cybersecurity risks. While each committee will be responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our full board of directors plans to keep itself regularly informed regarding such risks through committee reports and otherwise. We believe that the leadership structure of our board of directors provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities given the controlling interests held by the Ares Funds.
Director independence
Pursuant to the corporate governance standards of the NYSE, a director employed by us cannot be deemed an independent director, and each other director will qualify as independent only if our board of directors affirmatively determines that he has no material relationship with us, either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us. The fact that a director may own our capital stock is not, by itself, considered a material relationship. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of Aaron Rosen, Scott Graves, Robyn Collver, William Allen, Duane C. Woods, Aina Konold and Kristy Pipes are independent in accordance with the NYSE rules.
Board Committees
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating, corporate governance and sustainability committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.
Audit Committee
Upon the completion of this offering, the audit committee will consist of three directors: Aina Konold, Aaron Rosen and Duane C. Woods, with Aina Konold serving as chair of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that Duane C. Woods and Aina Konold each satisfy the independence requirements for audit committee members under the listing standards of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Ms. Konold has been determined to be an audit committee financial expert as defined under SEC rules. All members of the audit committee are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, are familiar with finance and accounting practices and principles and are financially literate.
The purpose of the audit committee is to assist our board of directors in overseeing (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, including global data privacy and security laws applicable to the data we receive, (3) our independent auditors qualifications and independence, (4) the performance of the independent auditors and our internal audit function and (5) our capabilities, policies and controls, and methods for identifying, assessing and mitigating information and cybersecurity risks. The audit committee also prepares the audit committee report as required by the SEC for inclusion in our annual proxy statement.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee which will take effect upon the completion of this offering and which satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE This charter will be posted on our website upon the completion of this offering.
151
Compensation Committee
Upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee will consist of three directors: William Allen, Scott Graves and Aaron Rosen. We intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemption under the NYSE rules which exempts us from the requirement that we have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors.
The purpose of the compensation committee is to assist our board of directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) setting our compensation program and compensation of our executive officers and directors, (2) monitoring our incentive and stock-based compensation plans and (3) preparing the compensation committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee which will take effect upon the completion of this offering and which satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE. This charter will be posted on our website upon the completion of this offering.
Nominating, Corporate Governance and Sustainability Committee
The nominating, corporate governance and sustainability committee consists of three directors: Robyn Collver, Kristy Pipes and Duane C. Woods. We intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemption under the NYSE rules which exempts us from the requirement that we have a nominating, corporate governance and sustainability committee composed entirely of independent directors.
The purpose of the nominating, corporate governance and sustainability committee is to assist our board of directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) identifying individuals qualified to become new board of directors members, consistent with criteria approved by the board of directors, subject to our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the Stockholders Agreement, (2) reviewing the qualifications of incumbent directors to determine whether to recommend them for reelection and selecting, or recommending that the board of directors select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders, (3) identifying board of directors members qualified to fill vacancies on the board of directors or any board of directors committee and recommending that the board of directors appoint the identified member or members to the board of directors or the applicable committee, subject to our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the Stockholders Agreement, (4) reviewing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance principles applicable to us, (5) overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management, (6) oversee our strategy on corporate social responsibility and sustainability and (7) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the committee by the board of directors from time to time.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating, corporate governance and sustainability committee which will take effect upon the completion of this offering and which satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE. This charter will be posted on our website upon the completion of this offering.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. None of the members of the compensation committee is, nor has ever been, an officer or employee of our company.
152
Code of Ethics
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all our employees, officers, and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering our code of business conduct and ethics will be available our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website or in public filings.
153
Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides compensation information for our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, which we refer to as fiscal 2022. We refer to these executive officers as the named executive officers.
Name and Principal |
Year(1) | Salary ($) |
Bonus ($)(2) |
Option Awards ($)(3) |
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(4) |
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)(5) |
All Other Compensation ($)(6) |
Total ($) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mark Walsh |
2022 | 921,807 | 2,170,000 | | 1,149,480 | | 100 | 4,241,387 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 897,403 | | | 1,800,000 | | 5,223 | 2,702,626 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jay Stasz |
2022 | 203,077 | | 3,018,856 | 204,243 | | 100 | 3,426,276 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Charles Hunsinger |
2022 | 53,846 | 50,000 | 1,605,396 | 63,189 | | 100 | 1,772,531 |
(1) | Both Mr. Stasz and Mr. Hunsinger commenced employment with us during fiscal 2022. |
(2) | The amounts in this column for 2022 reflect, for Mr. Walsh, a discretionary bonus paid in connection with the December 2022 Dividend in recognition of business performance and, for Mr. Hunsinger, a sign-on bonus. |
(3) | The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during the fiscal year, computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 718 issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB ASC 718. For a description of the assumptions used to determine the grant date fair value of our stock options, see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
(4) | The amounts in this column reflect bonus payments under our annual bonus for performance in the applicable year. Our annual bonus plan is described below. |
(5) | No above-market or preferential interest rate options are available under our deferred compensation plan, which is described below. |
(6) | The amounts shown in this column for fiscal 2022 include a charitable contribution benefit of $100 for each named executive officer. |
Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table
Employment arrangements. As further described under Additional Narrative Disclosure below, we have entered into an employment agreement with each of our named executive officers.
Cash bonus. A portion of each named executive officers total target compensation opportunity is in the form of an annual incentive bonus under our Store Support Center (SSC) Bonus Plan. Each executive has a target bonus (as a percentage of base salary at year-end) under the SSC Bonus Plan. The target amounts are 100% of base salary for Mr. Walsh and 75% of base salary for each other named executive officer with a maximum payout of 200% of target. The bonus amounts for fiscal 2022 performance for the named executive officers were 124% of target (pro-rated for newly hired executives) due to exceeding the target level of financial goals.
154
Health and welfare benefits. The named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare benefit plans, including medical benefits and life insurance, on the same basis as other salaried employees.
401(k) retirement plan. We maintain a tax-qualified defined contribution plan, or a 401(k) plan, in which all employees may make contributions from eligible compensation, subject to Internal Revenue Code limits. We make matching contributions, subject to Internal Revenue Code limits. The named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other participating U.S. employees.
Deferred compensation plan. We provide a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to the named executive officers and other employees. Participants may elect to defer all or a portion of their eligible salary and bonus until a specified date. Executive officers who defer salary or bonus under this plan are credited with market-based returns depending upon the investment choices made by the executive. The investment options under the plan, which are similar to those provided under our qualified 401(k) plan, include a number of mutual funds with varying risk and return profiles.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-end
The following table shows all outstanding equity awards held by each of the named executive officers at the end of fiscal 2022, which consisted entirely of stock options.
Option Awards | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
Grant Date | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable |
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable (1) |
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)(2) |
Option Exercise Price ($) |
Option Expiration Date |
||||||||||||||||||
Mark Walsh |
10/7/2019 | 764,481 | 509,654 | 1,911,202 | 1.00 | 10/7/2029 | ||||||||||||||||||
12/9/2020 | 482,346 | 723,519 | 1,808,798 | 2.25 | 12/9/2030 | |||||||||||||||||||
Jay Stasz |
8/18/2022 | | 600,000 | | 10.50 | 8/18/2032 | ||||||||||||||||||
12/16/2022 | | 42,857 | | 11.00 | 12/16/2032 | |||||||||||||||||||
Charles Hunsinger |
12/16/2022 | | 326,300 | | 11.00 | 12/16/2032 |
(1) | The amounts in this column represent unvested time-vesting stock options. These stock options vest in equal installments on each of the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date (or, for Mr. Staszs August 2022 grant, anniversaries of July 19, 2022; or for Mr. Hunsingers grant, anniversaries of November 18, 2022), subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date. |
(2) | The amounts in this column represent unvested and unearned performance-vesting stock options. These stock options are eligible to become vested upon the achievement of the performance conditions described under Additional Narrative Disclosure below. |
Additional Narrative Disclosure
Employment agreements
We have entered into an employment agreement with each of our named executive officers pursuant to which each executive agrees to work for us. Mr. Walshs employment agreement dated
155
December 16, 2021, which superseded his prior agreement, provides for an initial term through December 31, 2024, with automatic 12-month renewals thereafter, unless the term ends earlier due to termination of executives employment by either party at any time. Mr. Walshs agreement provides for an initial base salary of $900,000 (which may be increased from time to time), a target annual bonus of 100% of base salary and other benefits provided to similarly situated employees. Employment agreements with each of our other named executive officers provide for a term until the executives employment is terminated by either party at any time and for continued payments during employment of base salary, annual cash bonus eligibility (with a target bonus of 75% of salary) and other benefits provided to similarly situated employees. Mr. Staszs employment agreement provides for a one-time sign-on bonus on March 1, 2023 if he remains employed at such time, subject to repayment if he departs prior to March 1, 2024, other than upon involuntary termination without cause or as a result of death or disability. Mr. Hunsingers employment agreement provides for a sign-on bonus, 50% of which is paid shortly after commencement of employment as reported in the Summary Compensation Table above and the remaining 50% of which is paid after six months of employment, in each case subject to repayment if he voluntarily resigns prior to the first anniversary of his start date.
Pursuant to each named executive officers employment agreement, upon the executives involuntary termination without cause or resignation for good reason (as defined below), and subject to signing a release and complying with the restrictive covenants, the executive will be entitled to receive the following:
| 12 months of continued base salary (plus, for Mr. Walsh, his annual target bonus), |
| a pro-rated portion of the annual bonus based on actual level of achievement, |
| 12 months of payment of healthcare premiums under COBRA, and |
| for Mr. Walsh, performance-based options that were granted prior to January 1, 2022 will remain available for performance-based vesting until the earlier of December 31, 2024 and two years following termination of employment, and |
| outplacement services in an amount up to $10,000 (or $15,000 for Mr. Walsh). |
For purposes of each employment agreement, good reason generally includes one of the following occurring without the executives consent: (i) material diminution of authority, duties or responsibilities; (ii) a change of principal employment location by more than 50 miles (or 35 miles for Mr. Walsh); (iii) material diminution in base salary (or target bonus for Mr. Walsh); or (iv) material breach by the company of the employment agreement. In addition, each of the employment agreements (other than Walshs) provides for a Section 280G better-of provision such that payments or benefits that each individual receives in connection with a change in control will be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of any excise tax under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code if a reduction would result in greater after-tax payment amount for the individual. There are no tax gross-up provisions related to Section 280G or 4999 of the Code in the employment agreements or other agreements.
Restrictive Covenants. Each named executive officers employment agreement subjects the executive to a non-competition covenant for up to 18 months (or 12 months for Mr. Walsh) following termination of employment. Each named executive officer is also subject to confidentiality and proprietary information covenants, non-disparagement covenants and post-termination non-solicit covenants.
Equity compensation
We have granted equity compensation to the named executive officers prior to this offering in the form of stock options under our 2019 Management Incentive Plan, as amended. In general, options
156
granted to our named executive officers prior to fiscal 2022 consisted of 40% time-vesting options and 60% performance-vesting options as described below. The options granted to our named executive officers during fiscal 2022 consisted solely of time-vesting options.
| The time-vesting portion of the stock options generally vest in equal annual installments over five years, subject to continued employment through each vesting date. |
| The performance-vesting portion of the stock options become vested to the extent our private equity investors receive a specified multiple of invested capital (MOIC) before the tenth anniversary of the option grant date, subject to the executives continued employment through the applicable measurement date. In addition, additional performance measures are applicable, including as a result of or following this offering, as described below. Shares underlying performance-vesting options that become vested may be subject to transfer restrictions for up to one year following this offering. |
| MOIC vesting. MOIC is a ratio comparing cash proceeds (including cumulative cash dividends and sale proceeds through the measurement date) to aggregate investment. Absent other events (such as this offering), the percentage of the performance-vesting portion that would become vested based on MOIC is as follows: one-third if MOIC equals or exceeds 2.00; an additional one-third if MOIC equals or exceeds 3.00; and the final one-third if MOIC equals or exceeds 3.75. The option agreements also include provisions applicable prior to this offering for partial vesting upon sales by our private equity investors that exceed specified hurdles. |
| IPO vesting. Up to 20% of the performance-vesting portion of the stock options may be eligible to become vested upon closing of this offering to the extent the 2.00 MOIC level has not previously been reached. |
| VWAP vesting. Following this offering, the performance-vesting options will be eligible to vest based on our stock price performance, as measured using a 90-day volume weighted average price (or VWAP) on an annual basis over a four-year period. |
The stock option agreements for stock options granted prior to this offering provide that, if a holders employment is terminated without cause, or due to death or disability, then a pro-rated portion of the time-vesting stock option will become vested. In the event of a change in control (which, for the avoidance of doubt, would not include our initial public offering), the time-vesting stock options will become fully vested, and the performance-vesting options will become vested to the extent the MOIC returns described above are met in connection with the change in control.
Proposed New Equity Grants
In connection with this offering, we expect to grant stock options and restricted stock units under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (a description of which is provided below) to certain directors, employees and other service providers, including our named executive officers, in amounts to be determined.
Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan
Our board of directors expects to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, our Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the Omnibus Incentive Plan) to become effective in connection with the consummation of this offering. Following the adoption of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, we do not expect to issue additional awards under the 2019 Management Incentive Plan, as amended (the Prior Plan). This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Omnibus Incentive Plan that is ultimately adopted by our board of directors.
Administration. We expect that the board of directors will authorize the compensation committee of our board of directors to administer the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The compensation committee, or its
157
delegate, will have the authority to determine the type, size terms and conditions of any awards and the terms of the underlying agreements evidencing any awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The compensation committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the Omnibus Incentive Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may vest and be exercised.
Eligibility. Any of our or our affiliates current or prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who are selected by the compensation committee will be eligible for awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The compensation committee will have the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Number of Shares Authorized. Pursuant to the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued or transferred under the Omnibus Incentive Plan shall be equal to the sum of the following: (i) shares of common stock, plus (ii) shares of common stock underlying any award under the Prior Plan that expires, terminates, or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full. There will be a maximum grant date fair value of cash and equity awards that may be awarded to a non-employee director under the Omnibus Incentive Plan during any one calendar year, taken together with any cash fees earned by such non-employee director for services rendered as a member of the Board during the calendar year, provided that a majority of the independent non-employee directors may provide for an exception to this limitation in the case of a non-executive chair of the Board. If any award granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan expires, terminates, or is canceled or forfeited without being settled, vested or exercised, shares of our common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grants. If shares of common stock otherwise issuable under the Omnibus Incentive Plan are surrendered in payment of the exercise price of an option, then the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan shall be reduced only by the net number of shares actually issued by us upon such exercise and not by the gross number of shares as to which such option is exercised. Upon the exercise of any SAR under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan shall be reduced by only by the net number of shares actually issued by the Company upon such exercise. If shares of common stock otherwise issuable under the Omnibus Incentive Plan are withheld by us in satisfaction of the withholding taxes incurred in connection with the issuance, vesting or exercise of any grant or the issuance of common stock thereunder, then the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares issued, vested or exercised under such grant, calculated in each instance after payment of such share withholding. To the extent any grants are paid in cash, and not in shares of common stock, any shares previously subject to such grants shall again be available for issuance or transfer under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Change in Capitalization. If there is a change in our capitalization in the event of a stock or extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of our common stock or other relevant change in capitalization or applicable law or circumstances, such that the compensation committee determines that an adjustment to the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan (or awards thereunder) is necessary or appropriate, then the compensation committee shall make adjustments in a manner that it deems equitable. Such adjustments may be to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the number of shares covered by awards then outstanding under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the limitations on awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the exercise price of outstanding options, or any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, performance conditions and performance periods), or such other equitable substitution or adjustments as the compensation committee may determine appropriate.
158
Awards Available for Grant. The compensation committee may grant awards of non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs), stock awards (including restricted stock), stock units (including restricted stock units), other stock-based awards, other cash-based awards, dividend equivalents or any combination of the foregoing. Awards may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by us or with which we combine, which are referred to herein as Substitute Awards. All awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the compensation committee.
Stock Options. The compensation committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase shares of our common stock that are either incentive stock options, meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for incentive stock options, or non-qualified, meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. All options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan shall be non-qualified unless the applicable award agreement expressly states that the option is intended to be an incentive stock option. Options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Under the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value (or 110% of the fair market value in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder) of our common stock at the time of grant (except with respect to Substitute Awards). Options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the compensation committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder), provided that if the term of a non-qualified option would expire at a time when trading in the shares of our common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy, the options term shall be extended automatically until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition (as long as such extension shall not violate Section 409A of the Code) unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee. Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made (i) in cash, (ii) unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee, by delivery of shares of our common stock valued at the fair market value at the time the option is exercised, (iii) if there is a public market for the shares of our common stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism, (iv) if permitted by the compensation committee, by means of a net exercise procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares otherwise deliverable in respect of an option that are needed to pay the exercise price or (v) by such other method as the compensation committee may permit in its sole discretion.
Stock Awards. The compensation committee will be authorized to grant stock awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Stock awards are common stock that is generally non-transferable and is subject to such restrictions determined by the compensation committee for a specified period. The compensation committee may, but shall not be required to, establish conditions under which restrictions on stock awards shall lapse over a period of time or according to such other criteria as the compensation committee deems appropriate, including, without limitation, restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals. Unless the compensation committee determines otherwise, during any restriction period, the participant shall have the right to vote shares of stock awards and to receive any dividends or other distributions paid on such shares. Dividends with respect to stock awards that vest based on performance shall vest if and to the extent that the underlying stock award vests, as determined by the compensation committee.
159
Stock Unit Awards. The compensation committee will be authorized to grant stock unit awards, which will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Each stock unit shall represent the right of the participant to receive a share of common stock or an amount of cash based on the value of a share of common stock, if and when specified conditions are met. The compensation committee may grant stock units that vest and are payable if specified performance goals or other conditions are met, or under other circumstances. Stock units may be paid at the end of a specified performance period or other period, or payment may be deferred to a date authorized by the compensation committee. The compensation committee may accelerate vesting or payment, as to any or all stock units at any time for any reason, provided such acceleration complies with section 409A of the Code. To the extent provided in an award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments upon the payment by us of dividends on shares of our common stock, either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the compensation committee, in shares of our common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount of such dividends (or a combination of cash and shares), which accumulated dividend equivalents shall be payable at the same time that the underlying restricted stock units are settled.
Stock Appreciation Rights. The compensation committee will be authorized to award SARs under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. SARs will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, in the form of either cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. An option granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may include SARs, and SARs may also be awarded to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option corresponding to such SARs, including with respect to vesting and expiration. Except as otherwise provided by the compensation committee (in the case of Substitute Awards or SARs granted in tandem with previously granted options), the strike price per share of our common stock underlying each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of such share, determined as of the date of grant and the maximum term of a SAR granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the date of grant.
Other Stock-Based Awards. The compensation committee may grant other stock-based awards, which are awards (other than those described above) that are based on or measured by common stock, on such terms and conditions as the compensation committee shall determine. Other stock-based awards may be awarded subject to the achievement of performance goals or other criteria or other conditions and may be payable in cash, common stock or any combination of the foregoing, as the compensation committee shall determine and as set forth in the applicable award agreement.
Cash Awards. The compensation committee may grant cash awards to participants. The compensation committee shall determine the terms and conditions applicable to cash awards, including the criteria for the vesting and payment of cash awards. Cash awards shall be based on such measures as the compensation committee deems appropriate and need not relate to the value of shares of common stock.
Effect of a Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, or any applicable employment, consulting, change of control, severance or other agreement between us and a participant, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan), if the acquirer or successor company in a change in control has agreed to provide for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation of awards granted pursuant to the Omnibus Incentive Plan, then, unless a participants award agreement provides otherwise, if a participants employment or service is terminated by us other than for cause (and other than due to death or disability) within the 24-month period following a change of control, all outstanding options and SARs, stock awards, stock unit awards, other stock based awards or cash awards held by such participant will become immediately vested and exercisable as of such participants date of termination with respect to all of
160
the shares subject to such award; provided that with respect to any award whose vesting or exercisability is otherwise subject to the achievement of performance conditions in whole or in part, vesting shall be determined under the applicable award agreement. In the event of a change of control, if any outstanding awards are not assumed by, or replaced with grants that have comparable terms by, the surviving corporation (or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving corporation), the compensation committee may (but is not obligated to) make adjustments to the terms and conditions of outstanding awards, including, without limitation, taking any of the following actions (or combination thereof) with respect to any or all outstanding awards, without the consent of any participant: (i) the compensation committee may determine that outstanding stock options and SARs shall automatically accelerate and become fully exercisable and the restrictions and conditions on outstanding stock awards, stock units, other stock-based awards, cash awards, and dividend equivalents shall immediately lapse; (ii) the compensation committee may determine that participants shall receive a payment in settlement of outstanding stock units, other stock-based awards, cash awards, or dividend equivalents, in such amount and form as may be determined by the compensation committee; (iii) the compensation committee may require that participants surrender their outstanding stock options and SARs in exchange for a payment by the Company, in cash or stock as determined by the compensation committee, in an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which the then fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the participants unexercised stock options and SARs exceeds the stock option exercise price or SAR base amount, and (iv) after giving participants an opportunity to exercise all of their outstanding stock options and SARs, the compensation committee may terminate any or all unexercised stock options and SARs at such time as the compensation committee deems appropriate. Such surrender, termination or payment shall take place as of the date of the change of control or such other date as the compensation committee may specify. Without limiting the foregoing, if the per share fair market value of the common stock does not exceed the per share stock option exercise price or SAR base amount, as applicable, the Company shall not be required to make any payment to the participant upon surrender of the stock option or SAR.
Nontransferability. Each award may be exercised during the participants lifetime by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participants guardian or legal representative. No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, with respect to certain awards, pursuant to a domestic relations order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the compensation committee may provide that a participant may transfer non-qualified stock options to family members, or one or more trusts or other entities for the benefit of or owned by family members, consistent with the applicable securities laws, according to such terms as the compensation committee may determine, provided that the participant receives no consideration for the transfer of an option and the transferred option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the option immediately before the transfer.
Amendment. The Omnibus Incentive Plan will have a term of ten years, unless the Omnibus Incentive Plan is terminated earlier by the board of directors or is extended by the board of directors with the approval of the stockholders. The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Omnibus Incentive Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval if necessary to comply with any tax, exchange rules, or other applicable regulatory requirement. Except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any stock dividend, distribution (whether in the form of cash, stock, other securities or property), stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, change in control, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of stock or other securities, or similar transactions), the Company may not, without obtaining stockholder approval, (i) amend the terms of outstanding stock options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding stock options or base amount of such SARs, (ii) cancel outstanding stock options or SARs in exchange for stock options or SARs with an exercise price or base amount, as applicable, that is less than the exercise price or base
161
amount of the original stock options or SARs or (iii) cancel outstanding stock options or SARs with an exercise price or base amount, as applicable, above the current stock price in exchange for cash or other securities.
Clawback/Forfeiture. Awards may be subject to clawback or forfeiture to the extent required by a clawback or recoupment policy adopted by us or by the provisions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan or an award agreement.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP) to become effective in connection with this offering, which will be intended to be an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. The ESPP is designed to allow our eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock, at periodic intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions. The maximum number of our shares of our common stock which will be authorized for sale under the ESPP is equal to shares of common stock. Our board of directors or its delegate may implement purchase and offering periods from time to time under the ESPP and may change the duration and timing of offering and purchase periods in its discretion. However, in no event may an offering period be longer than 27 months in length. The option purchase price will be no less than the lower of 85% of the closing trading price per share of our common stock on the first day of an offering period in which a participant is enrolled or 85% of the closing trading price per share on the purchase date. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, the board of directors may not amend the ESPP without obtaining stockholder approval within twelve months before or after such amendment to the extent required by applicable laws.
162
Director Compensation Table
During fiscal 2022, the following members of our board of directors received compensation from the company for their service:
Name(1) |
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)(2) |
Option Awards ($)(4) |
All Other Compensation ($)(3) |
Total ($) | ||||||||||||
William Allen |
75,000 | | 49,300 | 124,300 | ||||||||||||
Robyn Collver |
75,000 | | 49,300 | 124,300 | ||||||||||||
Aina E. Konold |
75,000 | 261,394 | | 336,394 | ||||||||||||
Kristy Pipes |
100,000 | 261,394 | | 361,394 | ||||||||||||
Duane Woods |
75,000 | | 49,300 | 124,300 |
1) | Mr. Walsh did not receive any additional compensation for his service on the board of directors apart from his compensation as CEO as set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table and so is not included in this table. Our directors who are associated with Ares did not receive compensation from us for their service on the board of directors and so are not included in this table. |
(2) | The amounts in this column represent a $75,000 annual cash retainer, plus, for Ms. Pipes, an additional $25,000 for service as chair of the audit committee. Although Ms. Collvers cash compensation was paid in Canadian dollars, the payment due was determined based on the amount of U.S. dollars set forth in this table, and then paid in Canadian dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the time of payment. |
(3) | The amounts set forth in this column reflect a discretionary bonus paid in connection with the December 2022 Dividend in recognition of business performance. |
(4) | The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of these options granted during the fiscal year, computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. During fiscal 2022, each of Ms. Konold and Ms. Pipes received options to purchase 65,000 shares on February 18, 2022, vesting in four equal annual installments with the first vesting date on July 22, 2022 through July 22, 2025 (with a grant date fair value of $238,550), and options to purchase 4,643 shares on December 16, 2022, vesting in equal annual installments on the first five anniversaries of the grant date (with a grant date fair value of $22,844), subject to continued service. For a description of the assumptions used to determine the grant date fair value of our stock options, see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of the last day of fiscal 2022, the following directors held the following number of outstanding stock options: Mr. Allen, 140,875 options; Ms. Collver, 140,875 options; Ms. Konold 69,643 options; Ms. Pipes, 69,643 options; Mr. Woods, 140,875 options. |
Post-Offering Director Compensation Program
We are evaluating the specific terms of our director compensation program following this offering, but we anticipate that our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive cash and equity and will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with their services. In connection with this offering, it is anticipated that each director will receive a grant of restricted stock units under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
163
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Stockholders agreement
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a Stockholders Agreement with the Ares Funds. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the Ares Funds will be entitled to designate individuals to be included in the slate of nominees for election to our board of directors as follows:
| for so long as the Ares Funds own 40% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the greater of up to seven directors and the number of directors comprising a majority of our board; and |
| except as provided below, for so long as the Ares Funds own less than 40% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, that number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) that is the same percentage of the total number of directors comprising our board as the collective percentage of common stock owned by the Ares Funds. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Ares Funds at any time cease to own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the Ares Funds will not have the right to designate any directors. The Stockholders Agreement will also provide for the nomination to our board of directors, subject to his or her election by our stockholders at the annual meeting, of our chief executive officer. Each of the Ares Funds will agree, for so long as the Ares Funds hold more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, to vote all of the shares of common stock held by it in favor of the foregoing nominees.
The Stockholders Agreement will also provide that, for so long as the Ares Funds own at least 30% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, the following actions will require the prior written consent of the Ares Funds, subject to certain exceptions:
| merging or consolidating with or into any other entity, or transferring all or substantially all of our assets, taken as a whole, to another entity, or undertaking any transaction that would constitute a Change of Control as defined in our debt agreements; |
| acquiring or disposing of assets, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or entering into joint ventures, in each case with a value in excess of $ million; |
| incurring indebtedness in a single transaction or a series of related transactions in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $ million; |
| issuing our or our subsidiaries equity other than pursuant to an equity compensation plan approved by our stockholders or a majority of the directors designated by the Ares Funds; |
| terminating the employment of our chief executive officer or hiring or designating a new chief executive officer; |
| entering into any transactions, agreements, arrangements or payments with any other person who owns greater than or equal to 10% of our common stock then outstanding that are material or involve aggregate payments or receipts in excess of $500,000; |
| amending, modifying or waiving any provision of our organizational documents in a manner that adversely affects the Ares Funds; |
| commencing any liquidation, dissolution or voluntary bankruptcy, administration, recapitalization or reorganization; |
| increasing or decreasing the size of our board of directors; and |
| entering into of any agreement to do any of the foregoing. |
The Stockholders Agreement will also grant the Ares Funds certain information rights.
164
Registration rights agreement
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement, or the Registration Rights Agreement, with the Ares Funds. Subject to certain conditions, the Registration Rights Agreement will provide the Ares Funds with unlimited demand registrations and unlimited demand registrations at any time we are eligible to register shares on Form S-3. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Ares Funds will be provided with shelf registration rights, subject to certain conditions and exceptions. We will also be required to cooperate in a customary manner in connection with dispositions of common stock under the registration statements filed under the Registration Rights Agreement. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide the Ares Funds with customary piggyback registration rights. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses of these holders relating to such registrations and indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act.
This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Corporate Conversion
Prior to January 7, 2022, we operated as a Delaware limited liability company under the name S-Evergreen Holding LLC. On January 7, 2022, we converted into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to Savers Value Village, Inc. In the Corporate Conversion, all of our outstanding equity interests were converted into shares of common stock.
The purpose of the Corporate Conversion was to reorganize our structure so that the entity that is offering our common stock to the public in this offering is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that our existing investors and new investors purchasing in this offering will own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.
Indemnification of officers and directors
Following completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered, or will enter, into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. See Description of Capital StockLimitations of Liability, Indemnification and Advancement below for more details.
Purchases of products in the ordinary course of business
Certain of our related persons may, either directly or through their respective affiliates, enter into commercial transactions with us from time to time in the ordinary course of business, primarily for the purchase of merchandise. We believe that none of the transactions with such persons is significant enough to be considered material to such persons or to us.
Related persons transaction policy
We have adopted formal written procedures for the review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons, or the Related Persons Transaction Policy. The Related Persons Transaction Policy provides that the audit committee of our board of directors is charged with reviewing for approval or ratification all transactions with related persons (as defined in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of
165
Regulation S-K) that are brought to the audit committees attention. This policy was adopted on , 2022 and will take effect upon the effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation in connection with this offering, and as a result, certain of the transactions entered into prior to that date were not reviewed under the policy.
We also maintain certain compensation agreements and other arrangements with certain of our executive officers, which are described under Executive Compensation elsewhere in this prospectus.
166
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock (i) as of and (ii) immediately following this offering, as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of common stock by us, in each case, by the following individuals or groups:
| each of our directors; |
| each of our named executive officers; |
| all of our directors and executive officers as a group; |
| each selling stockholder; and |
| each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock. |
The percentage ownership information shown in the table prior to this offering is based upon shares of common stock outstanding as of , after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion. The percentage ownership information shown in the table after this offering is based upon shares of common stock outstanding as of , after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities, or have the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before , 2023, which is 60 days after , 2023. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information contained in the following table is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose, and the inclusion of any shares in the table does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership of those shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.
167
Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Savers Value Village, Inc., 11400 S.E. 6th Street, Suite 125, Bellevue, WA 98004.
(1) | Includes shares held by Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund V, L.P. (ACOF V), ASSF IV AIV B Holdings III, L.P. (ASSF IV AIV Holdings), ASSF IV AIV B, L.P. (ASSF IV AIV) and ASOF Holdings I, L.P. (ASOF Holdings I and, collectively with ACOF V, ASSF IV AIV Holdings and ASSF IV AIV, the Ares Holders). The manager of ACOF V is ACOF Investment Management LLC and the sole member of ACOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The general partner of ASSF IV AIV Holdings is ASSF IV AIV B Holdings III GP LLC (ASSF IV AIV Holdings GP) and the sole member of ASSF IV AIV Holdings GP is ASSF IV AIV. The manager of ASSF IV AIV is ASSF Operating Manager IV, L.P. and the general partner of ASSF Operating Manager IV, L.P. is Ares Management LLC. The manager of ASOF Holdings I is ASOF Investment Management LLC and the sole member of ASOF Investment Management LLC is Ares Management LLC. The sole member of Ares Management LLC is Ares Management Holdings L.P. and the general partner of Ares Management Holdings L.P. is Ares Holdco LLC. The sole member of Ares Holdco LLC is Ares Management Corporation. Ares Management Corporation is indirectly controlled by Ares Partners Holdco LLC. We refer to all of the foregoing entities collectively as the Ares Entities. Ares Partners Holdco LLC is managed by a board of managers, which is composed of Michael Arougheti, Ryan Berry, R. Kipp deVeer, David Kaplan, Antony Ressler and Bennett Rosenthal. Mr. Ressler generally has veto authority over decisions by the board of managers of Ares Partners Holdco LLC. Each of the members of the board of managers expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of our shares of common stock owned by the Ares Holders. Each of the Ares Entities (other than the Ares Holders, with respect to the securities owned by them, respectively) and the equityholders, partners, members and managers of the Ares Entities and the executive committee of Ares Partners Holdco LLC expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Also includes shares held by an account managed by ASSF Operating Manager IV, L.P. with respect to which the Ares Entities may be deemed to have shared voting or dispositive power with the owner of such account. The address of each Ares Entity is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90067. |
168
The following descriptions are summaries of our capital stock, certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as each will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, and certain provisions of Delaware law. The description below reflects the completion of the Corporate Conversion. Please note that these summaries are not intended to be exhaustive. For further information, you should also refer to the full versions of our certificate of incorporation and the bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
General
Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.
As of , 2023, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion, there were shares of our common stock outstanding, held of record by stockholders. No shares of our preferred stock are designated, issued or outstanding.
Common Stock
Voting rights
Each share of our common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. There is no cumulative voting, which means that a holder or group of holders of more than 40% of the shares of our common stock can elect all of our directors. For a description of the Stockholders Agreement, see Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsStockholders Agreement.
Dividend rights
The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our board of directors from legally available sources, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any. See Dividend Policy.
Preemptive or similar rights
Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights. The rights of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that our board of directors may designate and issue in the future.
Liquidation rights
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock and payment of claims of creditors.
169
Preferred Stock
Our board of directors is authorized to issue up to shares of our preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in each case without further action by our stockholders. Subject to the terms of any series of preferred stock so designated, our board of directors is also authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock in the foreseeable future.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Below are brief summaries of various anti-takeover provisions contained primarily in our organizational documents. We believe the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Anti-takeover statute
Our certificate of incorporation provides that we are not governed by Section 203 of the DGCL which, in the absence of such provisions, would have imposed additional requirements regarding mergers and other business combinations.
However, our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective on the consummation of this offering, will include a provision that restricts us from engaging in any business combination with an interested stockholder for three years following the date that person becomes an interested stockholder. These restrictions will not apply to any business combination involving Ares or any affiliate of Ares, including the Ares Funds, or their respective direct and indirect transferees, on the one hand, and us, on the other.
Additionally, we would be able to enter into a business combination with an interested stockholder if:
| before that person became an interested stockholder, our board of directors approved the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved the business combination; |
| upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) stock held by directors who are also officers of our company and by employee stock plans that do not provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether shares held under the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or |
170
| following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder. |
In general, a business combination is defined to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder and an interested stockholder is any person who, together with affiliates and associates, is the owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or is our affiliate or associate and was the owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock at any time within the three-year period immediately before the date of determination. Under our certificate of incorporation, an interested stockholder generally does not include Ares or any affiliate of Ares, including the Ares Funds, or their respective direct and indirect transferees.
This provision of our certificate of incorporation could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.
Anti-takeover effects of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
Undesignated preferred stock
As discussed above, subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, our board of directors will have the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management.
Action by written consent; special meetings of stockholders
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, from and after the Trigger Date, our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, following the Trigger Date, a holder controlling a majority of our common stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that, from and after the Trigger Date, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our board of directors. Following the Trigger Date, stockholders may not call a special meeting of stockholders, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our common stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.
Advance notice procedures
Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and stockholder nomination of candidates for election as directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirers own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
Board classification
Our certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, provides for a board of directors comprised of three classes of directors, with each class serving a three-year
171
term beginning and ending in different years than those of the other two classes. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors without cause following the Trigger Date could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of us.
Removal of directors; vacancies
From and after the Trigger Date, directors may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Prior to the Trigger Date, directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Except in the case of a vacancy arising with respect to a director designated by the Ares Funds where they continue to have a right of designation pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, our board of directors has the sole power to fill any vacancy on our board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise.
No cumulative voting
Because our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of the common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to nominate and elect a director to our board of directors in order to influence our board of directors decision regarding a takeover or otherwise.
Amendment of Charter and Bylaw Provisions
Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, following the Trigger Date, the amendment of certain of the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described in this prospectus will require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors may from time to time adopt, amend, alter or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval. Subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, the stockholders may adopt, amend, alter or repeal our bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock (other than certain specified bylaws which, following the Trigger Date, will require the affirmative vote of two-thirds of our outstanding common stock).
In addition, following the completion of this offering, the Stockholders Agreement will provide that, for so long as the Ares Funds own at least 30% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, certain significant corporate actions will require the prior written consent of the Ares Funds, subject to certain exceptions. If the Ares Funds own less than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, such action will not be subject to the approval of the Ares Funds and the shares of common stock owned by the Ares Funds will be excluded in calculating the 30% threshold. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsStockholders Agreement.
The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for another party to effect a change in management.
172
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids.
These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management.
Corporate Opportunity
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply against the Ares Funds, any of our non-employee directors or any of their respective affiliates in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses. See Risk FactorsThe continuing control after this offering of our company, including the right to designate individuals to be included in the slate of nominees for election to our board of directors, by the Ares Funds, whose interests may conflict with our interests and those of other stockholders. As such, the Ares Funds may be able to influence or control our affairs and policies following the completion of this offering.
Choice of Forum
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, creditors, or other constituents, (iii) action asserting a claim arising out of or relating to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated by-laws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time), or (iv) action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state court sitting in the State of Delaware, or if no state court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum. Additionally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will state that the foregoing provision will not apply to claims arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws for which there is exclusive federal or concurrent federal and state jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or such other federal securities law. The exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholders ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions. See Risk FactorsRisks relating to this offering and ownership of our common stockOur certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for a wide range of disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
173
Limitations of Liability, Indemnification and Advancement
Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers, and may indemnify and advance expenses to our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, which prohibits our certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:
| any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders; |
| acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
| unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and |
| any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. |
If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our certificate of incorporation will not eliminate a directors duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a directors responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.
In addition to the indemnification and advancement of expenses required in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of, and the advancement of expenses to, such persons for all reasonable expenses and liabilities, including attorneys fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts, incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were serving in such capacity. We believe that these charter and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors and officers liability insurance.
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholders investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification or advancement by any director or officer.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agents address is 48 Wall Street, 22nd Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Legal Department.
174
Listing
We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol SVV.
175
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our capital stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, the availability of shares for future sale or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and/or impair our ability to raise equity capital.
Upon the completion of this offering, shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full.
All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares sold to our affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or Rule 144. The outstanding shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders are restricted securities, as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualifies for exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or Rule 701.
As a result of lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
| shares of our common stock will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering; and |
| approximately shares of common stock, will be eligible for sale upon expiration of lock-up agreements described below, beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in certain circumstances to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rules 144 and 701. |
We may issue shares of our capital stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with the exercise of stock options and warrants, vesting of RSUs and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our capital stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the shares will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.
Rule 144
In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and any affiliate of ours who owns either restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144.
Non-affiliates
Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:
| the restricted securities have been held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates; |
176
| we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale; and |
| we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale. |
Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.
Affiliates
Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale would be subject to the restrictions described above. Sales of restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock by affiliates are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:
| 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately following the completion of this offering (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full); or |
| the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale. |
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the holding period, notice, manner of sale, public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.
Lock-up Agreements
In connection with this offering, we and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for our common stock, including the Ares Funds and the selling stockholders, have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the underwriters, offer, sell or transfer any of our shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock.
The agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up agreements. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not necessarily limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale.
177
In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain of our security holders, including our stockholders agreement and agreements governing our equity awards, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.
Registration Rights
Following the completion of this offering, under the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to certain conditions, the Ares Funds will have unlimited demand registrations and unlimited demand registrations at any time we are eligible to register shares on Form S-3. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Ares Funds will be provided with shelf registration rights, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, as soon as we become eligible to register shares on Form S-3. We will also be required to cooperate in a customary manner in connection with dispositions of common stock under the registration statements filed under the Registration Rights Agreement. The Ares Funds will also have customary piggy-back registration rights. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses of these holders relating to such registrations and indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act. Following completion of this offering, the shares covered by such registration rights would represent approximately % of our outstanding common stock (or approximately % of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). These shares also may be sold under Rule 144, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. For a description of the rights that the Ares Funds and certain members of management will have to require us to register shares of common stock they own, see Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsRegistration Rights Agreement.
178
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined herein) with respect to the ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), U.S. judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and existing and proposed Treasury regulations, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All of the preceding authorities are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the IRS with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and as a result there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe herein.
This discussion only addresses beneficial owners of our common stock that hold such common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of such Non-U.S. Holders particular circumstances or that may be applicable to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law, including, for example, financial institutions; dealers in securities; traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment; insurance companies; tax-exempt entities; Non-U.S. Holders who acquire our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services; Non-U.S. Holders liable for the alternative minimum tax; controlled foreign corporations; passive foreign investment companies; former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States; Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction; Non-U.S. Holders that are required to report income no later than when such income is reported in an applicable financial statement; and Non-U.S. Holders that are foreign governments and other entities that are eligible for the benefits of Section 892 of the Code. In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to U.S. federal income tax (such as U.S. federal estate or gift tax or the Medicare contribution tax on certain net investment income), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible application of these taxes.
For purposes of this discussion, the term Non-U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust, other than:
| an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes; |
| a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
| an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or |
| a trust if: (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust. |
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons that, for
179
U.S. federal income tax purposes, are treated as partners in a partnership holding shares of our common stock are urged to consult their tax advisors.
Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular consequences to them under U.S. federal, state and local and applicable foreign tax laws of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.
Distributions
Distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Subject to the discussions below under U.S. Trade or Business Income, Information Reporting and Backup Withholding and FATCA, you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty (if you qualify for the benefits of such tax treaty), on any dividends received in respect of our common stock. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in our common stock and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. However, except to the extent that we elect (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which you hold your common stock elects) otherwise, we (or the intermediary) must generally withhold on the entire distribution, in which case you would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits.
In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, you will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or, in each case, a successor form) certifying your entitlement to benefits under the treaty. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty but do not provide the documentation described in the preceding sentence, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding your possible entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.
Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussions below under U.S. Trade or Business Income, Information Reporting and Backup Withholding and FATCA, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:
| the gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case, such gain will be taxed as described in U.S. Trade or Business Income below; |
| you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which certain capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed certain capital losses allocable to U.S. sources; or |
| we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation (a USRPHC) under Section 897 of the Code at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the |
180
date of the disposition and your holding period for the common stock, in which case, subject to the exception set forth in the second sentence of the next paragraph, such gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as U.S. trade or business income discussed below. |
In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its United States real property interests (as defined in the Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. In the event that we are determined to be a USRPHC, your gain on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock will not be subject to tax as U.S. trade or business income if your holdings (direct and indirect) at all times during the applicable period described in the third bullet point above constituted 5% or less of our common stock, provided that our common stock was regularly traded on an established securities market during such period. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
U.S. Trade or Business Income
For purposes of this discussion, your dividend income with respect to our common stock and gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock will be considered to be U.S. trade or business income if (A)(i) such income or gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and (ii) if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States and such treaty so requires, such income or gain is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, if you are an individual, a fixed base) that you maintain in the United States or (B) with respect to gain, we are or have been a USRPHC at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition of our common stock and your holding period for our common stock (subject to the 5% ownership exception set forth above in the second paragraph of Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock). Generally, U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax (provided that you comply with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, including providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form)); instead, such income is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates (generally in the same manner as a U.S. person). If you are a corporation, any U.S. trade or business income that you receive may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
We must annually report to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any dividend income that is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax or that is exempt from such withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which a Non-U.S. Holder resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation on certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to you will generally be exempt from backup withholding if you provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI (or, in each case, a successor form) or otherwise establish an exemption and the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of such other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.
The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker (U.S. or non-U.S.) will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless you certify as to your non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise
181
establish an exemption and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the United States (a U.S. related financial intermediary). In the case of the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a U.S. related financial intermediary, the Treasury regulations require information reporting (but not backup withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is not a U.S. person and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in light of your particular circumstances.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to you will be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
FATCA
Pursuant to Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code, commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA), foreign financial institutions (which include most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment vehicles) and certain other foreign entities that do not otherwise qualify for an exemption must comply with information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or be subject to a withholding tax on U.S. source payments made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party).
More specifically, a foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements or otherwise qualify for an exemption will generally be subject to a 30% withholding tax with respect to any withholdable payments. For this purpose, withholdable payments generally include U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax (e.g., U.S.-source dividends) and, subject to the following two sentences, also include the entire gross proceeds from the sale of any equity instruments of U.S. issuers (such as our common stock). The U.S. Department of the Treasury has released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the U.S. federal withholding tax applicable to the gross proceeds from a sale or disposition of equity instruments. In its preamble to the proposed regulations, the U.S. Department of the Treasury stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. The FATCA withholding tax will apply even if the payment would otherwise not be subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.
To avoid withholding imposed under FATCA, you may be required to provide us (or our withholding agents) with applicable tax forms or other information. You are urged to consult with your tax advisor regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to you based on your particular circumstances.
182
We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Jefferies LLC and UBS Securities LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters (the Representatives). We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
Name |
Number of shares of common stock |
|||
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
||||
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC |
||||
Jefferies LLC |
||||
UBS Securities LLC |
||||
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated |
||||
CIBC World Markets Corp. |
||||
Guggenheim Securities, LLC |
||||
Piper Sandler & Co. |
||||
Total |
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares of common stock. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance subject to the underwriters right to reject any order in whole or in part. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any shares of common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders to cover sales of common stock by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares of common stock specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares of common stock. If any shares of common stock are purchased with this option to purchase additional common stock, the underwriters will purchase common stock in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares of common stock on the same terms as those on which the shares of common stock are being offered.
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholders per share. The underwriting fee is $ per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid
183
to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares of common stock.
Savers Value Village, Inc. | Selling Stockholders | |||||||||||||||
No Exercise | Full Exercise | No Exercise | Full Exercise | |||||||||||||
Per Share |
$ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||
Total |
$ | $ | $ | $ | $ |
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $30,000.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, loan, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering.
The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions, including (i) the issuance of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of RSUs (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters; (iii) the issuance of up to % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into, exercisable for, or which are otherwise exchangeable for, our common stock, immediately following the closing of this offering, in acquisitions or other similar strategic transactions, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters; or (iv) our filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction.
184
The selling stockholders, our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our stockholders (such persons, the lock-up parties) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the restricted period), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Jefferies LLC, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant (collectively with the common stock, the lock-up securities)), (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as bona fide gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will or intestacy, (iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or any immediate family member, (iv) to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and its immediate family members are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv), (vi) in the case of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates or (B) as part of a distribution to members or stockholders of the lock-up party; (vii) by operation of law, (viii) to us from an employee upon death, disability or termination of employment of such employee, (ix) as part of a sale of lock-up securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including net or cashless exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments, or (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by our board of directors and made to all stockholders involving a change in control, provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph; (b) exercise of the options, settlement of RSUs or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants granted pursuant to plans described in this prospectus, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock,
185
warrants to acquire preferred stock, or convertible securities into shares of our common stock or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, provided that any common stock or warrant received upon such conversion would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; and (d) the establishment by lock-up parties of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of lock-up securities during the restricted period.
, in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.
We, and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
We will apply to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on the NYSE under the symbol SVV.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be covered shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters option to purchase additional shares of common stock referred to above, or may be naked shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares of common stock, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares of common stock available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares of common stock through the option to purchase additional shares of common stock. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares of common stock in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares of common stock as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the
186
underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:
| the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives; |
| our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; |
| an assessment of our management; |
| our prospects for future earnings; |
| the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; |
| the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded securities of generally comparable companies; and |
| other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. |
Neither we nor the underwriters nor the selling stockholders can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares of common stock, or that the shares of common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. An affiliate of Jefferies LLC acts as a joint lead arranger and a joint physical bookrunner under the Term Loan Facility and Credit Facility and acts as a lender under the Term Loan Facility. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a Relevant State), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
| to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation; |
187
| to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or |
| in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, |
provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation. and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the Company that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression Prospectus Regulation means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the Shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:
| to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation; |
| to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of underwriters for any such offer; or |
| in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA). |
provided that no such offer of the Shares shall require the company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to the Shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Shares and the expression UK Prospectus Regulation means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are qualified investors (as
188
defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the Order) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the FSMA.
Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada
The shares of common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, the shares of common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the
189
Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares of common stock.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Arab Emirates
The shares of common stock have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia
This prospectus:
| does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Corporations Act); |
| has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and |
| may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (Exempt Investors). |
The shares of common stock may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares of common stock may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares of common stock may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares of common stock, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.
As any offer of shares of common stock under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares of common stock you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares of common stock, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares of common stock to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the common stock
190
nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the SFO) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the CO) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the SFA)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA; (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
| a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or |
| a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, |
securities or securities-based derivatives contract (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be
191
transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
| to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; |
| where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; |
| where the transfer is by operation of law; |
| as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or |
| as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018. |
Singapore SFA Product ClassificationSolely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to sections 309B(1)(a) and 309B(1)(c) of the SFA, the company has determined, and hereby notifies all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A of the SFA) that the shares of common stock are prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
Notice to Prospective Investors in Israel
This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and qualified individuals, each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.
192
The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.
The consolidated financial statements of Savers Value Village, Inc., formerly known as S-Evergreen Holding LLC, as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 2022 and January 2, 2021 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part thereof. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available on the website of the SEC referred to above.
We also maintain a website at www.savers.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.
193
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SAVERS VALUE VILLAGE, INC. (formerly known as S-EVERGREEN HOLDING LLC)
Consolidated Financial Statements |
||||
F-2 | ||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022 |
F-3 | |||
F-4 | ||||
F-5 | ||||
F-6 | ||||
F-7 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Savers Value Village, Inc. (formerly known as S-Evergreen Holding LLC):
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Savers Value Village, Inc. (formerly known as S-Evergreen Holding LLC) and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders equity, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 2022, and January 2, 2021 and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022, January 1, 2022, and January 2, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 2 and Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 2, 2022 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), including adoption of all subsequent ASUs related to Topic 842.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Companys auditor since 2003.
Boise, Idaho
March 30, 2023
F-2
SAVERS VALUE VILLAGE, INC. (formerly known as S-EVERGREEN HOLDING LLC)
(All amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
December 31, 2022 |
January 1, 2022 |
|||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 112,132 | $ | 97,915 | ||||
Trade and other receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $316 and $244 |
14,092 | 6,612 | ||||||
Inventories |
21,822 | 24,352 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
35,647 | 28,847 | ||||||
Derivative asset current |
8,625 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
192,318 | 157,726 | ||||||
Property and equipment, net |
190,518 | 133,859 | ||||||
Right-of-use lease assets |
437,843 | | ||||||
Goodwill |
681,447 | 703,778 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net |
170,651 | 208,812 | ||||||
Derivative asset - non-current |
31,077 | 14,980 | ||||||
Other assets |
3,961 | 3,538 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 1,707,815 | $ | 1,222,693 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
$ | 80,668 | $ | 72,963 | ||||
Accrued payroll and related taxes |
62,046 | 76,016 | ||||||
Lease liabilities current |
79,838 | | ||||||
Derivative liability current |
80 | 3,761 | ||||||
Current portion of long-term debt |
50,250 | 8,424 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
272,882 | 161,164 | ||||||
Insurance reserves |
8,649 | 7,303 | ||||||
Deferred rent |
| 11,393 | ||||||
Deferred compensation |
| 2,530 | ||||||
Lease intangible liability, net |
| 4,819 | ||||||
Long-term debt, net |
783,347 | 790,693 | ||||||
Derivative liability non-current |
| 1,463 | ||||||
Lease liabilities non-current |
349,194 | | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities, net |
63,141 | 49,516 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
3,267 | 8,380 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
1,480,480 | 1,037,261 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 16) |
||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||
Common A Units, 0 and 198,379 units authorized, issued and outstanding |
| 223,379 | ||||||
Common B Units, 0 and 25,483 units authorized; no units issued and outstanding |
| 1,297 | ||||||
Common stock, 0.000001 par value, 1,000,000 and 0 shares authorized; 198,442 and 0 shares issued and outstanding |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
226,327 | | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(38,443 | ) | (53,708 | ) | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
39,451 | 14,464 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total stockholders equity |
227,335 | 185,432 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 1,707,815 | $ | 1,222,693 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
SAVERS VALUE VILLAGE, INC. (formerly known as S-EVERGREEN HOLDING LLC)
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(All amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 1,437,229 | $ | 1,204,124 | $ | 834,010 | ||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Cost of merchandise sold, exclusive of depreciation and amortization |
599,926 | 474,462 | 353,455 | |||||||||
Salaries, wages and benefits |
273,587 | 239,806 | 184,392 | |||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
301,737 | 260,235 | 229,886 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
55,753 | 47,385 | 59,432 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
1,231,003 | 1,021,888 | 827,165 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income |
206,226 | 182,236 | 6,845 | |||||||||
Other (expense) income: |
||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(64,744 | ) | (53,565 | ) | (69,678 | ) | ||||||
(Loss) gain on foreign currency, net |
(20,737 | ) | 1,583 | 2,924 | ||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
4,576 | (4,848 | ) | 486 | ||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(1,023 | ) | (47,541 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other expense, net |
(81,928 | ) | (104,371 | ) | (66,268 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) |
124,298 | 77,865 | (59,423 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
39,578 | (5,529 | ) | 4,060 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
84,720 | 83,394 | (63,483 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: |
||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
6,514 | (161 | ) | 2,577 | ||||||||
Cash flow hedges |
18,473 | 2,542 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other comprehensive income |
24,987 | 2,381 | 2,577 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | 109,707 | $ | 85,775 | $ | (60,906 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) per share, basic |
$ | 0.43 | $ | 0.42 | $ | (0.34 | ) | |||||
Net income (loss) per share, diluted |
$ | 0.41 | $ | 0.41 | $ | (0.34 | ) | |||||
Basic weighted average shares outstanding |
198,401 | 198,379 | 188,757 | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding |
204,691 | 203,770 | 188,757 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
SAVERS VALUE VILLAGE, INC. (formerly known as S-EVERGREEN HOLDING LLC)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity
(All amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
Common A units | Common B units | Common stock | Additional paid in capital |
Accumulated deficit |
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Units | Amount | Units | Amount | Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 28, 2019 |
178,379 | $ | 178,379 | | $ | 211 | | $ | | $ | | $ | 1,381 | $ | 9,506 | $ | 189,477 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
| | | 354 | | | | | | 354 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share issuance |
20,000 | 45,000 | | | | | | | | 45,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
| | | | | | | (63,483 | ) | 2,577 | (60,906 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 2, 2021 |
198,379 | 223,379 | | 565 | | | | (62,102 | ) | 12,083 | 173,925 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
| | | 732 | | | | | | 732 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends declared, $0.38 per share |
| | | | | | | (75,000 | ) | | (75,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
| | | | | | | 83,394 | 2,381 | 85,775 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2022 |
198,379 | 223,379 | | 1,297 | | | | (53,708 | ) | 14,464 | 185,432 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Conversion of common units to common stock |
(198,379 | ) | (223,379 | ) | | (1,297 | ) | 198,379 | | 224,676 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
| | | | | | 1,943 | | | 1,943 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares issued, net |
| | | | 63 | | (292 | ) | | | (292 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends declared, $0.35 per share |
| | | | | | | (69,455 | ) | | (69,455 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
| | | | | | | 84,720 | 24,987 | 109,707 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
| $ | | | $ | | 198,442 | $ | | $ | 226,327 | $ | (38,443 | ) | $ | 39,451 | $ | 227,335 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
SAVERS VALUE VILLAGE, INC. (formerly known as S-EVERGREEN HOLDING LLC)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(All amounts in thousands)
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 84,720 | $ | 83,394 | $ | (63,483 | ) | |||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
1,943 | 732 | 354 | |||||||||
Amortization of debt issuance costs and term debt discount |
4,005 | 4,444 | 5,723 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
55,753 | 47,385 | 59,432 | |||||||||
Operating lease expense |
114,788 | | | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
20,261 | (21,870 | ) | (12,911 | ) | |||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
1,023 | 47,541 | | |||||||||
Noncash interest expense |
| 3,417 | 20,779 | |||||||||
Other items, net |
22,795 | 1,351 | (483 | ) | ||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
(8,053 | ) | 3,878 | 4,182 | ||||||||
Inventories |
2,246 | 6,091 | 2,606 | |||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
(16,928 | ) | (17,998 | ) | (3,764 | ) | ||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
6,887 | 2,732 | 4,784 | |||||||||
Accrued payroll and related taxes |
(12,632 | ) | 17,984 | (9,123 | ) | |||||||
Operating lease liabilities |
(104,685 | ) | | | ||||||||
Other liabilities |
(2,690 | ) | (3,319 | ) | 21,817 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
169,433 | 175,762 | 29,913 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment |
(110,173 | ) | (40,544 | ) | (19,172 | ) | ||||||
Net settlement of derivative instruments |
(329 | ) | (2,321 | ) | | |||||||
Acquisition of 2nd Ave, net of cash acquired |
| (220,307 | ) | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(110,502 | ) | (263,172 | ) | (19,172 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt |
| 825,000 | | |||||||||
Principal payments on long-term debt |
(10,991 | ) | (422,755 | ) | (3,356 | ) | ||||||
Principal payments on long-term debt to related parties |
| (222,910 | ) | (3,356 | ) | |||||||
Advances on revolving line of credit |
102,000 | | 42,095 | |||||||||
Repayments of revolving line of credit |
(60,000 | ) | | (42,095 | ) | |||||||
Prepayment premium on extinguishment of debt |
(1,023 | ) | (14,687 | ) | | |||||||
Prepayment premium on extinguishment of debt to related parties |
| (8,122 | ) | | ||||||||
Proceeds from share issuance |
| | 45,000 | |||||||||
Net settlement of derivative instruments |
147 | | | |||||||||
Shares withheld to cover taxes |
(292 | ) | | | ||||||||
Payment of debt issuance costs and debt discount |
(626 | ) | (28,527 | ) | (1,481 | ) | ||||||
Dividends paid |
(69,433 | ) | (75,000 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
(40,218 | ) | 52,999 | 36,807 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(4,496 | ) | (5,533 | ) | 4,044 | |||||||
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |
14,217 | (39,944 | ) | 51,592 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
97,915 | 137,859 | 86,267 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 112,132 | $ | 97,915 | $ | 137,859 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
||||||||||||
Interest paid on debt |
$ | 62,157 | $ | 45,250 | $ | 49,201 | ||||||
Income taxes paid, net |
$ | 31,168 | $ | 29,654 | $ | 4,637 | ||||||
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Noncash capital expenditures |
$ | 6,414 | $ | 2,891 | $ | 235 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
SAVERS VALUE VILLAGE, INC. (formerly known as S-EVERGREEN HOLDING LLC)
Note 1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
Description of business
Savers Value Village, Inc. (formerly known as S-Evergreen Holding LLC), a Washington State based company, together with its wholly owned subsidiaries (the Company, we, us or our), sells second-hand merchandise primarily in retail stores located in the United States (U.S.), Canada and Australia.
Basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. These consolidated financial statements present the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Company in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).
The Company reports on a fiscal year basis, which ends on the Saturday nearest December 31. Fiscal year 2022 consisted of the 52 weeks ended December 31, 2022, fiscal year 2021 consisted of the 52 weeks ended January 1, 2022 and fiscal year 2020 consisted of the 53 weeks ended January 2, 2021. All amounts in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, with the exception of per share amounts, are rounded to the nearest thousand unless otherwise indicated.
Certain prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassification had no effect on the Companys consolidated financial position or the consolidated results of operations as previously reported.
Ares Share Purchase Transaction and Corporate Conversion
On April 26, 2021, certain funds, investment vehicles or accounts managed or advised by the Private Equity Group of Ares Management Corporation (the Ares Funds) purchased all of the outstanding equity securities (the Ares Share Purchase Transaction) of S-Evergreen Holding LLC (the Parent) and thereby became the holders of all the Parents outstanding equity. The Company did not elect to apply pushdown accounting for the Ares Share Purchase Transaction as the transaction was entirely among equity holders. As explained further in Note 7, the Company also refinanced its debt as part of the Ares Share Purchase Transaction.
On January 7, 2022, S-Evergreen Holding LLC converted into a Delaware corporation and the name of the Company was changed to Savers Value Village, Inc. (the Corporate Conversion). In the Corporate Conversion, equityholders of S-Evergreen Holding LLC received one share of common stock of Savers Value Village, Inc. for each Class A Unit of S-Evergreen Holding, LLC and corresponding adjustments were made to the Companys outstanding equity awards.
Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic and governmental authorities around the world implemented measures to reduce the spread of COVID-19, which resulted in temporary store closures during fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2021.
In connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company received wage subsidies from the Canadian and Australian governments, which were not loans to the Company. These wage subsidies
F-7
helped the Company to avoid reductions in workforce in Canada and Australia during the pandemic. The Company did not receive any wage subsidies during fiscal year 2022. During fiscal year 2021, the Company received $21.7 million in wage subsidies, which are presented as reductions to cost of merchandise sold and salaries, wages and benefits of $13.4 million and $8.3 million, respectively. During fiscal year 2020, we received a total of $32.6 million in wage subsidies, which are presented as reductions to cost of merchandise sold and salaries, wages and benefits of $18.6 million and $14.0 million, respectively. There were no unfulfilled conditions or contingencies related to these subsidies.
During fiscal year 2020, the Company also negotiated rent deferrals and rent abatements for a significant number of its stores. In fiscal year 2020, the Company received total rent deferrals of $11.9 million, of which the Company repaid $7.5 million within fiscal year 2020 and $4.3 million within fiscal year 2021. The remaining $0.1 million is to be paid off incrementally over the period from 2023 to 2027. In addition, the Company received rent abatements of $0.3 million and $3.1 million in fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020, respectively. The Company received no rent deferrals or rent abatements during fiscal year 2022.
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of estimates
The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates are based on available information and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Certain items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, the valuation of intangibles, the valuation of goodwill and income taxes. Actual results could vary from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Foreign currency
The functional currency of the Companys foreign entities is the local currency of the country in which the entity operates. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars, the reporting currency of Savers Value Village, Inc., using rates of exchange in effect at the end of the reporting period. The net gain or loss resulting from translation is shown as a foreign currency translation adjustment and is included in other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and in accumulated other comprehensive income on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Income and expense accounts are translated into U.S. dollars using average rates of exchange during the reporting period. Transaction gains and losses comprising actual functional currency cash flows realized upon settlement of foreign currency transactions and expected functional currency cash flows on unsettled foreign currency transactions, as well as realized and unrealized gains and losses on cross currency swaps and forward contracts (see Note 10) are included in (loss) gain on foreign currency, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Aggregate transaction losses totaled $30.0 million in fiscal year 2022, $10.4 million in fiscal year 2021 and $2.9 million in fiscal year 2020.
The Company also has intercompany loans issued by its foreign subsidiaries. Foreign currency gains and losses related to these intercompany loans are not eliminated during consolidation and are included in (loss) gain on foreign currency, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
F-8
Revenue recognition
Retail sales. Revenue is recorded for store sales upon the purchase of merchandise by customers. Sales taxes collected from customers are not considered revenue and are included in accrued liabilities until remitted to the taxing authorities.
Revenue is recorded net of coupons, promotional discounts and sales discounts under reward programs. Revenue from gift cards is recognized when the gift card is redeemed for merchandise. The Company does not record a sales return reserve as no right of return exists for customers.
Wholesale sales. Sales of residual products are recognized at the point of delivery with no right of return and exclude shipping and handling costs, which are paid by the customer. The Company does not have a significant financing component as customers pay within one year of title transfer.
The following table disaggregates our revenue by retail and wholesale for fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Retail sales |
$ | 1,365,109 | $ | 1,154,891 | $ | 800,278 | ||||||
Wholesale sales |
72,120 | 49,233 | 33,732 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total net sales |
$ | 1,437,229 | $ | 1,204,124 | $ | 834,010 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, demand deposits with banks, proceeds due from credit and debit card transactions and money market funds with maturity dates of three months or less from the date of purchase. The carrying amounts reported for cash and cash equivalents are considered to approximate fair values based upon their short maturities.
The Companys cash deposits are maintained in accounts primarily with two major financial institutions in the U.S. and Canada. Substantially all the cash on deposit exceed the federally insured limits for such deposits.
Trade accounts receivable
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of any allowances. Allowance for doubtful accounts relates to wholesale sales.
Inventories
Inventories consist almost entirely of used clothing and other household goods purchased from nonprofit partners. Inventory is valued at the lower of average purchase cost or net realizable value. As of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, there was no allowance for obsolete or excess inventory.
Property and equipment
Property and equipment are stated at historical cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 3 to 15 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease term.
F-9
Intangible assets
Intangible assets represent the Companys trade names and charity licensing agreements. The Companys trade names, which have indefinite lives, are not amortized, but rather, reviewed for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter and whenever circumstances indicate the trade names might be impaired. Charity licensing agreements are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful life of 15 years (see Note 6).
Long-lived assets
The carrying value of long-lived assets, primarily consisting of property and equipment, right-of-use lease assets and long-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When testing for impairment, we group assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which cash flows are separately identifiable. We then assess the risk of impairment by comparing an estimate of the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group against the carrying value of the asset group. Impairment is indicated when the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows generated by those assets. When impairment is indicated, the Company records an impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its estimated fair value. Depending on the asset, estimated fair value may be determined either by use of a discounted cash flow model or by reference to estimated selling values of assets in similar condition.
For fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not identify any triggering events related to the potential impairment of its long-lived assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually in the Companys fourth quarter and whenever circumstances indicate goodwill might be impaired. The Company first performs a qualitative assessment, evaluating relevant events and circumstances to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If not, no further impairment testing is performed. If the assessment indicates that it is more likely than not, the Company compares the carrying value of the reporting unit to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, both as of the testing date. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value, the Company will recognize an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting units fair value up to but not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.
The Companys reporting units are consistent with its operating segments, with goodwill balances allocated entirely to the U.S. Retail and Canada Retail reporting units. There has been no impairment identified during fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020.
Insurance reserves
The Company is self-insured for general liability, medical and workers compensation and regularly reviews the related insurance reserves and adjusts the balances as necessary. Self-insurance claims filed and claims incurred-but-not-reported are accrued based on managements estimates of cost by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. Additionally, the Company reviews specific large insurance claims to determine whether there is a need for any additional accruals. Changes in these assumptions could materially impact the required reserve balances and it is possible that the Companys actual loss experience could differ materially from recorded insurance reserves.
F-10
Current portions of insurance reserves of $2.3 million and $1.9 million are included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and $5.4 million and $5.9 million are included in accrued payroll and related taxes as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, respectively. Non-current insurance reserves were $8.6 million and $7.3 million as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, respectively.
Advertising costs
Advertising production costs and media placement costs are expensed the first time the advertisement takes place. Total advertising costs during fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 were $11.9 million, $10.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively, and are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
Income taxes
The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount more likely than not expected to be realized. Income tax expense represents the current expense incurred for the period plus or minus the change during the period in net deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state regulations, contain provisions that may limit the net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards available to be used to offset income in any given year upon the occurrence of certain events, including changes in ownership of more than 50%. The Company reduced its tax attributes (NOLs and tax credits) and certain tax basis of assets in connection with the formation of the Company in March 2019 and the Ares Share Purchase Transaction. In addition, pursuant to Section 382, a limitation on utilization of such tax attributes resulted from the purchase by the Ares Funds of the Parents outstanding equity in March 2019 (the March 2019 Transactions) and April 2021.
The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not to be sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
Stock-based compensation
The Companys stock-based incentive plan allows for the issuance of both time and performance-based options, which are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price established by the Board at the date of the grant. The fair value of each option is estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The Company recognizes compensation expense related to the cost of services received in exchange for stock-based awards over the awards vesting period based on their fair value at the appropriate measurement date. For more detailed discussion of stock-based compensation, see Note 14.
F-11
Derivative instruments
In the normal course of business, the Company uses derivative financial instruments, which may include interest rate swaps, cross currency swaps and foreign exchange forwards and swaps, to hedge against adverse fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates thereby reducing our exposure to variability in cash flows on our floating-rate debt or from foreign operations.
Derivative instruments are measured at fair value and classified as assets or liabilities, current or non-current, depending on settlement dates of the individual contracts. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation.
Derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges are intended to economically hedge a portion of our interest rate and foreign exchange risks. Gains and losses from changes in fair value on these derivatives are recorded immediately in other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, gains and losses from changes in fair value are initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and subsequently recognized in earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Companys variable-rate debt.
The Company does not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes and does not use any leveraged derivative financial instruments.
Deferred offering costs
The Company capitalizes certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with its planned initial public offering. Following consummation of the offering, these costs will be recorded as a reduction in paid-in capital. Should the offering be abandoned, the deferred costs would be expensed immediately as an increase to selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2022, the Company had a $9.3 million balance in deferred transaction costs, which are classified in prepaid expenses and other current assets.
Segment reporting
Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which discrete financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) in making decisions regarding resource allocation and performance assessment. The Companys CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has four operating segments, of which two were determined to be reportable segments: U.S. Retail and Canada Retail.
Business combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method the consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the closing date of the acquisition. All assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date. The Company allocates the purchase price of an acquired business to the fair values of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with any excess purchase price recorded as goodwill. During the measurement period, which is up to one year from the acquisition date, adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed may be recorded, with the corresponding offset to goodwill.
F-12
Net income (loss) per share
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding for the period. In periods of a net loss, common equivalent shares are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their inclusion would have an antidilutive effect. Accordingly, for periods in which we report a net loss, diluted net loss per share is equal to basic loss per share as the dilutive common equivalent shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is antidilutive. Prior to the Corporate Conversion, the Company computed net income (loss) per share based on the number of common units outstanding.
Debt
Long-term debt is carried at the outstanding principal balance less debt issuance costs and any unamortized discount or premium. Deferred borrowing costs, premiums and discounts are amortized to interest expense over the terms of the respective borrowings using the effective interest method.
Leases
The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (Topic 842), as of January 2, 2022 and also adopted all subsequent ASUs related to Topic 842. The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 using the modified retrospective method and elected the transition package of practical expedients, which among other things, allowed it to carry forward the historical lease classification. See Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements and Note 9 for more information.
The Company leases various real estate, including retail stores, warehouses, office space and land. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in right-of-use (ROU) lease assets, lease liabilitiescurrent and lease liabilities non-current in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company does not have finance leases. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet and expensed as paid.
Operating lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of fixed lease payments over the lease term. As an implicit rate is not provided for most of our leases, we use an incremental borrowing rate which represents the rate used for a secured borrowing of a similar term as the lease. Our operating leases typically require payment of real estate taxes, common area maintenance and insurance. These components comprise the majority of our variable lease costs and are excluded from the present value of our lease obligations.
The Companys leases have remaining lease terms of 1 to 17 years. The lease term includes the initial contractual term as well as any options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. The option periods are generally not included in the lease term used to measure our lease liabilities and ROU lease assets upon commencement as exercise of the options is not reasonably certain. We remeasure the lease liability and ROU lease asset when we are reasonably certain to exercise a renewal option. The Companys lease agreements do not contain any residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
In April 2020, the FASB issued guidance allowing entities to make a policy election to account for lease concessions related to the COVID-19 pandemic as if the enforceable rights and obligations of the concessions existed in the contracts at lease inception. The election applies to any lessor-provided lease concession related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, provided the concession does not result in a substantial increase in the rights of the lessor or in the obligations of the lessee. The Company did not make this policy election and accounted for lease concessions and abatements as lease modifications.
F-13
Emerging growth company
Following amendments in September 2022 to Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, the Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation, and to obtain equityholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable.
The Company has elected not to opt out of the extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public and private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard using the timeframe applicable to private companies. This may make comparison of the Companys financial statements with other public companies difficult because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Recently adopted accounting pronouncements
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, requiring the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and the disclosure of key information about leasing arrangements. The guidance is applied utilizing a modified retrospective approach and for private companies is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842), which provides entities with an additional (and optional) transition method to adopt the new lease requirements by allowing entities to initially apply the requirements by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company adopted this guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2022. In addition, the Company elected the transition package of practical expedients permitted within the standard, which allowed it to carry forward the historical lease classification. Upon the adoption of the new lease standard on January 2, 2022, the Company recognized ROU lease assets of $462.2 million and lease liabilities of $443.0 million (including a current liability of $69.0 million) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and reclassified certain balances related to existing leases. The ROU lease assets balance as of January 2, 2022, is adjusted for $25.4 million of net favorable intangible lease assets, $11.4 million of deferred rent liabilities, $8.9 million of prepaid rent assets and $3.7 million of lease termination liabilities recognized under the previous lease standard. There was no impact to accumulated deficit on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at adoption. See Note 9 for more information.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (Topic 848). Topic 848 provides relief that, if elected, will ease the potential accounting burden when modifying contracts and hedging relationships that use the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) as a reference rate. In January
F-14
2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope. This ASU clarifies that derivatives affected by the discounting transition are explicitly eligible for certain optional expedients and exceptions under Topic 848. In December 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-06, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848, which defers the sunset date of Topic 848 from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2024, after which entities will no longer be permitted to apply the relief in Topic 848. An entity may elect to apply the amendments for contract modifications as of any date from the beginning of an interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020, or prospectively from a date within an interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020, up to the date that the financial statements are available to be issued. Topic 848 allows for different elections to be made at different points in time.
As a result of amendments to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in November 2022, pursuant to which LIBOR benchmark provisions were removed and replaced with Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) benchmark provisions, the Company elected to apply the optional expedients under Topic 848 to eligible hedging relationships. This change from LIBOR to SOFR benchmark provisions did not have a material impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments and subsequently issued amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2018-19, ASU 2019-04, ASU 2019-05, ASU 2019-10, ASU 2019-11, ASU 2020-02, ASU 2020-03 and ASU 2022-02 which replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected credit loss model and requires a financial asset measured at amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. For private companies, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect adoption of the new standard to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
Note 3. 2nd Ave. Acquisition
On November 8, 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of Thrift Intermediate Holdings I, Inc. (2nd Ave or the Acquiree) for cash consideration of $238.5 million (the 2nd Ave. Acquisition). The Acquiree, through its subsidiaries, sells high-quality second-hand clothing, accessories and household items through 12 retail thrift stores under the 2nd Ave. brand. The Company financed the 2nd Ave. Acquisition with cash on hand and $225.0 million of additional borrowings under the Term Loan Facility.
The 2nd Ave. Acquisition was accounted as a business combination in accordance with Topic 805, Business Combinations and the purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their fair value at the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill, which is not deductible for income tax purposes. Goodwill is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce, expected synergies and other factors. Goodwill was allocated to the U.S. Retail operating segment and reporting unit. The valuation process included a review of financial and other data, the projected and operating performance of the business, analysis of the economic and financial market conditions and the ability of 2nd Ave. to generate future cash flows through established revenue channels.
The Company recognized deferred tax liabilities of $50.0 million relating to the difference between the book basis and the outside tax basis in the acquired partnerships in fiscal year 2021. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2022, the Company recognized a measurement period adjustment which
F-15
reduced the amount of acquired deferred tax liabilities by $6.3 million. The measurement period adjustment is reflected as a reduction to goodwill during the period identified.
The Company recorded $1.8 million of transaction costs in selling, general and administrative expense related to the 2nd Ave. Acquisition in fiscal year 2021. Following the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, the Company recognized an incremental $15.5 million of net sales and $1.2 million of net income attributable to the 2nd Ave. business during fiscal year 2021.
In connection with the purchase price allocation, the Company made estimates of the fair values of 2nd Aves tangible and intangible assets and liabilities using the income approach, the market approach or a combination of both and the cost approach. The valuation process included a review of assumptions related to future cash flows, discount rates, business enterprise valuation, economic growth, market interest rates and asset lives, utilizing currently available information.
Fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, including the measurement period adjustment, are as follows:
(in thousands) | Amounts Recognized as of the Acquisition Date (Previously Reported) |
Measurement Period Adjustment |
Amounts Recognized after Measurement Periods Adjustment (As Adjusted) |
|||||||||
Current assets (excluding accounts receivable, inventory and cash) |
$ | 2,231 | $ | | $ | 2,231 | ||||||
Accounts receivable |
1,648 | | 1,648 | |||||||||
Inventory |
8,876 | | 8,876 | |||||||||
Cash |
18,213 | | 18,213 | |||||||||
Property and equipment |
12,977 | | 12,977 | |||||||||
Intangible assets |
35,000 | | 35,000 | |||||||||
Lease intangible assets |
4,987 | | 4,987 | |||||||||
Other assets |
434 | | 434 | |||||||||
Goodwill |
217,916 | (6,338 | ) | 211,578 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total assets |
302,282 | (6,338 | ) | 295,944 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Current liabilities |
9,050 | | 9,050 | |||||||||
Lease intangible liabilities |
2,113 | | 2,113 | |||||||||
Long-term debt |
2,596 | | 2,596 | |||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
50,003 | (6,338 | ) | 43,665 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities |
63,762 | (6,338 | ) | 57,424 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net assets acquired |
$ | 238,520 | $ | | $ | 238,520 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of identifiable intangible assets and liabilities acquired and associated useful lives were as follows:
(in thousands) | Fair Value | Weighted average useful life | ||||
Trade names and trademarks |
$ | 25,500 | Indefinite | |||
Charity licensing agreements |
9,500 | 15.0 years | ||||
Lease intangible assets |
4,987 | 15.0 years | ||||
|
|
|||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 39,987 | ||||
|
|
|||||
Lease intangible liabilities |
$ | 2,113 | 10.0 years |
F-16
The fair value of identified intangible assets were estimated based on the income approach. These fair value measures were based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements as defined in Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. The valuations of the trade names and trademarks were based on the relief-from-royalty method (income approach). The charity licensing agreements were valued using the with and without method (income approach).
Pro forma financial information (unaudited)
The following table presents the unaudited pro forma results for fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020 as though the 2nd Ave. Acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of fiscal year 2020. The unaudited pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved had the 2nd Ave. Acquisition taken place at such time. The unaudited pro forma results presented below reflect pro forma adjustments related to the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, including differences in interest expense resulting from debt issued and debt repaid in connection with the 2nd Ave. Acquisition of $11.8 million and the effects of the step-up in inventory on the cost of merchandise sold of $1.8 million, which are assumed to be expenses during fiscal year 2020.
Pro forma (unaudited) | ||||||||
Fiscal Year | ||||||||
(in thousands) | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||
Net sales |
$ | 1,286,160 | $ | 897,885 | ||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 96,681 | $ | (84,372 | ) |
Note 4. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022:
(in thousands) | December 31, 2022 | January 1, 2022 | ||||||
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
$ | 230,694 | $ | 154,532 | ||||
Leasehold improvements |
88,739 | 82,586 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total property and equipment |
319,433 | 237,118 | ||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation |
128,915 | 103,259 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total property and equipment, net |
$ | 190,518 | $ | 133,859 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $49.6 million, $38.1 million and $39.9 million, respectively.
Note 5. Goodwill
Changes in the carrying value of goodwill by reportable segments were as follows:
(in thousands) | U.S. Retail |
Canada Retail |
Total | |||||||||
Balance at January 2, 2021 |
$ | 203,368 | $ | 282,421 | $ | 485,789 | ||||||
2nd Ave. Acquisition |
217,916 | | 217,916 | |||||||||
Foreign currency translation effect |
| 73 | 73 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at January 1, 2022 |
421,284 | 282,494 | 703,778 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Measurement period adjustment |
(6,338 | ) | | (6,338 | ) | |||||||
Foreign currency translation effect |
| (15,993 | ) | (15,993 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
$ | 414,946 | $ | 266,501 | $ | 681,447 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
During the fourth quarter of fiscal years 2022 and 2021, the Company performed qualitative impairment assessments to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of its U.S. and Canadian reporting units were less than their carrying values (Step 0 test). Based on the results of the qualitative impairment assessment, we determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the U.S. and Canadian reporting units were less than their carrying amount as of the annual assessment dates. As such, the quantitative assessment was not required or performed.
Note 6. Intangible Assets and Liabilities
The components of intangible assets were as follows:
December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | Gross carrying amount |
Accumulated amortization |
Net carrying amount |
|||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||
Trade names and trademarks |
$ | 118,000 | $ | | $ | 118,000 | ||||||
Charity licensing agreements |
68,309 | (15,658 | ) | 52,651 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 186,309 | $ | (15,658 | ) | $ | 170,651 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of intangible assets and liabilities were as follows:
January 1, 2022 | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | Gross carrying amount |
Accumulated amortization |
Net carrying amount |
|||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||
Trade names and trademarks |
$ | 118,000 | $ | | $ | 118,000 | ||||||
Charity licensing agreements |
84,880 | (24,280 | ) | 60,600 | ||||||||
Lease intangible assets |
43,745 | (13,533 | ) | 30,212 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 246,625 | $ | (37,813 | ) | $ | 208,812 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Lease intangible liabilities |
$ | 8,491 | $ | (3,672 | ) | $ | 4,819 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 8,491 | $ | (3,672 | ) | $ | 4,819 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amortization expense associated with long-lived intangible assets and liabilities was $6.1 million, $9.2 million and $19.5 million for fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense of long-lived intangible assets for each of the five years commencing after December 31, 2022 is $4.5 million.
Following the adoption of Topic 842 on January 2, 2022, amounts previously recognized as lease intangible assets and lease intangible liabilities are now reflected within ROU lease assets.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2021, the Company performed its annual indefinite lived intangible asset impairment test utilizing a qualitative analysis and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of its intangible assets was greater than its carrying value and no impairment charge was required.
F-18
Note 7. Indebtedness
Long-term debt consisted of the following as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022:
(in thousands) | December 31, 2022 | January 1, 2022 | ||||||
Term Loan Facility |
$ | 814,687 | $ | 822,937 | ||||
Advances on Revolving Credit Facility |
42,000 | | ||||||
Mortgage loan payable |
| 2,741 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total face value of debt |
856,687 | 825,678 | ||||||
Less: current portion of long-term debt |
50,250 | 8,424 | ||||||
Less: unamortized discount and issuance costs |
23,090 | 26,561 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Long-term debt, net |
$ | 783,347 | $ | 790,693 | ||||
|
|
|
|
As part of the Ares Share Purchase Transaction in April 2021, the Company entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities consisting of a term loan facility (the Term Loan Facility) and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility). Upon its establishment, the Company immediately borrowed $600.0 million from the Term Loan Facility to pay off pre-existing term loans, resulting in a loss on debt extinguishment of $47.5 million. On November 8, 2021, the Company borrowed an additional $225.0 million under the Term Loan Facility on substantially the same terms to finance the 2nd Ave. Acquisition. On November 23, 2022, the Company amended the Term Loan Facility to increase the borrowing capacity of its Revolving Credit Facility to $75.0 million and changed the reference rate from LIBOR to SOFR benchmark provisions.
The Companys principal subsidiaries in the U.S. and Canada are borrowers under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and most of the Companys U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries are guarantors. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all assets of the borrowers and guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. The Revolving Credit Facility is senior to the Term Loan Facility in right of payment.
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities have customary affirmative and negative covenants, including restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, make investments, make restricted payments, make optional prepayments on junior financings, engage in transactions with affiliates and make asset sales, in each case, subject to customary exceptions and baskets.
The applicable interest rates under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be reduced by 0.25% per annum upon the completion of an initial public offering by the Company.
Term Loan Facility
The Term Loan Facility matures in April 2028. Total principal payments of $2.1 million are due quarterly. The Term Loan Facility bears interest at a variable rate equal to a reference rate plus a margin ranging from 4.50% to 5.75% based on loan type and our first lien net leverage ratio, and SOFR adjustment margin ranging from 0.11% to 0.43% based on the applicable interest period (one month, three months or six months).
Beginning in 2023, the Company is required to prepay the Term Loan Facility with a percentage of the Companys annual excess cash flow if the first lien net leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00. The Company is also required to prepay the Term Loan Facility with a percentage of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, subject to customary reinvestment provisions, when the first lien leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00. The Company is able to prepay amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility without a prepayment premium.
F-19
The Term Loan Facility also has a customary uncommitted incremental facility of (i) the greater of $136.0 million or EBITDA for the period four fiscal quarters plus (ii) additional amounts based on the Companys net leverage ratio or interest coverage ratio plus (iii) certain specific additional amounts.
Revolving Credit Facility
The Revolving Credit Facility matures in April 2026. The maximum available amount under the Revolving Credit Facility is $75.0 million, with $75.0 million available for letters of credit and a swingline sublimit of $10.0 million. As of December 31, 2022, advances on the revolving credit facility were $42.0 million, there were $11.4 million of letters of credit outstanding and $21.6 million was available to borrow. On January 5, 2023, the Company repaid the $42.0 million advance under the Revolving Credit Facility (see Note 17).
Revolver draws are permitted in both U.S. and Canadian dollars and interest is variable at a rate equal to the reference rate plus a margin of 2.25% or 3.25% based on loan type. The weighted average effective interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2022 was 9.75%. A 0.5% commitment fee is payable quarterly on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility.
The Revolving Credit Facility is subject to a financial maintenance covenant that requires us to maintain a maximum net first lien leverage ratio, tested quarterly. The financial maintenance covenant is only applicable if the aggregate amount of revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility (excluding up to $20 million of undrawn letters of credit and certain other amounts) exceeds 35% of the committed amount. The Revolving Credit Facility provides for customary equity cure rights.
Debt Acquired in 2nd Ave. Acquisition
As part of the 2nd Ave. Acquisition, the Company assumed a $2.7 million mortgage loan. On January 6, 2022, the Company repaid the mortgage loan and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.0 million.
Aggregate principal payments
Aggregate minimum principal payments on debt as of December 31, 2022 are as follows:
(in thousands) | ||||
2023 |
$ | 8,250 | ||
2024 |
6,187 | |||
2025 |
10,312 | |||
2026 |
8,250 | |||
2027 |
8,250 | |||
Thereafter |
773,438 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 814,687 | |||
|
|
Related party debt
All related party debt was paid off on April 26, 2021. Prior to April 26, 2021, the company had debt arrangements with the Ares Funds. Interest expense on related party debt was $11.0 million in fiscal year 2021 and $32.8 million in fiscal year 2020.
F-20
Senior Secured Notes
On February 6, 2023, the Company issued $550.0 million of senior secured notes. The notes have a 9.75% fixed interest rate and will mature in April 2028, coterminous with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Information regarding the senior secured notes is provided in Note 17.
Note 8. Fair Value Measurements
The Company utilizes fair value measurements for its financial assets and financial liabilities and fair value measurements of nonfinancial items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. Fair value is based upon a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
| Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. |
| Level 2 inputs are inputs other than unadjusted quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. |
| Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. |
The level in the fair value hierarchy within which a fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
The following table presents financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2022:
Fair Value Hierarchy | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swap |
$ | | $ | 16,472 | $ | | $ | 16,472 | ||||||||
Cross currency swap |
| 22,993 | | 22,993 | ||||||||||||
Forward contract |
| 237 | | 237 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | 39,702 | $ | | $ | 39,702 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Cross currency swap |
$ | | $ | 66 | $ | | $ | 66 | ||||||||
Forward contract |
| 14 | | 14 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | 80 | $ | | $ | 80 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
The following table presents financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at January 1, 2022:
Fair Value Hierarchy | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swap |
$ | | $ | 188 | $ | | $ | 188 | ||||||||
Cross currency swap |
| 14,792 | | 14,792 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | 14,980 | $ | | $ | 14,980 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swap |
$ | | $ | 4,031 | $ | | $ | 4,031 | ||||||||
Cross currency swap |
| 1,193 | | 1,193 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | | $ | 5,224 | $ | | $ | 5,224 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps, cross currency swaps and forward contracts are fair valued using independent pricing services and the Company obtains an understanding of the methods used in pricing. As such, these derivative instruments are classified within Level 2.
There were no transfers of financial assets or liabilities between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 for fiscal year 2022 or fiscal year 2021.
The fair values of the Companys debt instruments approximate their carrying values as the current rates approximate rates on similar debt and were based on rate notices provided by the Administrative Agent for the amended Credit Agreement (Level 2 inputs) at December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022 (see Note 7).
Note 9. Leases
The components of total lease costs, net, consisted of the following:
(in thousands) | Fiscal Year 2022 | |||
Operating lease costs |
$ | 114,788 | ||
Short-term and variable lease costs |
48,812 | |||
Sublease income |
(2,510 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Total lease costs, net |
$ | 161,090 | ||
|
|
Rent expense, prior to the adoption of Topic 842, was $95.3 million and $94.6 million for the fiscal years 2021 and 2020, respectively.
F-22
The maturities of our operating lease obligations at December 31, 2022 are as follows:
(in thousands) | December 31, 2022 | |||
2023 |
$ | 100,543 | ||
2024 |
100,198 | |||
2025 |
92,947 | |||
2026 |
71,243 | |||
2027 |
53,983 | |||
Thereafter |
131,639 | |||
|
|
|||
Total undiscounted payments |
550,553 | |||
Less: Interest |
121,521 | |||
|
|
|||
Present value of lease obligations |
$ | 429,032 | ||
|
|
|||
Weighted average remaining lease term (years) |
6.37 | |||
Weighted average discount rate |
7.53 | % |
Aggregate future minimum rental payments under these agreements at January 1, 2022 are as follows:
(in thousands) | January 1, 2022 | |||
2022 |
$ | 100,733 | ||
2023 |
106,714 | |||
2024 |
93,670 | |||
2025 |
78,754 | |||
2026 |
64,192 | |||
Thereafter |
159,799 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 603,862 | |||
|
|
The table included in the fiscal year 2021 audited consolidated financial statements within Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies included variable lease payments and other executory costs that should not have been included and has been updated in the table above.
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows:
(in thousands) | Fiscal Year 2022 | |||
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease obligations |
||||
Operating cash flows for operating leases |
$ | 105,359 | ||
Noncash investing activities |
||||
Assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease obligations |
$ | 70,425 |
Note 10. Derivative Financial Instruments
As a result of its operating and financing activities, the Company is exposed to market risks from changes in interest and foreign currency exchange rates. These market risks may adversely affect the Companys operating results and financial position. The Company seeks to minimize risk from changes in interest and foreign currency exchange rates through the use of derivative financial instruments. Derivative contracts are not collateralized and are entered into with large, reputable financial institutions that are monitored for counterparty risk.
F-23
Foreign currency contracts
The Company operates in foreign countries, which exposes it to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk, specifically forward sales of the Canadian Dollar (CAD) and U.S. Dollar (USD) CAD cross currency swaps. Forward sales contracts lock in the exchange rate for a portion of the estimated cash flows of the Companys Canadian operations and USD CAD cross currency swaps manage the risk that arises from having USD-denominated assets and liabilities in an entity with a functional currency that is not the USD. As of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, the Companys forward contracts had USD equivalent gross notional amounts of $42.1 million and $40.6 million, respectively. Additionally, as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, cross currency swaps with notional amounts of $275.0 million were outstanding.
Interest rate swap contracts
The Companys market risk is affected by changes in interest rates. The Company maintains floating-rate debt that bears interest based on market rates plus an applicable spread. Because the interest rate on its floating-rate debt is tied to market rates, the Company manages its exposure to interest rate movements by effectively converting a portion of its floating-rate debt to fixed-rate debt. Interest rate swaps involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreement without exchange of the underlying notional amount.
The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision whereby the Company could be declared in default on its derivative obligations if repayment of the underlying indebtedness is accelerated by the lender due to the Companys default on the indebtedness.
At December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, interest rate swaps with notional amounts of $275.0 million were outstanding.
F-24
The fair values of cross currency swap contracts, forward contracts and interest rate swap contracts are as follows:
(in thousands) | Balance Sheet Location |
December 31, 2022 |
January 1, 2022 |
|||||||
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: |
||||||||||
Forward contract |
Derivative asset current | $ | 237 | $ | | |||||
Cross currency swap |
Derivative asset current | 6 | | |||||||
Cross currency swap |
Derivative asset non-current | 22,987 | 14,792 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total derivatives in an asset position |
$ | 23,230 | $ | 14,792 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Forward contract |
Derivative liability current | $ | 14 | $ | | |||||
Cross currency swap |
Derivative liability current | 66 | 1,193 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total derivatives in a liability position |
$ | 80 | $ | 1,193 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: |
||||||||||
Interest rate swap |
Derivative asset current | $ | 8,382 | $ | | |||||
Interest rate swap |
Derivative asset non-current | 8,090 | 188 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total derivatives in an asset position |
$ | 16,472 | $ | 188 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Interest rate swap |
Derivative liability current | $ | | $ | 2,568 | |||||
Interest rate swap |
Derivative liability non-current | | 1,463 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total derivatives in a liability position |
$ | | $ | 4,031 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total deferred gain |
Accumulated other comprehensive income | $ | 21,014 | $ | 2,542 |
The impact of derivative financial instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) is as follows:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Gain (loss) on forward contract recognized in (loss) gain on foreign currency, net |
$ | 802 | $ | (575 | ) | $ | | |||||
Gain on cross currency swap recognized in (loss) gain on foreign currency, net |
$ | 8,416 | $ | 12,594 | $ | | ||||||
Gain (loss) on interest rate swap recognized in interest expense |
$ | 2,169 | $ | (214 | ) | $ | (3,458 | ) |
The table below presents the effect of cash flow hedge accounting on other comprehensive income:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Amount of gain recognized in other comprehensive income |
$ | 20,678 | $ | 1,994 | $ | |||||||
Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into income |
$ | 2,205 | $ | (548 | ) | $ | |
F-25
The Company had no derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges in fiscal year 2020.
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into income are recognized in interest expense. Within the next 12 months, the Company estimates that an additional $10.3 million of gains recognized within accumulated other comprehensive income will be reclassified as a decrease in interest expense.
Note 11. Segment Information
The Company has two reportable segments, U.S. Retail and Canada Retail. In addition to its two reportable segments, the Company has retail stores in Australia and its wholesale operations, which are classified within Other.
The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on Segment Profit, which it defines as operating income, exclusive of corporate overhead and allocations, asset impairments and certain separately disclosed unusual or infrequent items. Segment Profit, as defined herein, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other entities. These measures should not be considered as alternatives to our GAAP measures of Operating income, Net income, or cash flows from operating activities as an indicator of the Companys performance or as a measure of liquidity.
During each of the periods presented, our segment results were as follows:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Net sales: |
||||||||||||
U.S. Retail |
$ | 747,397 | $ | 644,182 | $ | 412,272 | ||||||
Canada Retail |
582,944 | 481,559 | 364,159 | |||||||||
Other |
106,888 | 78,383 | 57,579 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total net sales |
1,437,229 | 1,204,124 | 834,010 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Segment profit: |
||||||||||||
U.S. Retail |
181,664 | 166,988 | 44,571 | |||||||||
Canada Retail |
173,917 | 148,137 | 100,695 | |||||||||
Other |
33,395 | 16,235 | 18,247 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total segment profit |
388,976 | 331,360 | 163,513 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
General corporate expenses |
126,997 | 101,739 | 97,236 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
55,753 | 47,385 | 59,432 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income |
206,226 | 182,236 | 6,845 | |||||||||
Interest expense |
(64,744 | ) | (53,565 | ) | (69,678 | ) | ||||||
(Loss) gain on foreign currency, net |
(20,737 | ) | 1,583 | 2,924 | ||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
4,576 | (4,848 | ) | 486 | ||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(1,023 | ) | (47,541 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income (loss) before taxes |
124,298 | 77,865 | (59,423 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
39,578 | (5,529 | ) | 4,060 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 84,720 | $ | 83,394 | $ | (63,483 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
We do not separately present depreciation expense, amortization expense or assets for our reportable segments, because these amounts are excluded from segment profit and the Companys CODM does not review these amounts on a regular basis. The Companys long-lived assets are primarily located in the U.S. and Canada, with a portion located in Australia. The locations of our long-lived assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022:
(in thousands) | December 31, 2022 | January 1, 2022 | ||||||
U.S. |
$ | 381,151 | $ | 115,815 | ||||
Canada |
275,091 | 74,333 | ||||||
Australia |
24,770 | 4,311 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total long-lived assets |
$ | 681,012 | $ | 194,459 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets reflected above consist of property and equipment, net, ROU lease assets and charity licensing agreements. The increase in long-lived assets for each of the geographic regions resulted primarily from the adoption of Topic 842 and the inclusion of ROU lease assets.
Note 12. Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share were as follows:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share amounts) | 2022 | 2021(1) | 2020(1) | |||||||||
Basic net income (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 84,720 | $ | 83,394 | $ | (63,483 | ) | |||||
Basic weighted average shares outstanding |
198,401 | 198,379 | 188,757 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Basic net income (loss) per share: |
$ | 0.43 | $ | 0.42 | $ | (0.34 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 84,720 | $ | 83,394 | $ | (63,483 | ) | |||||
Basic weighted average shares outstanding |
198,401 | 198,379 | 188,757 | |||||||||
Assumed exercise / vesting of options |
6,290 | 5,391 | | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (2) |
204,691 | 203,770 | 188,757 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per share: |
$ | 0.41 | $ | 0.41 | $ | (0.34 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Prior to the Corporate Conversion in January 2022, net income per share is computed based on the number of common units outstanding. |
(2) | For fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2020, the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share excludes the effect of 891 and 3,849 options that, if exercised, would have been antidilutive. For fiscal year 2021 there were no options that would have had an antidilutive impact. |
Note 13. Equity
The 2019 LLC Agreement governs the outstanding equity of the Company at December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022. The Companys capital structure includes no provision for the issuance of preferred stock. The 2019 LLC Agreement, among other provisions, contains the following items:
| Restrictions on the transfer of equity, rights of first refusal and rights of first offer; |
| A call right, as defined by the 2019 LLC Agreement, by the Company related to equity held by any employee equityholder; |
| Certain take along rights and come along rights related to the sale or transfer of Common Units as defined in the 2019 LLC Agreement; and |
F-27
| Participation rights related to the issuance of any new securities as defined in the 2019 LLC Agreement. |
Common shares
On January 7, 2022, in relation to the Corporate Conversion, holders of S-Evergreen Holding LLC units received one share of common stock of Savers Value Village, Inc. for each unit of S-Evergreen Holding LLC and corresponding adjustments were made to the Companys outstanding equity awards. The Companys common shares consisted of 1.0 billion shares authorized, with 198.4 million issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022.
Prior to the Corporate Conversion, the Companys common units consisted of 198.4 million units of Class A common units issued and outstanding as of January 1, 2022. The Company did not have any Class B common units issued and outstanding as of January 1, 2022. As of January 1, 2022, there were 25.5 million units of Class B common units authorized.
Dividends
On December 12, 2022 and November 19, 2021, the Company declared dividends of $69.5 million and $75.0 million, respectively.
Note 14. Stock-based Compensation
On March 28, 2019, the Company adopted the 2019 Management Incentive Plan (the 2019 Plan) which allows for the issuance of stock options to directors, officers, key employees, and other key individuals. The 2019 Plan allows for the issuance of up to 25.5 million new shares of common stock. Stock options awarded under the 2019 Plan contain both service and performance conditions. Awards issued under the 2019 Plan have a 10-year contractual term.
The Company classifies stock-based compensation expense in salaries, wages and benefits expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive income (Loss). The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $1.9 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million during fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The total tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation for fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.0 million, respectively.
Time-based options
Awards containing only a service condition (time-based options) generally vest in equal annual installments over five years, subject to continued employment through each vesting date. Stock-based compensation cost for time-based options is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model and is recognized ratably over the requisite service period of the awards. The Company accounts for forfeitures for time-based options as they occur. The following assumptions apply to time-based options awarded during fiscal year 2022:
Fiscal Year 2022 | Fiscal Year 2021 | Fiscal Year 2020 | ||||
Expected volatility |
32.7% to 39.8% | 31.3% to 36.2% | 27.0% to 29.4% | |||
Risk-free interest rate |
1.8% to 3.6% | 0.5% to 0.6% | 0.5% to 1.7% | |||
Expected term (in years) |
6.50 | 6.50 | 6.50 | |||
Weighted average fair value of options per share |
$4.07 | $0.87 | $0.52 |
F-28
Expected volatility is based on historic share price volatilities of comparable publicly traded companies. The risk-free rate is based on the 10 Year U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of each grant. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding.
The following table summarizes the activity related to time-based options:
(in thousands, except per share and remaining term amounts) |
Number of options |
Weighted average exercise price per share |
Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years) |
Aggregate intrinsic value |
||||||||||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2022 |
7,843 | $ | 1.53 | 8.03 | $ | 36,015 | ||||||||||
Granted |
2,595 | 9.82 | ||||||||||||||
Exercised |
(104 | ) | 1.04 | |||||||||||||
Forfeited or expired |
(558 | ) | 4.59 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2022 |
9,776 | $ | 3.56 | 7.66 | $ | 60,229 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2022 |
4,076 | $ | 1.44 | 6.93 | $ | 33,169 |
The total fair value of time-based options the vested during fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $15.8 million, $15.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value of time-based options awarded during fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $9.82, $3.86 and $2.22, respectively. The total intrinsic value of time-based options exercised during fiscal years 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $0.9 million, $0 and $0, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding time-based options was $10.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period of 2.5 years.
Performance-based options
Stock option awards containing a performance condition (performance-based options) vest after the Company achieves specified multiples of the Companys invested capital during the performance period and upon either a change in control or an initial public offering. Performance-based options are subject to continued employment through the vesting date and vest in 20% increments as performance measurements are achieved through the term of the options, which is five years from the grant date. During November 2022, the Company modified the vesting terms of its outstanding performance-based options for 40 grantees. The Company considered the modified vesting terms to constitute a modification under Topic 718 and thus remeasured the fair value of the outstanding performance-based options as of the modification date.
Compensation expense for performance-based options is recognized when it is probable that performance measurements will be achieved. The Company accounts for forfeitures for performance-based options as they occur. To date, and as of the modification date, the Company has not recognized compensation expense for performance-based options because achievement of the underlying performance conditions have not been met.
F-29
The following table summarizes the activity related to performance-based options:
(in thousands, except per share and remaining term amounts) |
Number of options |
Weighted average exercise price per share |
Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years) |
Aggregate intrinsic value |
||||||||||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2022 |
11,739 | $ | 1.53 | 8.03 | $ | 53,890 | ||||||||||
Forfeited or expired |
(599 | ) | 2.74 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2022 |
11,140 | $ | 1.47 | 7.02 | $ | 90,339 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company did not award performance-based options during fiscal year 2022. The weighted average grant date fair value of performance-based options awarded during fiscal years 2021 and 2020 was $3.86 and $2.22, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding performance-based options was $97.0 million.
Note 15. Income Taxes
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
U.S. operations |
$ | 103,902 | $ | 86,828 | $ | (57,496 | ) | |||||
Foreign operations |
20,396 | (8,963 | ) | (1,927 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total income (loss) before tax expense (benefit) |
$ | 124,298 | $ | 77,865 | $ | (59,423 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of income tax expense (benefit) are summarized as follows:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Current: |
||||||||||||
U.S. - federal |
$ | 354 | $ | (21 | ) | $ | | |||||
U.S. - state |
3,279 | 4,661 | 28 | |||||||||
Foreign |
15,401 | 11,701 | 16,943 | |||||||||
Deferred: |
||||||||||||
U.S. - federal |
16,934 | (7,257 | ) | (12,602 | ) | |||||||
U.S. - state |
4,074 | (7,223 | ) | (2,276 | ) | |||||||
Foreign |
(464 | ) | (7,390 | ) | 1,967 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total income tax expense (benefit) |
$ | 39,578 | $ | (5,529 | ) | $ | 4,060 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows for the consolidated taxable entities at December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022:
(in thousands) | December 31, 2022 | January 1, 2022 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards |
$ | 2,197 | $ | 3,962 | ||||
Foreign tax credits |
| 2,503 | ||||||
Lease liability |
106,270 | | ||||||
Deferred rent |
| 2,981 | ||||||
Insurance reserves |
4,235 | 2,561 | ||||||
Employment tax credits |
3,208 | 5,315 | ||||||
Deferred interest |
17,392 | 16,764 | ||||||
Deferred payroll |
6,572 | 7,998 | ||||||
Sec. 267 Deferred Basis |
8,776 | 8,568 | ||||||
Unrealized foreign exchange loss |
6,957 | | ||||||
Other |
7,143 | 15,082 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax asset, exclusive of valuation allowance |
162,750 | 65,734 | ||||||
Less: valuation allowance |
8,923 | 4,855 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax asset, net |
153,827 | 60,879 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Property and equipment depreciation and amortization |
16,636 | 6,206 | ||||||
Leasehold interests |
3,930 | 5,857 | ||||||
Charity licensing agreements |
11,695 | 13,350 | ||||||
Trade names and trademarks |
23,902 | 23,363 | ||||||
Partnership tax deferral |
5,075 | 4,827 | ||||||
ROU asset |
103,297 | | ||||||
Unrealized foreign exchange gain |
4,909 | | ||||||
Partnership basis |
41,985 | 49,499 | ||||||
Other |
5,539 | 7,293 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liability |
216,968 | 110,395 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liability, net |
$ | 63,141 | $ | 49,516 | ||||
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022, the Company did not have U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards and had $24.6 million and $50.8 million, respectively, of U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards. These net operating loss carryforwards expire between 2024 and 2041. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had no federal foreign tax credit, no federal R&D credits and $3.2 million of other federal credits that will expire between 2039 and 2042. As of January 1, 2022, the Company had a federal foreign tax credit of $2.5 million that expires in 2026, federal R&D tax credits of $1.0 million that expire between 2039 and 2041, and other federal tax credits of $5.3 million that expire between 2031 and 2041.
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state regulations, contain provisions that may limit the NOL carryforwards available to be used to offset income in any given year upon the occurrence of certain events, including changes in the ownership within the meaning of Section 382. The Company reduced its tax attributes (NOLs and tax credits) and generated a limitation on utilization of such attributes resulting from the March 2019 Transactions and the Ares Share Purchase Transaction.
F-31
The Company maintains a valuation allowance of $5.7 million and $3.2 million related to its Canadian and Australian operations, respectively. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more-likely-than-not expected to be realized. Management evaluates and weighs all available positive and negative evidence such as historic results, projected future taxable income, future reversals of existing deferred tax liabilities, as well as prudent and feasible tax-planning strategies. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are utilizable, we believe it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the net benefits of its deferred tax assets, other than the deferred tax assets related to the unrealized foreign exchange loss in Canada and deferred tax assets in Australia for which a valuation allowance has been maintained due to uncertainties relating to their realization. On the basis of this evaluation, the Company maintains a valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets related to the unrealized foreign exchange loss in Canada and the Australian deferred tax assets has been provided due to uncertainties relating to their realization.
On March 27, 2020, Congress enacted the Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security Act (CARES Act), in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act contain numerous income tax provisions, including refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, 100% utilization of net operating losses for taxable income in 2018, 2019 and 2020, 5 years NOL carryback from 2018, 2019 or 2020, interest limitation increase to 50% adjusted taxable income from 30% for tax years beginning January 1, 2019 and 2020 and immediate deduction of qualified improvement costs instead of depreciating them over 39 years. The Company has benefited from the increase of the 50% adjusted taxable income limitation on net interest expense deduction, immediate deductions of qualified improvement costs and the deferment of employer side social security payments.
The differences between income taxes expected by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the amount of income taxes provided for are as follows:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate |
21.0 | % | 21.0 | % | 21.0 | % | ||||||
Tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate |
$ | 26,103 | $ | 16,352 | $ | (12,479 | ) | |||||
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from: |
||||||||||||
State taxes net of federal benefit |
5,844 | 8,828 | (5,006 | ) | ||||||||
Tax impact of restructuring |
| 24,779 | (11,293 | ) | ||||||||
GILTI/FDII |
(1,114 | ) | 2,438 | 3,193 | ||||||||
Change in valuation allowance |
4,068 | (59,527 | ) | 8,969 | ||||||||
Canada Revenue Agency Settlement |
| 973 | 18,611 | |||||||||
Other |
7,248 | 4,868 | 2,065 | |||||||||
Tax Credits |
(2,571 | ) | (4,240 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
$ | 39,578 | $ | (5,529 | ) | $ | 4,060 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-32
The following table summarizes the activity related to the Companys unrecognized tax benefits:
Fiscal Year | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
Beginning gross unrecognized tax benefits balance |
$ | 1,912 | $ | 1,545 | $ | 1,545 | ||||||
Increase related to prior year tax position |
| 367 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Ending gross unrecognized tax benefits balance |
$ | 1,912 | $ | 1,912 | $ | 1,545 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities in the countries in which it operates. The Company is currently under audit by several taxing jurisdictions, federal and state. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, the Company has assessed the probable outcomes and potential exposure and believes that it has provided adequate amounts of tax, interest and penalties for any adjustments that may arise from these open tax years. The Companys continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
On December 9, 2020, the Company signed a settlement agreement with Canada Revenue Agency to resolve certain income and nonresident withholding tax disputes with respect to tax years 20122019. Pursuant to the settlement, the Company had accrued tax and interest of CAD $28.1 million as of January 1, 2022, of which CAD $26.2 million was paid in fiscal year 2021 and CAD $1.9 million was paid in fiscal year 2022.
As of December 31, 2022, the Company had not recognized a deferred tax liability on the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis in the stock of certain foreign subsidiaries that is essentially permanent in duration. This amount becomes taxable upon a repatriation of assets from the subsidiaries or a disposal of the subsidiaries. It is not practicable to determine the amount of the related unrecognized deferred income tax liability.
Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation and regulatory matters
The Company is involved from time to time in claims, proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company has made accruals with respect to these matters, where appropriate, which are reflected in the consolidated financial statements. For some matters, the amount of liability is not probable or the amount cannot be reasonably estimated and therefore accruals have not been made. The Company may enter into discussions regarding settlement of these matters and may enter into settlement agreements, if in the best interest of the Company. From time to time, the Company is involved in routine litigation that arises in the ordinary course of business. There are no pending significant legal proceedings to which the Company is a party for which management believes the ultimate outcome would have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial position.
The Company periodically has inquiries from various government agencies regarding aspects of its operations. In 2014, the Company received such an inquiry from the Attorney General of the State of Washington. In December 2017, the Washington Attorney General (AG) filed a lawsuit against the Company in State Court relating to, among other things, alleged deceptive advertisements and marketing practices. The parties completed the first phase of the lawsuit in October 2019. The second phase of the lawsuit was scheduled for June 2020, but in May 2020, the Washington Court of Appeals granted the Companys request for a discretionary review of the ruling in the first phase. On August 16, 2021, the Washington Court of Appeals ruled in the Companys favor and dismissed all of the
F-33
remaining claims. At this point, the Company has prevailed on all claims asserted in the lawsuit. On November 17, 2021, the Washington Court of Appeals denied a Motion for Reconsideration filed by the Washington AG. Thereafter, on December 17, 2021, the Washington AG filed a Petition for Review in the Washington Supreme Court. On March 30, 2022, the Washington Supreme Court granted the Washington AGs petition to review the case. Oral argument took place at the Washington Supreme Court on October 25, 2022. On February 23, 2023 the Washington Supreme Court reaffirmed the Court of Appeals decision in favor of the Company and remanded the case to the trial court to dismiss the Washington Attorney Generals claims and rule on attorneys fees and costs.
Note 17. Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through March 30, 2023, the date the financial statements were available to be issued and determined there are no additional events or transactions to disclose other than the events listed below.
On January 5, 2023, the Company repaid the $42.0 million advance under the Revolving Credit Facility.
On February 6, 2023, the Company issued $550.0 million of senior secured notes. The notes have a 9.75% interest rate and will mature in April 2028. Interest on the notes will be paid in cash semi-annually in arrears, on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2023, and will accrue from the issue date of the notes. In connection with the Notes Offering, we repaid $233.4 million of outstanding borrowings under our Term Loan Facility and paid a $262.2 million dividend to our equityholders. We also paid a $23.6 million special bonus to certain of our employees participating in our management equity incentive plan, who were unable to participate in the dividend.
F-34
Shares
Common Stock
Prospectus
, 2023
J.P. Morgan | Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC | Jefferies | UBS Investment Bank |
Baird | CIBC Capital Markets | Guggenheim Securities | Piper Sandler |
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.
The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.
Amount to be Paid |
||||
SEC registration fee |
$ | 11,020 | ||
FINRA filing fee |
* | |||
Initial exchange listing fee |
* | |||
Printing and engraving expenses |
* | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
* | |||
Accounting fees and expenses |
* | |||
Transfer agent and registrar fees |
* | |||
Miscellaneous fees and expenses |
* | |||
Total |
$ | * |
* | To be provided by amendment. |
Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.
Upon the completion of the offering contemplated by this registration statement, we will be incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 102 of the DGCL, permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.
Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
As permitted by the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers, and may indemnify and advance expenses to our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal
II-1
liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended.
We intend to enter into agreements with our directors and executive officers that will require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay in connection with any proceeding to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was serving in such capacity, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. These indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. At present, no litigation or proceeding is pending that involves any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will maintain a directors and officers liability insurance policy. The policy will insure directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburse us for those losses for which we lawfully indemnify the directors and officers. The policy will likely contain various exclusions.
In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.
Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.
None.
Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.
(A) Exhibits
The exhibits to this registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.
(B) Financial statement schedules
Financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable, not required or included in the financial statements or the notes thereto included in the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement.
Item 17. Undertakings.
Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-2
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
(2) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
Exhibit Index
II-3
Exhibit Number |
Description of Document | |
10.5** | ||
10.6** | Agreement for the Design, Manufacturing and Commissioning of a Books and Media Processing System, dated as of September 22, 2020, by and between the Registrant and the other party named therein. | |
10.7#* | 2021 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. | |
10.8#* | Form of Option Agreement under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. | |
10.9#* | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. | |
10.10#* | 2019 Management Incentive Plan. | |
10.11#* | Form of Option Agreement under the 2019 Management Incentive Plan. | |
10.12#* | 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. | |
10.13#* | Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Mark Walsh. | |
10.14#* | Form of Executive Employment Agreement. | |
10.15#* | Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan. | |
10.16#* | Annual Bonus Plan. | |
21.1* | Subsidiaries of the Registrant. | |
23.1 | Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. | |
23.2* | Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1). | |
23.3** | Consent of Transom Consulting Group LLC. | |
24.1** | Power of Attorney (included on signature page). | |
107 | Filing Fee Table. |
* | To be filed in a subsequent amendment to this registration statement. |
** | Previously filed. |
# | Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. |
II-4
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Bellevue, Washington, on March 30, 2023.
Savers Value Village, Inc. | ||
By: | /s/ Mark Walsh | |
Mark Walsh | ||
Chief Executive Officer |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date | ||
/s/ Mark Walsh | Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) | March 30, 2023 | ||
Mark Walsh | ||||
/s/ Jay Stasz | Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) | March 30, 2023 | ||
Jay Stasz | ||||
* | Chairman of the Board of Directors | March 30, 2023 | ||
Scott Graves | ||||
* | Director | March 30, 2023 | ||
Aaron Rosen | ||||
* | Director | March 30, 2023 | ||
Robyn Collver | ||||
* | Director | March 30, 2023 | ||
William Allen | ||||
* | Director | March 30, 2023 | ||
Duane Woods | ||||
* | Director | March 30, 2023 | ||
Aina Konold | ||||
* | Director | March 30, 2023 | ||
Kristy Pipes |
*By: | /s/ Richard Medway | |
Richard Medway | ||
Attorney-in-Fact |
II-5
Exhibit 10.2
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of April 26, 2021
by and among
EVERGREEN ACQCO 1 LP,
as US Borrower
VALUE VILLAGE CANADA INC.,
as Canadian Borrower
S-EVERGREEN HOLDING CORP.,
as Holdings
EVERGREEN ACQCO GP LLC,
as Holdings GP
KKR LOAN ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
and
THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO
KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC, JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, PNC BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION and CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Physical Bookrunners
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
SECTION 1.01 |
Defined Terms |
1 | ||||
SECTION 1.02 |
Other Interpretive Provisions |
80 | ||||
SECTION 1.03 |
Accounting and Finance Terms; Accounting Periods; Unrestricted Subsidiaries; Determination of Fair Market Value |
81 | ||||
SECTION 1.04 |
Rounding |
82 | ||||
SECTION 1.05 |
References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. |
82 | ||||
SECTION 1.06 |
Times of Day |
82 | ||||
SECTION 1.07 |
Available Amount Transactions |
82 | ||||
SECTION 1.08 |
Pro Forma Calculations; Limited Condition Acquisitions; Basket and Ratio Compliance |
82 | ||||
SECTION 1.09 |
Currency Equivalents Generally |
86 |
ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENTS AND BORROWINGS
SECTION 2.01 |
Term Loans |
87 | ||||
SECTION 2.02 |
Revolving Loans |
88 | ||||
SECTION 2.03 |
Swing Line Loans |
90 | ||||
SECTION 2.04 |
Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein |
92 | ||||
SECTION 2.05 |
Conversion/Continuation |
100 | ||||
SECTION 2.06 |
Availability |
101 | ||||
SECTION 2.07 |
Prepayments |
102 | ||||
SECTION 2.08 |
Termination or Reduction of Commitments |
109 | ||||
SECTION 2.09 |
Repayment of Loans |
109 | ||||
SECTION 2.10 |
Interest |
110 | ||||
SECTION 2.11 |
Fees |
111 | ||||
SECTION 2.12 |
Computation of Interest and Fees |
113 | ||||
SECTION 2.13 |
Evidence of Indebtedness |
113 | ||||
SECTION 2.14 |
Payments Generally |
114 | ||||
SECTION 2.15 |
Sharing of Payments, Etc. |
115 | ||||
SECTION 2.16 |
Incremental Borrowings |
116 | ||||
SECTION 2.17 |
Refinancing Amendments |
120 | ||||
SECTION 2.18 |
Extensions of Loans |
121 | ||||
SECTION 2.19 |
Permitted Debt Exchanges |
122 | ||||
SECTION 2.20 |
Defaulting Lenders |
124 | ||||
SECTION 2.21 |
Judgment Currency |
127 |
ARTICLE III
TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
SECTION 3.01 |
Taxes |
127 | ||||
SECTION 3.02 |
Illegality |
132 | ||||
SECTION 3.03 |
Inability to Determine Rates |
133 | ||||
SECTION 3.04 |
Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans |
134 | ||||
SECTION 3.05 |
Funding Losses |
135 |
SECTION 3.06 |
Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation |
136 | ||||
SECTION 3.07 |
Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances |
136 | ||||
SECTION 3.08 |
Survival |
138 | ||||
SECTION 3.09 |
Successor Benchmark Rates |
138 |
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BORROWINGS
SECTION 4.01 |
Conditions to Initial Borrowing |
145 | ||||
SECTION 4.02 |
Conditions to All Borrowings After the Closing Date |
148 |
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
SECTION 5.01 |
Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws |
148 | ||||
SECTION 5.02 |
Authorization; No Contravention |
149 | ||||
SECTION 5.03 |
Governmental Authorization |
149 | ||||
SECTION 5.04 |
Binding Effect |
150 | ||||
SECTION 5.05 |
Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect |
150 | ||||
SECTION 5.06 |
Litigation |
150 | ||||
SECTION 5.07 |
Labor Matters |
150 | ||||
SECTION 5.08 |
Ownership of Property; Liens |
150 | ||||
SECTION 5.09 |
Environmental Matters |
150 | ||||
SECTION 5.10 |
Taxes |
151 | ||||
SECTION 5.11 |
ERISA Compliance |
151 | ||||
SECTION 5.12 |
Subsidiaries |
152 | ||||
SECTION 5.13 |
Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act |
152 | ||||
SECTION 5.14 |
Disclosure |
152 | ||||
SECTION 5.15 |
Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. |
152 | ||||
SECTION 5.16 |
Solvency |
153 | ||||
SECTION 5.17 |
USA PATRIOT Act, FCPA and OFAC |
153 | ||||
SECTION 5.18 |
Collateral Documents |
153 | ||||
SECTION 5.19 |
Use of Proceeds |
154 |
ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
SECTION 6.01 |
Financial Statements |
154 | ||||
SECTION 6.02 |
Certificates; Other Information |
155 | ||||
SECTION 6.03 |
Notices |
157 | ||||
SECTION 6.04 |
Payment of Certain Taxes |
157 | ||||
SECTION 6.05 |
Preservation of Existence of the Borrowers |
157 | ||||
SECTION 6.06 |
Maintenance of Properties |
158 | ||||
SECTION 6.07 |
Maintenance of Insurance |
158 | ||||
SECTION 6.08 |
Compliance with Laws |
158 | ||||
SECTION 6.09 |
Books and Records |
159 | ||||
SECTION 6.10 |
Inspection Rights |
159 | ||||
SECTION 6.11 |
Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security |
160 | ||||
SECTION 6.12 |
Further Assurances |
162 | ||||
SECTION 6.13 |
Designation of Subsidiaries |
163 | ||||
SECTION 6.14 |
Maintenance of Ratings |
163 |
ii
SECTION 6.15 |
Post-Closing Matters |
163 | ||||
SECTION 6.16 |
Use of Proceeds |
163 | ||||
SECTION 6.17 |
Change in Nature of Business |
164 | ||||
SECTION 6.18 |
Transactions with Affiliates |
164 |
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
SECTION 7.01 |
Liens |
166 | ||||
SECTION 7.02 |
Investments |
171 | ||||
SECTION 7.03 |
Indebtedness |
174 | ||||
SECTION 7.04 |
Fundamental Changes |
178 | ||||
SECTION 7.05 |
Dispositions |
181 | ||||
SECTION 7.06 |
Restricted Payments |
184 | ||||
SECTION 7.07 |
[Reserved] |
188 | ||||
SECTION 7.08 |
Negative Pledge |
188 | ||||
SECTION 7.09 |
Junior Debt Prepayments; Amendments to Junior Financing Documents |
190 | ||||
SECTION 7.10 |
Holding Company |
191 |
ARTICLE VIII
FINANCIAL COVENANT
SECTION 8.01 |
First Lien Net Leverage Ratio |
194 | ||||
SECTION 8.02 |
Borrowers Right to Cure |
194 |
ARTICLE IX
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
SECTION 9.01 |
Events of Default |
195 | ||||
SECTION 9.02 |
Remedies upon Event of Default |
198 | ||||
SECTION 9.03 |
Application of Funds |
199 |
ARTICLE X
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS
SECTION 10.01 |
Appointment and Authority of the Administrative Agent |
201 | ||||
SECTION 10.02 |
Rights as a Lender |
202 | ||||
SECTION 10.03 |
Exculpatory Provisions |
202 | ||||
SECTION 10.04 |
Reliance by the Agents |
203 | ||||
SECTION 10.05 |
Delegation of Duties |
204 | ||||
SECTION 10.06 |
Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders; Disclosure of Information by Agents |
204 | ||||
SECTION 10.07 |
Indemnification of Agents |
205 | ||||
SECTION 10.08 |
No Other Duties; Other Agents, Lead Arrangers, Managers, Etc. |
206 | ||||
SECTION 10.09 |
Resignation of Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent |
206 | ||||
SECTION 10.10 |
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding |
207 | ||||
SECTION 10.11 |
Collateral and Guaranty Matters |
209 | ||||
SECTION 10.12 |
Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents |
212 | ||||
SECTION 10.13 |
Intercreditor Agreements |
213 |
iii
SECTION 10.14 |
Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements |
213 | ||||
SECTION 10.15 |
Withholding Taxes |
213 | ||||
SECTION 10.16 |
Certain ERISA Matters |
214 | ||||
SECTION 10.17 |
Erroneous Payments |
215 |
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 11.01 |
Amendments, Waivers, Etc. |
217 | ||||
SECTION 11.02 |
Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies |
222 | ||||
SECTION 11.03 |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
224 | ||||
SECTION 11.04 |
Attorney Costs and Expenses |
225 | ||||
SECTION 11.05 |
Indemnification by the Borrowers |
225 | ||||
SECTION 11.06 |
Marshaling; Payments Set Aside |
227 | ||||
SECTION 11.07 |
Successors and Assigns |
227 | ||||
SECTION 11.08 |
Confidentiality |
236 | ||||
SECTION 11.09 |
Set-off |
238 | ||||
SECTION 11.10 |
Interest Rate Limitation |
239 | ||||
SECTION 11.11 |
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness |
239 | ||||
SECTION 11.12 |
Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents |
239 | ||||
SECTION 11.13 |
Survival |
240 | ||||
SECTION 11.14 |
Severability |
240 | ||||
SECTION 11.15 |
GOVERNING LAW |
240 | ||||
SECTION 11.16 |
WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY |
241 | ||||
SECTION 11.17 |
Limitation of Liability |
242 | ||||
SECTION 11.18 |
Use of Name, Logo, Etc. |
242 | ||||
SECTION 11.19 |
USA PATRIOT Act Notice |
242 | ||||
SECTION 11.20 |
Service of Process |
243 | ||||
SECTION 11.21 |
No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility |
243 | ||||
SECTION 11.22 |
Binding Effect |
243 | ||||
SECTION 11.23 |
Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders Rights |
244 | ||||
SECTION 11.24 |
Headings |
244 | ||||
SECTION 11.25 |
Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions |
244 | ||||
SECTION 11.26 |
Acknowledgment Regarding Any Supported QFCs |
244 | ||||
SECTION 11.27 |
[Reserved] |
245 | ||||
SECTION 11.28 |
Disqualified Lenders and Net Short Positions | 245 |
iv
SCHEDULES
1.01 |
Existing Letters of Credit | |
2.01 |
Commitments | |
5.06 |
Litigation | |
5.07 |
Labor Matters | |
5.08 |
Material Real Property | |
5.11(a) |
ERISA Compliance | |
5.11(b) |
ERISA Compliance | |
5.12 |
Subsidiaries | |
6.07 |
Material Insurance | |
6.15 |
Post-Closing Matters | |
7.01(c) |
Existing Liens | |
7.03(c) |
Existing Indebtedness | |
11.02 |
Administrative Agents Office, Certain Addresses for Notices |
EXHIBITS
Form of | ||
A-1 | Committed Loan Notice | |
A-2 | Issuance Notice | |
A-3 | Conversion/Continuation Notice | |
A-4 | Swing Line Notice | |
B-1 | Term Loan Note | |
B-2 | Revolving Loan Note | |
B-3 | Swing Line Note | |
C | Compliance Certificate | |
D-1 | Assignment and Assumption | |
D-2 | Affiliate Assignment Notice | |
E | Guaranty | |
F-1 | US Security Agreement | |
F-2 | Canadian Security Agreement | |
F-3 | Canadian Deed of Hypothec | |
G-1 | Non-Bank Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships or Pass-Thru Entities For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) | |
G-2 | Non-Bank Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships or Pass-Thru Entities For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) | |
G-3 | Non-Bank Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships or Pass-Thru Entities For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) | |
G-4 | Non-Bank Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships or Pass-Thru Entities For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) | |
H | Global Intercompany Note | |
I | Solvency Certificate | |
J | Prepayment Notice | |
K-1 | Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement | |
K-2 | Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement | |
L | Auction Procedures |
- v -
CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of April 26, 2021, by and among EVERGREEN ACQCO 1 LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the US Borrower), VALUE VILLAGE CANADA INC., a British Columbia corporation (the Canadian Borrower and, together with the US Borrower, the Borrowers), S-EVERGREEN HOLDING CORP., a Delaware corporation (Holdings), EVERGREEN ACQCO GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Holdings GP), KKR LOAN ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC (KLAS), as administrative agent (in such capacity, including any successor thereto, the Administrative Agent) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, including any successor thereto, the Collateral Agent) under the Loan Documents, each Issuing Bank from time to time party hereto, KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC (KCM), JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC (Jefferies), PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (PNC) and CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC (CSLF), as joint lead arrangers and joint physical bookrunners (collectively, the Lead Arrangers), and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the Lenders and, individually, a Lender).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement (as this and other capitalized terms used in these preliminary statements are defined in Section 1.01 below), certain Affiliates of the Sponsor (the Purchasers) will purchase (the Acquisition) Class A Common Units of S-Evergreen Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Parent) from the Sellers (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement).
Holdings is a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent and each of the Borrowers is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings.
The Borrowers have requested that (a) substantially simultaneously with the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV below, the Lenders extend credit to the Borrowers in the form of (i) $600,000,000 of Initial Term Loans and (ii) $60,000,000 of Revolving Commitments on the Closing Date as a secured credit facility and (b) from time to time during the Availability Period, the Revolving Lenders make Revolving Loans, the Swing Line Lender make Swing Line Loans and the Issuing Banks issue Letters of Credit, in each case, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
The proceeds of the Initial Term Loans, together with the proceeds of the Revolving Loans, will be used on the Closing Date to finance, in part, the Transactions.
The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend, and each Issuing Bank has indicated its willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Accounting Terms
SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
Accounting Change has the meaning specified in the definition of GAAP.
Acquisition has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
Acquisition Agreement means the Agreement of Purchase and Sale, dated as of March 10, 2021 by and among the Persons listed on Schedule I thereto as Sellers, the Persons listed on Schedule I thereto as Purchasers and the Parent, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Acquisition Agreement Representations means such of the representations and warranties made by the Parent with respect to the Parent and its subsidiaries made in the Acquisition Agreement to the extent the breach of such representations and warranties is material to the interests of the Lenders (in their capacities as such).
Acquisition Transaction means the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions, including by merger, amalgamation or otherwise) by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of all or substantially all the property, assets or business of another Person, or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of, any Person, or assets which, taken as a whole, would constitute a business unit, line of business or division of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary following such Acquisition Transaction, or of a majority of the outstanding Equity Interests of any Person (including any Investment which serves to increase a Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiarys respective equity ownership in any Joint Venture or other Person to an amount in excess (or further in excess) of the majority of the outstanding Equity Interests of such Joint Venture or other Person) in each case, to the extent such Person is or substantially concurrently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such assets are owned by a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person who substantially concurrently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.
Additional Lender means, at any time, any bank, other financial institution or institutional investor that, in any case, is not an existing Lender and that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Incremental Loan in accordance with Section 2.16 or (b) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.17; provided that each Additional Lender (other than any Person that is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund of a Lender at such time) shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and/or the Issuing Banks (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), in each case to the extent any such consent would be required from the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and/or the Issuing Banks under Section 11.07(b)(iii)(B), (C), and/or (D), respectively, for an assignment of Loans to such Additional Lender.
Adjusted Eurodollar Rate means, with respect to any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall in no event be less than the Floor. The Adjusted Eurodollar Rate will be adjusted automatically as to all Borrowings of Eurodollar Rate Loans then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the Statutory Reserve Rate.
Administrative Agent has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
Administrative Agents Office means the Administrative Agents address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.
Administrative Questionnaire means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
- 2 -
Affected Financial Institution means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. Control means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. Controlled has the meaning correlative thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Lead Arrangers, the Agents or their respective lending affiliates shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Holdings, Holdings GP, the US Borrower, the Canadian Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Jefferies LLC and its Affiliates shall be deemed to be Affiliates of Jefferies Finance LLC and its Affiliates.
Affiliated Debt Fund means,
(a) any Affiliate of the Sponsor that is a bona fide bank, debt fund, distressed asset fund, hedge fund, mutual fund, insurance company, financial institution or an investment vehicle that is engaged in the business of investing in, acquiring or trading commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business, in each case, that is not organized primarily for the purpose of making equity investments with respect to which the Sponsor does not possess the power to make investment decisions for such entity and either,
(i) information barriers are in place restricting the sharing of information between it and the Sponsor, or
(ii) the managers have fiduciary duties to the investors of such fund independent of their fiduciary duties to investors in the Sponsor, and
(b) any investment fund or account of a Permitted Investor managed by third parties (including by way of a managed account, a fund or an index fund in which a Permitted Investor has invested) that is not organized or used primarily for the purpose of making equity investments.
Affiliated Lender means, at any time, any Lender that is either the Sponsor or an Affiliate of the Sponsor at such time, excluding in any case, (a) Holdings, (b) Holdings GP, (c) the US Borrower, (d) the Canadian Borrower, (e) any Subsidiary of Holdings or Holdings GP and (f) any natural person.
Affiliated Lender Term Loan Cap has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(h)(iii).
Agency Fee Letter means the Agency Fee Letter, dated as of April 26, 2021, by and among the Parent and KLAS, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
Agent Parties has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(e).
Agent-Related Persons means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, attorney-in-fact, partners, trustees, advisors and other representatives of such Persons and of such Persons Affiliates.
Agents means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Bookrunners, the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any) and the Lead Arrangers.
- 3 -
Aggregate Commitments means the Commitments of all the Lenders.
Agreement means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
All-In Yield means, as to any Indebtedness or Loans of any Class, the yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, OID, upfront fees, a Eurodollar Rate floor to the extent greater than 0.75% per annum or a Base Rate floor to the extent greater than 1.75% per annum (with such greater amount, in each case, being equated to interest margins for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Rate); provided that (a) OID and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a 4-year life to maturity (or, if less, the stated life to maturity at the time of its incurrence of the Applicable Indebtedness) and (b) All-In Yield shall not include any arrangement fees, structuring fees, underwriting fees, commitment fees, amendment fees, ticking fees or any other fees similar to the foregoing (regardless of how such fees are computed or to whom paid).
Alternative Currencies means, in the case of any Incremental Term Facility, Incremental Term Loans, Refinancing Term Commitments or Refinancing Term Loans, any currency (other than Dollars) agreed to by the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and each Lender providing such Incremental Term Facility, Incremental Term Loans, Refinancing Term Commitments or Refinancing Term Loans; provided that, in each case, each such other currency is a lawful currency that is readily available, freely transferable and not restricted, able to be converted into Dollars and, prior to the effectiveness of a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to Section 3.09, available in the London interbank deposit market.
Ancillary Fees has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(b)(viii).
Applicable Commitment Fee means a percentage per annum equal to 0.50%.
Applicable Indebtedness has the meaning specified in the definition of Weighted Average Life to Maturity.
Applicable Jurisdiction means the United States, Canada and any other jurisdiction approved by the Required Lenders of the applicable Class and the Administrative Agent, in each case, acting reasonably and in good faith.
Applicable Rate means:
(a) with respect to Revolving Loans, a percentage per annum equal to (i) for Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, 3.25% and (ii) for Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, 2.25%;
(b) with respect to Swing Line Loans, a percentage per annum equal to 2.25%;
(c) with respect to Initial Term Loans, a percentage per annum equal to (i) for Eurodollar Rate Loans, 5.75% and (ii) for Base Rate Loans, 4.75%; provided that from and after the third Business Day after the date on which the Administrative Agent shall have received the applicable financial statements and a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(a) calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio in respect of the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date, the Applicable Rate for Initial Term Loans shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption Alternate Base Rate Spread or Eurodollar Rate Spread, respectively, based upon the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):
- 4 -
First Lien Net Leverage Ratio Above 3.75 to 1.00 Equal to or below 3.75 to 1.00 (d) with respect any Term Loans (other than Initial Term Loans), as specified in the applicable
Incremental Amendment, Extension Amendment or Refinancing Amendment. (e) No change in the Applicable Rate for Initial Term
Loans shall be effective until three Business Days after the date on which the Administrative Agent shall have received the applicable financial statements and a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(a)
calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio. At any time the Borrowers have not submitted to the Administrative Agent the applicable information as and when required under Section 6.02(a), the Applicable Rate for Initial
Term Loans shall be determined as if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio were in excess of 3.75 to 1.00. Within one Business Day of receipt of the applicable information under Section 6.02(a), the Administrative Agent shall
give each Lender electronic (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) notice of the Applicable Rate in effect from such date. In the event that any financial statement or
certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02 is determined to be inaccurate (at a time prior to the satisfaction of the Termination Conditions), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a
higher Applicable Rate for any period (an Applicable Rate Period) than the Applicable Rate applied for such Applicable Rate Period, then (a) the Borrowers shall promptly (and in any event within five Business Days) following
such determination deliver to the Administrative Agent correct financial statements and certificates required by Section 6.02 for such Applicable Rate Period, (b) the Applicable Rate for such Applicable Rate Period
shall be determined as if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio were determined based on the amounts set forth in such correct financial statements and certificates and (c) the Borrowers shall promptly (and in any event within ten Business Days)
following delivery of such corrected financial statements and certificates pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Rate for such Applicable Rate Period. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary set forth herein, the provisions of this paragraph (but not any of the other provisions of this definition preceding this paragraph) may be amended or waived with respect to any Class with the consent of only the Borrowers and
the Required Lenders of such Class. (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, following a Qualifying IPO, the Applicable Rate
otherwise applicable to each Class of Loans shall be reduced by 0.25% per annum. Applicable Rate Period has the
meaning specified in the definition of Applicable Rate. Appropriate Lender means, at any time, with
respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class. Approved Fund means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund
that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender. - 5 -
Asset Sale Prepayment Percentage means, (a) 100%, if the Borrowers First Lien Net Leverage Ratio at the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year equals or
exceeds the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00; (b) 50%, if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio
is less than the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00, but equals or exceeds the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00; and (c) 0%, if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00.
Assignment and Assumption means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent. Attorney Costs means all reasonable and documented in reasonable detail fees, expenses, charges and disbursements of any
law firm or other external legal counsel. Attributable Indebtedness means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized
Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP. Australian Dollar means lawful money of Australia. Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(b)(iii). Available Amount means, as of any date of determination with respect to the applicable Available Amount Reference Period, a
cumulative amount equal to the sum of, without duplication: (a) the greater of (A) 75% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 75%
of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination; plus (b) an amount equal to
(A) the cumulative amount of Excess Cash Flow for such Available Amount Reference Period; provided that when measuring such amount (1) Excess Cash Flow will be deemed not to be less than zero in any fiscal year and (2) Excess
Cash Flow for any fiscal year will be deemed to be zero until the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) for such fiscal year, and the related Compliance Certificate required to be
delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) for such fiscal year, have been received by the Administrative Agent, minus (B) the portion of such Excess Cash Flow that has been (or is required to be) applied to
the prepayment of Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.07(b)(i); plus (c)
Permitted Equity Issuances during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the applicable date of determination and, in each case, to the extent Not Otherwise Applied;
plus (d) to the extent not reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of
determining the amount of such Investment, the aggregate amount of all cash dividends and other cash distributions received by the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Minority Investments or Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the period
from and including the - 6 -
Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the date of such determination in respect of Investments in such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Minority Investments made by
the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary made in reliance on the Available Amount; plus (e) to the extent
not reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment, the Investments of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries in any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or that has been merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (up to the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such
Investments of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger, amalgamation or consolidation and (ii) the fair market value of
such Investments by the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time they were made); plus (f) to the extent not reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount
of such Investment or required to be applied to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.07(b)(ii) (or to an offer to repurchase or prepay any other Pari Passu Lien Debt in accordance with substantially equivalent
provisions in the documentation governing such Indebtedness), the aggregate amount of all Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Disposition of its ownership interest in any Minority
Investment or Unrestricted Subsidiary during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the applicable date of measurement, in each case, to the extent that the original Investments in
such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Minority Investments were made in reliance on the Available Amount; plus (g)
to the extent (i) not reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment and (ii) not in excess of the fair market value of such Investment at the time it was made,
the returns (including repayments of principal and payments of interest), profits, distributions and similar amounts received in cash or Cash Equivalents by the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on Investments made by a Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary in reliance on the Available Amount; plus (h) (i) any amount of mandatory
prepayments of Term Loans required to be prepaid pursuant to Section 2.07(b) that have been declined by Lenders and retained by the Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.07(b)(vii) and
(ii) any amount of mandatory prepayments of Pari Passu Lien Debt (and any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing), to the extent such amount was required to be applied to offer to repurchase or otherwise prepay such Indebtedness and the holders
of such Pari Passu Lien Debt declined such repurchase or prepayment; plus (i) any amount of Net Cash
Proceeds from Dispositions or Casualty Events not required to be applied to a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.07(b)(ii) (or to mandatory prepayments of other applicable Indebtedness); minus (j) the aggregate amount of any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(gg)(ii), any Restricted
Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(s)(ii) and any payment made pursuant to Section 7.09(a)(x)(A) during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the applicable date of measurement (and, for
purposes of this clause (j), without taking account of the intended usage of the Available Amount on such date of measurement the contemplated transaction). - 7 -
Available Amount Reference Period means, with respect to any applicable
date of measurement of the Available Amount, the period commencing on (a) with respect to the calculation of clause (b) of the definition of Available Amount, the first Business Day of the first full fiscal year of the
Borrowers after the Closing Date, and ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal year for which financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a), and the related Compliance Certificate
required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a), have been received by the Administrative Agent and (b) with respect to the calculation of Available Amount (other than clause (b) of the definition thereof) the day
after the Closing Date through and including such date of measurement. Bail-In
Action means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution. Bail-In Legislation means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country
implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the
United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their Affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings). Base Rate means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate
plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the Prime Rate, and (c) the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate on such day for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00% (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business
Day); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Base Rate (1) with respect to any Initial Term Loans or Revolving Loans shall in no event be less than 1.75% per annum and (2) shall not be available as to any
Alternative Currency. Base Rate Loan means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate. Beneficial Ownership Certification means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial
Ownership Regulation. Beneficial Ownership Regulation means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230. Benefit Plan means any of (a) an employee benefit plan (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of
ERISA, (b) a plan as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of
the Code) the assets of any such employee benefit plan or plan. BHC Act Affiliate of a party
means an affiliate (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party. Blocked Account has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.11(c). Board of Directors means, as to any Person, the board of directors, board of managers or other governing body of such
Person, or if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors, board of managers or other governing body of such entity, and the term directors means members of the Board of Directors. Borrowers has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement. - 8 -
Borrower Materials has the meaning specified in
Section 6.02. Borrowing means a borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and
Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period. Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close
under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agents Office is located (which, as of the date of this Agreement, is New York, New York) and if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a
Eurodollar Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such
day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market. Canadian AML Legislation means the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), the Criminal
Code (Canada) and other applicable Canadian anti-money laundering and know your client policies, regulations, laws or rules, together with any guidelines or orders thereunder. Canadian Borrower has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement. Canadian Deed of Hypothec means, collectively, the deed of hypothec, among certain Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent,
acting as Hypothecary Representative, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-3, together with each additional deed of hypothec executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.
Canadian Defined Benefit Plan means any Foreign Plan that is a registered pension plan as defined in
subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and/or is subject to the funding requirements of applicable pension benefits legislation in any Canadian jurisdiction and which, in either case, contains a defined benefit provision as
defined in subsection 147.1(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada), excluding any Canadian Multi-Employer Plan. Canadian
Dollar, Cdn.$ and CAD mean lawful money of Canada. Canadian Intercompany
Note means that certain intercompany note dated as of April 26, 2021 by Evergreen AcqCo 2 Inc. in favor of the Canadian Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $80,000,000, pursuant to which the Canadian Borrower has
made an intercompany loan in such principal amount to Evergreen AcqCo 2 Inc. Canadian Multi-Employer Plan means a
registered pension plan as defined in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) that is a multi-employer pension plan within the meaning of the Pension Benefits Act (Ontario) or applicable federal or provincial pension
benefits standards legislation and to which any Loan Party is required to contribute pursuant to a collective agreement, trust agreement or participation agreement which is not maintained or administered by a Loan Party. Canadian Pension Event means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) any Loan Party initiates any action or filing
to voluntarily terminate or wind-up (in whole or in part) any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; (ii) the institution of proceedings by a Governmental Authority to terminate or
wind-up (in whole or in part) any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; (iii) the appointment by any Governmental Authority of a replacement administrator or trustee to
wind-up or terminate (in whole or in part) any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; (iv) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Loan Party from a Canadian Multi-Employer
- 9 -
Plan or receipt of notification of information by a Loan Party that a Canadian Multi-Employer Plan is being wound-up in whole or in part, where additional
funding obligations of a Loan Party (including withdrawal liability or a requirement to fund a going concern unfunded liability, a solvency deficiency or a wind-up deficiency, or a portion thereof) would be
triggered by any such withdrawal or wind-up; or (v) the failure to remit by a Borrower of any contribution to a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan or a Canadian Multi-Employer Plan that is payable and due.
Canadian Prime Rate means, at any time, the highest of: (i) the annual interest rate published in The Wall Street
Journal as the Canadian Prime Rate or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Bank of Canada as the prime rate in Canada, and (ii) the annual rate of interest equal
to the sum of the one month CDOR Rate (subject to the Floor), plus 1.00% per annum. Canadian Prime Rate Loan means a
Loan that bears interest based on the Canadian Prime Rate. Canadian Sanctions Legislation means the United Nations Act
(Canada), the Special Economic Measures Act (Canada), the Justice for Victims of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act (Sergei Magnitsky Law) (Canada), the Freezing Assets of Corrupt Foreign Officials Act (Canada), the Criminal Code (Canada) and other
applicable Canadian sanctions policies, regulations, laws or rules, together with any guidelines or orders thereunder. Canadian
Security Agreement means, collectively, the Canadian Security Agreement executed by the Loan Parties party thereto, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2, together with
each Security Agreement Supplement thereto executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11. Canadian
Subsidiary means a Subsidiary incorporated, organized or formed under the federal laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof. Capital Expenditures means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as
liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capitalized Leases) by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital
expenditures on the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries. Capitalized Lease
Obligation means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet
(excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP. Capitalized Leases means all capital or finance
leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the
amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date. Captive Insurance
Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof). Cash Collateral Account means an account held at (or through), and subject to the sole dominion and control of, the
Collateral Agent. - 10 -
Cash Collateralize means, in respect of an Obligation, to provide and
pledge (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral in Dollars, at a location and pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or an Issuing Bank, as applicable (and
Cash Collateralization has a corresponding meaning). Cash Collateral shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support. Cash Equivalents means any of the following types of Investments (including for the avoidance of doubt, cash), to the
extent owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary: (a) Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Australian Dollars and each
Alternative Currency; (b) local currencies held by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to time in the
ordinary course of business and not for speculation; (c) readily marketable direct obligations issued or directly and
fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States, Canadian or Australian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such
government with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition; (d) certificates of deposit, time
deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or
foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment); (e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c) and (d) above or
clause (h) below entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above; (f) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moodys or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) and in each case maturing
within 12 months after the date of creation thereof; (g) marketable short-term money market and similar highly liquid
funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such
obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency); (h) readily marketable
direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth, province or territory of the United States, Canada or Australia or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, in each case having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moodys
or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(i) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moodys (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an
equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency); - 11 -
(j) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in
securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (i) above; and (k) solely with respect to any Captive
Insurance Subsidiary, any investment that a Captive Insurance Subsidiary is not prohibited to make in accordance with applicable law and which is substantially consistent with Investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (j) above.
In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary or Canadian Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a
jurisdiction outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (j) above in foreign obligors, which
Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments in accordance with normal investment practices
for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (a) through (j) above and in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated
in currencies other than those set forth in clause (a) or (b) above; provided that such amounts, except amounts used to pay obligations of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary denominated in any
currency other than Dollars or an Alternative Currency in the ordinary course of business, are converted into Dollars or an Alternative Currency as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such
amounts. Cash Management Bank means any Person that is a Lender or Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or Agent
(a) on the Closing Date (with respect to any Cash Management Services entered into prior to the Closing Date), (b) at the time it initially provides any Cash Management Services to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (c) at the
time that the Person to whom the Cash Management Services are provided is merged with a Borrower or becomes or is merged with a Restricted Subsidiary (with respect to any Cash Management Services entered into prior to the date of such merger or such
Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary), in each case whether or not such Person subsequently ceases to be a Lender or Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or Agent. Cash Management Obligations means obligations owed by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Cash Management Bank
in respect of or in connection with any Cash Management Services and designated by the Cash Management Bank and the Borrowers in writing to the Administrative Agent as Cash Management Obligations. Cash Management Services means any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury,
depository, overdraft, credit card processing, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements. Casualty Event means any event that gives rise to the receipt by a Loan Party of any insurance proceeds or condemnation
awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property. CDOR Rate means, on any day, the average rate per annum as reported on the Bloomberg CDOR Page (or any successor page or
such other page or commercially available service displaying Canadian interbank bid rates for Canadian Dollar bankers acceptances as the Administrative Agent may designate - 12 -
from time to time, or if no such substitute service is available, the rate quoted by a Schedule I bank under the Bank Act (Canada) selected by the Administrative Agent at which such bank is
offering to purchase Canadian Dollar bankers acceptances) as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern (Toronto) time on such day for a term of one, two or three months; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the CDOR Rate shall in no
event be less than the Floor. CDOR Rate Loan means a Loan that bears interest based on the CDOR Rate. Change in Law means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or
taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty (excluding the taking effect after the date of this Agreement of a law, rule, regulation or treaty adopted prior to the date of this Agreement), (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or
treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority. It
is understood and agreed that (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-203, H.R. 4173), all Laws relating thereto, all interpretations and applications thereof and
any compliance by a Lender with any and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof or relating thereto and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines,
requirements or directives issued by any United States or foreign regulatory authority in connection with the implementation of the recommendations of the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and
Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority) in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to be adopted subsequent to the date hereof and a Change in Law regardless of the date enacted,
adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented. Change of Control means the earliest to occur of: (a) either: (i)
at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, the Permitted Holders ceasing to beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange
Act), in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, a majority of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings (or Successor Holdings, if applicable); or (ii) at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or Persons
(other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a group (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person acting in
its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), becoming the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5
under such Act), directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests representing more than thirty-five percent of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the then issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings (or Successor Holdings, if
applicable) and the percentage of aggregate ordinary voting power so held is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Equity Interests of Holdings (or Successor Holdings, if applicable) beneficially owned
(as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders, (b) either (i) the US Borrower ceasing to be a direct wholly-owned (other than any general partnership interest held by
Holdings GP (or Successor Holdings GP, if applicable)) Subsidiary of Holdings (or Successor Holdings, if applicable) or (ii) the Canadian Borrower ceasing to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings (or Successor Holdings, if applicable); and
- 13 -
(c) a change of control or similar event occurring under any
other Material Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur with respect to
clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above if the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election 50% or more of the Board of Directors of
Holdings or Successor Holdings, if applicable. Class when used in reference to, (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Term Loans (including
Initial Term Loans), Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Refinancing Term Loans, Refinancing Revolving Loans, Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Loans, (b) any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Commitment in respect of Term Loans (including Initial Term Loans)
made to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a), Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans, Refinancing Term Commitment (and, in the case of a Refinancing Term Commitment, the Class of Loans to which such commitment relates),
Refinancing Revolving Commitment (and, in the case of a Refinancing Revolving Commitment, the Class of Loans to which such commitment relates) or a Commitment in respect of a Class of Loans to be made pursuant to an Incremental Amendment
or an Extension Amendment, and (c) any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a
particular Class of Loans or Commitments. Refinancing Term Commitments, Refinancing Revolving Commitments, Refinancing Term Loans, Refinancing Revolving Loans, Incremental Term Loans and Extended Term Loans that have different terms and
conditions shall be construed to be in different Classes. Closing Date means April 26, 2021. Closing Date EBITDA means $136,000,000. Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio means 4.50 to 1.00. Closing Date Refinancing means the repayment of the Existing Debt, the termination of any related commitments thereunder
and the termination, release or authorization to terminate or release all contractual Liens related thereto, in each case on or about the Closing Date. Closing Date Secured Net Leverage Ratio means 4.50 to 1.00. Closing Date Total Net Leverage Ratio means 4.50 to 1.00. Co-Investor means any of (a) the assignees, if any, of the equity commitments
of the Sponsor or any other Person who was a holder of Equity Interests in Holdings (or any Parent Entity) on the Closing Date in connection with the Transactions and (b) the transferees, if any, that are identified to the Lead Arrangers and
the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent agrees) and acquire, within 90 days of the Closing Date, any Equity Interests in - 14 -
Holdings (or any Parent Entity) held by the Sponsor or any other Person who was a holder of Equity Interests in Holdings (or any Parent Entity) on the Closing Date in connection with the
Transactions, so long as, at the end of such 90-day period, the Sponsor shall continue collectively to own, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting interests in, or otherwise Control the
Parent and Holdings. Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Collateral means all the Collateral (or equivalent term) as defined in any Collateral Document, the Mortgaged
Properties and all other property that is subject or purported to be subject to any Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to any Collateral Document, but in any event excluding all Excluded Assets.
Collateral Agent has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement. Collateral Documents means, collectively, the US Security Agreement, the Canadian Security Agreement, the Canadian Deed of
Hypothec, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Mortgages, each of the collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements, account control agreements or other similar agreements delivered to
the Agents and the Lenders pursuant to Sections 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11, 6.12 or 6.15, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Commitment Letter means the Amended and Restated Commitment
Letter, dated April 2, 2021, by and among the Parent, KCM, KKR Corporate Lending LLC, KLAS, Jefferies, Credit Suisse AG, CSLF and PNC, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the
terms thereof. Commitments means the Revolving Commitments and the Term Loan Commitments. Committed Loan Notice means a written notice of a Borrowing pursuant to Article II, which shall
be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or such other form as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree. Commodity Exchange Act means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any
successor statute. Company Person means any future, current or former officer, director, manager, member, member of
management, employee, consultant or independent contractor of a Borrower, any Subsidiary, Holdings or any Parent Entity. Company
Specified Representations means those representations and warranties made by the Borrowers, including with respect to each of their respective Subsidiaries that is required to become a Guarantor upon the consummation of the Acquisition, in
Sections 5.01(a) (with respect to organizational existence only), 5.01(b)(ii), 5.02(a), 5.02(b)(i), 5.04, 5.13, 5.16, 5.17 and 5.18. Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C. Connection Income Taxes means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or
capital (in the case of Canadian federal capital Taxes) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes. - 15 -
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA means, with respect to any Person for any
Test Period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such Test Period: (a) increased, without duplication, by the
following items (solely to the extent deducted (and not excluded) in calculating Consolidated Net Income, other than in respect of the proviso in clause (i) below and clauses (ii)(B), (xi), (xix) and (xx) below) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP: (i) interest
expense, including (A) imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness (which, in each case, will be deemed to accrue at the interest rate reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower to be
the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligations or Attributable Indebtedness), (B) commissions, discounts and other fees, charges and expenses owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers acceptance financing, surety and
performance bonds and receivables financings, (C) amortization and write-offs of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount, commissions, fees, premium and other expenses, as well as expensing of bridge, commitment or financing
fees, (D) payments made in respect of hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (E) cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the
extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than such Person or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary) in connection with Indebtedness incurred by such plan or trust, (F) all interest
paid or payable with respect to discontinued operations, (G) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations, and (H) all interest on any Indebtedness that is (x) Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned
or acquired by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, but limited to the fair market value of such property or (y) contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness;
provided that such interest expense shall be calculated after giving effect to Hedge Agreements related to interest rates (including associated costs), but excluding unrealized gains and losses with respect to such Hedge Agreements;
plus (ii) taxes based on gross receipts, income, profits or revenue or capital, franchise, excise, property,
commercial activity, sales, use, unitary or similar taxes, and foreign withholding taxes, including (A) penalties and interest and (B) tax distributions made to any direct or indirect holders of Equity Interests of such Person in respect
of any such taxes attributable to such Person and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries or pursuant to a tax sharing arrangement or as a result of a tax distribution or repatriated fund; plus (iii) depreciation expense and amortization expense (including amortization and similar charges related to goodwill, customer
relationships, trade names, databases, technology, software, internal labor costs, deferred financing fees or costs and other intangible assets); plus (iv) non-cash items (provided that if any such
non-cash item represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (x) the US Borrower may determine not to add back such non-cash item
in the current Test Period and (y) to the extent the US Borrower decides to add back such non-cash expense or charge, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period will be subtracted from
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in such future period), including the following: (A) - 16 -
non-cash expenses in connection with, or resulting from, stock option plans, employee benefit plans or agreements or post-employment benefit plans or
agreements, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other similar rights, (B) non-cash currency translation losses related to
changes in currency exchange rates (including re-measurements of Indebtedness (including Intercompany Indebtedness) and any net non-cash loss resulting from hedge
agreements for currency exchange risk), (C) non-cash losses, expenses, charges or negative adjustments attributable to the movement in the
mark-to-market valuation of hedge agreements or other derivative instruments, including the effect of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 815 and International
Accounting Standard No. 9 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations, (D) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances, (E) any non-cash impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down related to intangible assets (including goodwill), long-lived assets, and Investments in debt and equity
securities, (F) any non-cash charges or losses resulting from any purchase accounting adjustment or any step-ups with respect to re-valuing assets and liabilities
in connection with the Transactions or any Investments, (G) all non-cash losses from Investments recorded using the equity method and (H) the excess of GAAP rent expense over actual cash rent paid
during such period due to the use of straight line rent for GAAP purposes; plus (v) unusual, extraordinary,
or non-recurring items, whether or not classified as such under GAAP; plus (vi) charges, costs, losses, expenses or reserves related to: (A) restructuring (including restructuring charges or
reserves, whether or not classified as such under GAAP), severance, relocation, consolidation, integration or other similar items, (B) strategic initiatives, business optimization (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization
programs) and new systems design and implementation, as well as consulting fees and any one-time expense relating to enhanced accounting function, (C) business or facilities (including greenfield
facilities) start-up, opening, transition, consolidation, shut-down and closing, (D) signing, retention and completion bonuses, (E) severance, relocation or recruiting, (F) public company
registration, listing, compliance, reporting and related expenses, (G) charges and expenses incurred in connection with litigation (including threatened litigation), any investigation or proceeding (or any threatened investigation or
proceeding) by a regulatory, governmental or law enforcement body (including any attorney general), and (H) expenses incurred in connection with casualty events or asset sales outside the ordinary course of business; plus (vii) all (A) costs, fees and expenses relating to the Transactions, (B) costs, fees and expenses (including
diligence and integration costs) incurred in connection with (x) investments in any Person, acquisitions of the Equity Interests of any Person, acquisitions of all or a material portion of the assets of any Person or constituting a line of
business of any Person, and financings related to any of the foregoing or to the capitalization of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) other transactions that are out of the ordinary course of business of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case of clauses (x) and (y), including transactions considered or proposed but not consummated), including Permitted Equity Issuances, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, recapitalizations, mergers,
amalgamations, option buyouts and the incurrence, modification or repayment of Indebtedness (including all consent fees, premium and other amounts payable in connection therewith) and (C) non-operating
professional fees, costs and expenses; plus - 17 -
(viii) items reducing Consolidated Net Income to the extent (A) covered
by a binding indemnification or refunding obligation or insurance to the extent actually paid or reasonably expected to be paid, (B) paid or payable (directly or indirectly) by a third party that is not a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary
(except to the extent such payment gives rise to reimbursement obligations) or with the proceeds of a contribution to equity capital of such Person by a third party that is not a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary or (C) such Person is,
directly or indirectly, reimbursed for such item by a third party; provided that (I) any amounts expected to be paid or payable under clauses (A) or (B) must be expected to be paid or payable within the following 12 month period,
and if not so paid, the amount of the expected payment not actually made shall be subtracted at the end of such period and (II) clause (C) shall exclude amounts previously included under (A) or (B); plus (ix) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related
indemnities and expenses paid, payable or accrued in such Test Period (including any termination fees payable in connection with the early termination of management and monitoring agreements); plus (x) the effects of purchase accounting, fair value accounting or recapitalization accounting (including the effects of
adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Subsidiaries) and the amortization, write-down or write-off of any such amount; plus (xi) proceeds of business interruption insurance actually received; plus (xii) minority interest expense consisting of income attributable to Equity Interests held by third parties in any non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; plus (xiii) all charges, costs,
expenses, accruals or reserves in connection with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests held by officers or employees and all losses, charges and expenses related to payments made to holders of options or other derivative Equity
Interests of such Person or any direct or indirect parent thereof in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equity holders of such Person or any direct or indirect parent thereof, including (A) payments made to
compensate such holders as though they were equity holders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, and (B) all dividend equivalent rights owed pursuant to any compensation or equity arrangement; plus (xiv) expenses, charges and losses resulting from the payment or accrual of indemnification or refunding provisions, earn-outs
and contingent consideration obligations, bonuses and other compensation paid to employees, directors or consultants, and payments in respect of dissenting shares and purchase price adjustments, in each case, made in connection with a Permitted
Investment; plus (xv) any losses from (i) any asset, property or operation that has been disposed of,
abandoned, divested and/or discontinued (other than any asset, property or operation pending the disposal, abandonment, divestiture and/or termination thereof or being held for sale), (ii) any disposal, abandonment, divestiture and/or
discontinuation of any asset, property or operation (other than relating to assets or properties held for sale or pending the divestiture or termination thereof) and/or (iii) any facility that has been closed during such period;
plus - 18 -
(xvi) (A) any costs or expenses (including any payroll taxes) incurred
by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Test Period as a result of, in connection with or pursuant to any management equity plan, profits interest or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any
pension plan (including (1) any post-employment benefit scheme to which the relevant pension trustee has agreed, (2) as a result of curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans and (3) without
limitation, compensation arrangements with holders of unvested options entered into in connection with a permitted Restricted Payment), any stock subscription, stockholders or partnership agreement, any payments in the nature of compensation or
expense reimbursement made to independent board members, any employee benefit trust, any employee benefit scheme or any similar equity plan or agreement (including any deferred compensation arrangement), including any payment made to option holders
in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to, or share repurchase from, a shareholder, which payments are being made to compensate option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in,
such distribution or share repurchase and (B) any costs or expenses incurred in connection with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests held by management of Holdings (or any other Parent Entity, a Borrower and/or any
Restricted Subsidiary); plus (xvii) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables, Securitization
Assets and related assets to any Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; plus (xviii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; plus (xix) addbacks of the type reflected in (A) the Sponsor Model or (B) any quality of earnings report prepared by a
nationally recognized accounting firm and furnished to the Administrative Agent, in connection with the Transactions or in connection with any Permitted Investment or other Investment consummated after the Closing Date; plus (xx) the amount of run rate cost savings, operating expense reductions and other cost synergies that are projected
by the US Borrower in good faith to result from actions taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken no later than 24 months after the end of such Test Period (which amounts will be determined by the US Borrower in good faith and calculated
on a pro forma basis as though such amounts had been realized on the first day of the Test Period for which Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such Test Period from such
actions; provided that, in the good faith judgment of the US Borrower such cost savings, operating expense reductions and other cost synergies are reasonably identifiable, reasonably anticipated to be realized and factually supportable (it
being agreed such determination need not be made in compliance with Regulation S-X or other applicable securities law); plus (xxi) to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income for such period, cash actually received (or any netting arrangement
resulting in reduced cash expenditures) during such period so long as the non-cash gain relating to the relevant cash receipt or netting arrangement was deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted
EBITDA pursuant to clause (b)(i) below for any previous period and not added back; plus - 19 -
(xxii) [reserved]; plus (xxiii) [reserved] ; plus (xxiv) the amount of fees, expense reimbursements and indemnities paid to directors, including directors of Holdings or any
other Parent Entity (but only to the extent such fees, expense reimbursements and indemnities are attributable to such Parent Entitys direct or indirect ownership of Holdings and its Subsidiaries); and (b) decreased, without duplication, by the following items of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (solely to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income): (i)
any amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been included for any non-cash income or non-cash gain, all as determined in
accordance with GAAP (provided that if any non-cash income or non-cash gain represents an accrual or deferred income in respect of potential cash items in any future
period, such Person may determine not to deduct the relevant non-cash gain or income in the then-current period); plus (ii) the amount of any cash payment made during such period in respect of any non-cash
accrual, reserve or other non-cash charge that is accounted for in a prior period and that was added to Consolidated Net Income to determine Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such prior period and that does not
otherwise reduce Consolidated Net Income for the current period; plus (iii) the excess of actual cash rent
paid over rent expense during such period due to the use of straight-line rent for GAAP purposes; plus (iv)
the amount of any income or gain associated with any Restricted Subsidiary that is attributable to any non-controlling interest and/or minority interest of any third party; plus (v) any gains or net income, as applicable, from (i) any asset, property or operation that has been disposed of,
abandoned, divested, and/or discontinued, (ii) any disposal, abandonment, divestiture and/or discontinuation of any asset, property or operation (other than relating to assets or properties held for sale or pending the divestiture or
termination thereof) and/or (iii) any facility that has been closed during such period; plus (vi) any
unusual, extraordinary or non-recurring gains. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without including
the adjustments set forth in clause (xx), Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (a) for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2020, will be deemed to be $3,679,600 (b) for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2020, will be deemed to be $28,196,422
and (c) for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2020, will be deemed to be $51,854,787, as such amounts may be adjusted pursuant to clause (xx) above and by other pro forma adjustments permitted by this Agreement (including as
necessary to give Pro Forma Effect to any Specified Transaction). - 20 -
Consolidated Current Assets means, as of any date of determination, the
total assets of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, excluding cash and Cash Equivalents, amounts related to current or deferred taxes based
on income or profits, assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, pension assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments, and excluding the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of
recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition. Consolidated Current Liabilities means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of the Borrowers and the
Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, excluding (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (b) the current portion of interest, (c) accruals
for current or deferred taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves or severance, (e) Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations or any other revolving
facility, (f) escrow account balances, (g) [reserved], (h) the current portion of any Capitalized Lease Obligation, (i) deferred revenue arising from cash receipts that are earmarked for specific projects, (j) liabilities in
respect of unpaid earn-outs and (k) the current portion of any other long-term liabilities, and, furthermore, excluding the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase
accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition. Consolidated First Lien Net
Debt means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Secured Net Debt under the Facilities (and any secured refinancing indebtedness thereof that is not secured on a junior basis) and any other Indebtedness (other than Intercompany
Indebtedness) that (i) is not subordinated in right of payment to the Facilities and (ii) is secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a basis that is not junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Facilities, but excluding, other
than for purposes of determining compliance with Section 8.01, all Revolving Loans funded for working capital purposes. Consolidated Interest Expense means, for any Test Period, the sum of: (a) cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capitalized Leases), net of cash interest income, of the Borrowers
and the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers
acceptance financing and net costs under hedging agreements, plus (b)
non-cash interest expense resulting solely from the amortization of OID from the issuance of Indebtedness of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Indebtedness borrowed under this Agreement
in connection with and to finance the Transactions) at less than par, plus (c) pay-in-kind interest expense of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries payable pursuant to the terms of the agreements governing such debt for borrowed money; but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) amortization of deferred financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and
expenses and any other amounts of non-cash interest other than referred to in clause (b) above (including as a result of the effects of acquisition method accounting or pushdown accounting), (ii) non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of obligations under hedging agreements or other
derivative instruments - 21 -
pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging, (iii) any one-time cash
costs associated with breakage in respect of Hedge Agreements, (iv) commissions, discounts, yield, make whole premium and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) incurred in connection with any permitted receivables financing,
(v) any additional interest owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement with respect to any securities, (vi) any payments with respect to make-whole premiums or other breakage costs of any Indebtedness, including any
Indebtedness issued in connection with the Transactions, (vii) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (viii) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (ix) interest expense attributable to a
direct or indirect Parent Entity resulting from push-down accounting, (x) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, (xi) any interest expense
attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto and with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment permitted hereunder, all
as calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (xii) annual agency fees paid to any trustees, administrative agents and collateral agents with respect to any secured or unsecured loans, debt facilities, debentures, bonds,
commercial paper facilities or other forms of Indebtedness (including any security or collateral trust arrangements related thereto). For the avoidance of doubt, interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or
received by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Hedge Agreements relating to interest rate protection. Consolidated Net Debt means, as of any date of determination, (a) Consolidated Total Debt minus
(b) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date that (i) is not Restricted and (ii) from and after July 25, 2021, is held in a bank account in which the
Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest pursuant to a Control Agreement. Consolidated Net Income means,
with respect to any Person for any Test Period, the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that there shall be excluded from such consolidated net income
(to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication: (a) the Net Income for such Test Period of any Person
that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting; provided that a Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiarys equity in the Net Income of such Person shall be
included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrowers for such Test Period up to the aggregate amount of dividends or distributions or other payments in respect of such equity that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash)
by such Person to a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, in such Test Period, to the extent not already included therein (subject, in the case of dividends, distributions or other payments in respect of such equity made to a Restricted
Subsidiary to the limitations contained in clause (b) below); (b) solely with respect to the calculation of Available
Amount and Excess Cash Flow, the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person during such Test Period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not
permitted by operation of the terms of its Organization Documents or any agreement, instrument or requirement of Law applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary during such Test Period; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall
be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash to such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Test Period; - 22 -
(c) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on
any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Test Period upon any asset sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person (other than any dispositions in
the ordinary course of business) by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (d) gains and losses due solely to
fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects determined in accordance with GAAP for such Test Period; (e)
earnings (or losses), including any impairment charge, resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation or write-up (or write-down) of assets during such Test Period; (f) (i) unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedge Agreements for such Test Period and the application of
Accounting Standards Codification 815 (Derivatives and Hedging) and (ii) any after-tax effect of income (or losses) for such Test Period that result from the early extinguishment of
(A) Indebtedness, (B) obligations under any Hedge Agreements or (C) other derivative instruments; (g) any
extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gain (or extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual loss), together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain (or the
tax effect of any such loss), recorded or recognized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Test Period; (h) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of
accounting policies during such Test Period; (i) after-tax gains (or losses) on
disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations for such Test Period; (j) effects of adjustments (including the
effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, other intangible assets, in-process research and
development, deferred revenue, debt and unfavorable or favorable lease line items in such Persons consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP for such Test Period resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the
Transactions or any acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date and any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, for such Test
Period; (k) any non-cash compensation charge or expense for such Test Period,
including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges or expenses associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity
Interests by, or to, management of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions; (l) (i) Transaction Expenses incurred during such Test Period and (ii) any fees and expenses incurred during such
Test Period, or any amortization thereof for such Test Period, in connection with any acquisition (other than the Transactions), Investment, disposition, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or
amendment or modification of any debt or equity instrument (in each case, including any such transaction whether consummated on, after or prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring costs incurred during such Test Period as a result of any such transaction; - 23 -
(m) any expenses, charges or losses for such Test Period that are covered by
indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Investment, Permitted Acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so
long as the US Borrower has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a
deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days); and (n) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the US Borrower has made a determination that
there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within
such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses for such Test Period with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption. Consolidated Secured Net Debt means, as of any date of determination, (a) (i) Consolidated Total Debt outstanding
under the Facilities, (ii) any secured refinancing indebtedness of the foregoing and (iii) any other Indebtedness that is (x) not subordinated in right of payment to the Initial Term Loans and (y) secured by a Lien on any
Collateral that, in each case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), is outstanding as of such date (but excluding any Revolving Loans funded for working capital purposes), minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and
Cash Equivalents of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date that (i) is not Restricted and (ii) from and after July 25, 2021, is held in a bank account in which the Collateral Agent has a perfected security
interest pursuant to a Control Agreement. Consolidated Total Debt means, as of any date of determination, the
aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (other than Intercompany Indebtedness) of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis and as reflected on the face of a balance sheet prepared
in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted hereunder), consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money,
unreimbursed obligations in respect of drawn letters of credit (to the extent not cash collateralized), and obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases and purchase money obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes or debentures;
provided, that Consolidated Total Debt will not include Indebtedness in respect of (a) any Qualified Securitization Financing, (b) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed obligations in respect of drawn letters of
credit (provided, that any unreimbursed amount under commercial letters of credit will not be counted as Consolidated Total Debt until three Business Days after such amount is drawn (it being understood that any borrowing, whether automatic
or otherwise, to fund such reimbursement will be counted)), (c) obligations under Hedge Agreements, (d) customary purchase money obligations incurred in the ordinary course, trade payable and earn outs and similar obligations except to the
extent owing and not paid, (e) Indebtedness to the extent it has been cash collateralized, (f) any lease obligations other than in respect of Capitalized Leases and (g) Revolving Loans funded for working capital purposes. Consolidated Working Capital means, as of any date of determination, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets
over Consolidated Current Liabilities. Contract Consideration has the meaning specified in the
definition of Excess Cash Flow. - 24 -
Contractual Obligation means, as to any Person, any provision of any
security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound. Contribution Indebtedness means Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at the time of the incurrence thereof not to
exceed an amount equal to 200% of the amount of (a) any Permitted Equity Issuances during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the reference date that are Not Otherwise
Applied and (b) available dollar-based capacity under Section 7.06(s) to make Restricted Payments, which for the avoidance of doubt shall reduce such dollar-based capacity under
Section 7.06(s). Control has the meaning specified in the definition of
Affiliate. Control Agreement means (a) with respect to accounts governed by U.S. law, an agreement,
in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which provides for the Collateral Agent to have with respect to accounts governed by U.S. law, control (as defined in
Section 9-104 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York or Section 8-106 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, as applicable)
of Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts, as applicable and (b) with respect to accounts governed by the law of any other jurisdiction, a customary control agreement for such jurisdiction in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent. Conversion/Continuation Notice means a written notice of (a) a conversion of Loans from one
Type to another or (b) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, pursuant to Article II, which shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-3. Covered Entity means any of the
following: (a) a covered entity as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R.
§ 252.82(b); (b) a covered bank as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R
§ 47.3(b); or (c) a covered FSI as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R.
§ 382.2(b). Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness means Indebtedness of a Borrower or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the form of term loans, notes or revolving commitments; provided that: (a) such Indebtedness is
incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, or refinance, in whole or part, Indebtedness that is either (i) Term Loans,
(ii) Revolving Commitments or (iii) other Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (together, Refinanced Debt); (b) such Indebtedness is in an original aggregate principal amount not greater than the principal amount of the Refinanced Debt
being exchanged, extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced (plus (i) the amount of all unpaid, accrued, or capitalized interest, penalties, premiums (including tender premiums) and other amounts payable with respect to the Refinanced Debt and
(ii) underwriting discounts, fees, commissions, costs, expenses and other amounts payable with respect to such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness); - 25 -
(c) (i) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness is
equal to or longer than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Refinanced Debt, and (ii) the final maturity date of such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness may not be earlier than the final maturity date of the Refinanced
Debt; provided that this clause (c) shall not apply to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception; (d) any mandatory prepayments (and with respect to any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness comprising revolving loans, to
the extent commitments thereunder are permanently terminated) of, (i) any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that
comprises notes or term loans that are either secured by Liens that are junior in priority to Liens securing Term Loans or are not secured by Liens on any Collateral may not be made except to the extent that prepayments are (A) permitted
hereunder and (B) to the extent required hereunder, first made or offered to the Loans on a pro rata basis; and (ii) any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that is Pari Passu Lien Debt shall be made on a pro rata basis or
less than pro rata basis with any corresponding mandatory prepayment required hereunder of the Term Loans (but not greater than pro rata basis); provided this clause (ii) will not prohibit any repayment of such Credit
Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness at maturity or with the proceeds of other Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness; (e) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Person other than a Loan Party (including any Subsidiary that becomes a
Subsidiary Guarantor in connection therewith); (f) if such Indebtedness is secured: (i) such Indebtedness is not secured by a Lien on any assets or property that does not constitute Collateral (except
(1) customary cash collateral in favor of an agent, letter of credit issuer or similar fronting lender, (2) Liens on property or assets applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans at the time of
incurrence and (3) any Liens on property or assets to the extent that a Lien on such property or asset is also added for the benefit of the Lenders under the Term Loans); (ii) a Debt Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness has become party to, or is otherwise subject to
the provisions of, (A) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Lien Debt, an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or (B) if such Indebtedness is Junior Lien Debt, a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement; (g) (x) if the Refinanced Debt is Pari Passu Lien Debt, then such Indebtedness is either Pari Passu Lien Debt, Junior Lien
Debt, Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on any Collateral, or Unsecured Debt, (y) if the Refinanced Debt is Junior Lien Debt, then such Indebtedness is either Junior Lien Debt, Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on any
Collateral, or Unsecured Debt, or (z) if the Refinanced Debt is Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on any Collateral or Unsecured Debt, then such Indebtedness is either Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on any Collateral or
Unsecured Debt; for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (g) shall not prevent Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that is secured on a junior priority basis by Liens on the Collateral, as compared to the Refinanced Debt, or that is not
secured by a Lien on any Collateral or is Unsecured Debt; and - 26 -
(h) to the extent the Refinanced Debt is contractually subordinated in right
of payment to any of the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension is contractually subordinated in right of payment to such Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained
in the documentation governing the Refinanced Debt. Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness will be deemed to include any Registered
Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor. CSLF has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this
Agreement. Cure Expiration Date has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.02. Debt Representative means, with respect to any series of Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted under
Section 7.01(i), (j), (ll), (mm) or (oo), Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar
agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities. Debtor Relief Laws means the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies
Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada)), the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), the reorganization provisions of applicable Canadian corporate statutes, any business corporations act under provincial or
Canadian federal law and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other
Applicable Jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally. Default means
any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default. Default Rate means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate
applicable to Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans plus (c) 2.00% per annum; provided that with respect to the outstanding principal amount of any Loan not paid when due, the Default Rate shall be an interest
rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan (giving effect to Section 2.05(c)) plus 2.00% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted
by applicable Laws. Default Right has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance
with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable. Defaulting Lender means, subject to
Section 2.20(b), any Lender that, (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its
Loans, including participations in respect of Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the US Borrower in
writing that such failure is the result of such Lenders determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in such writing)
has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Banks or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit
or Swing Line Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, - 27 -
(b) has notified the US Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line
Lender or the Issuing Banks in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lenders obligation to fund
a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lenders determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in such
writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the
Administrative Agent or a Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and such Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender
pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and such Borrower), or (d) the Administrative Agent has received notification that such Lender is, or has a direct or indirect parent company that is,
(i) insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) other than via an
Undisclosed Administration, the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar
Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state or Canadian federal, provincial or territorial regulatory authority acting in such a
capacity or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its direct or indirect parent company, or such Lender or its direct or indirect parent company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such
proceeding or appointment or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity
Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States
or Canada or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such
Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (d) above
shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.20) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the US Borrower, the Swing Line Lender,
the Issuing Banks and each Lender. Deliverable Obligation means each obligation of the Loan Parties that would
constitute a Deliverable Obligation under a market standard credit default swap transaction documented under the ISDA CDS Definitions and specifying any of the Loan Parties as a Reference Entity. Each capitalized term used but not
defined in the preceding sentence has the meaning specified in the ISDA CDS Definitions. Deposit Account has the
meaning specified in the Uniform Commercial Code. Derivative Instrument means, with respect to a Person, any contract
or instrument to which such Person is a party (whether or not requiring further performance by such Person), the value and/or cash flows of which (or any portion thereof) are based on the value and/or performance of the Loans and/or any Deliverable
Obligations or Obligations (as defined in the ISDA CDS Definitions) with respect to the Loan Parties; provided that a Derivative Instrument will not include any contract or instrument that is entered into pursuant to
bona fide market-making activities. - 28 -
Designated Jurisdiction means any country or territory to the extent that
such country or territory is the target of comprehensive Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, and Syria). Designated Non-Cash Consideration means the fair market value of any non-cash consideration received by a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket that is designated as Designated
Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis of such valuation (which (i) certificate shall conclusively establish such value
absent manifest error and (ii) amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within one hundred eighty days following the consummation of
the applicable Disposition). Disposition or Dispose means the sale, transfer, license, lease or
other disposition (excluding Liens and any sale of Equity Interests in, or issuance of Equity Interests by, a Restricted Subsidiary, but including, for the avoidance of doubt, any sale leaseback transaction and Division) of any property by any
Person. Disqualified Equity Interest means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or
other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control, asset sale, casualty event or other customary event as long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of such change of control, asset sale, casualty event or other
customary event are subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments and Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part,
unless such redemption is conditioned on the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued, unpaid and payable, the termination of the Commitments and Cash Collateralization of all Letters of Credit, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute
Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the Latest Maturity Date of the Loans at the time of issuance; provided that if such Equity
Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of future, current or former employees, directors, or officers of Holdings, a Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, directors or officers, such Equity
Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they may be required to be repurchased by Holdings, a Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a
result of such employees, directors or officers termination, death or disability. - 29 -
Disqualified Lender means, (a) the competitors of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries identified in writing by or on behalf of a Borrower (i) to the
Lead Arrangers on or prior to the Closing Date, or (ii) to the Administrative Agent from time to time on or after the Closing Date, (b) (i) any Persons that are engaged as principals primarily in private equity, mezzanine financing or venture capital
(other than a bona fide debt fund affiliate of any of the Commitment Parties (as defined in the Commitment Letter)) and (ii) those particular banks, financial institutions, other institutional lenders and other Persons, in the case of
each of clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent identified in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Lead Arrangers on or prior to March 13, 2021; (c) any Affiliate of the Persons described in the preceding clauses (a) or (b) (in each case, other than any Affiliates
that are banks, financial institutions, bona fide debt funds or investment vehicles that are engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course
(except to the extent separately identified under clause (a) or (b) above)), in each case, that are either reasonably identifiable as such on the basis of their name or are identified as such in writing by or on behalf of a Borrower (i) to
the Lead Arrangers on or prior to the Closing Date, or (ii) to the Administrative Agent from time to time on or after the Closing Date; and (d) at any time, or with respect to any action (or proposed action) in connection with which, a Net Short Representation is
required to be made (or deemed made) hereunder, any Lender (or prospective Lender) that has breached its Net Short Representation at such time or in connection with such action (or proposed action) The Administrative Agent shall make the list of Disqualified Lenders available to any Lender, Participant or prospective Lender or Participant upon request by
such Lender, Participant or prospective Lender or Participant; provided that such Lender, Participant or prospective Lender or Participant shall only make such request, to the extent and only to the extent, necessary to determine whether a
proposed assignment, participation or disclosure of Information is permitted. Division has the meaning specified in
Section 1.02(d). Dollar, $ and USD mean lawful money
of the United States. Dollar Amount means, at any time: (a) with respect to any Loan denominated in Dollars, the principal amount thereof then outstanding (or in which such
participation is held); (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit Obligation (or any risk participation therein), the
amount thereof; and (c) with respect to any other amount (i) if denominated in Dollars, the amount thereof and
(ii) if denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, on the basis of the Exchange Rate (determined in respect
of the most recent relevant date of determination) for the purchase of Dollars with such currency. Domestic Subsidiary
means (i) (A) any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (B) any direct wholly-owned Subsidiary of the US Borrower or of any Subsidiary described in clause
(A) above that is disregarded for U.S. tax purposes and (ii) any Canadian Subsidiary. - 30 -
ECF Prepayment Percentage means, (a) 50%, if the Borrowers First Lien Net Leverage Ratio at the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year equals or
exceeds the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00, (b) 25%, if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio
is less than the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00, but equals or exceeds the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00, and (c) 0%, if such First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio less 1.00 to 1.00.
EEA Financial Institution means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member
Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial
institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent. EEA Member Country means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. EEA Resolution Authority means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative
authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution. Eligible Assignee means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under
Section 11.07(b)(v); provided that the following Persons shall not be Eligible Assignees: (a) any Defaulting Lender, (b) any Disqualified Lender (other than a Net Short Lender); provided that, to the
extent persons are identified as Disqualified Lenders in writing by you after March 13, 2021 pursuant to clauses (a) or (c) in the definition thereof, the inclusion of such persons as Disqualified Lenders shall not retroactively apply to
prior assignments or participations made in compliance with applicable assignment or participation provisions, and (c) unless approved by the US Borrower in its sole discretion (without giving effect to the proviso set forth in
Section 11.07(b)(iii)(A), if applicable), any prospective Lender or Participant that would be a Net Short Lender immediately after giving effect to the assignment or participation pursuant to which such prospective Lender
or Participant would become an actual Lender or Participant, as applicable. EMU means the Economic and Monetary Union
as contemplated in the EU Treaty. EMU Legislation means the legislative measures of the EMU for the introduction of,
changeover to, or operation of the Euro in one or more member states. Environmental Claim means any and all
administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations by any Governmental Authority, or proceedings with respect to any Environmental Liability or
pursuant to Environmental Law, including those (a) by any Governmental Authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any Environmental Law and (b) by any Person seeking damages,
contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief pursuant to any Environmental Law. - 31 -
Environmental Laws means any and all Laws relating to the protection of
the environment or, to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health. Environmental Liability
means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities, including but not limited to those assumed by contract, written agreement, or other consensual
written agreement) of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal
of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure of any Person to any Hazardous Materials, or (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment. Environmental Permit means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under or
issued pursuant to any Environmental Law. Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement means a pari passu
intercreditor agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K-2 (as the same may be modified in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral
Agent and the US Borrower), or, if requested by the providers of Indebtedness permitted hereunder to be Pari Passu Lien Debt, another pari passu intercreditor arrangement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and
the US Borrower, in each case as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. Upon the request of the US Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral
Agent will execute and deliver an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement with one or more Debt Representatives for Pari Passu Lien Debt permitted hereunder; provided that the US Borrower shall not make such request unless such Indebtedness
and related Liens are permitted by (including with respect to priority) the Loan Documents. Equity Contribution means
the payment of an amount in cash by the Purchasers to the Sellers (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) in exchange for the Class A Common Units in the Parent held by the Sellers, which amount, together with the fair market value of other
Equity Interests in the Parent held by the Purchasers and their Affiliates, any Co-Investor or members of management of the Parent and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the consummation of the Acquisition
(calculated based on the purchase price per Class A Common Unit in the Parent set forth in the Acquisition Agreement) represents not less than 50% (the Minimum Equity Contribution) of the sum of (a) the aggregate
principal amount of the Initial Term Loans and Revolving Loans borrowed hereunder on the Closing Date, (b) [reserved] , (c) [reserved] and (d) the amount of such cash and rollover equity in the form of common equity (or, if applicable, any
preferred equity) in the Parent, in each case, on the Closing Date; provided that (A) the amount of any such Indebtedness incurred to finance any OID or upfront fees in connection with the Transactions from the exercise of market
flex under the Fee Letter will be excluded and (B) on the Closing Date, the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates will own or control, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting Equity Interests of the Parent or otherwise directly
or indirectly control the Parent immediately after consummation of the Acquisition on the Closing Date. Equity
Interests means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in, including any limited or
general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through
convertible securities). - 32 -
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. ERISA Affiliate means any trade or
business (whether or not incorporated) that together with any Loan Party is treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA. For the avoidance of doubt, when any provision of this
Agreement relates to a past event or period of time, the term ERISA Affiliate includes any Person who was, as to the time of such past event or period of time, an ERISA Affiliate within the meaning of the preceding sentence. ERISA Event means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or
any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is
treated as a termination under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan, written notification of any Loan Party or any of their
respective ERISA Affiliates concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or written notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (d) the filing under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a
notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan, the treatment of a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or
Multiemployer Plan; (e) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for the payment of plan contributions or PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any of their
respective ERISA Affiliates; (f) the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) with respect to any Pension Plan; (g) the application for a minimum
funding waiver under Section 302(c) of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan; (h) the imposition of a lien under Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan; or (i) a determination
that any Pension Plan is in at risk status (within the meaning of Section 430(i) of the Code or Section 303(i) of ERISA). Erroneous Payment has the meaning specified in Section 10.17(a). Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment has the meaning specified in Section 10.17(d). Erroneous Payment Impacted Class has the meaning specified in Section 10.17(d). Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency has the meaning specified in Section 10.17(d). Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights has the meaning specified in Section 10.17(d). EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule means the EU
Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time. EU Treaty means the Treaty on European Union. Euro and mean the single currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance
with the provisions of Article 109(i)4 of the EU Treaty. Eurodollar Rate means, for any Interest Period as to any
Eurodollar Rate Loan, (a) the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate which appears on the page of the applicable Bloomberg screen page which displays the ICE LIBOR rates for deposits in Dollars (for
delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of - 33 -
approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time), two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, or (b) in the event the rate referenced in the preceding
clause (a) does not appear on such page or service or if such page or service shall cease to be available, the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service which displays ICE LIBOR for
deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such
Interest Period; provided that if ICE LIBOR rates for Dollars are quoted under either of the preceding clauses (a) or (b), but there is no such quotation for the Interest Period elected, the ICE LIBOR rate shall be equal to the
Interpolated Rate. Eurodollar Rate Loan means a Loan, whether denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency, that
bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) or (b), as applicable, of the definition of Eurodollar Rate. Event
of Default has the meaning specified in Section 9.01. Excess Cash Flow means, for
any period, an amount equal to the excess of: (a) the sum, without duplication, of: (i) Consolidated Net Income of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus (ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and
amortization) for such period to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, but excluding any such non-cash charges representing an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any
future period and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period, plus (iii)
decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or Dispositions by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period, the application of purchase accounting
or the reclassification of items from short term to long term or vice versa), plus (iv) an amount equal to
the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in
arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus (v) the amount deducted as tax expense in determining
Consolidated Net Income to the extent in excess of cash taxes paid in such period (including, without duplication, tax distributions pursuant to Section 7.06(h)(i)) and tax distribution reserves set aside or payable,
plus (vi) cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise
included in such Consolidated Net Income; over (b) the sum, without duplication, of: - 34 -
(i) an amount equal to the amount of all
non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (but excluding any non-cash credit to the extent representing the reversal of an accrual or reserve
described in clause (a)(ii) above) and cash charges excluded by virtue of clauses (a) through (l) (other than clause (g)) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income, plus (ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (b)(xi) below or this clause (b)(ii) in prior
periods, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property accrued or made in cash during such period to the extent not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt, excluding, solely for purposes of
Section 2.07(b)(i), all amounts described in Section 2.07(b)(i)(B)(5) to the extent such amounts reduce the repayment of Term Loans that would otherwise be required by
Section 2.07(b)(i), plus (iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of
Indebtedness (including the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Leases) of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such prepayments or repayments are not funded with the proceeds of Funded Debt, excluding
(A) solely for purposes of Section 2.07(b)(i), all payments of Indebtedness described in Section 2.07(b)(i)(B)(1)-(4) to the extent such payments reduce the repayment of Term Loans that would
otherwise be required by Section 2.07(b)(i), (B) all payments of Indebtedness pursuant to and in accordance with Section 7.09(a)(x)(A), and (C) any prepayment of revolving loans to the extent
there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder, plus (iv) an amount equal to the
aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving
at such Consolidated Net Income and the net cash loss on Dispositions to the extent otherwise added to arrive at Consolidated Net Income, plus (v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or
Dispositions by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period, the application of purchase accounting or the reclassification of items from short term to long term or vice versa), plus (vi) cash payments by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries actually made during such period to the extent not financed
with the proceeds of Funded Debt in respect of any purchase price holdbacks, earn-out obligations, long-term liabilities of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness) to the extent
such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period (and so long as there has not been any reduction in respect of such payments in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such
fiscal year), plus (vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to
clauses (viii) and (xi) below in prior periods, the amount of Permitted Investments (including costs and expenses related thereto) made during such period pursuant to Section 7.02) to
the extent that such Permitted Investments were not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt, excluding, solely for purposes of Section 2.07(b)(i), all amounts described in
Section 2.07(b)(i)(B)(6) to the extent such amounts reduce the repayment of Term Loans that would otherwise be required by Section 2.07(b)(i),
plus - 35 -
(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments actually paid (and permitted to be
paid) during such period pursuant to Section 7.06 (excluding Sections 7.06(a), 7.06(c) and 7.06(s)(ii)) to the extent such Restricted Payments were not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt or are
not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, excluding, solely for purposes of Section 2.07(b)(i), all amounts described in Section 2.07(b)(i)(B)(7) to the extent such amounts reduce the
repayment of Term Loans that would otherwise be required by Section 2.07(b)(i), plus (ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent not
financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such fiscal year or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net
Income (and so long as there has not been any reduction in respect of such expenditures in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such period), plus (x) to the extent such were not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, the aggregate amount of any
premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by Holdings, Holdings GP, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of any principal of Indebtedness to the extent
such prepayment of principal reduced Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (b)(iii) above or reduced the mandatory prepayment required by Section 2.07(b)(i), plus (xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be
paid in cash by the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts, commitments, or binding purchase orders (to the extent not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt, the Contract Consideration)
entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions (or Investments similar to those made for Permitted Acquisitions), Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated; provided that,
to the extent the aggregate amount actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions (or Investments similar to those made for Permitted Acquisitions), Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during any period is less
than the Contract Consideration that reduced Excess Cash Flow for the prior period, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow for such period, plus (xii) the amount of cash taxes (including penalties and interest) paid or tax reserves set aside or payable (without
duplication) in such period, to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not deducted in calculating
Consolidated Net Income; - 36 -
provided that, at the option of the US Borrower, any item that meets the criteria of
any sub-clause of this clause (b) after the end of the applicable period and prior to the applicable date of calculation of Excess Cash Flow for such period may, at the US Borrowers option,
be included in the applicable period, but not in any calculation pursuant to this clause (b) for the subsequent calculation period if such election is made. Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Exchange Agent means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor
employed by the Borrowers (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent), after consultation with the Administrative Agent, to act as an arranger in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange pursuant to
Section 2.19; provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Exchange Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent
shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Exchange Agent); provided, further, that neither the Borrowers nor any of their Affiliates may act as the Exchange Agent. Exchange Rate means, on any date with respect to any currency, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into any
other currency, as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date on the applicable Bloomberg page for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Bloomberg page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by
reference to such other publicly available service for displaying the exchange rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent, or, in the event no such service is selected, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot
rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m., local time, on such date for the purchase of the relevant
currency for delivery two Business Days later; provided that, if at the time of any such determination, for any reason no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent, after consultation with the US Borrower, may use any
reasonable method that it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be presumed correct absent manifest error. Excluded Account means each of the following Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts of any Loan Party (and all cash, Cash
Equivalents and other securities or investments credited thereto or deposited therein): (a) Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes (to the extent amounts in such accounts are in respect of taxes owed and
to be paid) and other employee and wage benefits, (b) each Deposit Account holding the cash constituting cash collateral in respect of letters of credit permitted to be issued pursuant to Section 7.03(u), (c) each
local checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of the Loan Parties solely for purposes of operating a Store (each an Excluded Store Account), (d) any zero balance accounts so long as the Loan Parties
shall ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than daily to a Blocked Account all amounts on deposit in each such zero balance account and (e) other Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, provided that the aggregate balance in such accounts
at the end of any Business Day shall not exceed $200,000 per account and $1,000,000 in the aggregate. Excluded Asset
means any asset that constitutes an Excluded Asset under any of the US Security Agreement, the Canadian Security Agreement or the Canadian Deed of Hypothec. Excluded Equity Interests has the meaning specified in the US Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as
applicable. Excluded Incremental Term Loan means any (a) Incremental Term Loans incurred in reliance on, or
reclassified to, the Ratio Amount, (b) Incremental Term Loans incurred in connection with a Permitted Investment or Acquisition Transaction, (c) Incremental Term Loans in an original aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of
(A) 50% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 50% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination, (d) Incremental Term Loans with a scheduled maturity date more than eight years after the Closing Date,
(e) Incremental Term Loans that are not a syndicated term loan b facility or (f) Incremental Term Loans that are not denominated in Dollars. - 37 -
Excluded Subsidiary means: (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary of a Borrower or a Guarantor, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary of a Borrower or of any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary, (c) any Subsidiary that is prohibited or restricted by applicable Law from providing a Guaranty or by a binding contractual
obligation existing on the Closing Date or at the time of the acquisition of such Subsidiary (and not incurred in contemplation of the Closing Date or such acquisition) from providing a Guaranty (provided that such contractual obligation is
not entered into by a Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries principally for the purpose of qualifying as an Excluded Subsidiary under this definition) or if such Guaranty would require governmental (including regulatory) or third party
(other than Holdings, a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) consent, approval, license or authorization, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been obtained, (d) any special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Securitization Subsidiary created pursuant to
a transaction permitted under this Agreement, (e) any Subsidiary that is a not-for-profit organization, (f) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (g) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, as reasonably determined by the US Borrower in good faith and in consultation
with the Administrative Agent, the cost or other consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of providing the Guaranty shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom; provided that no
Canadian Subsidiary shall constitute an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (g) as a result of any such material adverse tax consequences under Section 956 of the Code, (h) any other Subsidiary to the extent the provision of a guaranty by such Subsidiary would result in material adverse tax
consequences to Holdings (or any Parent Entity to the extent such material adverse tax consequences are related to its ownership of the Equity Interests in Holdings or the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries), a Borrower or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries as reasonably determined by the US Borrower in good faith in consultation with the Administrative Agent; provided that no Canadian Subsidiary shall constitute an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (h) as
a result of any such material adverse tax consequences under Section 956 of the Code; (i) any Unrestricted
Subsidiary, and (j) any Immaterial Subsidiary; - 38 -
provided that the US Borrower, in its sole discretion (or in the case of any Foreign
Subsidiary, with the consent of the Administrative Agent not to be unreasonably withheld), may cause any Restricted Subsidiary that qualifies as an Excluded Subsidiary under clauses (a) through (l) above to become a Guarantor in
accordance with the definition thereof (subject to completion of any requested know your customer and similar requirements of the Administrative Agent) and thereafter such Subsidiary shall not constitute an Excluded
Subsidiary (unless and until the US Borrower elects, in its sole discretion, to designate such Persons as an Excluded Subsidiary). Excluded Swap Obligation means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a
portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of
the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantors failure for any reason to constitute an eligible contract participant as defined in the Commodity
Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to any keepwell, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantors Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time the Guaranty of such
Guarantor, or a grant by such Guarantor of a security interest, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion
of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guaranty or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition. Excluded Taxes has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a). Existing Debt means the (i) Existing First Lien Credit Agreement and (ii) Existing Second Lien Credit Agreement.
Existing First Lien Credit Agreement means that certain First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2019,
among the US Borrower, TVI, Inc., the Canadian Borrower, Holdings, Holdings GP, Alter Domus Products Corp., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time as amended, restated, supplemented or
modified from time to time. Existing Letter of Credit means any letter of credit previously issued that (a) will
remain outstanding on and after the Closing Date and (b) is listed on Schedule 1.01. Existing Second Lien Credit
Agreement means that certain Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2019, among the US Borrower, TVI, Inc., Holdings, Holdings GP, Alter Domus Products Corp., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and the lenders
party thereto from time to time as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time. Extended Commitments
means, collectively, Extended Revolving Commitments and Extended Term Commitments. Extended Loans means, collectively,
Extended Revolving Loans and Extended Term Loans. Extended Revolving Commitments means the Revolving Commitments held
by an Extending Lender. Extended Revolving Loans means the Revolving Loans made pursuant to Extended Revolving
Commitments. Extended Term Commitments means the Term Loan Commitments held by an Extending Lender. - 39 -
Extended Term Loans means the Term Loans made pursuant to Extended Term
Commitments. Extending Lender means each Lender accepting an Extension Offer. Extension has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a). Extension Amendment has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(b). Extension Offer has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a). Facility means the Term Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) (including the Initial
Term Loans), the Revolving Loans, the Swing Line Loans, any Extended Term Loans, any Extended Revolving Commitments and Extended Revolving Loans, any Incremental Term Loans, any Refinancing Term Loans or any Refinancing Revolving Loans, as the
context may require. FATCA means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any
amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of
the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities implementing such Sections of the Code. FCPA means the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended or modified from time to time. Federal Funds Rate means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such days
federal funds transactions by depository institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York as the federal funds effective rate; provided, that if the Federal Funds Rate for any day is less than 0.00%, the Federal Funds Rate for such day will be deemed to be 0.00%. Fee Letter means the Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated as of April 2, 2021, by and among the Parent, KCM, KKR
Corporate Lending LLC, KLAS, Jefferies, Credit Suisse AG, CSLF and PNC, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. Financial Statements means the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Parent as of December 31, 2020, the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders equity and cash flows for the Parent for the fiscal year then ended. Financial Covenant has the meaning specified in Section 9.01(e). Financial Covenant Cross Default has the meaning specified in Section 9.01(b). Financial Covenant Event of Default has the meaning specified in Section 9.01(b). First Lien Net Leverage Ratio means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated First Lien Net
Debt outstanding as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrowers for such Test Period. - 40 -
Fitch means Fitch Ratings, Inc., and any successor thereto. Fixed Incremental Amount means, as of the date of measurement, the sum of: (a) the greater of (i) 100% of Closing Date EBITDA and (ii) 100% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable
date of determination, plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of any voluntary prepayments, redemptions and
repurchases (including those made through (i) debt buybacks (whether or not offered to all lenders) and in the case of below-par repurchases in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in
cash in respect of such below-par repurchase and (ii) amounts paid pursuant to yank-a-bank provisions with
credit given to the amount actually paid in cash, if acquired below par) of the Term Loans, or of other indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with or senior to the Term Loans, in each case except to the extent such prepayments were
funded with the proceeds of long-term indebtedness of a Loan Party (and in the case of any revolving commitments, as long as there is a permanent reduction in such commitments); plus (c) the principal amount of any permanent reduction in the aggregate Revolving Commitments as in effect the Closing Date (the
amount in this clause (c) being solely the difference between (A) the aggregate Revolving Commitments as in effect on the Closing Date and (B) the aggregate Revolving Commitments after giving effect to such reduction);
plus (d) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under
Section 7.03(y)(i); minus (e) without duplication of any amounts incurred in
reliance on this definition, the sum of: (i) the aggregate amount of any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Equivalent
Debt incurred and then outstanding in reliance on the Fixed Incremental Amount, plus (ii) the aggregate
principal amount of Indebtedness incurred and then outstanding under Section 7.03(y)(i). Flood
Insurance Certificate means, with respect to each Mortgaged Property, a completed Life-of-Loan Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood
Hazard Determination. Floor means (a) with respect to the Initial Term Loans and the Revolving Loans, 0.75% per
annum, and (b) all other Term Loans unless an alternate benchmark rate floor is specifically noted in the documentation with respect to such other Term Loans or such documentation with respect to such other Term Loans specifically provides that
there will be no benchmark rate floor, 0.75% per annum. Foreign Casualty Event has the meaning specified in
Section 2.07(b)(vi)(A). Foreign Disposition has the meaning specified in
Section 2.07(b)(vi)(A). Foreign Lender has the meaning specified in
Section 3.01(b). Foreign Plan means any material employee benefit plan, program or agreement
maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings with respect to employees employed outside the United States (other than benefit plans, programs or agreements that are mandated by applicable Laws). - 41 -
Foreign Subsidiary means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Borrower
that is not a Domestic Subsidiary. FRB means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United
States. Fronting Exposure means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the Issuing Banks,
such Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Letters of Credit Obligations other than such Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lenders participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized
in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lenders Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Obligations with respect to Swing Line Loans extended by the Swing Line Lender other than such
Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lenders participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof. Fund means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing
in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course. Funded Debt means all Indebtedness of the
Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than
one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans. GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time; provided,
however, that if the US Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the US Borrower requests an amendment to any provision of a Loan Document to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the
application thereof (including through the adoption of IFRS) (any such change, an Accounting Change)) on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the US Borrower that the Required Lenders request an
amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof (including through the adoption of IFRS), then such provision shall be interpreted
on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. General Asset Sale Basket has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(j). Global Intercompany Note means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit H executed
by Holdings, Holdings GP, the Borrowers and, to the extent required under Section 7.03(e) or clause (6) of the proviso of the definition of Indebtedness, other Restricted Subsidiaries. Governmental Authority means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision
thereof, whether state, provincial, territorial or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or
functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank). - 42 -
Grant Event means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the formation or acquisition by a Loan Party of a new wholly-owned Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary); (b) the designation in accordance with Section 6.13 of a wholly-owned Subsidiary (other than an
Excluded Subsidiary) of any Loan Party as a Restricted Subsidiary; (c) any Person becoming a wholly-owned Subsidiary
(other than an Excluded Subsidiary); or (d) any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party ceasing to be an
Excluded Subsidiary. Granting Lender has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(g). Guarantee means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person
guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the primary obligor) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including
any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or
services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or
any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of
assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any
assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such
Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations
in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an
amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as
determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term Guarantee as a verb has a corresponding meaning. Guarantors means Holdings, Holdings GP and each Restricted Subsidiary that executed a counterpart to the Guaranty (or a
joinder thereto) on the Closing Date or thereafter pursuant to Section 6.11, in each case, other than any Excluded Subsidiaries. Guaranty means (a) the guaranty made by Holdings, Holdings GP and the other Guarantors from time to time party thereto
in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties substantially in the form of Exhibit E and (b) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to
Section 6.11. - 43 -
Hazardous Materials means any hazardous or toxic chemicals, materials,
substances or waste which is listed, classified or regulated by any Governmental Authority as hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous wastes, restricted
hazardous wastes, toxic substances, toxic wastes, contaminants or pollutants, or words of similar import, under any Environmental Law, including petroleum or petroleum products (including
gasoline, crude oil or any fraction thereof), asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas and urea formaldehyde. Hedge Agreement means any agreement with respect to (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit
derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or
forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot
contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and
(b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any
International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement, including any such obligations or liabilities under any such master agreement. Hedge Bank means any Person that is an Agent, a Lender, a Lead Arranger or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing on the
Closing Date (with respect to any Secured Hedge Agreement entered into on or prior to the Closing Date) or at the time it enters into a Secured Hedge Agreement, in its capacity as a party thereto, whether or not such Person subsequently ceases to be
an Agent, a Lender, a Lead Arranger or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing; provided, at the time of entering into a Secured Hedge Agreement, no Hedge Bank shall be a Defaulting Lender. Holdings has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement, together with any Successor Holdings
permitted hereunder. Holdings GP has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement, together
with any Successor Holdings GP permitted hereunder. Hypothecary Representative has the meaning specified in
Section 10.01(c). ICE LIBOR means the London Interbank Offered Rate set by ICE Benchmark
Administration Limited. IFRS means International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements
set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such
Board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time. Immaterial Subsidiary means any Restricted
Subsidiary of a Borrower other than a Material Subsidiary. Incremental Amendment has the meaning specified in
Section 2.16(e). Incremental Amount has the meaning specified in
Section 2.16(c). - 44 -
Incremental Equivalent Debt means Indebtedness; provided that at
the time of incurrence thereof: (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Incremental Equivalent Debt on any date such
Indebtedness is incurred (or commitments with respect thereto are made) shall not, together with any Incremental Revolving Facilities and/or Incremental Term Facilities then outstanding, exceed the Incremental Amount; (b) any Incremental Equivalent Debt that is term Indebtedness shall not mature prior to the Latest Maturity Date of, and shall
not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Initial Term Loans, provided that this clause (b) shall not apply to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness
pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception; (c) except for Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception,
any mandatory prepayments of any Incremental Equivalent Debt that is term Indebtedness: (i) that is Pari Passu Lien Debt
shall be made on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis with any corresponding mandatory prepayment of the Initial Term Loans (but not on a greater than pro rata basis, except for (A) any repayment of such Incremental
Equivalent Debt at maturity and (B) any greater than pro rata repayment of such Incremental Equivalent Debt with the proceeds of a Permitted Refinancing thereof); and (ii) that comprises Junior Lien Debt or Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on all or any portion of the Collateral may
not be made unless, to the extent required hereunder, such prepayments are first made or offered to the Loans on a pro rata basis; (d) a Debt Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Incremental Equivalent Debt has become party to, or is
otherwise subject to the provisions of, (A) if such Incremental Equivalent Debt is Pari Passu Lien Debt, an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or (B) if such Incremental Equivalent Debt is Junior Lien Debt, a Junior Lien Intercreditor
Agreement; (e) such Indebtedness permitted hereunder is not contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to
the Obligations in respect of the Revolving Facility (including, without limitation, by virtue of operation of a waterfall provision, first-in or
last-out provision, or any similar provision) (it being understood and agreed that Indebtedness shall not be considered contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment solely because it is
unsecured or secured by Liens junior in priority to the Liens securing other Indebtedness) and senior in right of payment (contractually or otherwise) to the Initial Term Loans (including, without limitation, by virtue of operation of a
waterfall provision, first-in or last-out provision, or any similar provision); (f) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Lien Debt in respect of which a Loan Party is an obligor, (a) unless otherwise
consented to by the Required Lenders and the Required Revolving Lenders, payments in respect of such Indebtedness are subject to the Priority Waterfall or another agreement with substantially equivalent provisions and (b) such Indebtedness
shall be term Indebtedness; and - 45 -
(g) Incremental Equivalent Debt may be guaranteed solely by the Loan Parties
(or Persons that become Loan Parties substantially concurrently with the incurrence of such Incremental Equivalent Debt). Incremental
Equivalent Debt will be deemed to include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor. Incremental
Facility has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(a). Incremental Loans has the
meaning specified in Section 2.16(a). Incremental Revolving Facilities has the meaning
specified in Section 2.16(a). Incremental Revolving Facility Lender has the meaning
specified in Section 2.16(i). Incremental Revolving Loans has the meaning specified in
Section 2.16(a). Incremental Term Facilities has the meaning specified in
Section 2.16(a). Incremental Term Loan Commitment means the commitment of a Lender to make
or otherwise fund an Incremental Term Loan and Incremental Term Loan Commitments means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. Incremental Term Loan Exposure means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding
principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans of such Lender; provided, at any time prior to the making of the Incremental Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lenders Incremental Term
Loan Commitment. Incremental Term Loans has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(a). Indebtedness means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) any indebtedness (including principal or premium) of such Person in respect of borrowed money; any indebtedness evidenced
by bonds, notes, debentures, loan agreements or similar instruments; letters of credit and bankers acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); Capitalized Lease Obligations; the balance deferred and
unpaid of the purchase price of any property to the extent the same would be required to be shown as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; (b) (i) to the extent not otherwise included, any Guarantee by such Person of the obligations of the type referred to in
clause (a) of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and (ii) to
the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of another Person secured by a Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person and whether or not
such obligations would appear upon the balance sheet of such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness for purposes of this clause (ii) will be the lesser of the fair market value of such property at such date of
determination and the amount of Indebtedness so secured; - 46 -
(c) net obligations of such Person under any Hedge Agreement to the extent
such obligations would appear as a net liability on a balance sheet of such Person (other than in the footnotes) prepared in accordance with GAAP; and (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include indebtedness, guarantees or obligations that
are (1) contingent obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business unless and until such obligations are non-contingent, (2) trade payables, (3) customary purchase money obligations
incurred in the ordinary course, (4) earn outs, purchase price holdbacks or similar obligations, in each case, until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (5) intercompany
liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business constituting Short Term Advances, (6) loans and advances made by Loan Parties having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll over or extension of terms) (such loans and
advances, Short Term Advances); provided that such advances are subject to the Global Intercompany Note and (7) Indebtedness of any direct or indirect Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of such Person solely
by reason of push down accounting under GAAP. The amount of any net obligation under any Hedge Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. Indemnified Liabilities has the meaning specified in Section 11.05. Indemnitees has the meaning specified in Section 11.05. Independent Financial Advisor means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally
recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the US Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and that is independent of the Borrowers and their Affiliates. Information has the meaning specified in Section 11.08. Initial Term Loan Commitment means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make an Initial Term Loan to the Borrowers
hereunder on the Closing Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Initial Term Loans to be made by such Lender under this Agreement, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to
Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. The initial amount of each Lenders Initial Term Loan Commitment
is set forth on Schedule 2.01 under the caption Initial Term Loan Commitment. The aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments is $600,000,000. Initial Term Loans has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(a). Inside Maturity Exception means Indebtedness consisting of any combination of Incremental Term Facilities, Incremental
Equivalent Debt, Permitted Ratio Debt or Indebtedness incurred (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not assumed) pursuant to Section 7.03(l)(iii) and any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing that is designated by the US
Borrower as being incurred pursuant to this provision; provided that such Indebtedness constitutes bridge financings, escrow or other similar arrangements, the terms of which provide for automatic extension of the maturity date thereof,
subject to customary conditions, to a date that is not earlier than the latest maturity date of the Initial Term Loans. Intellectual Property has the meaning specified in the US Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as
applicable. - 47 -
Intellectual Property Security Agreements has the meaning specified in
the US Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable. Intercompany Indebtedness means
Indebtedness by and among Holdings, Holdings GP, the Borrowers and any Restricted Subsidiary. Intercreditor Agreements
means any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor agreement governing lien priority, in each case that may be executed by the Collateral Agent from time to time. Interest Coverage Ratio means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to (b) Consolidated
Interest Expense, in each case for the Test Period as of such date. Interest Payment Date means, (a) as to any
Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan, as applicable, and the applicable Maturity Date; provided that if any Interest Period for a
Eurodollar Rate Loan or a CDOR Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates (which shall be a Business Day) that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates, (b) as to any
Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each fiscal quarter and the applicable Maturity Date and (c) to the extent necessary to create a fungible tranche of Term Loans, the date of the
incurrence of any Incremental Term Loans. Interest Period means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan,
the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, or to the extent
consented to by each applicable Lender, twelve months (or such period of less than one month as may be consented to by each applicable Lender), as selected by the US Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that: (a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding
Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period (other than an Interest Period having a duration of less than one month) that begins on the last
Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;
and (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the applicable Maturity Date. Interpolated Rate means, in relation to any LIBOR-based rate, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis
between: (a) the applicable LIBOR-based rate for the longest period (for which that LIBOR rate is available) which is less
than the Interest Period of that Loan; and (b) the applicable LIBOR rate for the shortest period (for which that LIBOR
rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan, - 48 -
each as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two Business Days prior to the
commencement of such Interest Period of that Loan. Investment means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect
acquisition or investment by such Person, by means of: (a) the purchase or other acquisition (including by merger,
amalgamation or otherwise) of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person; (b) a loan, advance or
capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person,
but excluding any Short Term Advances; or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of
transactions, including by merger, amalgamation or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person; provided that the following shall not constitute an Investment: (i) intercompany advances between and among the Borrowers and the
Restricted Subsidiaries relating to their cash management, tax and accounting operations in the ordinary course of business and (ii) intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness between and among the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries
having a term not exceeding 364 days and made in the ordinary course of business. Investment Grade Rating means a
rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moodys and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by
the US Borrower, in each case regardless of credit watch or outlook. IRS means Internal Revenue Service of the United
States. Issuance Notice means an Issuance Notice in respect of letters of credit substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-2. Issuing Bank means PNC, as an Issuing
Bank hereunder, together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity, and any other Revolving Lender that becomes an Issuing Bank in accordance with Section 2.04(k) or (m). Any Issuing Bank may cause
Letters of Credit to be issued by an Affiliate of such Issuing Bank or by another financial institution designated by such Issuing Bank, and all Letters of Credit issued by any such Affiliate or any such designated financial institution shall be
treated as being issued by such Issuing Bank for all purposes under the Loan Documents. Jefferies has the meaning
specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement. Joint Bookrunners means KCM, Jefferies, PNC and CSLC. Joint Venture means (a) any Person which would constitute an equity method investee of a Borrower or any
of the Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any Person in whom a Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries beneficially owns any Equity Interest that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary). - 49 -
Joint Venture Investments means Investments in any Joint Venture in an
aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (a) 25% of Closing Date EBITDA and (b) 25% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination. Junior Financing means any Material Indebtedness (with clause (d) of the proviso in the definition thereof being
deemed to be limited to Intercompany Indebtedness) that is (a) contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations expressly by its terms, (b) Junior Lien Debt or (c) unsecured and incurred in reliance on a
leverage-based basket in Section 7.03. Junior Financing Documentation means any
documentation governing any Junior Financing. Junior Lien Debt means any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on all
or any portion of the Collateral that has a priority that is contractually junior to the Lien on such Collateral that secure the Obligations. Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement means an intercreditor agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit K-1 (as the same may be modified in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Borrowers), or, if requested by the providers of
Indebtedness permitted hereunder to be Junior Lien Debt, another lien subordination arrangement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Borrowers, in each case as amended, restated, amended and restated,
modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. Upon the request of the US Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent will execute and deliver a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement with
one or more Debt Representatives for secured Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred hereunder as Junior Lien Debt; provided that the US Borrower shall not make such request unless such Indebtedness and related Liens are permitted by
(including with respect to priority) the Loan Documents. KCM has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph
to this Agreement. KLAS has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement. L/C Fee has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b)(ii). Latest Maturity Date means, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or
Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Incremental Loan, any Refinancing Term Loan, any Refinancing Revolving Loan, any Extended Term Loan or any Extended Revolving Loan, in each case as extended
in accordance with this Agreement from time to time. Laws means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal,
state, provincial, territorial and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities and executive orders, including the interpretation or administration thereof by
any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental
Authority. LCA Election has the meaning specified in Section 1.08(g). LCA Test Date has the meaning specified in Section 1.08(g). Lead Arrangers means KCM, Jefferies, PNC and CSLF. - 50 -
Lender has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this
Agreement (and, for the avoidance of doubt, includes each Revolving Lender and each Term Loan Lender), and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a Lender. Each Additional
Lender shall be a Lender to the extent any such Person has executed and delivered a Refinancing Amendment or an Incremental Amendment, as the case may be, and to the extent such Refinancing Amendment or Incremental Amendment shall have become
effective in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, and each Extending Lender shall continue to be a Lender. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 2.01 sets forth the name of each Lender. Unless the context otherwise
requires, the term Lenders includes the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender. Lending Office means, as
to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lenders Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Letter of Credit means a letter of credit issued or to be issued (or, in the case of an Existing Letter of Credit, deemed
to be issued) by any Issuing Bank pursuant to this Agreement, which letter of credit shall be (a) a standby letter of credit or (b) solely to the extent agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, a commercial or
trade letter of credit. Letter of Credit Advance means, as to any Revolving Lender, such Lenders
funding of its participation in any Letter of Credit Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share. Letter of Credit
Application means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the applicable Issuing Bank, together with an Issuance Notice. Letter of Credit Borrowing means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not
been reimbursed by the US Borrower on the date when made or refinanced as a Revolving Loan Borrowing. Letter of Credit
Documents means, as to any Letter of Credit, each Letter of Credit Application and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the applicable Issuing Bank and the US Borrower or in favor of such Issuing Bank and relating
to such Letter of Credit. Letter of Credit Expiration Date means the day that is five Business Days prior to the
Revolving Commitment Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day). Letter of
Credit Extension means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or the extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof. Letter of Credit Obligations means, at any time, the aggregate of all liabilities at such time of any Loan Party to each
Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of Credit, whether or not any such liability is contingent, including, without duplication, the sum of (a) the Reimbursement Obligations at such time and (b) the maximum aggregate amount which is, or at
any time thereafter may become, available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding. Letter of Credit
Percentage means, (a) initially with respect to PNC, 100.00% (as may be reduced to reflect any percentage allocated to another Issuing Bank pursuant to the immediately succeeding clause (b)) and (b) from time to time after the
Closing Date with respect to any other Issuing Bank, a percentage to be agreed between the US Borrower and such Issuing Bank. - 51 -
Letter of Credit Sublimit means the greater of (a) $60,000,000 and
(b) such higher amount as the US Borrower, the Revolving Lenders and the applicable Issuing Bank(s) may from time to time agree. Letter of Credit Usage means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the maximum aggregate amount which is,
or at any time thereafter may become, available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding and (b) the aggregate amount of all Reimbursement Obligations outstanding at such time. Lien means any mortgage, pledge, hypothec, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or
other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on
title to real property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided that in no event shall an operating lease or a precautionary UCC-1 or
PPSA filing in respect thereof in and of itself be deemed a Lien. Limited Condition Acquisition means any Permitted
Investment by a Borrower or one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing. Loan means a Term Loan, a Revolving Loan and a Swing Line Loan made by a Lender to a Borrower under
Article II (including Section 2.16). Loan Documents means,
collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) any Refinancing Amendment, Incremental Amendment or Extension Amendment, (d) the Guaranty, (e) the Collateral Documents (f) any Intercreditor Agreements required to
be entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (g) the Global Intercompany Note, (h) the Agency Fee Letter and (i) any other document or agreement designated as such by the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Loan Parties means, collectively, the Borrowers and the Guarantors. Management Stockholders means (a) any Company Person who is an investor in the Parent or any other Parent Entity,
(b) family members of any of the individuals identified in the foregoing clause (a), (c) trusts, partnerships or limited liability companies for the benefit of any of the individuals identified in the foregoing
clause (a) or (b), and (d) heirs, executors, estates, successors and legal representatives of the individuals identified in the foregoing clause (a) or (b). Margin Stock has the meaning set forth in Regulation U. Market Capitalization means an amount equal to (a) the sum of (i) the total number of issued and outstanding
shares of common stock of a Borrower or any Parent Entity on the date of the initial public offering of the shares of common stock of such Borrower or such Parent Entity, plus (ii) the total number of shares of common stock of a
Borrower or any Parent Entity that are actually issued, if any, upon exercise of the overallotment option granted to the underwriters of such initial public offering, multiplied by (b) the initial public offering price
of such shares of common stock. Material Adverse Effect means any event, circumstance or condition that has had a
materially adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as
a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document. - 52 -
Material Domestic Subsidiary means, as of the Closing Date and thereafter
at any date of determination, each Domestic Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a Restricted Subsidiary (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period (when taken together with the total assets of the Restricted Subsidiaries
of such Domestic Subsidiary at the last day of the most recent Test Period) were equal to or greater than 3.5% of the consolidated total assets of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of such Test Period, in each case
determined in accordance with GAAP or (b) whose revenues for such Test Period (when taken together with the revenues of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Domestic Subsidiary for such Test Period) were equal to or greater than 3.5% of the
consolidated revenues of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the date which is 30 days after the
Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors solely because they do not meet the thresholds set forth in clause (a) or (b) comprise in the
aggregate more than (when taken together with the total assets of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Domestic Subsidiaries at the last day of the most recent Test Period) 7.5% of the total consolidated assets of the Borrowers and the Restricted
Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period or more than (when taken together with the revenues of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Domestic Subsidiaries for such Test Period) 7.5% of the
consolidated revenues of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries for such Test Period (or, in each case, on any date when re-designated as an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant
to paragraph (l) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary), then the Borrowers shall, not later than sixty days after the date by which financial statements for such Test Period were required to be delivered pursuant to this
Agreement or on the date of such re-designation (as applicable) (or in each case such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), (i) designate in writing to the
Administrative Agent one or more of such Domestic Subsidiaries as Material Domestic Subsidiaries to the extent required such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true and (ii) comply with the provisions of
Section 6.11 with respect to any such Subsidiaries. Material Foreign Subsidiary means, as of
the Closing Date and thereafter at any date of determination, each Foreign Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a Restricted Subsidiary (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period (when taken together with the total assets
of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Foreign Subsidiary at the last day of the most recent Test Period) were equal to or greater than 3.5% of the consolidated total assets of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of such
Test Period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP or (b) whose revenues for such Test Period (when taken together with the revenues of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Foreign Subsidiary for such Test Period) were equal to or
greater than 3.5% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the date which is
30 days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Material Foreign Subsidiaries comprise in the aggregate more than (when taken together with
the total assets of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Foreign Subsidiaries at the last day of the most recent Test Period) 7.5% of the total consolidated assets of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries as of
the end of the most recently ended Test Period or more than (when taken together with the revenues of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Foreign Subsidiaries for such Test Period) 7.5% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrowers and the
Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries for such Test Period (or, in each case, on any date when re-designated as an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to paragraph (l) of the definition of
Excluded Subsidiary), then the Borrowers shall, not later than sixty days after the date by which financial statements for such Test Period were required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement or on the date of such re-designation (as applicable) (or in each case such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Foreign
Subsidiaries as Material Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent required such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true. - 53 -
Material Indebtedness means, as of any date, Indebtedness for borrowed
money on such date of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount exceeding the Threshold Amount; provided that in no event shall any of the following be Material Indebtedness (a) Indebtedness under a Loan Document,
(b) obligations in respect of a Qualified Securitization Financing, (c) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (d) Indebtedness held by a Loan Party or any Indebtedness held by an Affiliate of a Loan Party and (e) Indebtedness under
Hedge Agreements. Material Real Property means any real property owned in fee by a Borrower or any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Loan Party (or owned by any Person required to become a Loan Party hereunder) (a) with a fair market value (as conclusively determined by the US Borrower in good faith absent manifest error) in excess of the greater of (x)
10% of Closing Date EBITDA and (y) 10% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and (b) not located in an area determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) to be located in a special flood hazard area. Material Subsidiary means any Material Domestic Subsidiary or any Material Foreign Subsidiary. Maturity Date means: (a) with respect to the Initial Term Loans that have not been extended pursuant to Section 2.18, the
date that is the earlier of (i) seven years after the Closing Date and (ii) the date such Term Loans are declared due and payable pursuant to Section 9.02, (b) with respect to the Revolving Loans, the date that is the earlier of (i) five years after the Closing Date and
(ii) the date Revolving Loans are declared due and payable pursuant to Section 9.02, (c)
with respect to any tranche of Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Commitments, the earlier of (i) the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Extension Amendment and (ii) the date such tranche of Extended Term Loans
and/or Extended Revolving Commitments are terminated and/or declared due and payable pursuant to Section 9.02, (d) with respect to any Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Revolving Loans, the earlier of (i) the final maturity date
as specified in the applicable Refinancing Amendment and (ii) the date such Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Revolving Loans are declared due and payable pursuant to Section 9.02, and (e) with respect to any Incremental Term Loans, the earlier of (i) the final maturity date as specified in the applicable
Incremental Amendment and (ii) the date such Incremental Term Loans are declared due and payable pursuant to Section 9.02; provided, in each case, that if such day is not a Business Day, the applicable Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately
preceding such day. Maximum Rate has the meaning specified in Section 11.10. - 54 -
Minimum Collateral Amount means, at any time, (a) with respect to
Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 103% of the Fronting Exposure of the Issuing Banks with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time, (b) with respect to Cash Collateral
consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 103% of the Fronting Exposure of the Swing Line Lender with respect to Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time and (c) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative
Agent and the Issuing Banks or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in their sole discretion. Minimum Equity
Contribution has the meaning specified in the definition of Equity Contribution. Minimum Tender
Condition has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(b). Minority Investment means
any Person other than a Subsidiary in which a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns any Equity Interests. Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto. Mortgage Policy and/or Mortgage Policies means a loan policy, or pro forma loan policy accompanied by an
unconditional binder of title insurance covering such interest in the Mortgaged Property in an amount at least equal to the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property (or such lesser amount as shall be specified by the Collateral Agent) insuring
the first priority Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid Lien on the property described therein, free of any other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), together with such customary endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may
reasonably request and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Mortgaged Properties
means the property on which Mortgages are required pursuant to Section 6.11. Mortgages
means, collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and any other mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds
and hypothecs executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11. Multiemployer Plan means any
multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA and subject to Title IV of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five
plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions. Net Cash Proceeds means, with respect to: (a) the Disposition of any asset by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Casualty Event, the excess, if any, of: (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including any cash and
Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in
respect of such Casualty Event actually received by or paid to or for the account of a Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), over - 55 -
(ii) the sum of, (A) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest, breakage costs and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is
secured by the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and required to be repaid in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents, Pari Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt), (B) the out-of-pocket fees and expenses
(including attorneys fees, accountants fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and
brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) actually incurred by a Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event and restoration costs following a Casualty Event, (C) taxes or distributions made pursuant to Section 7.06(h)(i) or 7.06(h)(iii) paid or
reasonably estimated to be payable in connection therewith (including taxes imposed on the distribution or repatriation of any such Net Cash Proceeds), (D) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly-owned Restricted
Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (D)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of a Borrower or a wholly-owned
Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, and (E) any reserve for adjustment in respect of (1) the sale price of
such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (2) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and
other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, it being understood that Net Cash Proceeds shall include the amount
of any reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in this clause (E); provided that for purposes of Section 2.07, (I) no net cash proceeds calculated in accordance with the
foregoing realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds unless such amount exceeds the greater of (a) 5% of Closing Date EBITDA and (b) 5% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and (II) no
such net cash proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a) in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash proceeds in such fiscal year exceeds the greater of (a) 10% of Closing Date
EBITDA and (b) 10% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a)); and (b) the sale, incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of:
(i) the sum of the cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such incurrence or issuance
over - 56 -
(ii) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof,
fees (including investment banking fees, attorneys fees, accountants fees, underwriting fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket
expenses and other customary expenses, incurred by such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such sale, incurrence or issuance. Net Income means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP
(determined, for the avoidance of doubt, on an unconsolidated basis) and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends. Net Short Lender means, at any date of determination, each Lender that has a Net Short Position as of such date;
provided that Unrestricted Lenders shall not be Net Short Lenders. Net Short Position means, with respect to a
Lender (other than an Unrestricted Lender), as of a date of determination, the net positive position, if any, held by such Lender that is remaining after deducting any long position that the Lender holds (i.e., a position (whether as an investor,
lender or holder of Loans, debt obligations and/or Derivative Instruments) where the Lender is exposed to the credit risk of Deliverable Obligations of the Loan Parties) from any short positions (i.e., a position as described above, but where the
Lender is instead protected from the credit risk described above). For purposes of determining whether a Lender (other than an
Unrestricted Lender) has a Net Short Position on any date of determination: (i) Derivative Instruments shall be counted at
the notional amount (in Dollars) of such Derivative Instrument; provided that, subject to clause (v) below, the notional amount of Derivative Instruments referencing an index that includes any of the Loan Parties or any bond or loan
obligation issued or guaranteed by any Loan Party shall be determined in proportionate amount and by reference to the percentage weighting of the component which references any Loan Party or any bond or loan obligation issued or guaranteed by any
Loan Party that would be a Deliverable Obligation or an Obligation (as defined in the ISDA CDS Definitions) of the Loan Parties; (ii) notional amounts of Derivative Instruments in other currencies shall be converted to the Dollar equivalent thereof by such
Lender in accordance with the terms of such Derivative Instruments, as applicable; provided that if not otherwise provided in such Derivative Instrument, such conversion shall be made in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with
generally accepted financial practices and based on the prevailing conversion rate determined (on a mid-market basis) by such Lender, acting in a commercially reasonable manner, on the date of determination;
(iii) Derivative Instruments that are documented using either the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions or the 2003
ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions (or any successor definitions thereof, collectively, the ISDA CDS Definitions) shall be deemed to create a short position with respect to the Loans if such Lender is a protection buyer or the
equivalent thereof for such Derivative Instrument and (A) the Loans are a Reference Obligation under the terms of such derivative transaction (whether specified by name in the related documentation, included as a Standard
Reference Obligation on the most recent list published by Markit, if Standard Reference Obligation is specified as applicable in the relevant documentation or in any other manner) or (B) the Loans would be a Deliverable
Obligation or an Obligation (as defined in the ISDA CDS Definitions) of the Loan Parties under the terms of such derivative transaction; - 57 -
(iv) credit derivative transactions or other Derivative Instruments not
documented using the ISDA CDS Definitions shall be counted for purposes of the Net Short Position determination if, with respect to the Loans, such transactions are functionally equivalent to a transaction that offers such Lender protection in
respect of the Loans; and (v) Derivative Instruments in respect of an index that includes any of the Loan Parties or any
instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Loan Parties shall not be deemed to create a short position, so long as (A) such index is not created, designed, administered or requested by such Lender and (B) the Loan Parties, and any
Deliverable Obligation of the Loan Parties, collectively, shall represent less than 5.0% of the components of such index. Net
Short Representation means, with respect to any Lender (other than an Unrestricted Lender) at any time, a representation and warranty (including any deemed representation and warranty, as the case may be) from such Lender to the Borrowers
that it is not (x) a Net Short Lender at such time or (y) knowingly and intentionally acting in concert with any of its Affiliates for the express purpose of creating (and in fact creating) the same economic effect with respect to the Loan
Parties as though such Lender were a Net Short Lender at such time. Netted Tax Amount has the meaning specified in
Section 2.07(b)(vi). Non-Bank Certificate has the
meaning specified in Section 3.01(b). Non-Consenting
Lender has the meaning specified in the penultimate paragraph of Section 3.07. Non-Defaulting Lender means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time. Non-Loan Party means any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan
Party. Nonrenewal Notice Date has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(b)(iii). Not Otherwise Applied means, with reference to the amount of any Permitted Equity Issuances that is proposed to be applied
to a particular use or transaction, that such amount was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any use of such amount to increase the Available
Amount) where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on the receipt or availability of such amount. Note means each of the Term Loan Notes, the Revolving Loan Notes and the Swing Line Note. Notice of Intent to Cure has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(a). Obligations means all (a) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party
arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and
including interest, fees and expenses that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest, fees and
expenses are allowed claims in such proceeding, (b) obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement, (c) Cash Management Obligations and (d) Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights; provided that
Obligations shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the - 58 -
foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (and any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Loan Documents) include the obligation
(including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party and to provide Cash Collateral under any Loan Document. OFAC means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department. OID means original issue discount. Organization Documents means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable
constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with
respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or
other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its
formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity. Other
Applicable ECF Indebtedness has the meaning specified in Section 2.07(b)(i). Other
Applicable Indebtedness has the meaning specified in Section 2.07(b)(ii). Other Connection
Taxes means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed,
delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in
any Loan or Loan Document). Other Taxes has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(f). Overnight Rate means, for any day, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate
determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. Parent has
the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement. Parent Entity has the meaning specified in
Section 6.01. Pari Passu Lien Debt means any Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on all or
any portion of the Collateral that is pari passu in priority with the Liens on Collateral that secure the Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, Pari Passu Lien Debt includes the Initial Term Loans, the Revolving Loans (if any)
and the Revolving Commitments, in each case, as of the Closing Date. - 59 -
Participant has the meaning specified in
Section 11.07(d). Participant Register has the meaning specified in
Section 11.07(e). Participating Member State means each state as described in any EMU
Legislation. Payment Recipient has the meaning specified in Section 10.17(a). PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto. Pension Plan means any employee pension benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA),
other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or to which any Loan
Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made, or has had an obligation to make,
contributions at any time in the preceding five plan years. Perfection Certificate means a certificate in the form of
Exhibit II to the US Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable, or any other form reasonably approved by the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time. Permitted Acquisition means an Acquisition Transaction together with other Investments undertaken to consummate such
Acquisition Transaction; provided that: (a) after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such Acquisition Transaction or
Investment, at the applicable time determined in accordance with Section 1.08, no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (b) the business of such Person, or such assets, as the case may be, constitutes a business permitted by
Section 6.17; and (c) with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition, all actions
required to be taken with respect to any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary (including each Subsidiary thereof that constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary) or assets in order to satisfy the requirements set forth in
Section 6.11 to the extent applicable shall have been taken (or shall be taken), to the extent required by such section (or arrangements for the taking of such actions after the consummation of the Permitted Acquisition
shall have been made) (unless such newly created or acquired Subsidiary constitutes an Excluded Subsidiary or is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary). Permitted Debt Exchange has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(a). Permitted Debt Exchange Offer has the meaning specified in Section 2.19(a). Permitted Equity Issuance means any, (a) public or private sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests of a Borrower or any Parent Entity (to the extent the
proceeds of such sale or issuance are contributed by such Parent Entity to a Borrower) (other than a Specified Equity Contribution); - 60 -
(b) contribution to the equity capital of a Borrower (other than (i) a
Specified Equity Contribution or (ii) in exchange for Disqualified Equity Interests); or (c) sale or issuance of
Indebtedness of a Borrower or any Parent Entity (to the extent the proceeds of such sale or issuance are contributed by such Parent Entity to a Borrower) (other than Intercompany Indebtedness) that has been converted into or exchanged for Qualified
Equity Interests of Holdings, a Borrower or any Parent Entity; provided that the amount of any Permitted Equity Issuance will be
the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received by the Borrowers from any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such sale, issuance or contribution and the fair market value of any other property received by the Borrowers
from any other Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such sale, issuance or contribution (measured at the time made), without adjustment for subsequent changes in the value. Permitted Holders means any: (a) the Sponsor and Co-Investors; (b) the Management Stockholders; (c) any group (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and
13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of which the Persons described in clauses (a) or (b) above are members; provided that, without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the
Persons described in clauses (a) or (b) above, collectively, beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) Equity Interests representing at least a majority of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the
issued and outstanding Equity Interest of Holdings (or any Successor Holdings, if applicable) then held by such group; and (d) any Parent Entity, for so long as a majority of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and
outstanding Equity Interests of such Parent Entity is beneficially owned (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, by
one or more Permitted Holders described in clauses (a), (b) and/or (c) of the definition thereof. Permitted
Investment means (a) any Permitted Acquisition, (b) any Acquisition Transaction permitted hereunder and/or (c) any other Investment or acquisition permitted hereunder. Permitted Investors means (a) the Sponsor, (b) each of the Affiliates and investment managers of the Sponsor,
(c) any fund or account managed by any of the persons described in clause (a) or (b) of this definition, (d) any employee benefit plan of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries and any person or entity acting in its capacity as
trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, and (e) investment vehicles of members of management of Holdings or a Borrower but excluding natural persons, Holdings, the Borrowers, and their respective Subsidiaries. Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt means any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that is Junior Lien Debt.
Permitted Lien means any Lien permitted under Section 7.01. Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt means any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that is Pari Passu Lien
Debt. - 61 -
Permitted Ratio Debt means Indebtedness; provided that, at the
time of incurrence thereof: (a) immediately after giving effect to the issuance, incurrence, or assumption of such
Indebtedness: (i) in the case of any Pari Passu Lien Debt, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio for the applicable Test
Period is equal to or less than (A) the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or (B) the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence; (ii) in the case of any Junior Lien Debt, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio for the applicable Test Period is equal to or less
than (I) the Closing Date Secured Net Leverage Ratio plus 0.25 to 1.00 or (II) the Secured Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence, or (iii) in the case of any Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on any Collateral, either: (A) the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the applicable Test Period is equal to or less than (I) the Closing Date Total Net
Leverage Ratio plus 0.50 to 1.00 or (II) the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence, or (B)
the Interest Coverage Ratio for the applicable Test Period is equal to or greater than (I) 2.00 to 1.00 or (II) the Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence; in each case, after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof and measured as of and for
the Test Period immediately preceding the issuance, incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness for which internal financial statements are available; (b) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt, a Debt Representative acting on behalf of the holders of
such Permitted Ratio Debt has become party to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, (i) if such Permitted Ratio Debt is Pari Passu Lien Debt, an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) if such Permitted Ratio Debt is Junior
Lien Debt, a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement; and (c) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Lien Debt in respect of which
a Loan Party is an obligor, unless otherwise consented to by the Required Lenders and the Required Revolving Lenders, payments in respect of such Indebtedness are subject to the Priority Waterfall or another agreement with substantially equivalent
provisions. Permitted Ratio Debt will be deemed to include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor. Permitted Refinancing means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or
extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if
applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium
(including tender premiums) thereon, plus OID and upfront fees plus other fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension and by an
amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, - 62 -
(b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of
Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(c) or Section 7.03(d), such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than
the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed or extended, (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to
Section 7.03(d), at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) such Indebtedness shall not be incurred or guaranteed by any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary other than a Loan Party or
Restricted Subsidiary that was an obligor of the Indebtedness being exchanged, extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced and no additional Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries shall become liable for such Indebtedness; (e) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed, or extended is Junior Financing, Junior Lien
Debt or Unsecured Debt, (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed, or
extended is subordinated in right of payment to any of the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal, or extension is subordinated in right of payment to such Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the
Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed or extended, (ii) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed, or extended is unsecured, such
modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension is either (A) unsecured or (B) secured only by Permitted Liens (other than Permitted Liens that are permitted solely by reference to Permitted Refinancings in
Sections 7.01(h) through (j) or (ll)) (provided that such incurrence will thereafter count in the calculation of any remaining basket capacity thereunder, while such Indebtedness remains outstanding); (iii) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed, or extended is secured by Liens,
(A) such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension is either (1) unsecured or (2) secured only by Permitted Liens and (B) to the extent that such Liens are subordinated to the Liens securing the
Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or extension is secured by Liens that are subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the
documentation (including any intercreditor or similar agreements) governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, replaced, refunded, replaced, renewed or extended; and - 63 -
(iv) such modification, refinancing, refunding, replacement, renewal or
extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced, renewed or extended and no additional obligors become liable for such Indebtedness; (f) if such Indebtedness is secured by assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary: (i) such Indebtedness shall not be secured by Liens on any assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that are not also
subject to, or would be required to be subject to pursuant to the Loan Documents, a Lien securing the Obligations (except (1) Liens on property or assets applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence and
(2) any Liens on property or assets to the extent that a Lien on such property or asset is also added for the benefit of the Lenders); and (ii) if such Indebtedness is or is intended to be Pari Passu Lien Debt, Junior Lien Debt, Permitted Pari Passu Secured
Refinancing Debt, or Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt, a Debt Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness has become party to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of (A) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu
Lien Debt, an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or (B) if such Indebtedness is Junior Lien Debt, a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement; and (g) in the case of any Permitted Refinancing in respect of any Incremental Equivalent Debt, such Permitted Refinancing shall be
subject to the terms of clause (c) of the definition of Incremental Equivalent Debt as if such Permitted Refinancing were also Incremental Equivalent Debt. Permitted Refinancing will be deemed to include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor. Permitted Reorganization means any transaction (a) undertaken to effect a corporate reorganization (or similar
transaction or event) for operational or efficiency purposes or in connection with and reasonably required or necessary for consummating a Qualifying IPO or (b) related to tax planning or tax reorganization, in each case, as determined in good
faith by the US Borrower and entered into after the Closing Date; provided that, (i) no Event of Default is continuing immediately prior to such transaction and immediately after giving effect thereto and (ii) after giving effect to
such transaction, the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral and the Guarantees of the Obligations, taken as a whole, would not be materially impaired as a result thereof and such reorganization would not otherwise be materially adverse
to the Lenders. Person means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture,
association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity. Plan means any material employee
benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), other than a Foreign Plan, established by any Loan Party or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or
Title IV of ERISA, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates. Platform has the meaning specified in
Section 6.02. - 64 -
Pledged Debt has the meaning specified in the US Security Agreement or
the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable. Pledged Equity has the meaning specified in the US Security Agreement
or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable. PNC has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this
Agreement. PPSA means the Personal Property Security Act (British Columbia) together with any regulations thereto;
provided, however, if granting, attachment, perfection or priority of the Liens in any Collateral are governed by the personal property security or any other applicable laws of any Canadian jurisdiction other than British Columbia,
PPSA means those personal property security laws or other applicable laws in such other jurisdiction for the purposes of the provisions of this Agreement, including in the case of Quebec, the Civil Code of Québec, relating to such
granting, attachment, perfection or priority and for the definitions related to such provisions. Prepayment Date has
the meaning specified in Section 2.07(b)(vii). Prepayment Notice means a written notice made
pursuant to Section 2.07(a)(i) substantially in the form of Exhibit J. Prime
Rate means the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the Prime Rate in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve
Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the bank prime loan rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or
any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as determined by the Administrative Agent). Priority Waterfall means
the provisions of Section 9.03. Private-Side Information means any information with respect to Holdings and its
Subsidiaries that is not Public-Side Information. Pro Forma Basis and Pro Forma Effect mean, with
respect to compliance with any test or covenant or calculation hereunder, the determination or calculation of such test, covenant or ratio (including in connection with Specified Transactions) in accordance with
Section 1.08. Pro Rata Share means (a) with respect to all payments, computations and
other matters relating to the Term Loan of a given Class of any Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Term Loan Exposure of such
Class of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of such Class of all Lenders at such time; (b)(i) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Revolving
Commitment of any Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the unused Revolving Commitment of that Lender and the denominator of which is the aggregate unused
Revolving Commitments of all Lenders at such time and (ii) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Revolving Loans of any Lender and any Letters of Credit issued or participations purchased therein by any
Lender or any participation in any Swing Line Loans purchased by any Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Revolving Exposure of that Lender and
the denominator of which is the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders at such time; and (c) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Incremental - 65 -
Term Loans of any Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Exposure of
such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the aggregate Incremental Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders at such time. PTE means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be
amended from time to time. Public Company Costs means costs relating to, or in anticipation of or preparation for,
compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (or similar regulations in other jurisdictions), as amended, and other expenses arising out of or incidental to Holdings status (or any Parent Entitys status that only owns, directly or
indirectly, Holdings and its Subsidiaries) as a reporting company, including costs, fees and expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees) relating to compliance with provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (or
similar regulations in other jurisdictions), the rules of securities exchange companies with listed equity securities, directors compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders, investor
relations, directors and officers insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees. Public Lenders means Lenders that do not wish to receive Private-Side Information. Public-Side Information means (a) at any time prior to a Parent Entity or Holdings or any of their respective
Subsidiaries becoming the issuer of any Traded Securities, information that the US Borrower determines (i) would be required by applicable Law to be publicly disclosed in connection with an issuance by such Parent Entity, Holdings or Holdings
GP or any of their respective Subsidiaries of its debt or equity securities pursuant to a registered public offering made at such time or (ii) not material to make an investment decision with respect to securities of such Parent Entity,
Holdings or Holdings GP or any of their respective Subsidiaries (for purposes of United States federal, state or other applicable securities laws or of Canadian federal, provincial, territorial or other applicable securities laws), and (b) at
any time on or after such Parent Entity, Holdings or Holdings GP or any of their respective Subsidiaries becoming the issuer of any Traded Securities, information that does not constitute material non-public
information (within the meaning of United States federal, state or other applicable securities laws or of Canadian federal, provincial, territorial or other applicable securities laws) with respect to such Parent Entity, Holdings or Holdings GP or
any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities. Purchase Event has the meaning assigned to
such term in Section 11.07(m). Purchasers has the meaning specified in the preliminary
statements to this Agreement. QFC has the meaning assigned to the term qualified financial contract in,
and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D). QFC Credit Support has the meaning specified in
Section 11.26(a). Qualified Equity Interests means any Equity Interests that are not
Disqualified Equity Interests. Qualified Holding Company Debt means unsecured Indebtedness of Holdings: (a) that is not subject to any Guarantee by any Subsidiary of Holdings (including either Borrower), - 66 -
(b) that will not mature prior to the date that is six months after the
Latest Maturity Date in effect on the date of issuance or incurrence thereof, (c) that has no scheduled amortization or
scheduled payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligation (it being understood that such Indebtedness may have mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption provisions satisfying
the requirements of clause (e) below), (d) that does not require any payments in cash of interest or other amounts in
respect of the principal thereof prior to the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is four years from the date of the issuance or incurrence thereof and (ii) the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date in effect on the date
of such issuance or incurrence, and (e) that has mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption, covenant, default and
remedy provisions customary for senior discount notes of an issuer that is the parent of a borrower under senior secured credit facilities, and in any event, with respect to covenant, default and remedy provisions, no more restrictive (taken as a
whole) than those set forth in this Agreement (other than provisions customary for senior discount notes of a holding company); provided, that any
such Indebtedness shall constitute Qualified Holding Company Debt only if immediately after giving effect to the issuance or incurrence thereof and the use of proceeds thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Qualified Securitization Financing means any Securitization Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the
following conditions: (a) such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries and the
Securitization Subsidiary (as conclusively determined by the US Borrower in good faith absent manifest error), (b) all sales, transfers and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are made
at fair market value (as conclusively determined by the US Borrower in good faith) and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof, including any Standard Securitization Undertakings, shall be market
terms. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under this Agreement prior to engaging in any Securitization
Financing shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing. Qualifying IPO means (a) the issuance by
Holdings or any Parent Entity of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form)
pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering) or (b) any transaction or series of related transactions following
consummation of which Holdings or any Parent Entity is either subject to the periodic reporting obligations of the Exchange Act or has a class or series of Equity Interests publicly traded on a recognized securities exchange, in each case, if
following such transaction or series of transactions, any class or series of Equity Interests of such Person is listed on a national securities exchange. Ratio Amount means an aggregate principal amount that, after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence thereof, in
accordance with Section 1.08 (assuming, in the case of (x) any Incremental Revolving Commitments, a full drawing of such Revolving Commitments and (y) any Incremental Facilities with a delayed draw feature, either
(as determined by the US Borrower) (i) a full drawing thereof as of the date of receiving commitments in respect thereof or (ii) based on the date and actual amount of funding thereof), would not result in: (a) with respect to an Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt to be incurred as Pari Passu Lien Debt, the First
Lien Net Leverage Ratio for the applicable Test Period being greater than (A) the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or (B) the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence; - 67 -
(b) with respect to any Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt
to be incurred as Junior Lien Debt, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio for the applicable Test Period being greater than (A) the Closing Date Secured Net Leverage Ratio plus 0.25 to 1.00 or (B) the Secured Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior
to such incurrence; and (c) with respect to any Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt that is not secured by
a Lien on any Collateral, either: (i) the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the applicable Test Period being greater than
(A) the Closing Date Total Net Leverage Ratio plus 0.50 to 1.00 or (B) the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence; or (ii) the Interest Coverage Ratio for the applicable Test Period being less than (A) 2.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Interest
Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence. Recipient means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any
Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank, as applicable. Refinanced Debt has the meaning assigned to such term in the
definition of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness. Refinanced Loans has the meaning specified in
Section 11.01. Refinancing Amendment means an amendment to this Agreement executed by each
of (a) the Borrowers, Holdings and Holdings GP, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Additional Lender and Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant
thereto, in accordance with Section 2.17. Refinancing Commitments means any Refinancing Term
Commitments or Refinancing Revolving Commitments. Refinancing Loans means any Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing
Revolving Loans. Refinancing Revolving Commitments means one or more Classes of Revolving Loan commitments hereunder
that result from a Refinancing Amendment. Refinancing Revolving Loans means one or more Classes of Revolving Loans
that result from a Refinancing Amendment. Refinancing Term Commitments means one or more Classes of Term Loan
commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment. - 68 -
Refinancing Term Loans means one or more Classes of Term Loans that
result from a Refinancing Amendment. Refunded Swing Line Loans has the meaning specified in
Section 2.03(c)(i). Register has the meaning specified in
Section 11.07(c). Registered Equivalent Notes means, with respect to any notes originally
issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a
dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC. Regulated Entity means (a) any swap dealer registered with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission or
security-based swap dealer registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as applicable; or (b) any commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $5,000,000,000 that is (i) a U.S. depository
institution the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; (ii) a corporation organized under section 25A of the U.S. Federal Reserve Act of 1913; (iii) a branch, agency or commercial lending company of a
foreign bank operating pursuant to approval by and under the supervision of the Board under 12 C.F.R. part 211; (iv) a non-U.S. branch of a foreign bank managed and controlled by a U.S. branch referred to in
clause (iii); or (v) any other U.S. or non-U.S. depository institution or any branch, agency or similar office thereof supervised by a bank regulatory authority in any jurisdiction. Regulation U means Regulation U of the FRB as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations
thereunder or thereof, or any successor thereto. Reimbursement Obligations has the meaning specified in
Section 2.04(c)(i). Related Indemnified Person of an Indemnitee means (a) any
controlling person or controlled affiliate of such Indemnitee, (b) the respective directors, partners, officers, or employees of such Indemnitee or any of its controlling persons or controlled affiliates and (c) the respective agents of
such Indemnitee or any of its controlling persons or controlled affiliates, in the case of this clause (c), acting at the instructions of such Indemnitee, controlling person or such controlled affiliate; provided that each reference to a
controlled affiliate or controlling person in this definition shall pertain to a controlled affiliate or controlling person involved in the negotiation or syndication of the Facility. Relevant Four Fiscal Quarter Period means, with respect to any requested Specified Equity Contribution, the four-fiscal
quarter period ending on (and including) the fiscal quarter in which Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA will be increased as a result of such Specified Equity Contribution. Replacement Loans has the meaning specified in Section 11.01. Reportable Event means, with respect to any Pension Plan, any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or
the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty day notice period has been waived by regulation as in effect on the date hereof. Repricing Event means (a) the incurrence by a Borrower or any other Loan Party of any long-term secured term loans
that are broadly syndicated to banks and other institutional investor in financings similar to the Initial Term Loans (including any new or additional Term Loans under this Agreement, whether incurred directly or by way of the conversion of the
Initial Term Loans into a new tranche of replacement Term Loans under this Agreement) (i) having an All-In Yield that is less than the All-In Yield
- 69 -
for the Initial Term Loans, and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, the outstanding principal
of the Initial Term Loans, or (b) any effective reduction in the All-In Yield applicable to the Initial Term Loans (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise); provided that a Repricing Event
shall not include any event described in clause (a) or (b) above that (i) is not consummated for the primary purpose of lowering the All-In Yield applicable to the Initial Term Loans (as determined
in good faith by the US Borrower), or (ii) that is consummated in connection with a Change of Control, Qualifying IPO or Transformative Acquisition. Required Facility Lenders means, with respect to any Facility (other than the Revolving Loans) on any date of
determination, Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Loans under such Facility and (b) the aggregate unused Commitments under such Facility; provided that
(i) any determination of Required Facility Lenders shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.07(i) with respect to Affiliated Lenders and (ii) the portion of outstanding Loans and the unused
Commitments of such Facility, as applicable, held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Facility Lenders. Required Lenders means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the sum of the
(a) the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders and (b) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders; provided that (a) the aggregate Term Loan Exposure and Revolving Exposure of or held by any Defaulting Lender shall be
excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders and (b) any determination of Required Lenders shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.07(i) with respect to Affiliated Lenders.
Required Revolving Lenders means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the
aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders; provided that (i) any determination of Required Revolving Lenders shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.07(i) with respect to Affiliated Lenders
and (ii) the Revolving Exposure of or held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Lenders. Resolution Authority means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution
Authority. Responsible Officer means the executive chairman, chief executive officer, president, senior vice
president, senior vice president (finance), vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, manager of treasury activities or assistant treasurer or other similar officer or Person performing similar functions of a Loan Party and, as to any
document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all
necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a
Responsible Officer shall refer to a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower. Restricted means, when
referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of a Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents appear (or would be required to appear) as restricted on a consolidated balance sheet of such Borrower or such
Restricted Subsidiary (unless such appearance is related to a restriction in favor of the Administrative Agent). Restricted
Payment means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of a Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, solely to a holder of Equity Interests
in such Persons capacity as a holder of such Equity Interests other than dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity - 70 -
Interests) of the US Borrower), or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement,
defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the US Borrowers stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof). For the
avoidance of doubt, the payment of any Contractual Obligation that is based on, or measured with respect to the value of an Equity Interest, including any such Contractual Obligations constituting compensation arrangements, shall not be considered a
Restricted Payment. Restricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary (including the Canadian Borrower) of the US Borrower
other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Revolving Commitment means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund
any Revolving Loan and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans hereunder and Revolving Commitments means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lenders Revolving Commitment,
if any, is set forth on Schedule 2.01 under the caption Revolving Commitment or in the applicable Assignment and Assumption, subject to any increase, adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions
hereof including Section 2.16. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments as of the Closing Date is $60,000,000. Revolving Commitment Period means the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination
Date. Revolving Commitment Termination Date means the earliest to occur of (a) the fifth anniversary of the
Closing Date, (b) the date the Revolving Commitments, including Revolving Commitments in respect of Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans, are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.08, and (c) the
date of the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 9.02. Revolving
Exposure means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (a) prior to the termination of the Revolving Commitments, that Lenders Revolving Commitment; and (b) after the termination of the Revolving
Commitments, the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender, (ii) in the case of each Issuing Bank, the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by that
Lender (net of any participations by Lenders in such Letters of Credit), (iii) the aggregate amount of all participations by that Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawing under any Letter of Credit, (iv) in
the case of the Swing Line Lender, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans (net of any participations therein by other Lenders) and (v) the aggregate amount of all participations therein by that Lender in any
outstanding Swing Line Loans. Revolving Facility means the Facility comprised of the Revolving Commitments, Revolving
Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder. Revolving Lender means a Lender having a Revolving Commitment
or other Revolving Exposure. Revolving Loan Note means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B-2, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Revolving Loans has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a). S&P means S&P Global Ratings, and any successor thereto. - 71 -
Sale Leaseback Transaction means a sale leaseback transaction with
respect to all or any portion of any real property owned by a Loan Party or other property customarily included in such transactions. Same Day Funds means disbursements and payments in immediately available funds. Sanctions means any sanction administered or enforced by the United States government (including OFAC), the United Nations
Security Council, the European Union, the United Kingdom Her Majestys Treasury or the Canadian government. SEC
means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions. Secured Hedge Agreement means any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank and
designated in writing by the Hedge Bank and the US Borrower to the Administrative Agent as a Secured Hedge Agreement. Secured Net Leverage Ratio means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Net Debt
outstanding as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrowers for such Test Period. Secured Parties means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, each Swing Line Lender,
each Issuing Bank, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent
from time to time pursuant to Section 10.05 and Section 10.12. Securities
Account has the meaning specified in the Uniform Commercial Code. Securities Act means the U.S. Securities
Act of 1933, as amended. Securitization Assets means the accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams, other
rights to payment (including with respect to rights of payment pursuant to the terms of Joint Ventures) subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing and the proceeds thereof. Securitization Fees means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any
participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing. Securitization Financing means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by a Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries pursuant to which such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other
Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets of such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such
Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests
are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets. - 72 -
Securitization Repurchase Obligation means any obligation of a seller or
transferor of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a Standard Securitization Undertaking, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof
becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. Securitization Subsidiary means a wholly-owned Subsidiary of a Borrower (or another Person formed for the purposes of
engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower makes an Investment and to which a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower transfers Securitization Assets and related assets) that engages in no
activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or
activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of a Borrower or such other Person (as provided in clause (d) below) as a Securitization Subsidiary, and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by
Holdings, a Borrower or any other Subsidiary of a Borrower, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization
Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings, a Borrower or any other Subsidiary of a Borrower, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects
any property or asset of Holdings, a Borrower or any other Subsidiary of a Borrower, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard
Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of Holdings, a Borrower or any other Subsidiary of a Borrower, other than
another Securitization Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the US Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings, such Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that
might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Borrowers, and (c) to which none of Holdings, a
Borrower or any other Subsidiary of a Borrower, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entitys financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. (d) Any such designation by the Board of Directors of a Borrower or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative
Agent by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of such Borrower or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that
such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. Security Agreements means, collectively, the US Security
Agreement, the Canadian Security Agreement and the Canadian Deed of Hypothec. Security Agreement Supplement has the
meaning specified in the US Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable. Senior Indebtedness
has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(b)(viii). Short Term Advances has the meaning
specified in the definition of Indebtedness. - 73 -
Similar Business means any business, the majority of whose revenues are
derived from (i) business or activities conducted by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, (ii) any business that is a natural outgrowth or reasonable extension, development or expansion of any such business or
any business similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary to any of the foregoing or (iii) any business that in the US Borrowers good faith business judgment constitutes a reasonable diversification of businesses
conducted by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries. Solvent and Solvency mean, with respect
to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person, on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, exceeds its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, on a
consolidated basis, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person, on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its debts and other
liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, on a consolidated basis, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) such Person, on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, is able to pay its debts and
liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, on a consolidated basis, as such liabilities become absolute and matured and (d) such Person, on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, is not engaged in, and is not about to engage in,
business for which it has unreasonably small capital. The amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability. SPC has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(g). Specified Equity Contribution has the meaning specified in Section 8.02. Specified Event of Default means an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.01(a) or an Event of
Default pursuant to Section 9.01(f) with respect to Holdings, Holdings GP or a Borrower. Specified
Representations means those representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in Sections 5.01(a) (with respect to organizational existence only), 5.01(b)(ii), 5.02(a), 5.02(b)(i),
5.04, 5.13, 5.16, 5.17 and 5.18. Specified Revolver Default means any of (a) a
Specified Event of Default, (b) a Financial Covenant Event of Default or (c) an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.01(c) resulting from a breach of Section 6.01(a) or (b) Specified Revolver Trigger means any of (a) a Specified Revolver Default, (b) the acceleration of the Obligations
in accordance with the terms hereof or (c) the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 9.02 following an Event of Default. Specified Transaction means any of the following identified by the US Borrower: (a) any transaction or series of
related transactions, including Investments, that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (c) any Acquisition Transaction,
(d) any transaction or series of related transactions, including Dispositions, that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrowers, (e) any acquisition or disposition of assets constituting a business unit,
line of business or division of another Person or a facility, (f) any material acquisition, disposition or changes in customer, supplier or other commercial contracts or arrangements or new material customer, supplier or other commercial
contracts or arrangements, including (i) material changes to amounts to be paid by or received by Loan Parties and (ii) material changes to contracted or implemented revenue, (g) any restructuring of the business of the Borrowers,
whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise, (h) any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital
purposes), (i) any Restricted Payment and (j) transactions of the type given pro forma effect in (i) the Sponsor Model or (ii) any quality of earnings report prepared by a nationally recognized accounting firm and furnished to
the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions or a Permitted Investment or other Investment consummated after the Closing Date. - 74 -
Specified Transaction Adjustments has the meaning specified in
Section 1.08(c). Sponsor means any funds, limited partnerships or co-investment vehicles managed or advised by Ares Management LLC or any of its Affiliates or direct or indirect Subsidiaries (or jointly managed by any such Person or over which any such Person exercises governance
rights). Sponsor Management Agreement means any services agreement or monitoring agreement entered into after the
Closing Date between the Sponsor, on the one hand, and the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates, on the other hand, to the extent such services agreement or monitoring agreement would result in the payment of management, monitoring, advisory or
similar fees in an amount per annum reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders and disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in advance of the entry into such agreements, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, modified or
replaced, from time to time, so long as any such amendment, modification or replacement is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than any initial applicable services agreement or monitoring agreement disclosed to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Sponsor Model means the financial model for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries
prepared by the Sponsors and delivered to the Lead Arrangers prior to March 13, 2021 in connection with the Transactions. Sponsor Termination Fees means any one-time payment under a Sponsor Management
Agreement of a termination fee to the Sponsor in the event of either a Change of Control or the completion of a Qualifying IPO. Standard Securitization Undertakings means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by a
Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower that are customary in a Securitization Financing. Stated Amount means, with
respect to any Letter of Credit at any time, the aggregate amount available to be drawn thereunder at such time (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met). Statutory Reserve Rate means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the
denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the FRB to which the
Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as Eurocurrency Liabilities in Regulation D of the FRB). Such reserve percentages shall include those
imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be
available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage. Store means any retail store or retail warehouse (which includes any real property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and
other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by the US Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary. - 75 -
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which (a) the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power (other than Equity Interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the
Board of Directors of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity are at the time owned by such Person or (b) more than 50.0% of the Equity Interests are at the time owned by such Person. Unless otherwise indicated
in this Agreement, all references to Subsidiaries will mean Subsidiaries of the US Borrower. Subsidiary Guarantor
means any Guarantor other than Holdings or Holdings GP. Successor Borrower has the meaning specified in
Section 7.04(e). Successor Holdings means any successor to Holdings pursuant to
Section 7.04(a)(iii), 7.04(g)(ii) or 7.10(b)(ii), as applicable, together with such Persons subsequent successors and assigns permitted hereunder. Successor Holdings GP means any successor to Holdings GP pursuant to Section 7.04(a)(iii),
7.04(g)(ii) or 7.10(b)(ii), as applicable, together with such Persons subsequent successors and assigns permitted hereunder. Supplemental Administrative Agent and Supplemental Administrative Agents have the meanings specified in
Section 10.12(a). Supported QFC has the meaning specified in
Section 11.26(a). Swap Obligations means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to
pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a swap within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act. Swap Termination Value means, in respect of any one or more Hedge Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any
legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedge Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Hedge Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s),
and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Hedge Agreements, as determined
based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Hedge Agreements (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender). Swing Line Lender means PNC, in its capacity as the Swing Line Lender hereunder, together with its permitted successors and
assigns in such capacity. Swing Line Loan means the swing line loan made by the Swing Line Lender to the US Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.03. Swing Line Loan Request means a Swing Line Loan Request
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4, or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as
shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower. Swing Line Note means a promissory note in the form of
Exhibit B-3, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. - 76 -
Swing Line Sublimit means the greater of (a) $10,000,000 and
(b) such higher amount as the US Borrower, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent may from time to time agree. Taxes has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a). Term Loan means the Initial Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans and Refinancing Term Loans, to the
extent not otherwise indicated and as the context may require. Term Loan Commitment means, as to each Lender, its
obligation to make a Term Loan to a Borrower hereunder (including any Initial Term Loan Commitment), expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loans to be made by such Lender under this Agreement, as such
commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08, (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption,
(ii) a Refinancing Amendment or (iii) an Extension and (c) increased from time to time pursuant to an Incremental Amendment. Term Loan Exposure means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of
the Term Loans of such Lender; provided, at any time prior to the making of the Term Loans, the Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lenders Term Loan Commitment, or, with regard to any Incremental Amendment at any
time prior to the making of the applicable Incremental Term Loans thereunder, the Term Loan Exposure of any Lender with respect to such Incremental Term Facility shall be equal to such Lenders Incremental Term Loan Commitment thereunder. Term Loan Lender means a Lender having a Term Loan Commitment or other Term Loan Exposure. Term Loan Note means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to any Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially
the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from the Term Loans made by such Lender. Termination Conditions means, collectively, (a) the payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than
(i) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted, (ii) Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements as to which alternative arrangements acceptable to the Hedge Bank thereunder have been made and
(iii) Cash Management Obligations) and (b) the termination of the Commitments and the termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit under this Agreement (unless backstopped or Cash Collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of the
maximum drawable amount of any such Letter of Credit or otherwise in an amount and/or in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Banks). Test Period in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the US Borrower ended
on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period are available or, in the case of Article VIII, are required to be delivered pursuant to
Section 6.01(a) or (b) (which may be internal financial statements except (i) to the extent this Agreement otherwise expressly states that the Test Period is specified in a Compliance Certificate, in which case
such financial statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) for the Test Period set forth in such Compliance Certificate or (ii) for purposes of Article VIII). A Test Period may
be designated by reference to the last day thereof (i.e., the December 31st Test Period of a particular year refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the US
Borrower ended on December 31st of such year), and a Test Period shall be deemed to end on the last day thereof. - 77 -
Threshold Amount means the greater of (a) 20% of Closing Date EBITDA and
(b) 20% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA. Total Net Leverage Ratio means, with respect to any Test Period, the
ratio of (a) Consolidated Net Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrowers for such Test Period. Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate
principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans other than Revolving Loans made for the purpose of repaying any Refunded Swing Line Loans or reimbursing the Issuing Banks for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, but not yet so applied,
(ii) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans and (iii) the Letter of Credit Usage. Traded
Securities means any debt or equity securities issued pursuant to a public offering or Rule 144A offering. Transaction Expenses means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with
the Transactions, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including any amortization thereof in any period, including any amortization thereof in any period. Transactions means, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the funding of the Initial Term Loans and
Revolving Loans on the Closing Date, (c) the consummation of the Acquisition on the Closing Date, including the payments to the holders of the Equity Interests of the Parent in connection therewith, (d) the Closing Date Refinancing and
(e) the payment of the Transaction Expenses. Transformative Acquisition means any Acquisition Transaction that is
either (a) not permitted by the terms of this Agreement immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or (b) if permitted by the terms of this Agreement immediately prior to the consummation thereof, would not provide the
Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries with adequate flexibility under the Loan Documents for the continuation and/or expansion of their combined operations following the consummation thereof, as determined by the US Borrower acting in good
faith. TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA means, as of any date of determination, the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of
the US Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a Pro Forma Basis, for the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to such date for which financial statements are internally available. Type means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan. UK Financial Institution means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time
to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes
certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain Affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms. UK
Resolution Authority means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution. - 78 -
Undisclosed Administration means, in relation to a Lender or its direct
or indirect parent entity, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian, or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such
Lender or such parent entity is subject to home jurisdiction supervision, if applicable law requires that such appointment not be disclosed. Unfunded Advances/Participations means (a) with respect to the Administrative Agent, the aggregate amount, if any
(i) made available to a Borrower on the assumption that each Lender has made available to the Administrative Agent such Lenders share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent as contemplated by
Sections 2.01(b)(ii) and 2.02(b)(ii) and (ii) with respect to which a corresponding amount shall not in fact have been returned to the Administrative Agent by such Borrower or made available to the
Administrative Agent by any such Lender, (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, the aggregate amount, if any, of outstanding Swing Line Loans in respect of which any Revolving Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for
the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and (c) with respect to the Issuing Banks, the aggregate amount, if any, of amounts drawn under Letters of
Credit in respect of which a Revolving Lender shall have failed to make amounts available to the applicable Issuing Banks pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Uniform Commercial Code means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to
time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral. United States and U.S. mean the United States of America. Unrestricted Lender means any Regulated Entity, any Revolving Lender as of the Closing Date, any Lead Arranger or any of
their respective Affiliates. Unrestricted Subsidiary means (a) each Securitization Subsidiary and (b) any
Subsidiary of a Borrower designated by the Board of Directors of the US Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.13 subsequent to the date hereof, in each case, until such Person ceases to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary of a Borrower in accordance with Section 6.13 or ceases to be a Subsidiary of a Borrower. U.S. Lender has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e). US Borrower has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement. US Security Agreement means, collectively, the US Security Agreement executed by the Loan Parties party thereto,
substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1, together with each Security Agreement Supplement thereto executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11. USA PATRIOT Act means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and
Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Public Law No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time. Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by
dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment,
sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that
will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such
Indebtedness; - 79 -
provided that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of (i) any
Refinanced Debt, (ii) any Indebtedness that is being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, or (iii) any Term Loans for purposes of incurring any other Indebtedness (in any such case, the Applicable
Indebtedness), the effects of any amortization payments or other prepayments made on such Applicable Indebtedness (including the effect of any prepayment on remaining scheduled amortization) prior to the date of the applicable
modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, extension or incurrence shall be disregarded. wholly-owned
means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (a) directors qualifying shares and (b) nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the
extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries of such Person. Withdrawal Liability means the liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such
Multiemployer Plan, as such term is defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA. Withholding
Agent means a Borrower, any Guarantor or the Administrative Agent. Write-Down and Conversion Powers means,
(a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member
Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under
the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of
that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that
liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers. SECTION 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified
herein or in such other Loan Document: (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the
defined terms. (b) (i) The words herein, hereto, hereof and hereunder and words of
similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof; (ii) references in this Agreement to an Exhibit, Schedule, Article, Section, clause or sub-clause refer (A) to the appropriate Exhibit or Schedule to, or Article, Section, clause or sub-clause in this Agreement or (B) to the extent such references are
not present in this Agreement, to the Loan Document in which such reference appears; (iii) the term including is by way of example and not limitation; (iv) the term documents includes any and all instruments,
documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form; (v) the term continuing means, with respect to a Default or Event of Default,
that it has not been cured or waived; and (vi) in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word from means from and including; the words to and until
each mean to but excluding; and the word through means to and including. - 80 -
(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. (d) For all purposes under the Loan
Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdictions laws) (a Division), if (a) any asset, right, obligation or liability of any
Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) any new Person comes into existence, such new Person
shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time. (e) For
purposes of any assets, liabilities or entities located in the Province of Quebec, Canada and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of this Agreement may be subject to the laws of the Province of Quebec, Canada,
or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec, Canada, (i) personal property shall include movable property, (ii) real property or real estate shall include immovable
property, (iii) tangible property shall include corporeal property, (iv) intangible property shall include incorporeal property, (v) security interest, mortgage and
lien shall include a hypothec, right of retention, prior claim, reservation of ownership and a resolutory clause, (vi) all references to filing, perfection, priority, remedies,
registering or recording under the UCC or a PPSA shall include publication under the Civil Code of Quebec, (vii) all references to perfection of or perfected liens or security interest shall include a reference to an
opposable or set up hypothec as against third parties, (viii) any right of offset, right of setoff or similar expression shall include a right of compensation, (ix) goods
shall include corporeal movable property other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, (x) an agent shall include a mandatary, (xi) construction liens or
mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens shall include legal hypothecs and legal hypothecs in favour of persons having taken part in the construction or renovation of an
immovable, (xii) joint and several shall include solidary, (xiii) gross negligence or willful misconduct shall be deemed to be intentional or gross fault, (xiv) beneficial ownership
shall include ownership on behalf of another as mandatary, (xv) easement shall include servitude, (xvi) priority shall include rank or prior claim, as applicable, (xvii)
survey shall include certificate of location and plan, (xviii) state shall include province, (xix) fee simple title shall include absolute ownership and ownership
(including ownership under a right of superficies), (xx) accounts shall include claims, (xxi) legal title shall be including holding title on behalf of an owner as mandatory or
prete-nom, (xxii) ground lease shall include emphyteusis or a lease with a right of superficies, as applicable, (xxiii) leasehold interest shall include a
valid lease, (xxiv) lease shall include a leasing contract and (xxv) guarantee and guarantor shall include suretyship and surety, respectively. The parties hereto
confirm that it is their wish that this Agreement and any other document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated herein be drawn up in the English language only and that all other documents contemplated thereunder or relating
thereto, including notices, may also be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties aux présentes confirment que cest leur volonté que cette convention et les autres documents de crédit soient
rédigés en langue anglaise seulement et que tous les documents, y compris tous avis, envisagés par cette convention et les autres documents peuvent être rédigés en langue anglaise seulement. SECTION 1.03 Accounting and Finance Terms; Accounting Periods; Unrestricted Subsidiaries; Determination of Fair Market Value. All
accounting terms, financial terms or components of such terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with GAAP to the extent GAAP defines such term or a component of such term. To the extent GAAP does not
define such term or a component of such term, such term shall be calculated by the Borrowers in good faith. For purposes of calculating any consolidated amounts necessary to determine compliance by any Person and, if applicable, its Restricted
Subsidiaries with any ratio or other financial covenant in this Agreement, Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded. Unless the context indicates otherwise, any reference to a fiscal year shall
- 81 -
refer to a fiscal year of the Borrowers ending December 31, and any reference to a fiscal quarter shall refer to a fiscal quarter of the Borrowers ending March 31,
June 30, September 30 or December 31. All determinations of fair market value under a Loan Document shall be made by the US Borrower in good faith and, if such determination is consistent with a valuation or opinion of an Independent
Financial Advisor, such determination shall be conclusive for all purposes under the Loan Documents or related to the Obligations. SECTION 1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one decimal place more than the number of decimal places by which such ratio is expressed herein (the
applicable decimal place) and rounding the result up or down to the applicable decimal place. SECTION 1.05 References to
Agreements, Laws, Etc. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments,
restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any
Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law. SECTION 1.06 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time
(daylight or standard, as applicable). SECTION 1.07 Available Amount Transactions. If more than one action occurs on any given
date the permissibility of the taking of which is determined hereunder by reference to the amount of the Available Amount immediately prior to the taking of such action, the permissibility of the taking of each such action shall be determined
independently, but in no event may any two or more such actions be treated as occurring simultaneously (i.e., each transaction must be permitted under the Available Amount as so calculated). SECTION 1.08 Pro Forma Calculations; Limited Condition Acquisitions; Basket and Ratio Compliance. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage
Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.08; provided, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (b), (c) or (d) of
this Section 1.08, when calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of Section 2.07(b)(i) and the Asset Sale Prepayment Percentage, the events described in this
Section 1.08 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect. (b) For purposes of calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and the
Interest Coverage Ratio, Specified Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) that have been made (i) during the applicable Test Period or (ii) subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or
simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and the
component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into a - 82 -
Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction identified by the US Borrower that would have required adjustment
pursuant to this Section 1.08, then the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect thereto
in accordance with this Section 1.08. (c) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified
Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a Responsible Officer and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, cost synergies, material changes to amounts to
be paid by or received by Loan Parties, projected by the US Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though amounts had
been realized on the first day of such Test Period and as if any such cost savings, operating expense reductions and cost synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) relating to such Specified Transaction, net of the amount of actual
benefits realized during such period from such actions (such amounts, Specified Transaction Adjustments); provided that (i) such Specified Transaction Adjustments are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable in the
good faith judgment of the US Borrower, (ii) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken no later than twenty-four months after the date of such Specified Transaction, and (iii) no amounts shall be included
pursuant to this clause (c) to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise included in calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, with respect to any Test Period. (d) In the event that a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs (including by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by
redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment) any Indebtedness included in the calculations of the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio, as the case may be
(in each case, other than, except for purposes of Article VIII, Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), (i) during the applicable Test Period or
(ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net
Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period with
respect to leverage ratios or the first day of such Test Period with respect to the Interest Coverage Ratio. (e) Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Agreement or any classification under GAAP of any Person, business, assets or operations in respect of which a definitive agreement for the disposition thereof has been entered into as discontinued operations, no pro
forma effect shall be given to any discontinued operations (and the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA attributable to any such Person, business, assets or operations shall not be excluded for any purposes hereunder) until such disposition shall have
been consummated. (f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, (i) the Borrowers may rely on more than one basket or exception hereunder (including both ratio-based and non-ratio based baskets and exceptions, and including partial reliance on different baskets that, collectively, permit the entire proposed transaction) at the time of any proposed transaction, and the Borrowers may,
in their sole discretion, at any later time divide, classify or reclassify such transaction (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with the available baskets and exceptions hereunder at such later time (provided that with
respect to reclassification of Indebtedness and Liens, any such reclassification shall be subject to the parameters of Sections 7.01 and 7.03, as applicable), - 83 -
(ii) unless the Borrowers elect otherwise, if a Borrower or its Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with any transaction or series of related transactions (A) incurs Indebtedness, creates Liens, makes Dispositions, makes Investments, designates any Subsidiary as restricted or unrestricted or repays any Indebtedness
or takes any other action under or as permitted by a ratio-based basket and (B) incurs Indebtedness, creates Liens, makes Dispositions, makes Investments, designates any Subsidiary as restricted or unrestricted or repays any Indebtedness or
takes any other action under a non-ratio-based basket (which shall occur within five Business Days of the events in clause (A) above), then the applicable ratio will be calculated with respect to any such
action under the applicable ratio-based basket without regard to any such action under such non-ratio-based basket made in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions, (iii) if a Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries enters into any revolving, delayed draw or other committed debt facility,
the Borrowers may elect by written notice to the Administrative Agent (or shall be deemed to have elected with respect to any Incremental Revolving Commitments) to determine compliance of such debt facility (including the incurrence of Indebtedness
and Liens from time to time in connection therewith) with this Agreement and each other Loan Document on the date commitments with respect thereto are first received, assuming the full amount of such facility is incurred (and any applicable Liens
are granted) on such date, in which case such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed or reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with such applicable ratio-based basket hereunder, in lieu of determining
such compliance on any subsequent date (including any date on which Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to such facility); provided that, in each case, any future calculation of such ratio-based basket shall only include amounts borrowed and
outstanding as of such date of determination, and (iv) if a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs Indebtedness
under a ratio-based basket, such ratio-based basket (together with any other ratio-based basket utilized in connection therewith, including in respect of other Indebtedness, Liens, Dispositions, Investments, Restricted Payments or payments in
respect of Junior Financing) will be calculated excluding the cash proceeds of such Indebtedness for netting purposes (i.e., such cash proceeds shall not reduce the Borrowers Consolidated Net Debt or Consolidated Secured Net Debt pursuant to
clause (b) of the definition of such terms), provided that the actual application of such proceeds may reduce Indebtedness for purposes of determining compliance with any such applicable ratio-based basket. For example, if a Borrower incurs Indebtedness under the Fixed Incremental Amount on the same date that it incurs Indebtedness under the Ratio Amount, then
the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and any other applicable ratio will be calculated with respect to such incurrence under the Ratio Amount without regard to any incurrence of Indebtedness under the Fixed Incremental Amount. Unless the Borrowers
elect otherwise, each Incremental Facility (or Incremental Equivalent Debt) shall be deemed incurred first under the Ratio Amount to the extent permitted (and calculated prior to giving effect to any substantially simultaneous incurrence of any
Indebtedness based on a basket or exception that is not based on a financial ratio, including under the Revolving Facility and/or the Fixed Incremental Amount), with any balance incurred under the Fixed Incremental Amount. For purposes of
determining compliance with Section 2.16, in the event that any Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of Ratio Amount or Fixed Incremental Amount, the Borrowers may,
in their sole discretion, at the time of incurrence, divide, classify or reclassify, or at any later time divide, classify or reclassify, such Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with
Section 2.16 on the date of such classification or any such reclassification, as applicable. - 84 -
(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, when
(i) calculating any applicable ratio in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness, the creation of Liens, the making
of any Disposition, the making of an Investment, the making of a Restricted Payment, the designation of a Subsidiary as restricted or unrestricted, the repayment of Indebtedness or for any other purpose, (ii) determining the accuracy of any representation or warranty, (iii) determining whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result from any action, or (iv) determining compliance with any other condition precedent to any action or transaction, in each case of clauses (i) through (iv) in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination of such ratio, the accuracy of
such representation or warranty (but taking into account any earlier date specified therein), whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom, or the satisfaction of any other condition precedent shall,
at the option of the US Borrower (the US Borrowers election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an LCA Election), be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited
Condition Acquisition are entered into (the LCA Test Date). If on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any
incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) such ratios, representations and warranties, absence of defaults, satisfaction of conditions precedent and other provisions are calculated as if such Limited Condition Acquisition or other
transactions had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCA Test Date for which financial statements are available, the Borrowers could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with the
applicable ratios or other provisions, such provisions shall be deemed to have been complied with, unless a Specified Event of Default is continuing on the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated. For the avoidance of doubt,
(i) if any of such ratios, representations and warranties, absence of defaults, satisfaction of conditions precedent or other provisions are exceeded or breached as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA), a change in facts and circumstances or other provisions at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios, representations and warranties, absence of defaults, satisfaction of
conditions precedent and other provisions will not be deemed to have been exceeded, breached, or otherwise failed as a result of such fluctuations or changed circumstances solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Acquisition
and any related transactions is permitted hereunder and (ii) such ratios and compliance with such conditions shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or related Specified Transactions. If the US
Borrower has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Acquisition, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket availability with respect to any other Specified Transaction or otherwise on or following the relevant
LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition is terminated or expires without consummation of such
Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of
proceeds thereof) have been consummated. For purposes of any calculation pursuant to this clause (g) of the Interest Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Interest Expense may be calculated using an assumed interest rate for the Indebtedness to be
incurred in connection with such Limited Condition Acquisition based on the indicative interest margin contained in any financing commitment documentation with respect to such Indebtedness or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as
reasonably determined by the US Borrower in good faith. - 85 -
(h) For purposes of calculating the Ratio Amount, Permitted Ratio Debt and
Section 7.01(i) (including for purposes of Section 7.03(l)(ii)), the phrase immediately prior to such incurrence shall be construed to apply only if, at the time of such determination,
on a Pro Forma Basis for such incurrence of Indebtedness and/or Liens (and for any related Permitted Investment, if applicable), (w) the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be greater than the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, (x) the
Secured Net Leverage Ratio would be greater than the Closing Date Secured Net Leverage Ratio plus 0.25, (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio would be greater than the Closing Date Total Net Leverage Ratio plus 0.50 or (z) the Interest Coverage
Ratio would be less than 2.00 to 1.00, as applicable. (i) For purposes of determining the maturity date of any Indebtedness, customary
bridge loans that are subject to customary conditions (including no payment or bankruptcy event of default) that would either automatically be extended as, converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent refinancing shall be deemed to have
the maturity date as so extended, converted or exchanged. SECTION 1.09 Currency Equivalents Generally. (a) For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 7.01, 7.02 and 7.03 with respect to any
amount of Lien, Indebtedness or Investment in a currency other than Dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of currency exchange occurring after the time such Lien, Indebtedness
or Investment is incurred (so long as such Indebtedness or Investment, at the time incurred, made or acquired, was permitted hereunder). (b) For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, where the permissibility of a transaction or determinations of required
actions or circumstances depend upon compliance with, or are determined by reference to, amounts stated in Dollars, any requisite currency translation (i) with respect to Loans or Commitments, shall be based on the Exchange Rate and
(ii) with respect to any other amounts, shall be based on the rate of exchange between the applicable currency and Dollars as reasonably determined by the US Borrower, in each case in effect on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of
such transaction or determination (subject to clauses (c) and (d) below) and shall not be affected by subsequent fluctuations in exchange rates. (c) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent
principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the Exchange Rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit
debt (or, in the case of an LCA Election, on the date of the applicable LCA Test Date); provided that, if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the
applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the Exchange Rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of
such Indebtedness so refinanced does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different
currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the Exchange Rate that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. - 86 -
(d) For purposes of determining the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage
Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio, including Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA when calculating such ratios, all amounts denominated in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars for any purpose
(including testing the any financial maintenance covenant) at the effective rate of exchange in respect thereof reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrowers for the applicable Test Period for which such measurement is being
made, and will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedge Agreements permitted hereunder for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the
Dollar equivalent of such Indebtedness. ARTICLE II The Commitments and Borrowings SECTION 2.01 Term Loans. (a) Term Loan Commitments. (i) Subject only to the conditions set forth in Section 4.01, each Lender with an Initial Term Loan Commitment severally
agrees to make to the Borrowers on the Closing Date a term loan denominated in Dollars equal to such Lenders Initial Term Loan Commitment (the Initial Term Loans). (ii) Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Initial Term Loans may be
Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. (iii) The Borrowers shall be jointly and severally
liable for the Initial Term Loans. (b) Borrowing Mechanics for Term Loans. (i) Subject to Sections 4.01(a)(i), 4.02(c) and 2.16(a), each Borrowing of Term Loans
shall be made upon the Borrowers irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may only be given in writing. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than (x) 1:00 p.m. three Business Days prior to the
requested date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (y) 1:00 p.m. one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans; provided, however, that if the Borrowers wish to request Eurodollar Rate Loans
having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of Interest Period, the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. four Business
Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the applicable Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable
to all of them. Not later than 1:00 p.m., three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the
requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the applicable Lenders; provided, further, that such notices may be conditioned on the occurrence of the Closing Date or, with respect to Incremental Term Loans, may be conditioned
on the occurrence of any transaction anticipated to occur in connection with such Incremental Term Loans. (ii) Each notice
by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.01(b) must be delivered to the Administrative Agent in the form of a Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers. Each
Committed Loan Notice shall specify (A) that the Borrowers are requesting a Borrowing of Term Loans, (B) the requested date of the Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (C) the Type of Term Loans to be borrowed, (D) the principal
amount of Term Loans to be borrowed, together with an allocation (if any) of such amount - 87 -
elected to be provided to each Borrower (E) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (F) the Borrowers wiring instructions. If such Borrower
fails to specify a Type of Term Loan in a Committed Loan Notice, then the applicable Term Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans. If such Borrower requests a Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify
an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Borrower will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. (iii) Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that the total number of Interest
Periods for Eurodollar Rate Loans outstanding under this Agreement at any time shall comply with Section 2.10(g). (iv) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of
its Pro Rata Share of the applicable tranche of Term Loans. In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Term Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agents
Office not later than 1:00 p.m., on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions to such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the
applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent by wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by such Borrower. (v) The failure of any Lender to make the Term Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other
Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Term Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Term Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any
Borrowing. SECTION 2.02 Revolving Loans. (a) Revolving Loan Commitment. During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender
severally agrees to make revolving loans to the US Borrower from time to time on any Business Day in Dollars or Canadian Dollars (Revolving Loans) in an aggregate amount up to but not exceeding such Lenders Revolving
Commitment; provided, that after giving effect to the making of any Revolving Loans in no event shall the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this
Section 2.02(a) may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period. Each Lenders Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, and all Revolving Loans and all other
amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date. (b) Borrowing Mechanics for Revolving Loans. (i) Subject to Section 4.01(a)(i) in the case of Borrowings of Revolving Loans on the Closing Date
only and Section 4.02(c) in the case of each other Borrowing of Revolving Loans, each Borrowing of Revolving Loans shall be made upon the US Borrowers irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may only be
given in writing (each request for a Swing Line Loan Borrowing shall be made in accordance with Section 2.03). Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than (A) 1:00 p.m. three Business
Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, and (B) 1:00 p.m one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans. Each notice by the US
Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(b) must be delivered to the Administrative Agent in the form of a Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and - 88 -
signed by a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower. Each Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each
Borrowing of CDOR Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of Cdn.$500,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn.$100,000 in excess thereof. Each Borrowing of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess
thereof. Each Borrowing of Canadian Prime Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of Cdn.$500,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn.$100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice shall specify (1) the requested date of the Borrowing (which
shall be a Business Day), (2) the principal amount and currency of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (3) the Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed and (4) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. Each
Swing Line Loan shall be denominated in Dollars or Canadian Dollars and constitute a Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as applicable. If the US Borrower fails to specify a Type of Revolving Loan in a Committed Loan Notice, then in the case
of Revolving Loans, the applicable Revolving Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable. If the US Borrower fails to specify a currency in a Committed Loan Notice, then the US Borrower shall be deemed to have
selected Dollars. If the US Borrower requests a Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, the US Borrower will
be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. (ii) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Revolving Loans. In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to the
Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agents Office not later than 1:00 p.m., on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice; provided that any Lender may, at its option, make any Revolving
Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars available to the Administrative Agent by causing any foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent; provided, further, that
any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the US Borrower to repay such Revolving Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in
Section 4.02 (or if such Borrowing is on the Closing Date, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the US Borrower in like funds as received by the
Administrative Agent by wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the US Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date the
Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the US Borrower, there are Swing Line Loans outstanding or Reimbursement Obligations outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first, to the payment in
full of any such Reimbursement Obligations, second, to the payment in full of any such Swing Line Loans and third, to the US Borrower as provided above. (iii) The failure of any Lender to make the Revolving Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any
other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Revolving Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Revolving Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date
of any Borrowing. - 89 -
SECTION 2.03 Swing Line Loans. (a) Swing Line Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the
Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, agrees to make Swing Line Loans in Dollars or Canadian Dollars to the US Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period, in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit; provided that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the
Revolving Commitments, (ii) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments of any Revolving Lender shall not exceed such Lenders Revolving Commitment and (iii) the aggregate principal amount outstanding of all Swing Line Loans
shall not exceed the Swing Line Sublimit; provided, further, that the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to make a Swing Line Loan to refinance an outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms
and conditions set forth herein, the US Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swing Line Loans. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan by the Swing Line Lender, each Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to such Revolving Lenders Pro Rata Share of the amount of such Swing Line Loan. (b) Borrowing Mechanics for Swing Line Loans. Each Swing Line Loan Borrowing shall be made upon the US Borrowers irrevocable
notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent. Each such notice may be given by a Swing Line Loan Request. Each such Swing Line Loan Request must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1
p.m. on the date of the requested Swing Line Loan Borrowing, and such notice shall specify (i) the amount and currency to be borrowed, which shall be in a minimum of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $25,000 in excess thereof (or, in the case of
a Swing Line Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, a minimum of Cdn.$100,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn.$25,000 in excess thereof), and (ii) the date of such Swing Line Loan Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day). Promptly after receipt by
the Swing Line Lender of such notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent that the Administrative Agent has also received such notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent of the
contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of the Required Revolving Lenders) prior to 1:00 p.m. on such requested borrowing date (A) directing the Swing Line
Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.03(a) or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions set forth in
Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender shall make each Swing Line Loan available to the US Borrower, by wire transfer thereof in accordance with
instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Swing Line Lender, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the requested date of such Swing Line Loan (which instructions may include standing payment instructions, which may be updated from time
to time by the US Borrower, provided that, unless the Swing Line Lender shall otherwise agree, any such update shall not take effect until the Business Day immediately following the date on which such update is provided to the Swing Line
Lender). (c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans. (i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the US Borrower (which
hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Lender make a Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as applicable, in an amount equal to such Lenders Pro Rata
Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans made by then Swing Line Lender then outstanding (the Refunded Swing Line Loans). Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice
for purposes hereof) and in accordance (including with respect to prior notice requirements) with the requirements of Section 2.02(b), without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein, but subject to the
aggregate unused Revolving Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the US Borrower with a copy of such Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the
Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata - 90 -
Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral available
with respect to the applicable Swing Line Loan) for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agents Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to
Section 2.03(c)(ii), each Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as applicable, to the US Borrower in such amount.
(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Loan Borrowing in accordance with
Section 2.03(c)(i), the request for Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing
Line Lender that each of the Revolving Lenders fund its participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Revolving Lenders payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to
Section 2.03(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation. The Administrative Agent shall notify the US Borrower of any participations in any Swing Line Loan funded pursuant to this clause (ii), and
thereafter payments in respect of such Swing Line Loan (to the extent of such funded participations) shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and not to the Swing Line Lender. (iii) If any Revolving Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any
amount required to be paid by such Revolving Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender (acting through
the Administrative Agent) shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Lender, on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such
Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus
any reasonable administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Revolving Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall
constitute such Lenders Revolving Loan included in the relevant Revolving Loan Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted (through the Administrative
Agent) to any Revolving Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error. (iv) Each Revolving Lenders obligation to make Revolving Loans or to purchase and fund participations in Swing Line Loans
pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have
against the Swing Line Lender, the US Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing;
provided that each Revolving Lenders obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02; provided,
further, that for the avoidance of doubt, the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall not apply to the purchase or funding of participations pursuant to this Section 2.03(e). No such funding
of participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the US Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein. - 91 -
(d) Repayment of Participations. (i) At any time after any Revolving Lender has purchased and funded a participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line
Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will promptly remit such Revolving Lenders Pro Rata Share of such payment to the Administrative Agent (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest
payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Revolving Lenders participation was funded) in like funds as received by the Swing Line Lender, and any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent will be remitted by the
Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have funded their participations pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) to the extent of their interests therein. (ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to
be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its reasonable discretion), each Revolving Lender
shall pay to such Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds
Rate from time to time in effect. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Revolving Lenders under this clause (ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and
the termination of this Agreement. (e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for
invoicing the US Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans made by the Swing Line Lender. Until each Revolving Lender funds its Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as applicable, or participation pursuant to this
Section 2.03 to refinance such Lenders Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan made by the Swing Line Lender, interest in respect of such Lenders share thereof shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line
Lender. (f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the US Borrower shall make all
payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender. SECTION 2.04 Issuance of
Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein. (a) Letter of Credit Commitment. (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of
the Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period on or prior to the fifth Business Day prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination
Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the US Borrower, subject to satisfactory receipt of such information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in order to comply with applicable know
your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act, or the Canadian Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (provided that any Letter of Credit issued for the benefit of the Canadian Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary shall be issued for the account of the US Borrower but such Letter of Credit shall indicate that it is being issued for the benefit of the Canadian Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable) and to amend, renew or
extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.04(b) and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Revolving Lenders severally agree to participate in such
Letters of Credit and any drawings thereunder; provided that the Issuing Banks shall not be obligated to make any Letter of Credit Extension if, as of the date of - 92 -
such Letter of Credit Extension, (1) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments would exceed the Revolving Commitments, (2) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments of any
Revolving Lender would exceed such Lenders Revolving Commitment, (3) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit or (4) the Letter of Credit Usage with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing
Bank would exceed the amount of such Issuing Banks Letter of Credit Percentage of the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the US Borrowers ability to obtain Letters of
Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the US Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. On and after the Closing Date,
each Existing Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a Letter of Credit issued hereunder on the Closing Date for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. (ii) An Issuing Bank shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if: (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain
such Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Bank shall
prohibit, or request that such Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or
capital requirement (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date
and which such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder); (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such Issuing Bank applicable to letters of
credit generally; (C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank, such Letter of Credit
is in an initial stated amount less than $10,000; (D) [reserved]; (E) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing
thereunder; and (F) any Revolving Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender, unless such Issuing Bank has entered into
arrangements, including reallocation of such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations pursuant to Section 2.19(a)(iii) or the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to such Issuing
Bank (in its sole discretion) with the US Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such Issuing Banks actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.19(a)(iii)) with respect to such Lender arising
from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other Letter of Credit Obligations as to which such Issuing Bank has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion. (iii) No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to amend or extend any Letter of Credit if (A) such Issuing Bank would
have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment thereto. - 93 -
(iv) Unless Cash Collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements
reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank, each standby Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (A) the date twelve months after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the
case of any Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit, twelve months after the then current expiration date of such Letter of Credit) and (B) the Letter of Credit Expiration Date (unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Banks have been
entered into). (b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto Renewal Letters of Credit. (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the US Borrower delivered to the
applicable Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by
the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent may agree in a particular instance in their sole
discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably
satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the
beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the currency
in which the requested Letter of Credit will be denominated (which must be Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros or any other currency agreed to by the US Borrower and the applicable Issuing Bank in its sole discretion) and (H) such other matters as
the applicable Issuing Bank may reasonably request. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing
Bank (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); and (3) the nature of the proposed amendment. Additionally, the US Borrower shall furnish to the applicable
Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Letter of Credit Documents, as the applicable Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent
may reasonably require. (ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable Issuing Bank will
confirm with the Administrative Agent that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the US Borrower and, if not, the applicable Issuing Bank will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof.
Upon receipt by the applicable Issuing Bank of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, such
Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the US Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Lender shall be
deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the applicable Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the amount of such Letter of Credit. - 94 -
(iii) If the US Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit
Application for a standby Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its reasonable discretion, agree to issue a standby Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit);
provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit shall permit such Issuing Bank to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice
to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the Nonrenewal Notice Date) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable Issuing Bank,
the US Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such Issuing Bank for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the
applicable Issuing Bank to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that no Issuing Bank shall (A) permit any such renewal if
(1) such Issuing Bank has determined that it would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of
Section 2.04(a) or otherwise) or (2) it has received written notice on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date from the Administrative Agent that the Required Revolving Lenders
have elected not to permit such renewal or (B) be obligated to permit such renewal if it has received written notice on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving
Lender or the US Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the applicable Issuing Bank not to permit such renewal. (iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with
respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable Issuing Bank will also deliver to the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment. (c) Drawings and Reimbursement; Funding of Participations. (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the
applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the US Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof, and such Issuing Bank shall, within a reasonable time following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under
such Letter of Credit. If an Issuing Bank notifies the US Borrower of any payment by such Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit, then the US Borrower shall reimburse such Issuing Bank in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing not later than
3:00 p.m. on the next succeeding Business Day. If the US Borrower fails to so reimburse such Issuing Bank by such time, such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such failure and the Administrative Agent shall promptly
thereafter notify each Revolving Lender of such payment date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the Reimbursement Obligations) and the amount of such Lenders Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, the US Borrower shall
be deemed to have requested a Revolving Loan Borrowing of Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, to be disbursed on such date in an amount equal to such Reimbursement Obligation, without regard to the minimum and multiples
specified in Section 2.02(b) for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, to be disbursed on such date in an amount equal to the Dollar Amount of such Reimbursement Obligation.
Any notice given by an Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this clause (i) shall be given in writing. - 95 -
(ii) Each Revolving Lender (including each Revolving Lender acting as an
Issuing Bank) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) make funds available (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, in
Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as applicable, at the Administrative Agents Office in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the relevant Reimbursement Obligation not later than 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the
Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.04(c)(iii), each Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Loan that is in the case of a Letters of
Credit denominated in Dollars, a Base Rate Loan, and, in the case of a Letters of Credit denominated in Canadian Dollars, a Canadian Prime Rate Loan to the US Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the
applicable Issuing Bank in accordance with the instructions provided to the Administrative Agent by such Issuing Bank (which instructions may include standing payment instructions, which may be updated from time to time by such Issuing Bank,
provided that, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree, any such update shall not take effect until the Business Day immediately following the date on which such update is provided to the Administrative Agent). (iii) With respect to any Reimbursement Obligation that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Loan Borrowing of Base Rate
Loans for Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or Canadian Prime Rate Loans for Letters of Credit denominated in Canadian Dollars because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other
reason, the US Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable Issuing Bank a Letter of Credit Borrowing in the amount of the Reimbursement Obligation that is not so refinanced. In such event, each Revolving Lenders payment to
the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such Letter of Credit Borrowing and shall constitute a Letter of Credit
Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section. (iv) Until each Revolving
Lender funds its Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit Advance to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lenders Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the
account of such Issuing Bank. (v) Each Revolving Lenders obligations to make Revolving Loans or Letter of Credit
Advances to reimburse an Issuing Bank for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.04(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including
(A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against such Issuing Bank, the US Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or
(C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Lenders obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this paragraph (c) is subject to the conditions
set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of a participation in any Letter of Credit shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the US Borrower to reimburse an Issuing Bank for the amount of any payment made by
such Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein. (vi) If any Revolving Lender
fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (c) by the time specified in
Section 2.04(c)(ii), then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, such Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with
interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the greater - 96 -
of the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect and a rate determined by such Issuing Bank in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any
reasonable administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such Issuing Bank in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such
Lenders Revolving Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or Letter of Credit Advance in respect of the relevant Letter of Credit Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the applicable Issuing Bank submitted to any Revolving Lender
(through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error. (d) Repayment of Participations. (i) If, at any time after the applicable Issuing Bank has made payment in respect of any drawing under any Letter of Credit
issued by it and has received from any Revolving Lender its Letter of Credit Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.04(c), the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such Issuing Bank any
payment in respect of the related Reimbursement Obligation, the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such
Lenders Letter of Credit Advance was outstanding) in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent. (ii) If any
payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.06 (including
pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Issuing Bank in its discretion), each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent,
plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Revolving Lenders
under this clause (ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement. (e)
Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the US Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Banks for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each Letter of Credit Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be
paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following: (i) any
lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit or any term or provision thereof, any Loan Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the US Borrower may have at any time against
any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Banks or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions
contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction; (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent,
invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit; - 97 -
(iv) any payment by an Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit against
presentation of documents that do not comply strictly with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by an Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee
for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; (v) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or
amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations of the US Borrower in respect of such Letter of Credit; or (vi) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other
circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the US Borrower. The US Borrower shall promptly
examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the US Borrowers instructions or other irregularity, the US Borrower will promptly notify the
applicable Issuing Bank. The US Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against any Issuing Bank and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid. (f) Role of Issuing Banks. Each Revolving Lender and the US Borrower agrees that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the
Issuing Banks shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any document or
the authority of the Person executing or delivering any document. None of any Issuing Bank, any Agent Affiliate nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Revolving Lender for
(i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the requisite Revolving Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due
execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. The US Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts of omissions of any beneficiary or transferee
with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the US Borrower from pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or
under any other agreement. None of the Issuing Banks, any Agent Affiliate nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the Issuing Banks shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in
Section 2.04(e); provided that, notwithstanding anything in such clauses to the contrary, the US Borrower may have a claim against an Issuing Bank, and an Issuing Bank may be liable to the US Borrower, to the extent,
but only to the extent, of any direct (as opposed to indirect, special, punitive, consequential or exemplary) damages suffered by the US Borrower which a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final
non-appealable judgment were caused by such Issuing Banks gross negligence or willful misconduct or such Issuing Banks willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after
the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a document(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the applicable Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on
their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the Issuing Banks shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or
assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason. The Issuing Banks may send a Letter of
Credit or conduct any communication to or from the beneficiary via the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable means of communication with a beneficiary.
- 98 -
(g) Applicability of ISP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing
Bank and the US Borrower when a standby Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the International Standby Practices 1998 published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may
be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to such standby Letter of Credit. (h) Conflict with Letter of Credit
Application. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control. (i) Reporting. No later than the third Business Day following the last day of each month, (or at such other intervals as the
Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall agree), the applicable Issuing Bank shall provide to the Administrative Agent a schedule of the Letters of Credit issued by it, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, showing the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit, the account party, the original face amount (if any), the expiration date, and the reference number of any Letter of Credit outstanding at any time during such month, and
showing the aggregate amount (if any) payable by the US Borrower to such Issuing Bank during such month. (j) [Reserved]. (k) Resignation and Removal of an Issuing Bank. Any Issuing Bank may resign as an Issuing Bank upon sixty days prior written
notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the US Borrower. Any Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the US Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank being replaced (provided that no consent
will be required if the Issuing Bank being replaced has no Letters of Credit or Reimbursement Obligations with respect thereto outstanding) and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of
an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement or resignation shall become effective, the US Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank. From and after the effective date of any such replacement or
resignation, (i) any successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term Issuing
Bank shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement or resignation of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced
or resigning Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto to the extent that Letters of Credit issued by it remain outstanding and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of
Credit issued by it prior to such replacement or resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. (l)
Cash Collateral Account. At any time and from time to time (i) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent, at the direction or with the consent of the Required Lenders, may require
the US Borrower to deliver to the Administrative Agent such amount of cash as is equal to 103% of the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit at any time outstanding (whether or not any beneficiary under any Letter of Credit shall have
drawn or be entitled at such time to draw thereunder) and (ii) in the event of a prepayment under Section 2.07(b)(iv) or to the extent any amount of a required prepayment under any of
Sections 2.07(b)(i) through 2.07(b)(iii) remains after prepayment of all outstanding Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations and termination of the Commitments, as contemplated by
Section 2.07(d), the Administrative Agent will retain such amount as may then be required to be retained, such amounts in each case under clauses (i) and (ii) above to be held by the Administrative Agent in a Cash
Collateral Account. The US Borrower hereby grants (or, if registration thereof is required in any applicable jurisdiction, shall grant) to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks
- 99 -
and the Revolving Lenders, a Lien upon and security interest in the Cash Collateral Account and all amounts held therein from time to time as security for Letter of Credit Usage, and for
application to the US Borrowers Letter of Credit Obligations as and when the same shall arise. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any
interest on the investment of such amounts in Cash Equivalents, which investments shall be made at the direction of the US Borrower (unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in which case the determination as to investments
shall be made at the option and in the discretion of the Administrative Agent), amounts in the Cash Collateral Account shall not bear interest. Interest and profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. In the event of a
drawing, and subsequent payment by the applicable Issuing Bank, under any Letter of Credit at any time during which any amounts are held in the Cash Collateral Account, the Administrative Agent will deliver to such Issuing Bank an amount equal to
the Reimbursement Obligation created as a result of such payment (or, if the amounts so held are less than such Reimbursement Obligation, all of such amounts) to reimburse such Issuing Bank therefor. Any amounts remaining in the Cash Collateral
Account after the expiration of all Letters of Credit and reimbursement in full of each Issuing Bank for all of its obligations thereunder shall be held by the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the US Borrower, to be applied against the
Obligations in such order and manner as the Administrative Agent may direct. If the US Borrower is required to provide Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.04(l), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid)
shall be returned to the US Borrower on demand, provided that after giving effect to such return (A) the sum of (1) the aggregate principal dollar amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding at such time and (2) the aggregate
Letter of Credit Usage at such time would not exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments at such time and (B) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at such time. If the US Borrower is required to provide Cash Collateral
pursuant to Sections 2.07(b)(i) through 2.07(b)(ii), as contemplated by Section 2.07(d), such amount shall be returned to the US Borrower on demand; provided that, after giving effect
to such return, all outstanding Letters of Credit shall have expired and each Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed in full for all of its obligations thereunder. If the US Borrower is required to provide Cash Collateral as a result of an Event of
Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the US Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived. (m) Addition of an Issuing Bank. One or more Revolving Lenders (other than a Defaulting Lender) selected by the US Borrower that agrees
to act in such capacity and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent may become an additional Issuing Bank hereunder pursuant to a written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent among the US
Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Revolving Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Lenders of any such additional Issuing Bank. SECTION 2.05 Conversion/Continuation. (a) Each conversion of Loans from one Type to another, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans shall be made upon
the applicable Borrowers irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may only be given in writing. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. one Business Day prior to the date of any
conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans to Canadian Prime Rate Loans and not later than 1:00 p.m. three Business Days prior to the requested date of continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans or
any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans to CDOR Rate Loans. Each notice by a Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) must be delivered to the Administrative Agent in the
form of a Conversion/Continuation Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower. Each conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of
$100,000 in excess thereof. Each conversion to or continuation of CDOR Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of - 100 -
Cdn.$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn.$100,000 in excess thereof. Each conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess
thereof. Each conversion to Canadian Prime Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of Cdn.$500,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn.$100,000 in excess thereof. Each Conversion/Continuation Notice shall specify (i) whether the applicable Borrower is
requesting a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the
principal amount and currency of Loans to be converted or continued, (iv) the Class of Loans to be converted or continued, (v) the Type of Loans to which such existing Loans are to be converted, if applicable, and (vi) if
applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, the applicable Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable
Loans shall be converted to Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable. Any such automatic conversion or continuation pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then
in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, as applicable. If the applicable Borrower requests a conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans in any such Conversion/Continuation
Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. (b) Following
receipt of a Conversion/Continuation Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by
the applicable Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, or continuation of Loans described in
Section 2.05(a). (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan may be
continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require
by notice to the Borrowers that no Loans denominated in Dollars may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans and no loans denominated in Canadian Dollars may be converted to or continued as CDOR Rate Loans. SECTION 2.06 Availability. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing
that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lenders Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, assume that such Lender has made such Pro Rata Share available to the
Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent may in its sole discretion, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent
shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and such Borrower severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on
demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to such Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (a) in the case of such Borrower, the
interest rate applicable at the time to the applicable Loans comprising such Borrowing and (b) in the case of such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the
Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.06 shall be conclusive in the absence of
manifest error. If such Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such
Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lenders applicable Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall
be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or a Borrower with respect to any amount owing
under this Section 2.06 shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. - 101 -
SECTION 2.07 Prepayments. (a) Optional. (i) The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent in the form of a Prepayment Notice, at any time or from time to
time, voluntarily prepay the Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty, subject to clause (D) below; provided that: (A) such Prepayment Notice must be received by the Administrative Agent (1) not later than 1:00 p.m. three Business Days
prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, (2) not later than 1:00 p.m. one Business Day prior to any date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans and (3) not later than 1:00 p.m. one
Business Day prior to any date of prepayment of Swing Line Loans; (B) (i) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans
shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (ii) any prepayment of CDOR Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of Cdn.$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn.$100,000 in excess thereof or,
if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding; (C) (i) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in
excess thereof and (ii) any prepayment of Canadian Prime Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of Cdn.$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn.$100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then
outstanding; and (D) any prepayment of Initial Term Loans made on or prior to the date that is six months after the
Closing Date shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee described in Section 2.11(c), if applicable. Each
Prepayment Notice shall specify the date, amount and currency (which in the case of the Initial Term Loans will be Dollars) of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid, and the payment amount specified in each Prepayment
Notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of a Prepayment Notice and of the amount of such Lenders Pro Rata Share of such prepayment;
provided, non-consenting Lenders may be repaid on a non-pro rata basis in connection with an Extension Offer or a Refinancing Amendment. Any
prepayment of Loans shall be subject to Section 2.07(c). Revolving Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans prepaid pursuant to this subsection (a) may be reborrowed, subject to the terms and conditions
of this Agreement. (ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrowers may rescind,
in whole or in part, any notice of prepayment under Section 2.07(a)(i), if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all or a portion of the applicable Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or
shall otherwise be delayed. - 102 -
(iii) Voluntary prepayments of Term Loans permitted hereunder shall be
applied in a manner determined at the discretion of the US Borrower and specified in the notice of prepayment (and absent such direction, in direct order of maturity). (iv) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary (including Section 2.15), (A) the
Borrowers may prepay the outstanding Term Loans of any Lender on a non-pro rata basis at or below par with the consent of only such Lender and (B) the Borrowers may prepay Term Loans of one or more Classes below par on a non-pro
rata basis in accordance with the auction procedures set forth on Exhibit L; provided that, in each case, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and proceeds of Revolving
Loans shall not be used to finance such prepayment. (b) Mandatory. (i) Excess Cash Flow. Within five Business Days after financial statements have been delivered or are required to be
delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered or is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a), in each case, commencing with the first
full fiscal year ending after the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall, subject to Sections 2.07(b)(v) and (b)(vi), prepay an aggregate principal amount of Initial Term Loans and any other Term Loans (unless such
prepayment is not required pursuant to the terms of such other Term Loans) equal to, (A) the ECF Prepayment Percentage of
Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements, minus (B) the sum of,
(1) all voluntary prepayments of Term Loans and any other term loans (or Revolving Loans and any other revolving loans,
in each case, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in commitments) that are Pari Passu Lien Debt (including (A) those made through debt buybacks and in the case of below-par
repurchases in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in cash in respect of such below-par repurchase, (B) cash payments by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 3.07
or other applicable yank-a-bank provisions (solely to the extent the applicable Term Loans or other Pari Passu Lien Debt is retired instead of assigned) and
(C) prepayments of Loans and participations held by Disqualified Lenders), (2) all voluntary prepayments of term
loans (or revolving loans to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in commitments) that are Junior Lien Debt (including those made through debt buybacks and in the case of below-par
repurchases in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in cash in respect of such below-par repurchase), (3) all voluntary prepayments of term loans (or revolving loans to the extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent
reduction in commitments) secured by Liens on Excluded Assets (including those made through debt buybacks and in the case of below-par repurchases in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in
cash in respect of such below-par repurchase), - 103 -
(4) all voluntary prepayments of term loans (or revolving loans to the
extent accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in commitments) of Restricted Subsidiaries that are unsecured or secured by Liens on assets that are not Collateral (including those made through debt buybacks and in the case of below-par repurchases in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in cash in respect of such below-par repurchase), (5) the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property accrued or made in cash during such period to
the extent not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt, (6) the amount of Permitted Investments (including costs and
expenses related thereto) made during such period pursuant to Section 7.02 to the extent that such Permitted Investments were not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt, and (7) the amount of Restricted Payments actually paid (and permitted to be paid) during such period pursuant to
Section 7.06 (excluding Sections 7.06(a), 7.06(c) and 7.06(s)(ii)) to the extent such Restricted Payments were not financed with the proceeds of Funded Debt or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, in each case, (I) during such fiscal year or following the end of such fiscal year and prior to the date of such calculation
(provided that, with respect to any such amount following the end of such fiscal year, such amount is not included in any calculation pursuant to this clause (b)(i) for the subsequent fiscal year), (II) to the extent such prepayments
are not funded with the proceeds of Funded Debt and (III) including, for the avoidance of doubt, assignments of such Indebtedness to a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (and prepayments of such Indebtedness below par) to the extent of the
amount paid in cash in connection with such assignment (or prepayment); provided that no such payment shall be required if such amount is equal to or less than the greater of 10% of Closing Date EBITDA and 10% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted
EBITDA; provided further that if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Borrowers are required to repay or repurchase or to offer to repurchase or repay Pari Passu Lien Debt pursuant to the terms of the
documentation governing such Indebtedness with all or a portion of such Excess Cash Flow (such Pari Passu Lien Debt required to be repaid or repurchased or to be offered to be so repaid or repurchased, Other Applicable ECF
Indebtedness), then the Borrowers may apply such Excess Cash Flow on a pro rata basis to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repayment or re-purchase of Other Applicable ECF
Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.07(b)(i) shall be reduced accordingly (for purposes of this proviso pro rata basis shall
be determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable ECF Indebtedness at such time, with it being agreed that the portion of Excess Cash Flow allocated to the Other Applicable ECF
Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such Excess Cash Flow required to be allocated to the Other Applicable ECF Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term
Loans in accordance with the terms hereof); provided further, that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable ECF Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within
ten Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof. - 104 -
(ii) Asset Sales; Casualty Events. If a Borrower or any Loan Party,
(A) Disposes of any property or assets pursuant to the General Asset Sale Basket (other than Dispositions of obsolete or
worn out property, dispositions in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of assets no longer determined by the US Borrower to be used or useful in its business), or (B) any Casualty Event occurs with respect to property or assets, which in either case results in the realization or receipt by such Borrower or such Loan Party of Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrowers shall prepay
on or prior to the date which is ten Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds in excess of $10,000,000 for any transaction or series of related transactions, subject to
Sections 2.07(b)(v) and 2.07(b)(vi), an aggregate principal amount of Initial Term Loans and any other Term Loans (unless such prepayment is not required pursuant to the terms of such other Term Loans) equal to the
Asset Sale Prepayment Percentage of such Net Cash Proceeds realized or received; provided that if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Borrowers are required to repay or repurchase or to offer to repurchase or repay
Pari Passu Lien Debt pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event (such Pari Passu Lien Debt required to be repaid or repurchased or to be offered to be so repaid or
repurchased, Other Applicable Indebtedness), then the Borrowers may apply such Net Cash Proceeds on a pro rata basis to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repayment or repurchase of Other Applicable Indebtedness,
and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.07(b)(ii) shall be reduced accordingly (for purposes of this proviso pro rata basis shall be
determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time, with it being agreed that the portion of such net proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall
not exceed the amount of such net proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with
the terms hereof); provided, further, that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within ten Business
Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof; provided, further, that no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.07(b)(ii) with
respect to such portion of such Net Cash Proceeds that the US Borrower shall have, on or prior to such date, given written notice to the Administrative Agent of its intent to reinvest in accordance with this
Section 2.07(b)(ii). With respect to any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received with respect to
any Disposition or any Casualty Event that, in either case, is subject to the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.07(b)(ii), at the option of the US Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, the
applicable Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may (in lieu of making a prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions) elect to reinvest an amount equal to all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in assets used or useful for the business of
the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (1) within eighteen months following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or (2) if a Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net
Cash Proceeds within eighteen months following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, no later than six months after the end of such eighteen month period; provided that if any portion of such amount is not so reinvested by such dates, subject to
Section 2.07(b)(v) and Section 2.07(b)(vi), an amount equal to the Asset Sale Prepayment Percentage of any such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five Business Days after such dates to the
prepayment of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness as set forth above. - 105 -
(iii) Indebtedness. If any of either Borrower or any Restricted
Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness for borrowed money which is not expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 7.03, the Borrowers shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Initial Term
Loans and any other Term Loans (unless such prepayment is not required pursuant to the terms of such other Term Loans) equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five Business Days after the receipt of
such Net Cash Proceeds. (iv) Revolving Loan Repayments. The US Borrower shall from time to time prepay
first, the Swing Line Loans and second, the Revolving Loans to the extent necessary so that the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not at any time exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect; provided that, to
the extent such excess amount is greater than the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Loans and Revolving Loans outstanding immediately prior to the application of such prepayment, the amount so prepaid shall be retained by the Administrative
Agent and held in the Cash Collateral Account as cover for Letter of Credit Usage, as more particularly described in Section 2.04(l), and thereupon such cash shall be deemed to reduce the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage by an equivalent
amount. (v) Application of Payments. (A) Except as may otherwise be set forth in any Refinancing Amendment,
Extension Amendment or any Incremental Amendment, each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.07(b)(i), (ii) or (iii) shall be applied ratably to each Class of Term Loans then outstanding,
(B) with respect to each Class of Loans (other than Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans), each prepayment pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.07(b) shall be applied to remaining
scheduled installments of principal thereof following the date of prepayment as directed by the US Borrower and specified in the notice of prepayment (and absent such direction, in direct order of maturity of the remaining installments under the
applicable Class of Loans), and (C) each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment. (vi) Foreign and Tax Considerations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Section 2.07(b), (A) to the extent that any or all of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Disposition
by a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a prepayment event pursuant to Section 2.07(b)(ii) (a Foreign Disposition), the Net Cash Proceeds of any Casualty Event from a Foreign Subsidiary (a Foreign
Casualty Event) or Excess Cash Flow of a Foreign Subsidiary are prohibited or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the United States or Canada, the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will
not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.07(b) but may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long as the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to
the United States or Canada (the Borrowers hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable local law to permit such
repatriation) and, if within 12 months of the applicable prepayment event, such repatriation of any of such affected Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will be immediately effected
and such repatriated Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly (and in any event not later than ten Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the
repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.07(b) to the extent provided herein, and - 106 -
(B) to the extent that the US Borrower has determined in good faith and in
consultation with the Administrative Agent that repatriation to the United States or Canada of any or all of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Foreign Disposition or any Foreign Casualty Event or any or all of the Excess Cash Flow of a Foreign Subsidiary
would have material adverse tax consequences (relative to the relevant Foreign Disposition, Foreign Casualty Event or Excess Cash Flow and taking into account any foreign tax credit or benefit actually realized in connection with such repatriation)
with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, the Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of this clause (B), on or before the date on
which any Net Cash Proceeds so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to reinvestments or prepayments pursuant to this Section 2.07(b) (or such Excess Cash Flow would have been required to be applied to
prepayments pursuant to this Section 2.07(b)), (1) the Borrowers apply an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow to such reinvestments or prepayments (in the case of Net Cash Proceeds) and to such
prepayments (in the case of Excess Cash Flow) as if such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been received by the relevant Borrower rather than such Foreign Subsidiary, less the amount (the Netted Tax Amount) of additional
taxes that would have been payable or reserved against it if such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been repatriated to the United States or Canada by such Foreign Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of this clause (1), to the
extent that within 12 months of the applicable prepayment event, the repatriation of any Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow from such Foreign Subsidiary would no longer have material adverse tax consequences (relative to the relevant Foreign
Disposition, Foreign Casualty Event or Excess Cash Flow), such Foreign Subsidiary shall promptly repatriate an amount equal to the Netted Tax Amount to the Administrative Agent, which amount shall be applied to the pro rata prepayment of the Loans
and Term Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 2.07(d) or (2) such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow are applied to the repayment of Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary. (vii) Mandatory Prepayment Procedures; Declining Lenders. The US Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent
of any mandatory prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.07(b)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) by 11:00 a.m. at least three Business Days prior to the date on which such payment is due. Such notice
shall state that the applicable Borrower(s) are offering to make or will make such mandatory prepayment on or before the date specified in Section 2.07(b)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), as the case may be
(each, a Prepayment Date). Once given, such notice shall be irrevocable (provided that the US Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all or any portion of
the applicable Facility or been made in connection with a Disposition, which refinancing or Disposition shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed) and all amounts subject to such notice shall be due and payable on the Prepayment Date
(except as otherwise provided in Section 2.07(b)(vi) and in the last sentence of this Section 2.07(b)(vii)). Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall
immediately give notice to each Lender of the prepayment, the Prepayment Date and of such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the prepayment. Each Lender may elect (in its sole discretion) to decline all (but not less than all) of its Pro Rata Share of
any mandatory prepayment (other than a mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.07(b)(iii)) by giving notice of such election in writing to the Administrative Agent by 11:00 a.m., on the date that is one Business
Day prior to such prepayment. If a Lender fails to deliver a notice of election declining receipt of its Pro Rata Share of such mandatory prepayment to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above, any such failure will be deemed
to constitute an acceptance of such Lenders Pro Rata Share of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Loans. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, the Administrative
- 107 -
Agent shall immediately notify the Borrowers of such election. Any amount so declined by any Lender shall be retained by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries and/or applied by a Borrower
or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement. (c) Interest, Funding Losses,
Etc. All prepayments under this Section 2.07 shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a CDOR Rate Loan on a date prior to the
last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05. (d) Application of Prepayment Amounts. In the event that the obligation of the Borrowers to prepay the Loans shall arise pursuant to
subsection (b) above (other than subsection (b)(iv)), unless a Specified Revolving Trigger shall have occurred and be continuing: (i) first, the Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans in the amount of such
prepayment obligation within the applicable time periods specified in subsection (b) above, with such prepayment to be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.07(b)(v); (ii) second, to the extent of any excess remaining after the prepayment as provided in clause (i) above, the
Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Loans, without a corresponding permanent reduction to the Revolving Commitments; (iii) third, to the extent of any excess remaining after the prepayment as provided in clauses (i) and
(ii) above, the Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans, without a corresponding permanent reduction to the Revolving Commitments; and (iv) fourth, to the extent of any excess remaining after application as provided in clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) above, the Borrowers shall pay any outstanding Reimbursement Obligations, and thereafter the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the Letter of Credit Usage pursuant to Section 2.04(l). Each payment or prepayment pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.07(b) shall be applied ratably among the Lenders of each
Class holding the Loans being prepaid, in proportion to the principal amount held by each, and shall be applied as among the Term Loans or the Revolving Loans, as the case may be, being prepaid, (A) first, to prepay all Base Rate Loans and
Canadian Prime Rate Loans and (B) second, to the extent of any excess remaining after application as provided in clause (A) above, to prepay all Eurodollar Rate Loans and CDOR Rate Loans (and as among Eurodollar Rate Loans and CDOR Rate
Loans, (1) first to prepay those Eurodollar Rate Loans and CDOR Rate Loans, if any, having Interest Periods ending on the date of such prepayment, and (2) thereafter, to the extent of any excess remaining after application as provided in
clause (1) above, to prepay any Eurodollar Rate Loans and CDOR Rate Loans in the order of the expiration dates of the Interest Periods applicable thereto). (e) Interest Period Deferrals. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.07, so long as
no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.07 prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor,
in lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 2.07 in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan, prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrowers may, in their sole discretion,
deposit an amount sufficient to make any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder together with accrued interest to the last day of such Interest - 108 -
Period into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from
the Borrowers or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.07. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative
Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrowers or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with the relevant provisions of this
Section 2.07. SECTION 2.08 Termination or Reduction of Commitments. (a) Optional. The Borrowers may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the unused Commitments of any Class, or
from time to time permanently reduce the unused Commitments of any Class, in each case without premium or penalty; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent two Business Days prior to the date of
termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire amount thereof and (iii) the Borrowers shall not
terminate or reduce (A) the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.07, the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments would exceed
the total Revolving Commitments, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, (1) the Letter of Credit Usage not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder at 103% of the maximum face amount of any such Letters of Credit
would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit or (2) the Letter of Credit Usage with respect to Letters of Credit issued by an applicable Issuing Bank not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder at 103% of the maximum face amount of any such Letters
of Credit would exceed the amount of such Issuing Banks Letter of Credit Percentage of the Letter of Credit Sublimit or (C) the Swing Line Sublimit, if after giving effect to any concurrent payment of Swing Line Loans in accordance with
Section 2.07, the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments with respect to Swing Line Loans would exceed the Swing Line Sublimit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers may rescind or postpone any notice of
termination of the Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of all or a portion of the applicable Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed. (a) Mandatory. (i) (A) The Initial Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the
making of such Lenders Initial Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a) and (B) the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. (ii) If after giving effect to any reduction or termination of Revolving Commitments under this
Section 2.08, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Revolving Commitments at such time, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be
automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. (b) Effect of Termination or Reduction. Any termination or reduction of the
Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Share of Commitments of such Class. SECTION 2.09 Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrowers shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders: - 109 -
(i) (x) on the last Business Day of each fiscal quarter (commencing
with the second full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date) an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Initial Term Loans outstanding on the Closing Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result
of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.07), provided that this clause (x) may be amended to increase the amortization with respect to any existing
Initial Term Loans in connection with the Borrowing of any Incremental Term Loans that constitute Pari Passu Lien Debt if and to the extent necessary so that such Incremental Term Loans and the existing Initial Term Loans form the same Class of
Term Loans and to the extent possible, a fungible tranche, in each case, without the consent of any party hereto; provided further, that such amendments shall not decrease any amortization payment to any Lender that would have
otherwise been payable to such Lender prior thereto and (y) on the Maturity Date of the Initial Term Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all such Initial Term Loans outstanding on such date; and (ii) such amounts on account of any Incremental Term Loans as specified in the applicable Incremental Amendment, subject to
Section 2.16. (b) The US Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders the
outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. (c) The US Borrower shall repay to the
Swing Line Lender (or, to the extent required by Section 2.03(c), to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Revolving Lenders) each Swing Line Loan made by the Swing Line Lender to the US Borrower on the earlier to
occur of (i) the date seven Business Days after such Swing Line Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date of the Revolving Loans; provided, on each date that a Revolving Loan is made, the US Borrower shall repay all Swing Line Loans
then outstanding. At any time there shall exist a Defaulting Lender that is a Revolving Lender, immediately upon the request of the Swing Line Lender, the US Borrower shall repay the outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the Swing Line Lender to the
US Borrower in an amount sufficient to eliminate any Fronting Exposure in respect of the Swing Line Loans. SECTION 2.10 Interest.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(b), (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate, (ii) each CDOR Rate Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the CDOR Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate (iii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding
principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate, (iv) each Canadian Prime Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount
thereof from the applicable Borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Applicable Rate, (v) each Swing Line Loan denominated in Dollars shall bear interest on the outstanding principal
amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate and (vi) each Swing Line Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars shall bear interest on the outstanding
principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Applicable Rate. (b) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity,
by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. - 110 -
(c) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by a Borrower under any Loan
Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an
order for relief with respect to a Borrower under any Debtor Relief Law, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent or any Lender) such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum
at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. (d) Accrued and unpaid interest on the
principal amount of all outstanding past due Obligations (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to a Borrower under
any Debtor Relief Law, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent or any Lender). (e) Interest on each Loan
shall be due and payable (i) with respect to Base Rate Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans, in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein and (ii) with respect to Eurodollar
Rate Loans and CDOR Rate Loans, at the end of each Interest Period, and, in any event, every three months. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the
commencement of any proceeding, under any Debtor Relief Law. (f) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the
Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loans and CDOR Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, the Eurodollar Rate and the CDOR Rate by
the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time when Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of any change in the
prime rate used in determining the Base Rate or Canadian Prime Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change. (g) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the same
Type, there shall not be more than ten Interest Periods in effect unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent; provided that after the establishment of any new Class of Loans pursuant to a Refinancing
Amendment or Extension, the number of Interest Periods otherwise permitted by this Section 2.10(g) shall increase by three Interest Periods for each applicable Class so established. SECTION 2.11 Fees. (a)
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing (including pursuant to the Commitment Letter and Fee Letter) in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid
and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrowers and the applicable Agent). (b)
The US Borrower agrees to pay to Lenders having Revolving Exposure: (i) if, for any day in each calendar quarter for the
period from and including the Closing Date to and including the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, the daily unpaid balance of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans plus (II) the Letter
of Credit Usage (the Usage Amount) does not equal the Revolving Commitments, a fee at a rate equal to the Applicable Commitment Fee per annum for each such day on the amount by which the Revolving Commitments on such day exceeds
such Usage Amount (the Unused Line Fee). The Unused Line Fee shall be payable to Lenders having Revolving Exposure in arrears on the first Business Day of each calendar quarter with respect to each day in the previous calendar
quarter and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date with respect to the period ending on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date; and - 111 -
(ii) letter of credit fees with respect to all Letters of Credit (the
L/C Fee) equal to (A) the Applicable Rate for Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, times (B) the average aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit
(regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination and whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit if such maximum amount
increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit). All fees referred to in this
Section 2.11(b) shall be paid to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents Office and upon receipt, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof. (c) The US Borrower agrees to pay directly to the applicable Issuing Bank, for its own account, the following fees: (i) a fronting fee to be agreed by the US Borrower and the applicable Issuing Bank (not to exceed 0.125% per annum)
times the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms
of such Letter of Credit) determined as of the close of business on any date of determination; and (ii) such documentary
and processing charges for any issuance, amendment, transfer or payment of a Letter of Credit as are in accordance with such Issuing Banks standard schedule for such charges and as in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment, transfer or
payment, as the case may be, which fees, costs and charges shall be payable to such Issuing Bank within three Business Days after its demand therefor and are nonrefundable. (d) All fees referred to in Sections 2.11(b) and 2.11(c)(i) shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of
each fiscal quarter of each year during the Revolving Commitment Period, commencing with the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date; provided that any such fees accruing after
the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall be payable on demand. (e) At the time of the effectiveness of any Repricing Event that is
consummated during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the day immediately prior to the date that is six months after the Closing Date, the Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each
lender with Initial Term Loans that are either repaid, converted or subjected to a pricing reduction in connection with such Repricing Event (including each Lender that withholds its consent to such Repricing Event and is replaced as a Non-Consenting Lender under Section 3.07), a fee in an amount equal to 1.0% of (i) in the case of a Repricing Event described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of
all Initial Term Loans prepaid, converted or subjected to a pricing reduction in connection with such Repricing Event and (ii) in the case of a Repricing Event described in clause (b) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal
amount of all Initial Term Loans outstanding on such date that are subject to an effective pricing reduction pursuant to such Repricing Event. Such fees shall be earned, due and payable upon the date of the effectiveness of such Repricing Event.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, each Lender hereby agrees to waive any amounts payable by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 3.05 that would have resulted from a refinancing of this Agreement or a Repricing Event.
- 112 -
SECTION 2.12 Computation of Interest and Fees. (a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans calculated by reference to the prime rate or Federal Funds Rate and all
computations of interest for Canadian Prime Rate Loans calculated by reference to the Canadian prime rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations
of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided
that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.10(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be
conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. (b) For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), (i) where in this
Agreement a rate of interest is to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360, 365 or 366 days, the yearly rate of interest to which the rate is equivalent is the rate multiplied by the number of days in the year for which the calculation is made
and divided by 360, 365 or 366, as applicable, (ii) the principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement, and (iii) the rates of interest stipulated in this Agreement are intended
to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields. The Borrowers, for themselves and for and on behalf of the other Loan Parties, hereby irrevocably agree not to plead or assert, whether by way of defense or otherwise, in any proceeding relating
to the Loan Documents, that the interest payable under the Loan Documents and the calculation thereof has not been adequately disclosed to such Loan Party, whether pursuant to Section 4 of the Interest Act (Canada) or any other applicable Law
or legal principle. SECTION 2.13 Evidence of Indebtedness. (a) The Borrowings made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or
more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as non-fiduciary agent
for the Borrowers, in each case in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Borrowings made by the
Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the
Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall
control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender, the applicable Borrower(s) shall execute and deliver to such
Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence the relevant Class of such Lenders Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse
thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto. (b) Entries made in good
faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 2.13(a), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Section 2.13(a), shall be prima facie evidence of the
amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from - 113 -
the Borrowers to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error;
provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. SECTION 2.14 Payments Generally. (a) All payments to be made by a Borrower shall be made on the date when due, in immediately available funds without condition or deduction
for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by a Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is
owed, at the applicable Administrative Agents Office for payment and in Same Day Funds not later than 1:00 p.m. (unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent) on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly
distribute to each Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lenders Lending Office; provided that the proceeds of any
borrowing of Revolving Loans to finance the reimbursement of a drawn Letter of Credit as provided in Section 2.04(c) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank. All payments received by the
Administrative Agent after 1:00 p.m. (or such other time as agreed by the Administrative Agent) may in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. (b) If any payment to be made by a Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following
Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be. (c) Unless the US Borrower
has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by a Borrower to the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of any Lender or any Issuing Bank, as applicable, that the applicable Borrower(s) will
not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the applicable Borrower(s) have timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to such Lender or such
Issuing Bank. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds, then such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of
such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender or such Issuing Bank in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such
Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. (d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing
provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the Borrowing set forth in Article IV are not satisfied
or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest. (e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make
payments pursuant to Section 10.07 are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such
date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation. - 114 -
(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan
in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner. (g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay
in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 9.03. If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan
Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in
accordance with such Lenders Pro Rata Share of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender. (h) If
any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.03(c), 2.04(c), 2.06, 2.15 or 10.07, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion and
notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or the Issuing Banks, as
applicable, to satisfy such Lenders obligations to the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Banks until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as
cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under any such Section, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion. SECTION 2.15 Sharing of Payments, Etc. If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain payment in
respect of any principal of or interest on account of the Loans of a particular Class made by it (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share
contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such sub-participations in the participations in L/C obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such
Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in
Section 11.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each relevant Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the
purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lenders ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lenders required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered
from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to
(A) any payment made by a Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement as in effect from time to time (including Section 2.07(a)(iv) and Section 11.07), (B)
any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant permitted hereunder or (C) any payment received by such Lender not in its capacity as a
Lender. The Borrowers agree that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to
Section 11.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrowers in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be
conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.15 and will in - 115 -
each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall from and after
such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the
original owner of the Obligations purchased. SECTION 2.16 Incremental Borrowings. (a) Notice. At any time and from time to time, on one or more occasions, the Borrowers may, by notice to the Administrative Agent,
(i) increase the aggregate principal amount of any outstanding tranche of Term Loans or add one or more additional tranches of term loans under the Loan Documents (the Incremental Term Facilities and the term loans made
thereunder, the Incremental Term Loans) or (ii) increase the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Commitments under the Loan Documents (the Incremental Revolving Facilities, and the revolving loans and
other extensions of credit made thereunder, the Incremental Revolving Loans; each such increase or tranche pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii), an Incremental Facility and the loans or other extensions of
credit made thereunder, the Incremental Loans). (b) Ranking. Incremental Term Facilities (i) may rank
either pari passu or junior in right of payment with any Class of Term Loans (including the Initial Term Loans), (ii) may either be unsecured or secured (on a pari passu or junior basis) by the Collateral (or assets that become
Collateral substantially concurrently with the incurrence of such Incremental Term Facility) and (iii) may be guaranteed solely by the Loan Parties (or Persons that become Loan Parties substantially concurrently with the incurrence of such
Incremental Term Facility). (c) Size and Currency. The aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities on any date
Indebtedness thereunder is first incurred (or commitments with respect thereto are received in the case of any Incremental Term Facility with a delayed draw feature or Incremental Revolving Facility), together with the aggregate principal amount of
Incremental Equivalent Debt and other Incremental Facilities outstanding on such date, will not exceed, an amount equal to, (i) the Fixed Incremental Amount, plus (ii) the Ratio Amount, (the sum of the Fixed Incremental Amount and the Ratio Amount, the Incremental Amount); provided that, without the
consent of the Required Lenders and the Required Revolving Lenders, the aggregate principal amount of all Incremental Revolving Facilities shall not exceed $15,000,000. Calculation of the Incremental Amount shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis and
evidenced by a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower demonstrating such calculation in reasonable detail. Each Incremental Facility will be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in an aggregate principal amount that is not
less than $5,000,000 (or such lesser minimum amount approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion); provided that such amount may be less than such minimum amount or integral multiple amount if such amount represents all
the remaining availability under the Incremental Amount at such time. Any Incremental Facility may be denominated in Dollars or in any Alternative Currency (and in the case of any Alternative Currency, the Dollar Amount thereof as of the date of
incurrence (or, in the case of an LCA Election, as of the applicable LCA Test Date) shall be controlling for purposes of determining compliance with the Incremental Amount, and the minimum amount and integral multiples shall be a Dollar Amount of
$5,000,000 or $1,000,000, respectively (or, in each case, such lesser minimum amount approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion)). - 116 -
(d) Incremental Lenders. Incremental Facilities may be provided by any existing
Lender (it being understood that no existing Lender shall have an obligation to make, or provide commitments with respect to, an Incremental Loan) or by any Additional Lender. While existing Lenders may (but are not obligated to unless invited to
and so elect) participate in any syndication of an Incremental Facility and may (but are not obligated to unless invited to and so elect) become lenders with respect thereto, the existing Lenders will not have any right to participate in any
syndication of, and will not have any right of first refusal or other right to provide all or any portion of, any Incremental Facility or Incremental Loan except to the extent the Borrowers and the arrangers thereof, if any, in their discretion,
chose to invite or include any such existing Lender (which may or may not apply to all existing Lenders and may or may not be pro rata among existing Lenders); provided that (x) the opportunity to provide any Incremental Revolving
Facility shall first be offered to the then-existing Revolving Lenders before being offered to Additional Lenders and (y) if the then-existing Revolving Lenders decline to provide all or any portion of such Incremental Revolving Facility, the
Additional Lender(s) providing all or any potion of such Incremental Revolving Facility shall be subject to the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders (subject consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Final allocations in
respect of Incremental Facilities will be made by the Borrowers together with the arrangers thereof, if any, in their discretion, on the terms permitted by this Section 2.16; provided that the lenders providing the
Incremental Facilities will be reasonably acceptable to (i) the Borrowers, (ii) the Administrative Agent and (iii) solely with respect to any Incremental Revolving Facility, the Swing Line Lender and each Issuing Bank (except that, in
the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), only to the extent such Person otherwise would have a consent right to an assignment of such loans or commitments to such lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). For the
avoidance of doubt, any Affiliated Lender that provides any Incremental Loans shall be subject to the limitations on Affiliated Lenders set forth in Section 11.07(h) (including the Affiliated Lender Term Loan Cap, as
applicable). (e) Incremental Facility Amendments; Use of Proceeds. Each Incremental Facility will become effective pursuant to an
amendment (each, an Incremental Amendment) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrowers and each Person providing such Incremental Facility and the Administrative Agent. The
Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Amendment. Incremental Amendments may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrowers in consultation with the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.16 and, to the extent practicable, to make an
Incremental Loan fungible (including for Tax purposes) with other Loans (subject to the limitations under sub-clauses (g) and (h) of this Section) to the extent practicable. Without limiting
the foregoing, an Incremental Amendment may (i) extend or add call protection to any existing tranche of Term Loans, including amendments pursuant to Section 2.11(e), and (ii) amend the schedule of
amortization payments relating to any existing tranche of Term Loans, including amendments to Section 2.09(a) (provided, that any such amendment shall not decrease any amortization payment to any Lender that would
have otherwise been payable to such Lender prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Incremental Amendment), in the case of each clause (i) and (ii), so that such Incremental Term Loans and the applicable existing Term Loans form the same
Class of Term Loans. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as applicable, will be amended to the extent necessary to reflect the
existence and terms of the Incremental Facility and the Incremental Loans evidenced thereby. This Section 2.16 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.15 or 11.01 to the contrary. The
Borrowers may use the proceeds of the Incremental Loans for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. (f) Conditions. The
availability of Incremental Facilities under this Agreement will be subject solely to the following conditions and any other conditions required by the Lenders providing such Incremental Facility, subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to
Section 1.08, measured on the date of the initial borrowing under such Incremental Facility: - 117 -
(i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would
result therefrom; provided that the condition set forth in this clause (i) may be waived or not required (other than with respect to Specified Events of Default) by the Persons providing such Incremental Facilities if the proceeds of the
initial Borrowings under such Incremental Facilities will be used to finance, in whole or in part, a Permitted Investment; and (ii) the representations and warranties in the Loan Documents will be true and correct in all material respects (except for
representations and warranties that are already qualified by materiality, which representations and warranties will be true and correct in all respects) immediately prior to, and after giving effect to, the incurrence of such Incremental Facility;
provided that the condition set forth in this clause (ii) may be waived or not required (other than with respect to the Specified Representations) by the Persons providing such Incremental Facilities if the proceeds of the initial
Borrowings under such Incremental Facilities will be used to finance, in whole or in part, a Permitted Investment. (g) Terms. Each
Incremental Amendment will set forth the amount and terms of the relevant Incremental Facility. The terms of each Incremental Facility will be as agreed between the Borrowers and the Persons providing such Incremental Facility; provided that:
(i) the final maturity date of any such Incremental Term Loans that are syndicated term loans will be no earlier than the
Latest Maturity Date of the Initial Term Loans; provided that this clause shall not apply to the incurrence of any Incremental Term Loans pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception; (ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any such Incremental Term Loans that are syndicated term loans will be no shorter
than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Initial Term Loans; provided that this clause shall not apply to the incurrence of any Incremental Term Loans pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception; (iii) any mandatory prepayment of such Incremental Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro
rata basis in any corresponding required mandatory repayments of the Initial Term Loans, but not on a greater than pro rata basis to the Initial Term Loans (other than (A) any repayment of such Incremental Term Loans at maturity,
(B) any repayment of Incremental Term Loans incurred pursuant to the Inside Maturity Exception and (C) any greater than pro rata repayment of such Incremental Term Loans with the proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing
Indebtedness); provided that any such mandatory prepayment applicable to any Incremental Term Loans that are not Pari Passu Lien Debt may not be made except to the extent that such prepayments are first offered to the Lenders in respect of
their Initial Term Loans and other Term Loans that are Pari Passu Lien Debt; (iv) (A) to the extent secured, such
Incremental Term Facilities or Incremental Revolving Facilities, as applicable, shall not be secured by any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrowers or any Guarantor that does not also secure the Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable,
at the time of such incurrence (except (1) customary cash collateral in favor of an agent, letter of credit issuer or similar fronting lender, (2) Liens on property or assets applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity
Date of the Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable, at the time of incurrence and (3) any Liens on property or assets to the extent that a Lien on such property or asset is also added for the benefit of the Lenders under the Term Loans or
Revolving Loans, as - 118 -
applicable) and (B) to the extent guaranteed, such Incremental Term Facilities or Incremental Revolving Facilities, as applicable, shall not be incurred or guaranteed by any Loan Party other
than the Borrowers and the Guarantors (including any Person required to be a Guarantor) (except (1) for guarantees by other Persons that are applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as
applicable, at the time of incurrence and (2) any such Person incurring or guaranteeing such Incremental Term Facilities or Incremental Revolving Facilities, as applicable, that also guarantees the Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable);
(v) such Incremental Loans are not contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Obligations in respect
of the Revolving Facility (including, without limitation, by virtue of operation of a waterfall provision, first-in or last-out
provision, or any similar provision) (it being understood and agreed that Indebtedness shall not be considered contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment solely because it is unsecured or secured by Liens junior in priority to the
Liens securing other Indebtedness) and senior in right of payment (contractually or otherwise) to the Initial Term Loans (including, without limitation, by virtue of operation of a waterfall provision,
first-in or last-out provision, or any similar provision); (vi) if such Incremental Loans are Pari Passu Lien Debt, unless otherwise consented to by the Required Lenders and the Required
Revolving Lenders, payments in respect of such Incremental Loans shall be subject to the Priority Waterfall or another agreement with substantially equivalent provisions; and (vii) except as otherwise set forth herein, all terms of any Incremental Revolving Facility shall be on terms and pursuant to
documentation applicable to the Revolving Facility and all other terms of any Incremental Term Facility shall be on terms (including subordination terms, if applicable) and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrowers and the
providers of the Incremental Term Facility; provided that the operational and agency provisions contained in such documentation shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers. (h) Pricing. The interest rate, fees and OID for any Incremental Term Loans will be as determined by the Borrowers and the Persons
providing such Incremental Term Loans; provided that in the event that the All-In Yield applicable to any Incremental Term Loans (other than any Excluded Incremental Term Loan) that are incurred during
the first six months following the Closing Date and are secured on a pari passu basis with the Initial Term Loans exceed the All-In Yield (taking into account the leverage-based pricing grid therein and
any comparable leverage-based pricing grid applicable to such Incremental Term Loans) for the Initial Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the All-In Yield for the Initial Term Loans shall be
increased to the extent necessary so that such interest rate margins for such Term Loans are equal to the All-In Yield for such Incremental Term Loans minus 50 basis points. (i) Adjustments to Revolving Loans. Upon each increase in the Revolving Commitments pursuant to this
Section 2.16, (i) each Revolving Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically
and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each lender providing a portion of such increase (each an Incremental Revolving Facility Lender), and each such Incremental Revolving Facility Lender will automatically and
without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Lenders participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of
participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (1) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit and (2) participations hereunder in Swing Line Loans held by each Revolving Lender will equal the percentage of the aggregate
Revolving Commitments of all Lenders represented by such Revolving Lenders Revolving Commitments; and - 119 -
(ii) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Loans
outstanding, such Revolving Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Incremental Revolving Facility be prepaid from the proceeds of Incremental Revolving Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Revolving Commitments), which
prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Loans being prepaid and any costs incurred by any Revolving Lender in accordance with Section 3.05. (j) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment
requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to this Section 2.16. SECTION 2.17 Refinancing Amendments. (a) Refinancing Loans. The Borrowers may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in
respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans or Revolving Loans, in the form of Refinancing Loans or Refinancing Commitments made pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment. (b) Refinancing Amendments. The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment will be subject only to the satisfaction on the date thereof
of such conditions as may be requested by the providers of applicable Refinancing Loans or Refinancing Commitments. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties
hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement will be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Refinancing Loans and Refinancing
Commitments incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Term Loans or Revolving Loans subject thereto as Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Revolving Loans, respectively). (c) Required Consents. Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any Person other than the Administrative Agent, the
Borrowers and the Persons providing the applicable Refinancing Loans, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers,
to effect the provisions of this Section 2.17. This Section 2.17 supersedes any provisions in Section 11.01 to the contrary. (d) Providers of Refinancing Loans. Refinancing Loans may be provided by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing
Lender shall have an obligation to make all or any portion of any Refinancing Loan) or by any Additional Lender (subject to Section 11.07(h)). The lenders providing the Refinancing Loans will be reasonably acceptable to the
(i) Borrowers, (ii) the Administrative Agent and (iii) solely with respect to any Refinancing Revolving Loans, each Issuing Bank (except that, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), only to the extent such Person otherwise would have
a consent right to an assignment of such loans or commitments to such lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). - 120 -
SECTION 2.18 Extensions of Loans. (a) Extension Offers. Pursuant to one or more offers (each, an Extension Offer) made from time to time by the
applicable Borrower(s) to all Lenders holding Loans and/or Commitments of a particular Class with a like Maturity Date, such Borrower(s) may extend such Maturity Date and otherwise modify the terms of such Loans and/or Commitments pursuant to
the terms set forth in an Extension Offer (each, an Extension). Each Extension Offer will specify the minimum amount of Loans and/or Commitments with respect to which an Extension Offer may be accepted, which will be an integral
multiple of $1,000,000 and an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $5,000,000, or, if less, (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Class of Loans outstanding or (ii) such lesser minimum amount as is approved by the
Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Extension Offers will be made on a pro rata basis to all Lenders holding Loans and/or Commitments of a particular Class with a like Maturity
Date. If the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) and/or Commitments in respect of which Lenders have accepted an Extension Offer exceeds the maximum aggregate principal amount of Loans and/or
Commitments offered to be extended pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the Loans and/or Commitments of such Lenders will be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts (but not to exceed actual holdings of
record) with respect to which such Lenders have accepted such Extension Offer. There is no requirement that any Extension Offer or Extension Amendment (defined as follows) be subject to any most favored nation pricing provisions. The
terms of an Extension Offer shall be determined by the Borrowers, and Extension Offers may contain one or more conditions to their effectiveness, including a condition that a minimum amount of Loans and/or Commitments of any or all applicable
tranches be tendered. (b) Extension Amendments. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into
amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (an Extension Amendment) as may be necessary or appropriate in order to establish new tranches in respect of Extended Loans and Extended Commitments and such amendments as
permitted by clause (c) below as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Borrowers, in consultation with the Administrative Agent, in connection with the establishment of such new tranches of Loans. This
Section 2.18 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.15 or 11.01 to the contrary. Except as otherwise set forth in an Extension Offer, there will be no conditions to the effectiveness of
an Extension Amendment. Extensions will not constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement. (c)
Terms of Extension Offers and Extension Amendments. The terms of any Extended Loans and Extended Commitments will be set forth in an Extension Offer and as agreed between the Borrowers and the Extending Lenders accepting such Extension Offer;
provided that: (i) the final maturity date of such Extended Loans and Extended Commitments will be no earlier than
the Latest Maturity Date applicable to the Loans and/or Commitments subject to such Extension Offer; (ii) the Weighted
Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Loans that are Term Loans will be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans subject to such Extension Offer; and (iii) any Extended Loans that are Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis
(but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any mandatory repayments or prepayments of Term Loans other than any repayment of such Extended Loans at maturity or with the proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness. Any Extended Loans will constitute a separate tranche of Term Loans and/or Revolving Loans from the Term Loans and/or Revolving Loans held by
Lenders that did not accept the applicable Extension Offer. - 121 -
(d) Extension of Revolving Commitments. In the case of any Extension of Revolving
Commitments and/or Revolving Loans, the following shall apply: (i) all borrowings and all prepayments of Revolving Loans
shall continue to be made on a ratable basis among all Revolving Lenders, based on the relative amounts of their Revolving Commitments, until the repayment of the Revolving Loans attributable to the
non-extended Revolving Commitments on the relevant Maturity Date; (ii) the
allocation of the participation exposure with respect to any then-existing or subsequently issued or made Letter of Credit or Swing Line Loan as between the Revolving Commitments of such new tranche and the remaining Revolving Commitments shall be
made on a ratable basis in accordance with the relative amounts thereof until the Maturity Date relating to such non-extended Revolving Commitments has occurred; (iii) no termination of extended Revolving Commitments and no repayment of extended Revolving Loans accompanied by a
corresponding permanent reduction in extended Revolving Commitments shall be permitted unless such termination or repayment (and corresponding reduction) is accompanied by at least a pro rata termination or permanent repayment (and
corresponding pro rata permanent reduction), as applicable, of each other tranche of Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments (or each other tranche of Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans shall have otherwise been terminated and repaid
in full); (iv) the Maturity Date with respect to the Revolving Commitments may not be extended without the prior written
consent of each Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender; and (v) at no time shall there be more than five different
tranches of Revolving Commitments. If the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceeds the Revolving Commitment as a result of the
occurrence of the Maturity Date with respect to any tranche of Revolving Commitments while an extended tranche of Revolving Commitments remains outstanding, the US Borrower shall make such payments as are necessary in order to eliminate such excess
on such Maturity Date. (e) Required Consents. No consent of any Lender or any other Person will be required to effectuate any
Extension, other than the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), the Borrowers and the applicable Extending Lender. The transactions contemplated by this
Section 2.18 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Loans on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) will not require the consent
of any other Lender or any other Person, and the requirements of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this
Section 2.18 will not apply to any of the transactions effected pursuant to this Section 2.18. SECTION 2.19 Permitted Debt Exchanges. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers made to all Lenders holding
outstanding Loans in a particular Class (each, a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer) made from time to time by the Borrowers, the Borrowers may from time to time following the Closing Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans
for Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (each such exchange a Permitted Debt Exchange) with any Lender (other than any Lender that, if requested by the Borrowers, is unable to certify that it is either a qualified institutional
- 122 -
buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act)), so long as the following
conditions are satisfied: (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the final offering document in respect of a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is delivered to the relevant Lenders, (ii) the aggregate
principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans exchanged shall equal no more than the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans;
provided that the aggregate principal amount of the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes may include accrued interest and premium (if any) under the Term Loans exchanged and underwriting discounts, fees, commissions and expenses in connection with
the issuance of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes, (iii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged by the Borrowers pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be
cancelled and retired by the Borrowers on the date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, or such
other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the applicable
Borrower(s) for immediate cancellation), (iv) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to
tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of such Term Loans offered to be exchanged by the Borrowers pursuant to such Permitted Debt
Exchange Offer, then the Borrowers shall exchange Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, (v) all documentation
in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing, and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in
consultation with the Borrowers and the Exchange Agent and (vi) any applicable Minimum Tender Condition (as defined below) shall be satisfied. (b) With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.19, (i) such
Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 2.07(a) or (b), and
(ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $5,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans; provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii) the Borrowers may at their election specify as a
condition (a Minimum Tender Condition) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrowers discretion) of Term
Loans of any or all applicable classes be tendered. (c) In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrowers and the Exchange
Agent shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.19 and without conflict with Section 2.19(d); provided that the
terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than a reasonable period (in the discretion
of the Borrowers and the Exchange Agent) of time following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made. (d) The Borrowers
shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agree to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws and regulations in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) none of the Exchange
Agent, the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrowers compliance with such laws and regulations in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange (other than the Borrowers reliance on any
- 123 -
certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.19(a) above for which such Lender shall bear sole responsibility) and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for
its compliance with any applicable insider trading laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or other applicable securities laws and regulations. (e) If the Exchange Agent is not the Administrative Agent, the actions authorized to be taken by the Exchange Agent herein shall be done in
consultation with the Administrative Agent and, with respect to the preparation of any documentation necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Section 2.19, any comments to such documentation reasonably
requested by the Administrative Agent shall be reflected therein. SECTION 2.20 Defaulting Lenders. (a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a
Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law: (i) Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the
Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article IX or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to
Section 11.09 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent
hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize each Issuing Banks Fronting Exposure with
respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit (in an amount equal to 103% of the maximum face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit) or the Swing Line Lenders Fronting Exposure with respect to such
Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.20(d); fourth, as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such
Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to be held in a Cash Collateral Account
and released pro rata in order to (A) satisfy such Defaulting Lenders potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (B) Cash Collateralize each Issuing Banks (in an amount equal to
103% of the maximum face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit) or the Swing Line Lenders future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans, as applicable, issued
under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.20(d); sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lenders breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by a Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting
Lenders breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (1) such payment is a payment of the principal
amount of any Loans or Reimbursement Obligations in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (2) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set
forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and Reimbursement Obligations owed to, all - 124 -
Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or Reimbursement Obligations owed to, such
Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the applicable Commitments without giving effect to
Section 2.20(a)(iii). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this
Section 2.20(a)(i) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto. (ii) Certain Fees. (A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 2.11(b) for any
period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender); provided such Defaulting Lender shall be
entitled to receive fees pursuant to Section 2.11(b)(ii) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Pro Rata Share of the Stated Amount of Letters of Credit for which
it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.04. (B) With respect to any fees not
required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) above, the US Borrower shall (1) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such
Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lenders participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause
(iii) below, (2) pay to each Issuing Bank the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Banks Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (3) not be required to
pay the remaining amount of any such fee. (iii) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or
any part of such Defaulting Lenders participation in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares
(calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lenders Commitment) but only to the extent that (A) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrowers
shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (B) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate
Revolving Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lenders Revolving Commitment. Subject to Section 11.25, no
reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a
Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lenders increased exposure following such reallocation. (iv) Cash Collateral. If the reallocation described in clause (iii) above cannot, or can only partially, be
effected, the US Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize Issuing Banks Fronting Exposure (in an amount equal to 103% of the maximum face amount of all outstanding
Letters of Credit) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.04. - 125 -
(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Swing
Line Lender and each Issuing Bank agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions
set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the
Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the applicable Commitments (without giving
effect to Section 2.04) whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of a Borrower
while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; provided further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any
claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender. (c) New Swing Line Loans/Letters of Credit.
So long as any Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swing Line Loan and
(ii) no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, extend or amend any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto. (d) Cash Collateral. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender and Section 2.20(a)(iv) is
applicable, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) or the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the US Borrower shall Cash
Collateralize the applicable Issuing Banks Fronting Exposure or the Swing Line Lenders Fronting Exposure, as the case may be, with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to
Section 2.04 and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount. (i) Grant of Security Interest. The US Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting
Lender, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the Revolving Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender), and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security
for the Defaulting Lenders obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans, to be applied pursuant to clause (ii) below. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that the Cash Collateral is
subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Revolving Lenders as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the US
Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the
Defaulting Lender). (ii) Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
(A) Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.20 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lenders obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of
Credit (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein
and (B) Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.20 in respect of Swing Line Loans shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lenders obligations to fund participations in respect of Swing Line
Loans (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.
- 126 -
(iii) Termination of Requirement. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate
portion thereof) provided to reduce any Issuing Banks or the Swing Line Lenders Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.20 following (A) the
elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender) or (B) the determination by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, as
the case may be, that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.20, the Person providing Cash Collateral and the applicable Issuing Bank or the Swing Line
Lender, as the case may be, may agree that the Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations; provided further that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the US
Borrower, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents. (e) Hedge
Banks. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Lender shall not be a Hedge Bank with respect to any Secured Hedge Agreement entered into while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender. SECTION 2.21 Judgment Currency. (a) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum owing hereunder in one currency into another
currency, each party hereto (and by its acceptance of its appointment in such capacity, each Lead Arranger) agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which, in accordance with normal
banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction, the first currency could be purchased with such other currency on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which final judgment is given. (b) The obligations of the Borrowers in respect of any sum due to any party hereto or any holder of the obligations owing hereunder (the
Applicable Creditor) shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the Judgment Currency) other than the currency in which such sum is stated to be due hereunder (the Agreement Currency),
be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by the Applicable Creditor of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Applicable Creditor may in accordance with normal banking procedures in the
relevant jurisdiction purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Applicable Creditor in the Agreement Currency, the Borrowers as a
separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, agree to indemnify the Applicable Creditor against such loss. The obligations of the Borrowers contained in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of
all other amounts owing hereunder. ARTICLE III Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality SECTION 3.01 Taxes. (a)
Except as required by applicable Law, any and all payments by the Borrowers or any Guarantor to or for the account of any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all
present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto
(Taxes). The following shall be Excluded Taxes: in the case of each Agent, each Lender and Issuing Bank, (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated, and including branch profits and
similar - 127 -
Taxes), and franchise or similar Taxes, in each case, that are (A) imposed by the jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which it is organized or in which its
principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, or (B) Other Connection Taxes, (ii) any U.S. federal Tax that is (or would be) required to be withheld with respect to amounts
payable hereunder in respect of an Eligible Assignee (pursuant to an assignment under Section 11.07) on the date it becomes an assignee to the extent such Tax is in excess of the Tax that would have been applicable had such
assigning Lender not assigned its interest arising under any Loan Document (unless such assignment is at the express written request of the Borrowers), (iii) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of a
Lender, Agent or Issuing Bank with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a Law in effect on the date on which (A) such Lender, Agent or Issuing Bank acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than
pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrowers under Section 3.07) or (B) such Lender changes its Lending Office (other than at the written request of the Borrowers to change such Lending Office), except in each
case to the extent that pursuant to this Section 3.01, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable to such Lenders, Agents or Issuing Banks assignor immediately before such Lender, Agent or Issuing
Bank became a party hereto, or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (iv) any Canadian federal withholding Taxes imposed on any payment under any Loan Document as a result of having been made to a Recipient that, at
the time of making such payment, (A) is a person with which a Loan Party does not deal at arms length (for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada)), or (B) is a specified shareholder (as defined in subsection 18(5) of
the Income Tax Act (Canada)) of a Loan Party or does not deal at arms length (for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) with such a specified shareholder (other than where the
non-arms length relationship arises, or where the Recipient is a specified shareholder or does not deal at arms length with a specified shareholder, as a result of the
Recipient having become a party to, received or perfected a security interest under or received or enforced any rights under, any Loan Document), (v) any Taxes imposed as a result of the failure of any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank to comply with
the provisions of Sections 3.01(b), 3.01(c) and 3.01(d) (in the case of any Foreign Lender, as defined below) or the provisions of Section 3.01(e) (in the case of any U.S. Lender, as defined below), and
(vi) any Taxes imposed on any amount payable to or for the account of any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank as a result of the failure of such recipient to satisfy the applicable requirements under FATCA to establish that such payment is exempt
from withholding under FATCA. If an applicable Withholding Agent is required to deduct any Taxes or Other Taxes (as defined below) from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, (i) except in
the case of Excluded Taxes, the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01(a)), each of such
Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the applicable Withholding Agent shall make such deductions, (iii) the applicable Withholding Agent shall pay
the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority, and (iv) within thirty days after the date of any such payment by a Borrower or any Guarantor (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within thirty days, as soon as practicable
thereafter), the applicable Borrower or applicable Guarantor shall furnish to such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) the original or a facsimile copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof to the extent such a receipt has been made
available to the applicable Borrower or applicable Guarantor (or other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent). If a Borrower or Guarantor fails to pay any Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing
authority, then the applicable Borrower or applicable Guarantor shall indemnify such Agent, such Lender and such Issuing Bank for any incremental Taxes that may become payable by such Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank arising out of such
failure. If a Borrower or Guarantor fails to pay any Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) or Other Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment on account of an obligation of a Loan Party under any Loan Document when due to the appropriate taxing
authority, then the applicable Borrower or applicable Guarantor shall indemnify such Agent, such Lender and such Issuing Bank for any incremental Taxes that may become payable by such Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank arising out of such
failure. - 128 -
(b) Each Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (including an Eligible Assignee to which a Lender
assigns its interest in accordance with Section 11.07, unless such Eligible Assignee is already a Lender hereunder) that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document
shall deliver to the Borrowers and Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers and Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrowers and Administrative
Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any such Agent, Lender, Issuing Bank or Eligible Assignee if reasonably requested by the Borrowers and Administrative Agent, shall
deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrowers and Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrowers and Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup
withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth immediately below)
shall not be required if in such Lenders, Agents, Issuing Banks or Eligible Assignees reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Agent, Lender, Issuing Bank or Eligible Assignee to any
material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent it is legally able to do so, each Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank
(including an Eligible Assignee to which a Lender assigns its interest in accordance with Section 11.07, unless such Eligible Assignee is already a Lender hereunder) that is not a United States person within the
meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each, a Foreign Lender) agrees to complete and deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which the Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (and
from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), two accurate, complete and signed copies of whichever of the following is applicable: (i) IRS Form
W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E certifying that it is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a
party; (ii) IRS Form W-8ECI certifying that the income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; (iii) if the
Foreign Lender is not (A) a bank described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a 10-percent shareholder of the applicable Borrower described in Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, or
(C) a controlled foreign corporation related to the applicable Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code, a certificate to that effect in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (a
Non-Bank Certificate) and an IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E,
certifying that the Foreign Lender is not a United States person; (iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, IRS Form W-8IMY (or any
successor forms) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by, as and to the extent applicable, an IRS Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E,
Form W-8ECI, Non-Bank Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY (or other successor
forms) and any other required supporting information from each beneficial owner (it being understood that a Foreign Lender need not provide certificates or supporting documentation from beneficial owners if (A) the Foreign Lender is a
qualified intermediary or withholding foreign partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (B) such Foreign Lender is as a result able to establish, and does establish, that payments to such Foreign Lender are,
to the extent applicable, entitled to an exemption from or, if an exemption is not available, a reduction in the rate of, U.S. federal withholding Taxes without providing such certificates or supporting documentation); or (v) any other form
prescribed by applicable requirements of U.S. federal income tax law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by
applicable requirements of law to permit the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made. (c) In addition, each Agent, Lender, Issuing Bank or Eligible Assignee shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, (i) promptly
submit to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent two accurate, complete and signed copies of such other or additional forms or certificates (or such successor forms or certificates as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant taxing
authorities) as may then be - 129 -
applicable or available to secure an exemption from or reduction in the rate of withholding Tax (1) on or before the date that such Agents, Lenders, Issuing Banks or
Eligible Assignees most recently delivered form, certificate or other evidence expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, (2) after the occurrence of a change in such Agents, Lenders, Issuing
Banks or Eligible Assignees circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, and (3) from time to time thereafter if
reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, and (ii) promptly notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent of any change in such Agents, Lenders, Issuing Banks or Eligible Assignees
circumstances that would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction. This Section 3.01(c) shall not apply to any reporting requirements under FATCA. (d) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with
the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Law
and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation
reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine whether such Lender has complied with such
Lenders obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 3.01(d), FATCA shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the
date of this Agreement. (e) Each Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank that is a United States person (within the meaning of
Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) (each, a U.S. Lender) agrees to complete and deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent two copies of accurate, complete and signed IRS Form
W-9 or successor form certifying that such U.S. Lender is not subject to U.S. federal backup withholding Tax (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this
Agreement), (ii) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, (iii) after the occurrence of a change in the U.S. Lenders circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form
previously delivered by it to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent. (f) The Borrowers agree to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes and any other excise (in the nature of a
documentary or similar Tax), property, intangible, filing or mortgage recording Taxes or charges or similar levies imposed by any Governmental Authority that arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery,
performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (including additions to Tax, penalties and interest related thereto) excluding, in each case, such amounts that are Other Connection Taxes imposed in
connection with an Assignment and Assumption, grant of a participation, transfer or assignment to or designation of a new applicable Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under any Loan Document, except to the extent that any such
change is requested in writing by the Borrowers (all such non-Excluded Taxes described in this Section 3.01(f) being hereinafter referred to as Other Taxes). (g) If any Taxes or Other Taxes are directly asserted against any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank with respect to any payment received by such
Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank in respect of any Loan Document, such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank may pay such Taxes or Other Taxes and the Borrowers will promptly indemnify and hold harmless such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank for the full amount of
such Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) and Other Taxes (and any Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) and Other Taxes imposed on amounts payable under this Section 3.01), and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom
- 130 -
or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted. Payments under this Section 3.01(g) shall be made within
ten days after the date the Borrowers receive written demand for payment from such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank. (h) A Participant shall
not be entitled to receive any greater payment under this Section 3.01 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the
participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers prior written consent or such entitlement to a greater payment results from a change in law that occurs after the Participant acquired the participation. (i) If any Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank determines, in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund in respect
of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by a Borrower or any Guarantor, as the case may be, or with respect to which a Borrower or any Guarantor, as the case may be, has paid additional amounts pursuant to this
Section 3.01, it shall promptly pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by a Borrower or any Guarantor under this
Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the applicable Borrower or applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, upon
the request of such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the applicable Borrower or applicable Guarantor, as the case may be (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant
Governmental Authority) to such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank in the event such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 3.01(i), in no event will such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank be required to pay any amount to the applicable Borrower or applicable Guarantor pursuant to this Section 3.01(i) the payment of
which would place such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax or Other Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise
to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax or Other Tax had never been paid. Such Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall
provide the Borrowers upon request with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence reasonably available of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant Governmental Authority (provided that such Lender, Agent or
Issuing Bank may delete any information therein that such Lender, Agent or Issuing Bank deems confidential or not relevant to such refund in its reasonable discretion). This subsection shall not be construed to require any Agent, Lender or Issuing
Bank to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it reasonably deems confidential) to a Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person. (j) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.01(a) or
(g) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrowers in writing, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to legal and regulatory restrictions) to mitigate the effect of any such event, including by designating
another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event and by completing and delivering or filing any Tax-related forms that such Lender is legally able to deliver and that would reduce or eliminate any
amount of Taxes or Other Taxes required to be deducted or withheld or paid by the Borrowers; provided that such efforts are made at the Borrowers expense and are on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, do not cause
such Lender or any of its Lending Offices to suffer any economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.01(j) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of
the Borrowers or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (g). - 131 -
(k) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers and the
Administrative Agent may deduct and withhold any Taxes required by any Laws (including, for the avoidance of doubt, FATCA) to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Loan Documents, subject to the provisions of this
Section 3.01. (l) Each Agent or Lender, as applicable, shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent,
within ten days after demand therefor, for (i) any Taxes attributable to such Agent or Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrowers have not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Taxes and without limiting the obligation of
the Borrowers to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lenders failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.07(e) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes
attributable to such Agent or Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were
correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Agent or Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each
Agent and Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Agent or Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Agent or Lender from any
other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 3.01(l). (m) The agreements
in this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder and any assignment of rights
by, or replacement of, any Lender. SECTION 3.02 Illegality. If any Lender reasonably determines that any Law has made it unlawful,
or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate or CDOR Rate, or to determine or
charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate or the CDOR Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank
market, or Canadian Dollars in the Canadian interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate
Loans, as applicable, or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans to CDOR Rate Loans, as applicable, shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining
Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, or on the CDOR Rate component of the Canadian Prime Rate, the interest
rate on which Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component of the Base
Rate or the CDOR Rate component of the Canadian Prime Rate, as applicable, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of
such notice, (A) with respect to Borrowings denominated in Dollars, the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans and shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to
the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the
Administrative Agent without reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or
immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans, (B) with respect to Borrowings denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of,
- 132 -
conversion to or continuation of CDOR Rate Loans and shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all CDOR Rate Loans of such
Lender to Canadian Prime Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Canadian Prime Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the CDOR Rate component of the
Canadian Prime Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such CDOR Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such CDOR Rate
Loans, (C) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate with respect to any Base Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent shall during
the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for
such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or (D) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the CDOR Rate component of the Canadian Prime Rate
with respect to any Canadian Prime Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Canadian Prime Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the CDOR Rate component thereof until the
Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the CDOR Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued
interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. SECTION 3.03 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Administrative Agent or the
Required Lenders reasonably determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a CDOR Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) deposits are not being offered to banks in the London
interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, or deposits are not being offered to banks in the Canadian interbank market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such CDOR Rate Loan,
(b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan or
adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the CDOR Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed CDOR Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Canadian Prime Rate Loan or (c) the Eurodollar
Rate or CDOR Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or CDOR Rate Loan, as applicable, does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will
promptly so notify the Borrowers and each Lender. Thereafter, (i) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, as applicable, shall be suspended, and (ii) in the event of a determination
described in the preceding sentence: (A) with respect to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, and (B) with
respect to the CDOR Rate component of the Canadian Prime Rate, the utilization of the CDOR Rate component in determining the Canadian Prime Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required
Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans, as applicable, or, failing that, will be deemed to
have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, in the case of CDOR Rate Loans, in the amount specified therein; provided, however, that
if the Borrowers and the applicable Lenders cannot agree within a reasonable time on an alternative rate for such Loans, the Borrowers may, at their discretion, either (x) prepay such Loans or (y) maintain such Loans outstanding, in which
case, the interest rate payable to the applicable Lender on such Loans will be the rate determined by the Administrative Agent as its cost of funds to fund a Borrowing of such Loans with maturities comparable to the Interest Period applicable
thereto plus the Applicable Rate. - 133 -
SECTION 3.04 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar
Rate Loans. (a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall: (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement
against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender; (ii) subject any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this
Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender, Issuing Bank, or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, in respect thereof
(except, in each case, for (A) Taxes with respect to which the Borrowers are obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments pursuant to Section 3.01, (B) any Taxes and other amounts described in clauses
(ii) through (vi) of the second sentence of Section 3.01(a) that are imposed with respect to payments to or for the account of any Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender under any Loan Document,
(C) Connection Income Taxes, and (D) Other Taxes); or (iii) impose on any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Swing
Line Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Issuing Bank or the Swing
Line Lender (other than with respect to Taxes) that is not otherwise accounted for in the definition of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or this clause (a); and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender of making or
maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate or, in the case of a Change in Law with respect to Taxes, making or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to
increase the cost to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Lender of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the amount
of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such Issuing Bank (whether of principal, interest or any other amount)) then, from time to time within ten days after demand by such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Swing Line Lender setting
forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent) (provided that such calculation will not in an way require disclosure of confidential or price-sensitive information or any other information
the disclosure of which is prohibited by law), the Borrowers will pay to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Swing Line Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Swing Line Lender for such
additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. No Lender, Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender shall request that the Borrowers pay any additional amount pursuant to this Section 3.04(a) unless it shall concurrently make
similar requests to other borrowers similarly situated and affected by such Change in Law and from whom such Lender, Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender is entitled to seek similar amounts. (b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender or any Issuing Bank reasonably determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or such
Issuing Bank or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lenders or Issuing Banks holding company, if any, regarding liquidity or capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on
such Lenders or Issuing Banks capital or on the capital of such Lenders or Issuing Banks holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or such Issuing Bank or the Loans made by or
Letters of - 134 -
Credit issued by it to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lenders or Issuing Banks holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law
(taking into consideration such Lenders or such Issuing Banks policies and the policies of such Lenders or Issuing Banks holding company with respect to liquidity or capital adequacy), then from time to time upon demand of
such Lender or such Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent) (provided that such calculation will not in an way require
disclosure of confidential or price-sensitive information or any other information the disclosure of which is prohibited by law), the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as
will compensate such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Lenders or Issuing Banks holding company for any such reduction suffered. (c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to
compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or their respective holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 3.04 and delivered to the Borrowers shall be conclusive
absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten days after receipt thereof. (d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing
provisions of this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lenders or such Issuing Banks right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a
Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.04 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than one hundred and eighty days prior to the date that such Lender or such
Issuing Bank notifies the Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lenders or such Issuing Banks intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise
to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). (e) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans. The Borrowers shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain
reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as Eurocurrency Liabilities), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal
to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan
made to the Borrowers; provided the Borrowers shall have received at least 10 days prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to
the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice. SECTION 3.05
Funding Losses. Upon written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, which demand shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount (provided that such calculation will not in
an way require disclosure of confidential or price-sensitive information or any other information the disclosure of which is prohibited by law), the Borrowers shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss,
cost, liability or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits or margin) actually incurred by it as a result of: (a) any
continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan or a Canadian Prime Rate Loan on a day prior to the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of
acceleration, or otherwise); - 135 -
(b) any failure by the Borrowers (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make
a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan or a Canadian Prime Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrowers; or (c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a CDOR Rate Loan on a day prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of
a request by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 3.07; including any loss or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits or
margin) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender may
make any demand under this Section 3.05 (i) with respect to the Floor or (ii) in connection with any prepayment of interest on Term Loans. SECTION 3.06 Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation. (a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or the
Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to
Section 3.02, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices,
branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or
eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such
Lender in any material economic, legal or regulatory respect. (b) Suspension of Lender Obligations. If any Lender requests
compensation by the Borrowers under Section 3.04, the Borrowers may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans from
one Interest Period to another Interest Period, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of
Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested. (c) Conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans. If any Lender gives notice to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the
circumstances specified in Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of such Lenders Eurodollar Rate Loans no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such
circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurodollar Rate Loans made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lenders Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such
outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans of a given Class held by the Lenders of such Class holding Eurodollar Rate Loans and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to
principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares. SECTION 3.07
Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances. If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 or ceases to make Eurodollar Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in
Section 3.02 or Section 3.04, (ii) the Borrowers are required to pay any Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to
Section 3.01 and such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different Lending Office in accordance with Section 3.01(j), (iii) any Lender is a
Non-Consenting Lender, (iv) any Lender does not accept an Extension Offer, or (v) (A) any Lender shall become and continue to be a Defaulting Lender and
- 136 -
(B) such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default pursuant to Section 2.20(b) within five Business Days after the Borrowers request that it cure such
default, or (vi) any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrowers the right to replace a Lender (other than a Disqualified Lender) as a party hereto, then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such
Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.07), all of its
interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.04) to one or more Eligible Assignees that shall assume such
obligations (any of which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that: (a) the Borrowers
shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 11.07(b)(iv); (b) such
Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts payable under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other
amounts); (c) such Lender being replaced pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall (i) execute and deliver an
Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lenders Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans, and (ii) deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrowers or Administrative
Agent (or a lost or destroyed note indemnity in lieu thereof); provided that the failure of any such Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption or deliver such Notes shall not render such sale and purchase (and the corresponding
assignment) invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register and the Notes shall be deemed to be canceled upon such failure; (d) the Eligible Assignee shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect
to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender; (e) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments
required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; (f) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender being a Non-Consenting Lender, the
Eligible Assignee shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Lender being replaced was a Non-Consenting Lender; and (g) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, any Lender that acts as an Issuing Bank may not be replaced hereunder at any time
that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance,
and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank) have been made with
respect to each such outstanding Letter of Credit. - 137 -
In the event that (i) the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent have requested that the
Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of each Lender, all affected Lenders or all the Lenders
or all affected Lenders with respect to a certain Class or Classes of the Loans and (iii) the Required Lenders, Required Revolving Lenders or Required Facility Lenders, as applicable, have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then
any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a Non-Consenting Lender. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or
otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. SECTION 3.08
Survival. All of the Borrowers obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and resignation of the Administrative Agent
or the Collateral Agent. SECTION 3.09 Successor Benchmark Rates. (a) Rates; LIBOR Notification. The interest rate on Eurodollar Rate Loans is determined by reference to the LIBOR Screen Rate, which is
derived from the London interbank offered rate. The London interbank offered rate is intended to represent the rate at which contributing banks may obtain short-term borrowings from each other in the London interbank market. In July 2017, the U.K.
Financial Conduct Authority announced that, after the end of 2021, it would no longer persuade or compel contributing banks to make rate submissions to the ICE Benchmark Administration (together with any successor to the ICE Benchmark Administrator,
the IBA) for purposes of the IBA setting the London interbank offered rate. As a result, it is possible that commencing in 2022 or at some point thereafter, the London interbank offered rate may no longer be available or may no
longer be deemed an appropriate reference rate upon which to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Rate Loans for one or more currencies available for borrowing hereunder. In light of this eventuality, public and private sector industry
initiatives are currently underway to identify new or alternative reference rates to be used in place of the London interbank offered rate. Upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early
Opt-in Election, this Section 3.09 provides a mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrowers, pursuant to this
Section 3.09, of any change to the reference rate upon which the interest rate on Eurodollar Rate Loans is based. However, the Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any
liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the London interbank offered rate or other rates in the definition of Eurodollar Rate or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto,
or replacement rate thereof including, without limitation, (i) any such alternative, successor or replacement rate implemented pursuant to this Section 3.09, whether upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event
or an Early Opt-in Election, and (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes pursuant to this Section 3.09, including without limitation, whether the
composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the Eurodollar Rate or have the same volume or liquidity as did the London
interbank offered rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability. (b) Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, if a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time
in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (1) or (2) of the definition of Benchmark Replacement for such Benchmark Replacement Date,
such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan - 138 -
Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (3) of the definition of Benchmark Replacement for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for
all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without
any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from
Lenders comprising the Required Lenders of each Class affected thereby. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document and subject to the proviso below in this paragraph if a Term SOFR Transition Event and its
related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then the applicable Benchmark Replacement will replace the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder or
under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings, without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that, this
sentence shall not be effective unless the Administrative Agent has delivered to the Lenders and the Borrowers a Term SOFR Notice. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to deliver a Term SOFR Notice after a Term
SOFR Transition Event and may do so in its sole discretion. (c) Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the
implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any
amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document. (d) Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of
(i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date, (ii) the implementation of any
Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (iv) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to clause (e) below and (v) the commencement or conclusion of
any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 3.09, including any
determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection,
will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this
Section 3.09. (e) Tenor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document,
at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including Term SOFR, ICE LIBOR or any other LIBOR-based rate, as applicable) and either (A) any tenor
for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator
of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of Interest
Period for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if - 139 -
a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or
(B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of Interest Period
for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor. (f) Benchmark Unavailability Period.
Upon the Borrowers receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrowers may revoke any request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made, converted or continued
during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that the Borrowers will be deemed to have converted any request for a Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans. During any Benchmark
Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, clause (c) of the definition of Base Rate based upon the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate (i.e., the then-current Benchmark or such
tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable) will not be used in any determination of Base Rate. Furthermore, if any Eurodollar Rate Loan is outstanding on the date of the Borrowers receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark
Unavailability Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan, then on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan (or the next succeeding Business Day, if such day is not a Business Day), such Loan
shall be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, a Base Rate Loan on such day. (g) Certain Defined Terms.
As used in this Section 3.09: Available Tenor means, as of any date of determination and
with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, any tenor for such Benchmark or payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark, as applicable, that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest
Period pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of Interest Period pursuant to
Section 3.09(e). Benchmark means, initially, ICE LIBOR; provided that if a Benchmark
Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to ICE LIBOR or the then-current Benchmark, then
Benchmark means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to Section 3.09(b). Benchmark Replacement means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be
determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date: (1) the sum of (a) Term SOFR
and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; (2) the sum of (a) Daily Simple SOFR and (b) the
related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; (3) the sum of (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by
the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism
for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for syndicated credit facilities
denominated in Dollars and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; - 140 -
provided that, in the case of clause (1), such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement is
displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided further that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event, and the delivery of a Term SOFR Notice, on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date the Benchmark Replacement shall revert to and shall be
deemed to be the sum of (a) Term SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment, as set forth in clause (1) of this definition (subject to the first proviso above). If the Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Available Tenor as determined pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above would be less than the Floor, then
the Benchmark Replacement for such Available Tenor will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Benchmark Replacement Adjustment means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted
Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement: (1) for purposes of clauses (1) and (2) of the definition of Benchmark Replacement, the first alternative set
forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent: (a) the spread adjustment, or method for
calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant
Governmental Body for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for the applicable Corresponding Tenor; (b) the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark
Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that would apply to the fallback rate for a derivative transaction referencing the ISDA Definitions to be effective upon an index cessation event with respect to such Benchmark for the applicable
Corresponding Tenor; and (2) for purposes of clause (3) of the definition of Benchmark Replacement, the
spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers for the applicable Corresponding Tenor
giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement
by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for
the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for syndicated credit facilities denominated in Dollars; provided that, in the case of clause (1) above, such adjustment is displayed on a screen or other information service that
publishes such Benchmark Replacement Adjustment from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion. - 141 -
Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes means, with respect to any
Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of Base Rate, the definition of Business Day, the definition of Interest Period, timing and
frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative
or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent reasonably decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner
substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent reasonably decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that no
market practice for the administration of such Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents). Benchmark Replacement Date means the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the
then-current Benchmark: (1) in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of Benchmark Transition
Event, the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof)
permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); (2) in
the case of clause (3) of the definition of Benchmark Transition Event, the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein; or (3) in the case of a Term SOFR Transition Event, the date that is thirty (30) days after the date a Term SOFR Notice is
provided to the Lenders and the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 3.09; or (4) in the case of
an Early Opt-in Election, the sixth (6th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, so long as the Administrative
Agent has not received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, written notice of objection to such
Early Opt-in Election from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the
event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such
determination and (ii) the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with
respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof). Benchmark Transition Event means, with respect to any Benchmark, the occurrence of one or more of the following events with
respect to the then-current Benchmark: (1) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the
administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or
indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); - 142 -
(2) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory
supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the NYFRB, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such
component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component),
in each case, which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the
time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or (3) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or
the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer representative. For the avoidance of doubt, a Benchmark Transition Event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or
publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof). Benchmark Unavailability Period means, with respect to any Benchmark, the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time
that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in
accordance with this Section 3.09 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with this
Section 3.09. Corresponding Tenor with respect to any Available Tenor means,
as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding Business Day adjustment) as such Available Tenor. Daily Simple SOFR means, for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being
established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining Daily Simple SOFR for syndicated business loans; provided that, if
the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion. Early Opt-in Election means the occurrence of: (1) a notification by the Administrative Agent to (or the request by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent to notify) each
of the other parties hereto that at least five currently outstanding Dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time contain (as a result of amendment or as originally executed) a SOFR-based rate (including SOFR, a Term SOFR or any
other rate based upon SOFR) as a benchmark rate (and such syndicated credit facilities are identified in such notice and are publicly available for review); and - 143 -
(2) the joint election by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers to
trigger a fallback from ICE LIBOR and the provision by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Lenders. ISDA Definitions means the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or
any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or such successor
thereto. NYFRB means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Reference Time with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means (1) if such Benchmark is ICE LIBOR,
11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two London banking days preceding the date of such setting, and (2) if such Benchmark is not ICE LIBOR, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion. Relevant Governmental Body means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB, or a committee officially endorsed or convened
by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB or, in each case, any successor thereto. SOFR means, with respect to any
Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate for such Business Day published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrators Website at approximately 8:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the immediately
succeeding Business Day. SOFR Administrator means the NYFRB (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight
financing rate). SOFR Administrators Website means the NYFRBs website, currently at
http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time. Term SOFR means, for the applicable Corresponding Tenor as of the applicable Reference Time, the forward-looking term rate
based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body. Term SOFR Notice means a
notification by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders and the Borrowers of the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event. Term SOFR Transition Event means the determination by the Administrative Agent that (a) Term SOFR has been recommended
for use by the Relevant Governmental Body, (b) the administration of Term SOFR is administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent and (c) a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in
Election, as applicable, has previously occurred resulting in a Benchmark Replacement in accordance with this Section 3.09 that is not Term SOFR. Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark
Replacement Adjustment. (h) Amendment. The provisions of this Section 3.09 shall, solely with respect to
implementation of a Benchmark Replacement and Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes as expressly set forth herein, supersede any contrary provision of Section 11.01. - 144 -
ARTICLE IV Conditions Precedent to Borrowings SECTION 4.01 Conditions to Initial Borrowing. The obligation of each Lender to extend credit to the applicable Borrowers and of each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder on
the Closing Date is subject only to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 11.01, of each of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and the Required Lenders:
(a) The Administrative Agents receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or copies in .pdf format, unless otherwise
specified: (i) a Committed Loan Notice duly executed by the Borrowers, which shall be delivered at least two Business Days
prior to the Closing Date, which shall be deemed to be conditioned on the consummation of the Transactions; (ii) this
Agreement duly executed by the Borrowers, Holdings and Holdings GP; (iii) the Guaranty duly executed by each Loan Party;
(iv) the US Security Agreement (pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is authorized to file customary all
asset UCC-1 financing statements) duly executed by Holdings, Holdings GP, the US Borrower and the Loan Parties that are organized in the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (v) the Canadian Security Agreement (pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is authorized to file customary all
present and after acquired personal property PPSA financing statements) duly executed by the Canadian Borrower, Evergreen AcqCo 2 Inc. and the Loan Parties that are Canadian Subsidiaries; (vi) the Canadian Deed of Hypothec (pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is authorized to file a customary financing
statement (RH Form) charging the universality of all present and future movable property of the grantors with the Register of Personal and Moveable Real Rights (Quebec)) duly executed by the Canadian Borrower and certain Loan Parties that are
Canadian Subsidiaries; (vii) to the extent constituting Collateral, certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Equity
of the US Borrower, Holdings GP and the Subsidiaries of the US Borrower, in each case, accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank; (viii) (A) certificates of good standing from the secretary of state or other applicable office of the state of
organization or formation or provincial or territorial or Canadian federal corporate registry of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party (including Holdings and Holdings GP), (B) resolutions or other applicable action of each Loan Party, (C) an
incumbency certificate and/or other certificate of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party, in each case evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection
with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or is to be a party on the Closing Date, and (D) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower that the conditions specified in
clauses (c), (f) and (g) below have been satisfied or (to the extent applicable) will be satisfied promptly upon the funding of the Initial Term Loans; - 145 -
(ix) an opinion from the following special counsel to the Loan Parties (or
certain of the Loan Parties): (A) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, with respect to matters of New York law and certain aspects of Delaware law; (B) Perkins Coie LLP, with respect to matters of Washington law and
(C) Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP, with respect to matters of Canadian law; and (x) a certificate from the
chief financial officer or other officer with equivalent duties of the US Borrower as to the Solvency (after giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date) of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries) substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit I; provided, that, each of the requirements set forth in clauses (iv), (v) and (vi) above, including the
delivery of documents and instruments required pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents (except for the execution and delivery of the Security Agreements) and, except to the extent that a Lien on such Collateral may be perfected (x) by
the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA, as applicable, or (y) by the delivery of stock certificates of, if delivered to the Parent pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement and to the extent
constituting Pledged Equity, Holdings GP, the US Borrower and its Subsidiaries) and the attachment and perfection of any Lien on Collateral securing the Obligations, shall not constitute conditions precedent to the Borrowing on the Closing Date in
each case after the Borrowers use of commercially reasonable efforts to provide such items and cause such Liens to be attached and perfected on or prior to the Closing Date it being understood that the Borrowers hereby agree to deliver, or
cause to be delivered, such documents and instruments, or take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be required to perfect such security interests within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or with respect to stock certificates
of the Loan Parties, to deliver such stock certificates (together with undated stock powers executed in blank) to the Administrative Agent within fifteen (15) Business Days after the Closing Date (subject to extensions approved by the
Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), it being understood that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a failure to deliver such certificates within fifteen (15) Business Days (or such later period as the
Administrative Agent may agree) shall result in an immediate Event of Default). (b) All fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder
on the Closing Date (and all fees and expenses required to be paid under the Commitment Letter and Fee Letter on the Closing Date) and, with respect to expenses and legal fees, to the extent invoiced in reasonable detail at least two Business Days
before the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed to by the US Borrower) shall have been paid in full in cash, it being agreed that such fees and expenses may be paid with the proceeds of the initial funding of one or more of the
Facilities. (c) Confirmation from the US Borrower (in the form of an officers certificate) that prior to or substantially
simultaneously with the initial Borrowing on the Closing Date, (i) the Equity Contribution and the Closing Date
Refinancing shall have been or will be consummated; (ii) the Acquisition shall have been or will be consummated in
accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement; and (iii) since March 10, 2021, the Acquisition Agreement has
not been amended, waived or modified (whether pursuant to the Parents consent or otherwise) in any respect in a manner that is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders, in their respective capacities as such, without the consent of
the Lead Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that (A) a reduction in the purchase price under the Acquisition Agreement (or amendment to the Acquisition Agreement pursuant to which
such reduction is made) shall be - 146 -
deemed not to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders to the extent allocated ratably to a reduction in the Equity Contribution and the Initial Term Loans, (B) any amendment or
waiver to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement that has the effect of increasing the cash purchase price thereunder to be paid on the Closing Date by the Purchasers thereunder shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the
Lenders if such increase is not funded with Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred on the Closing Date, (C) any change to, or waiver with respect to, the definition of Material Adverse Effect, the definition of End
Time or the Xerox provisions contained in the Acquisition Agreement (in each case, as in effect on March 10, 2021) will be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders. (d) [Reserved]. (e) The
Lenders shall have received at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date (i) all documentation and other information about the Loan Parties in order to comply with applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering
rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and Canadian AML Legislation, and (ii) to the extent either Borrower qualifies as a legal entity customer a customary FinCEN beneficial ownership certificate, that in each case
has been requested in writing at least ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date. (f) The Acquisition Agreement Representations and the
Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the Closing Date; provided that, a failure of an Acquisition Agreement Representation to be accurate will not result in a failure of a
condition precedent under this Section 4.01 or a Default or an Event of Default, unless such failure results in a failure of a condition precedent to the Purchasers obligation to consummate the Acquisition or such failure gives the
Purchasers the right (taking into account any notice and cure provisions) to terminate the Purchasers obligations pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement; provided, further, that to the extent that the Acquisition
Agreement Representations and the Specified Representations specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and any such representation and warranty that is qualified as to
materiality, Material Adverse Effect or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates. (g) There shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect as of March 10, 2021)
that would result in the failure of a condition precedent to the Purchasers obligations to consummate the Acquisition under the Acquisition Agreement or that would give the Purchasers the right (taking into account any notice and cure
provisions) to terminate their obligations pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement. (h) The Lead Arrangers shall have received
an audited balance sheet and related statements of income (or operations) and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, in each case, to the extent delivered to the Purchasers pursuant to the
terms of the Acquisition Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 11.01,
for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement or funded Loans hereunder shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or
to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required hereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed
Closing Date specifying its objection thereto. - 147 -
SECTION 4.02 Conditions to All Borrowings After the Closing Date. Except as set forth
herein with respect to Incremental Loans (other than any revolving Incremental Loans borrowed after the establishment of the relevant commitments), the obligation of each Lender to honor a Committed Loan Notice, of each Issuing Bank to issue, amend,
renew or extend any Letter of Credit and of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans, in each case, after the Closing Date, is subject to the following conditions precedent: (a) The representations and warranties of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any
other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit; provided that, to the extent that such representations and
warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided, further, that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality,
Material Adverse Effect or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates. (b) As of the date of such Borrowing or the date of any issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit, no Default or Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date (immediately prior to giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made) or would result after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Committed Loan Notice in accordance with the requirements hereof and, if applicable,
the applicable Issuing Bank shall have received an Issuance Notice in accordance with the requirements hereof or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Swing Line Loan Request in accordance with the requirements hereof. Subject to Section 1.08(g), each Committed Loan Notice (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to
another Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or CDOR Rate Loans) and each Issuance Notice submitted by the US Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the condition specified in Sections 4.02(a) and
(b) has been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Borrowing or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit. ARTICLE V Representations and Warranties Holdings and Holdings GP represent and warrant (with respect to Sections 5.01, 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 5.13 and
5.17) and the Borrowers represent and warrant (with respect to each of the following) to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, in each case, to the extent and, unless otherwise specifically agreed
by the Borrowers, only on the dates required by Section 2.16, 4.01 (with respect to the Specified Representation only) or 4.02. SECTION 5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Material Subsidiary, (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation or organization (to the extent such concepts exist in such jurisdiction); (b) has all corporate or other organizational
power and authority to (i) own its assets and carry on its business as currently conducted and (ii) in the case of the Loan Parties, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and
consummate the Transactions; (c) is duly qualified and in good standing (to the extent such concepts exist in such jurisdiction) under
the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification; - 148 -
(d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws; and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clauses (a) (other than with respect to the Borrowers), (c), (d) or (e), to the
extent that failure to do so has not resulted in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 5.02 Authorization; No Contravention. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which it is a party has been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate or other organizational action. (b) Neither the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan
Document to which it is a party nor the consummation of the Transactions will, (i) contravene the terms of any of its
Organization Documents; (ii) result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien (other than a Permitted
Lien) upon any of the property or assets of such Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under (A) any Contractual Obligation relating to Material Indebtedness or (B) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental
Authority or any arbitral award to which such Loan Party or its property is subject; (iii) violate any applicable Law; or
(iv) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any
Contractual Obligation relating to Material Indebtedness, except for such approvals or consents which will be obtained on or before the Closing Date; except with respect to any breach, contravention or violation (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clauses (ii), (iii) and
(iv), to the extent that such breach, contravention or violation has not resulted in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 5.03 Governmental Authorization. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or
filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except for, (a) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties; (b) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings that have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and
are in full force and effect (except to the extent not required to be obtained, taken, given or made or in full force and effect pursuant to the Collateral Documents); and (c) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make has not
resulted in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. - 149 -
SECTION 5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been
duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party hereto and thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party
thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity and principles of good faith and fair dealing. SECTION 5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect. (a) The Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the dates
thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP (as in effect on the Closing Date (or the date of preparation)) consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly
noted therein. (b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has
resulted in, and is reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. (c) The forecasts of
consolidated balance sheets and statements of comprehensive income (loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, when taken as a whole, have been prepared in good faith on
the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time made and at the time the forecasts are delivered, it being understood that (i) no forecasts are to be viewed as facts, (ii) any
forecasts are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties or the Sponsor, (iii) no assurance can be given that any particular forecasts will be realized and (iv) actual
results may differ and such differences may be material. SECTION 5.06 Litigation. Except as set forth in
Schedule 5.06, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, overtly threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental
Authority, by or against the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that has resulted in or has a reasonable probability of being determined adversely and is reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in Material
Adverse Effect. SECTION 5.07 Labor Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.07 or except as has not
resulted in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any of the Borrowers or the Restricted Subsidiaries pending or, to
the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened and (b) hours worked by and payment made based on hours worked to employees of the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary have not been in material violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other
applicable Laws dealing with wage and hour matters. SECTION 5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each Loan Party and each Restricted
Subsidiary has good and valid record title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens
except for Permitted Liens and except where the failure to have such title or other interest has not resulted in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date,
Schedule 5.08 sets forth all Material Real Property. - 150 -
SECTION 5.09 Environmental Matters. (a) Except as has not resulted in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect,
(i) the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (including having obtained all Environmental Permits) and (ii) none of the Loan Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is
subject to any pending, or to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened Environmental Claim or any other Environmental Liability or is aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability. (b) None of the Loan Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has used, released, treated, stored, transported or disposed of Hazardous
Materials, at or from any currently or formerly owned or operated real estate or facility relating to its business, in a manner that has resulted in, or is reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse
Effect. SECTION 5.10 Taxes. Except as has not resulted in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to
result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries have timely filed all foreign, U.S. federal and state, Canadian federal and provincial, and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have timely paid
all foreign, U.S. federal and state, Canadian federal and provincial, and other Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges (including satisfying their withholding Tax obligations) levied or imposed on their properties, income or assets
or otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. SECTION 5.11 ERISA Compliance. (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.11(a) or has not resulted in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to
result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan and Foreign Plan is in compliance with the terms of such Plan or Foreign Plan, as applicable, and applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other applicable Laws. (b) Except, as set forth in Schedule 5.11(b) or, with respect to each of the below clauses of this
Section 5.11(b), as has not resulted in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no ERISA Event or Canadian Pension Event has occurred within the one-year period
prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made; (ii) no Pension Plan or Foreign Plan has failed to
satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or similar minimum funding rules under foreign Laws) applicable to such Pension Plan; (iii) neither the Borrowers, nor any Subsidiary Guarantor nor any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has incurred, or
reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 et seq. of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; (iv) neither the Borrower, nor any Subsidiary Guarantor nor any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has engaged in a
transaction that is subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; (v) neither the Borrowers, nor any Subsidiary Guarantor
nor any ERISA Affiliate has been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) or has been determined to be in endangered or
critical status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA) and no such Multiemployer Plan is expected to be insolvent or in endangered or critical status; and - 151 -
(vi) no material contribution failure has occurred with respect to any
Canadian Defined Benefit Plan sufficient to give rise to a lien or charge under any applicable pension benefits standards Laws of any Canadian jurisdiction. SECTION 5.12 Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, all of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrowers and each Material
Subsidiary have been validly issued and are fully paid and (if applicable) non-assessable, and all Equity Interests owned by Holdings (in Holdings GP and the US Borrower), and by the Borrower or any Subsidiary
Guarantor in any of their respective direct Material Subsidiaries are owned free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) of any Person. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.12 (i) sets forth the name and
jurisdiction of each Subsidiary, (ii) sets forth the ownership interest of Holdings, Holdings GP, the US Borrower, the Canadian Borrower and each Subsidiary in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and
(iii) identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged on the Closing Date pursuant to the Collateral Documents. SECTION 5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act. (a) As of the Closing Date, none of the Collateral is Margin Stock. No Loan Party is engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its
important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings
or issuance of, or drawings under, any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U. (b) Neither the
Borrowers nor any Guarantor is an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. SECTION 5.14
Disclosure. As of the Closing Date, none of the written information and written data heretofore or contemporaneously furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary Guarantor to any Agent or any Lender on or prior to
the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document on or prior to the Closing Date, when taken as a whole, contains any material
misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make such written information and written data taken as a whole, in the light of the circumstances under which it was delivered, not materially misleading (after giving effect to
all modifications and supplements to such written information and written data, in each case, furnished after the date on which such written information or such written data was originally delivered); it being understood that for purposes of this
Section 5.14, such written information and written data shall not include projections, pro forma financial information, financial estimates, forecasts and forward-looking information or information of a general
economic or general industry nature. SECTION 5.15 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. The Borrowers and the Restricted
Subsidiaries own, or have a valid right to use, all the Intellectual Property reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to have any such rights has not resulted in, or is
not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrowers, as of the Closing Date, (a) the operation of the respective businesses of the Borrowers and the Restricted
Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not infringe upon, misappropriate or violate any intellectual property rights held by any Person, and (b) no Person is infringing upon, misappropriating or violating any Intellectual Property owned by
the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, except for such infringements, misappropriations or violations that have not resulted in, or are not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in, a Material
Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened against the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary that has resulted in, and is reasonably expected, individually or
in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. - 152 -
SECTION 5.16 Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions,
Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent. SECTION 5.17 USA PATRIOT Act, FCPA and OFAC. (a) To the extent applicable, each of the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with
(a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order
relating thereto and (b) the USA PATRIOT Act and other similar anti-money laundering rules and regulations. (b) Each of the Loan
Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and their respective officers, employees, and directors, and to the Borrowers knowledge, their respective agents, affiliates and representatives, are in compliance in all material respects with the
FCPA, the UK Bribery Act 2010, the Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (Canada) and other similar applicable anti-corruption Laws in other jurisdictions. The Borrowers will not directly or, to their knowledge, indirectly use the
proceeds of the Loans in violation of the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act 2010, the Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (Canada) or other similar anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions. (c) None of the Loan Parties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any director, officer, agent,
employee or representative thereof, has engaged in any conduct that would materially violate Sanctions or is an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by any individual or entity that is, (a) the target of any Sanctions,
(b) included on OFACs List of Specially Designated Nationals, Her Majesty Treasurys Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets or any other Sanctions list, or (c) located, organized or resident in a Designated
Jurisdiction. The Borrowers will not directly or, to their knowledge, indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise knowingly make available such proceeds to any Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person that, at the
time of such financing, is (a) the target of any Sanctions, (b) included on OFACs List of Specially Designated Nationals, Her Majesty Treasurys Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets or any other Sanctions list, or
(c) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall require any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any director, officer, employee, agent
or Affiliate of any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are registered or incorporated under the laws of Canada or a province or territory thereof to commit an act or omission that contravenes the Foreign Extraterritorial Measures
(United States) Order, 1992. SECTION 5.18 Collateral Documents. Except as otherwise contemplated hereby or under any other Loan
Documents, the provisions of the Collateral Documents, together with such filings and other actions required to be taken hereby or by the applicable Collateral Documents or contemplated by the Collateral Documents (including the delivery to
Collateral Agent of any Pledged Debt and any Pledged Equity required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Collateral Documents), are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and
enforceable perfected Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) with the applicable priority contemplated herein or in the other Loan Documents on all right, title and interest of Holdings, Holdings GP, the Borrowers and the applicable Subsidiary
Guarantors, respectively, in the Collateral described therein. - 153 -
SECTION 5.19 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers have used the proceeds of the Loans
(including the Swing Line Loans) and the Letters of Credit issued hereunder only in compliance (and not in contravention of) applicable Laws and each Loan Document. ARTICLE VI Affirmative Covenants So long as the Termination Conditions have not been satisfied, the Borrowers shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth
in Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.03 and 6.05) cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to: SECTION 6.01
Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution by the Administrative Agent to each Lender each of the following: (a) Audited Annual Financial Statements. Within one hundred twenty days after the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal
year ending December 31, 2022) of Holdings or, in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021, one hundred and fifty days after the end of such fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the
end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal year together with related notes thereto, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
figures for the previous fiscal year (if ending after the Closing Date), prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Holdings auditor on the Closing Date or any other accounting firm of nationally or
regionally recognized standing or another accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any
going concern qualification (excluding any emphasis of matter paragraph or any explanatory statement), other than any such statement, qualification or exception resulting from or relating to (i) an actual or anticipated
breach of a Financial Covenant, (ii) an upcoming maturity date or (iii) activities, operations, financial results or liabilities of any Person other than the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, which financial statements shall be
accompanied by managements discussion and analysis describing results of operations in the form customarily prepared by management of Holdings. (b) Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but in any event within sixty days after the end of each of the first three
fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Holdings (commencing with the first such full fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date), or, in the case of the first three fiscal quarters ending after the Closing Date, seventy-five days after the end of
such fiscal quarter, (i) a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, (ii) the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for such fiscal quarter and for the
portion of the fiscal year then ended and (iii) the related consolidated statement of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth, in each case of clauses (ii) and (iii), in comparative form, the figures
for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, in each case if ended after the Closing Date, certified by a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower as fairly presenting in
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in material compliance with GAAP, subject to year-end adjustments and the absence of
footnotes, which financial statements shall be accompanied by managements discussion and analysis describing results of operations in the form customarily prepared by management of Holdings. (c) Budget; Projections. Prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, on or prior to the date financial statements are required to be
delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) (commencing with the first fiscal year ending after the Closing Date), a consolidated budget for the following fiscal year on a quarterly basis in form and substance consistent with the
budget customarily prepared by management of the Borrowers for their internal use. - 154 -
(d) Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Simultaneously with the delivery of each set of
consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above, such supplemental financial information (which need not be audited) as is necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any)
from such consolidated financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section 6.01 may be satisfied by furnishing, at the US Borrowers option, (i) the applicable financial statements of (1) any successor of Holdings, (2) any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings
that, together with its combined and consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, constitutes substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its combined consolidated Subsidiaries (a Qualified Reporting Subsidiary) or (3) any
Person of which the US Borrower is a Subsidiary (such Person, a Parent Entity) or (ii) Holdings or a Qualified Reporting Subsidiarys or Parent Entitys Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that with respect to each of clauses (i) and (ii), (A) to the extent such information relates to a Qualified Reporting Subsidiary, or a Parent Entity,
such information is accompanied by customary consolidating information (which need not be audited) that explains in reasonable detail the material differences between the information relating to such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or Parent Entity,
on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on the other hand; (B) (i) in the event that Holdings (or any Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or Parent Entity) delivers to the Administrative Agent a Form 10-K for any fiscal year (or similar filing in the Applicable Jurisdiction), as filed with the SEC or in such form as would have been suitable for filing with the SEC (or similar governing body in the Applicable
Jurisdiction, in each case), within the time frames set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 6.01, such Form 10-K shall satisfy all requirements of paragraph
(a) of this Section 6.01 with respect to such fiscal year to the extent that it contains the information and report and opinion required by such paragraph (a) and such report and opinion does not
contain any going concern qualification (other than any such qualification expressly permitted to be contained therein under paragraph (a) of this Section 6.01) and (ii) in the event that
Holdings (or any Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or Parent Entity) delivers to the Administrative Agent a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for any fiscal quarter (or similar filing in the Applicable Jurisdiction),
as filed with the SEC or in such form as would have been suitable for filing with the SEC (or similar governing body in the Applicable Jurisdiction, in each case), within the time frames set forth in paragraph (b) of this
Section 6.01, such Form 10-Q shall satisfy all requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 6.01 with respect to such fiscal quarter to the
extent that it contains the information required by such paragraph (b), (C) any financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall not be required to contain purchase accounting
adjustments and (D) following the consummation of an acquisition in the applicable period or the period thereafter, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 with respect to the target of such acquisition may be
satisfied by, at the option of the US Borrower, (1) furnishing management accounts for the target of such acquisition or (2) omitting the target of such acquisition from the required financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries
for the applicable period and period thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the request of the US Borrower in connection with
any material Permitted Investment, the Administrative Agent may consent to a thirty-day extension to the deadlines in this Section 6.01. SECTION 6.02 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution by the Administrative
Agent to each Lender each of the following: (a) Compliance Certificate. No later than five Business Days after the delivery of the financial
statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate; provided that if such Compliance Certificate demonstrates a Financial Covenant Event of Default, a notice of an intent to cure (a
Notice of Intent to Cure) pursuant to Section 8.02 may be delivered along with or prior to delivery of such Compliance Certificate, to the extent permitted thereunder. - 155 -
(b) SEC Filings. Promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all
annual, regular, periodic and special reports, proxy statements and registration statements which Holdings or a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary files with the SEC (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such
registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8), and in
any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this
Section 6.02(b) may be satisfied by causing such information to be publicly available on the SECs EDGAR website, another publicly available reporting service or the applicable regulators website. (c) Information Regarding Collateral. The Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative Agent, within 90 days of the occurrence thereof
or such longer period as reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent, written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Partys legal name (as set forth in its certificate of organization or like document) or (ii) in the location of
any Loan Partys chief executive office or the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Loan Party or in the form of its organization, in each case to the extent such information is necessary to enable the Collateral Agent to
perfect or maintain the perfection or priority of its security interest in the Collateral of the relevant Loan Party. (d) Lender
Calls. Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, following delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) and (b) above, the Borrowers shall promptly hold a conference call (at a time selected by the
Borrowers and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) with all Lenders (including both public and private side lenders) who choose to attend such conference call, at which call shall be reviewed the financial
information presented in such financial statements; provided that in no event shall more than one such conference call be requested in any fiscal quarter. (e) Other Information. Such additional information (a) regarding the business operations of any Loan Party or any Material
Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary as the Administrative Agent may from time to time on its own behalf or on behalf of the Required Lenders reasonably request and (b) as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender through the Administrative Agent for purposes of compliance with applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.02 may be
delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrowers (or Holdings or any Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or Parent Entity) posts such documents, or provides a link thereto,
on the Borrowers (or Holdings any Qualified Reporting Subsidiarys or Parent Entitys) website on the Internet, or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrowers behalf on Syndtrak or another relevant
website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that the Borrowers shall notify (which may be by electronic
mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing
posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents. - 156 -
The Borrowers hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Lead
Arrangers will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, Borrower Materials) by posting the Borrower Materials on Syndtrak or another similar
electronic system (the Platform) and (b) certain of the Lenders may have personnel who do not wish to receive any information with respect to Holdings or its Subsidiaries, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing,
that is not Public-Side Information, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons securities. The Borrowers hereby agree that (i) all Borrower Materials that are to be made
available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked PUBLIC which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word PUBLIC shall appear prominently on the first page thereof (and by doing so shall be deemed to have
represented that such information contains only Public-Side Information); (ii) by marking Borrower Materials PUBLIC, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders to treat
such Borrower Materials as containing only Public-Side Information (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.08);
(iii) all Borrower Materials marked PUBLIC are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated Public-Side Information; and (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall
treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked PUBLIC as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated Public-Side Information. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.08. SECTION 6.03 Notices. Promptly after a Responsible Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent for prompt
further notification by the Administrative Agent to each Lender of: (a) the occurrence and continuation of any Default or Event of
Default; and (b) (i) any dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding between a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any
arbitrator or Governmental Authority or (ii) the filing or commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (iii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or
Canadian Pension Event that, in any such case referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) has resulted, or has a reasonable probability of being determined adversely and is reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a
Material Adverse Effect. Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a written statement
of a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower setting forth a summary description of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrowers have taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, the
foregoing shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.08. SECTION 6.04 Payment of Certain Taxes.
Timely pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, as the same shall become due and payable, all obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of
its property, except, in each case, to the extent (a) any such Tax, assessment, charge or levy is being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which appropriate reserves have been established in
accordance with GAAP or (b) the failure to pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy the same has not resulted in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 6.05 Preservation of Existence of the Borrowers(a) . Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence
under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, except as otherwise expressly permitted under this Agreement. - 157 -
SECTION 6.06 Maintenance of Properties. Maintain, preserve and protect all of its
material properties and equipment used in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted), except to the extent the failure to do so has not resulted
in, or is not reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 6.07 Maintenance
of Insurance. (a) Maintain or cause to be maintained with insurance companies that the Borrowers believe (in the good faith judgment
of their management) are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed or with a Captive Insurance Subsidiary, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds
customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business and of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons, and
furnish to the Administrative Agent, which, absent a continuing Event of Default, shall not be made more than once in any twelve month period, upon reasonable written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail
as to the insurance so carried. Schedule 6.07 sets forth a true, complete and accurate description of all material insurance maintained by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrowers or the other Loan Parties as of the Closing Date. (b) Subject to Section 6.15, the Borrowers shall use commercially reasonable efforts such that each such policy of
insurance (as appropriate and is customary and with respect to jurisdictions outside the United States or Canada, to the extent available in such jurisdiction without undue cost or expense), (i) (A) names the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder (with respect to
liability insurance) and/or (B) to the extent covering Collateral in the case of property insurance, contains a loss payable clause or endorsement that names the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the loss payee thereunder;
and (ii) provides that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed (x) by reason of nonpayment of premium
except upon not less than 10 days prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent (giving the Administrative Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (y) for any other reason except upon not
less than 30 days prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent. The Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, prior to the cancellation, modification or non-renewal
of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Administrative Agent, including an insurance binder) together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to
the Administrative Agent of payment of the premium therefor; provided that (A) absent a Specified Event of Default that is continuing, any
proceeds of any insurance shall be delivered by the insurer(s) to Holdings, the Borrowers or one of their Subsidiaries and applied in accordance with this Agreement) and (B) this Section 6.07(b) shall not be applicable
to (1) business interruption insurance, workers compensation policies, employee liability policies or directors and officers policies, (2) policies to the extent the Collateral Agent cannot have an insurable interest therein or is
unable to be named as an additional insured or loss payee thereunder or (3) the extent unavailable from the relevant insurer after the Borrowers use of their commercially reasonable efforts. SECTION 6.08 Compliance with Laws. (a) Comply with the requirements of all Laws (including applicable ERISA-related laws and all
Environmental Laws) and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or to its business or property, except to the extent the failure to comply therewith has not resulted in, or is not reasonably
expected, individually or in the aggregate, to - 158 -
result in a Material Adverse Effect and (b) comply in all material respects with the requirements of USA PATRIOT Act, FCPA, OFAC, UK Bribery Act of 2010, Canadian AML Legislation, Canadian
Sanctions Legislation, the Regulations Implementing the United Nations Resolutions on the Suppression of Terrorism and the United Nations al-Qaida and Taliban Regulations promulgated under the United Nations
Act, together with any similar Canadian legislation, rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto, and other anti-terrorism, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering and Sanctions Laws; provided that the requirements set
forth in this Section 6.08, as they pertain to compliance by any Foreign Subsidiary with the USA PATRIOT Act, FCPA, OFAC, UK Bribery Act of 2010, Canadian AML Legislation, Canadian Sanctions Legislation, the Regulations
Implementing the United Nations Resolutions on the Suppression of Terrorism and the United Nations al-Qaida and Taliban Regulations promulgated under the United Nations Act, together with any similar Canadian
legislation, rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto, are subject to and limited by any Law applicable to such Foreign Subsidiary in its relevant local jurisdiction. SECTION 6.09 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account in which entries that are full, true and correct in all
material respects shall be made of all material financial transactions and material matters involving the assets and business of the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be (it being understood and agreed that Foreign
Subsidiaries and Canadian Subsidiaries may maintain individual books and records in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in their respective countries of organization or operations and that such maintenance shall not constitute a
breach of the representations, warranties or covenants hereunder), in each case, to the extent necessary to prepare the financial statements described in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b). SECTION 6.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders to visit and inspect any of
their properties (subject to the rights of lessees or sublessees thereof and subject to any restrictions or limitations in the applicable lease, sublease or other written occupancy arrangement pursuant to which any such Subsidiary is a party), to
examine its corporate, financial, and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (subject to such
accountants policies and procedures), all at the reasonable expense of the Borrowers and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance written notice to the Borrowers;
provided that, (a) excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights under this Section 6.10 and
the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two times during any calendar year absent the continuation of an Event of Default and one such time shall be at the Borrowers expense and (b) when an Event of Default
is continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or any of their respective representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrowers at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance written
notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.10, none of the Loan Parties or their Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of, any document,
information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to
the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement or (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product. The
Administrative Agent shall give the Borrowers the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrowers independent public accountants. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 11.08. - 159 -
SECTION 6.11 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security. At the
Borrowers expense, subject to any applicable limitation in any Loan Document (including Section 6.12), take the following actions: (a) within ninety days of the occurrence of any Grant Event (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable
discretion), (i) cause the Restricted Subsidiary subject of the Grant Event to execute and deliver the Guaranty (or a
joinder thereto); (ii) cause the Restricted Subsidiary subject of the Grant Event to execute and deliver the applicable
Security Agreement (or a supplement thereto, including a Security Agreement Supplement); (iii) cause the Restricted
Subsidiary subject of the Grant Event to execute and deliver any applicable Intellectual Property Security Agreements with respect to its registered and applied for Intellectual Property constituting Collateral; (iv) [reserved]; (v) cause the Restricted Subsidiary subject of the Grant Event (and any Loan Party of which such Restricted Subsidiary is a
direct Subsidiary) to (A) if such Restricted Subsidiary has opted into Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code or is a Canadian Subsidiary, deliver any and all certificates representing its Equity Interests (to the extent
certificated) that constitute Collateral and are required to be pledged pursuant to the applicable Security Agreement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank (or any other documents
customary under local law), (B) deliver the Global Intercompany Note (or a joinder thereto), (C) deliver all instruments evidencing Indebtedness held by such Restricted Subsidiary that constitute Collateral and are required to be pledged pursuant to
the applicable Security Agreement, endorsed in blank, to the Collateral Agent and (D) if such Restricted Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, deliver such additional security documents and enter into additional collateral arrangements in the
jurisdiction of such Foreign Subsidiary reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (vi) upon the reasonable
request of the Administrative Agent, take and cause the Restricted Subsidiary the subject of the Grant Event and each direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the
applicable Security Agreement that holds Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary to take such customary actions as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any
representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) perfected Liens (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary and the personal property and fixtures of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent required
by the Loan Documents, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in
equity or at law); and (vii) upon request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy
of a customary legal opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties. - 160 -
provided, that actions relating to Liens on real property are governed by
Section 6.11(b) and not this Section 6.11(a). (b) Material Real Property. (i) Notice. (A) Within ninety days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) after the
occurrence of a Grant Event, the Borrowers will furnish to the Collateral Agent a description in reasonable detail of any Material Real Property (other than any Excluded Asset) owned by the Restricted Subsidiary that is the subject of the Grant
Event. (B) Within ninety days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion)
after the acquisition of any Material Real Property by a Loan Party after the Closing Date, the Borrowers will furnish to the Collateral Agent a description of such Material Real Property in reasonable detail. (ii) Mortgages, etc. The Borrowers will, or will cause the applicable Loan Party to, provide the Collateral Agent with a
Mortgage with respect to Material Real Property that is the subject of a notice delivered pursuant to Section 6.11(b)(i), within ninety days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable
discretion) of the event that triggered the requirement to give such notice, together with: (A) evidence that counterparts
of such Mortgage have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in a form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in order to create a
valid and subsisting perfected mortgage Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) on such Material Real Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or are
otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent; (B) fully paid Mortgage Policies or
signed commitments in respect thereof together with such affidavits, certificates, and instruments of indemnification (including a so-called gap indemnification) as shall be required to induce the
title insurance company to issue the Mortgage Policies and endorsements contemplated above and evidence of payment of title insurance premiums and expenses and all recording, mortgage, transfer and stamp taxes and fees payable in connection with
recording the Mortgage; (C) customary opinions of local counsel for such Loan Party in the state or province in which such
Material Real Property is located, with respect to the enforceability of the Mortgage and any related fixture filings and, in the state or province where the applicable Loan Party granting the Mortgage on said Mortgaged Property is organized, an
opinion regarding the due authorization, execution and delivery of such Mortgage; (D) a survey or such survey alternatives
(including, without limitation, an express map) which is sufficient for such title insurance company to omit an exception to each title policy the standard printed survey exception relating to such Material Real Property and issue such endorsements
for which a survey is typically required; and (E) a Flood Insurance Certificate, provided, however, that in
the event any such property is located in an area determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) to be located in a special flood hazard area, that property shall be excluded and any Mortgages thereon shall be
released. - 161 -
(c) Control Agreements. Subject to Section 6.15 and other
than with respect to Excluded Accounts, maintain at all times all cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts with any financial institution that has entered into
a Control Agreement (each such bank account, a Blocked Account). The Loan Parties shall ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than daily to a Blocked Account all amounts on deposit in each Excluded Store Account (net of
$1,000,000 in the aggregate for all Excluded Store Accounts). SECTION 6.12 Further Assurances. Subject to
Section 6.11 and any applicable limitations in any Loan Document, and in each case at the expense of the Borrowers, promptly upon the reasonable request by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (a) correct any
material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing, publication or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral and (b) do, execute, acknowledge,
deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register, re-register, publish and re-publish
any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral
Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document, other than with respect to the Equity Interests and assets of
any Foreign Subsidiary and that becomes a Loan Party, none of Holdings, Holdings GP, the US Borrower, the Canadian Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to, nor will the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent be authorized,
(a) to perfect security interests in the Collateral other than by, (i) all asset filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the office of the secretary of state (or similar
central filing office) of the relevant state(s), all present and after acquired personal property filings pursuant to the PPSA in the relevant province(s) and territory(ies) and filing and filings in the applicable real estate records
with respect to Material Real Property; (ii) Customary filings in (A) the United States Patent and Trademark Office
with respect to material U.S. registered patents and trademarks, (B) the United States Copyright Office of the Library of Congress with respect to material copyright registrations and (C) the Canadian Intellectual Property office with
respect to material patents, trademarks, copyrights and industrial designs, in the case of each of (A), (B) and (C), constituting Collateral; (iii) Mortgages in respect of Material Real Property; and (iv) delivery to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of
(A) certificates representing Pledged Equity, and (B) all promissory notes and other instruments constituting Collateral; provided that promissory notes and instruments having an aggregate principal amount equal to the greater of 5%
of Closing Date EBITDA and 5% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or less need not be delivered to the Collateral Agent; in each case, in the manner provided in the Collateral Documents; (b) to enter into any control agreement, lockbox or similar arrangement with respect to any commodities account or other bank account (other
than a Deposit Account or Securities Account), or otherwise take or perfect a security interest with control; (c) to take any action
(i) outside of the United States or Canada with respect to any assets located outside of the United States or Canada, (ii) in any non-U.S. jurisdiction other than Canada or (iii) required by the
laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction other than Canada to create, perfect or maintain any security interest or otherwise; or - 162 -
(d) to take any action with respect to perfecting a Lien with respect to letters of credit,
letter of credit rights, commercial tort claims, chattel paper or assets subject to a certificate of title or similar statute (in each case, other than the filing of customary all asset UCC-1
financing statements or all present and after acquired personal property PPSA financing statements) or to deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels, bailee letters or collateral access letters, in each case, unless required by the terms
of the applicable Security Agreement or the relevant Collateral Document. Further, the Loan Parties shall not be required to perform any
periodic collateral reporting, if any, with any frequency greater than once per fiscal year (provided that this clause shall not limit the obligation of the Loan Parties to comply with Section 6.02(c) or
Section 6.11). SECTION 6.13 Designation of Subsidiaries. The Borrowers may at any time designate any
Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or designate (or re-designate, as the case may be) any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that: (a) immediately before and after such designation (or re-designation), no Specified Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing; and (b) the Investment resulting from the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary as described above is permitted by Section 7.02. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Borrowers therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the applicable Borrowers or Restricted Subsidiarys (as applicable) Investment therein. The
designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness and Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and a return on any Investment by the Borrowers
in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of the applicable Borrowers or Restricted Subsidiarys (as applicable) Investment in such
Subsidiary. Except as set forth in this paragraph, no Investment will be deemed to exist or have been made, and no Indebtedness or Liens shall be deemed to have been incurred or exist, by virtue of a Subsidiary becoming an Excluded Subsidiary or an
Excluded Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. SECTION 6.14 Maintenance of Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to
maintain (a) a public corporate credit rating or public corporate family rating, as applicable, from any two of S&P, Moodys and Fitch, in each case, in respect of the Borrowers (but not a specific rating), and (b) a public rating
in respect of the Initial Term Loans from any two of S&P, Moodys and Fitch (but not a specific rating). SECTION 6.15
Post-Closing Matters. The Borrowers will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, take each of the actions set forth on Schedule 6.15 within the time period prescribed therefor on such schedule (as
such time period may be extended by the Administrative Agent). SECTION 6.16 Use of Proceeds. (a) The proceeds of the Initial Term Loans will be used on the Closing Date to finance, in part, the Transactions. - 163 -
(b) The proceeds of Revolving Loans will be used for working capital and general corporate
purposes of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including the financing of transactions that are not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement (including Permitted Investments); provided the amount of Revolving Loans incurred on
the Closing Date shall not exceed the sum of (i) an amount, not to exceed $25,000,000, which may be used to pay consideration due under the Acquisition Agreement, to consummate the Closing Date Refinancing and to pay Transaction Expenses,
(ii) amounts required to replace or backstop existing letters of credit, (iii) amounts required to fund any working capital requirements of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, (iv) amounts required to fund any
OID or upfront fees in connection with the Transactions from the exercise of market flex under the Fee Letter and (v) amounts to repay any outstanding Indebtedness under any revolving or working capital facility of the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries on the Closing Date. (c) Letters of Credit will be used by the US Borrower for general corporate purposes of the
Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including supporting transactions not prohibited by the Loan Documents. (d) With respect to
(i) Incremental Loans, the proceeds thereof may be used as specified in the applicable Incremental Amendment and otherwise in accordance with Section 2.16(e), (ii) Refinancing Loans, the proceeds thereof shall be used to refinance all or a
portion of any Loans as specified in the applicable Refinancing Amendment and in accordance with Section 2.17, and (iii) Replacement Loans, the proceeds thereof shall be used to replace or refinance Loans as specified in
Section 11.01(f)(ii). SECTION 6.17 Change in Nature of Business. Engage only in material lines of business that are
substantially consistent with those lines of business conducted by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and lines of business that are reasonably similar, corollary, ancillary, incidental, synergistic, complementary or
related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, in each case as determined by the US Borrower in good
faith. SECTION 6.18 Transactions with Affiliates(a) . Conduct all transactions with any Affiliates of the Borrowers or the
Restricted Subsidiaries involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of the greater of (x) 7.5% of Closing Date EBITDA and (y) 7.5% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such transaction, for
any individual transaction or series of related transactions, on terms that are at least substantially as favorable to the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain in a comparable arms length transaction with a Person other
than an Affiliate, as determined by US Borrower in good faith; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) transactions between or among the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction; (b) the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses (including the Transaction Expenses) related to the Transactions on or about the Closing Date to the extent such fees and expenses
are disclosed to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date; (c) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity to any Affiliate of the Borrowers or any former, current or future officer, director,
manager, employee or consultant (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity; (d) (i) the
payment of indemnities and expenses (including reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses) to the Sponsor pursuant to any Sponsor Management Agreement and (ii) the
payment of (A) management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses to the Sponsor pursuant to any Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and
other fees accrued in any prior year) and (B) any Sponsor Termination Fees; (e) employment and severance arrangements and confidentiality agreements among Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective
officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock - 164 -
option, profits interest and other equity plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements; (f) the licensing of trademarks, copyrights or other Intellectual Property to permit the
exploitation of Intellectual Property between or among Affiliates and Subsidiaries of the Borrowers in the ordinary course of business; (g) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees and consultants of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in the ordinary
course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries; (h) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date or any amendment thereto (so long as
any such amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date); (h) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06 and Investments
permitted under Section 7.02; (i) so long as no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, customary payments by the Borrowers and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the
Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith or a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith; (j) transactions in which the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, deliver to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the applicable Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements
of this Section 6.18 (without giving effect to the parenthetical immediately before the first proviso in this Section 6.18); (k) investments by the Sponsor in securities of Holdings or Indebtedness
of Holdings, a Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms; (l) payments to or from, and transactions with, Joint Ventures in the
ordinary course of business; (m) any Disposition of Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing; (n) [reserved]; (o) the payment of any dividend or distribution within sixty days after the
date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration (i) such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) no Event of Default occurred and was continuing; (p) transactions between the Borrowers or
any of the Subsidiaries and any person, a director of which is also a director of a Borrower or any direct or indirect Parent Entity of a Borrower; provided, however, that (i) such director abstains from voting as a director of
such Borrower or such direct or indirect Parent Entity, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other person and (ii) such Person is not an Affiliate of Holdings for any reason other than such directors acting in such capacity;
(q) payments, loans (or cancellation of loans) or advances to employees or consultants that are (i) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Holdings or either Borrower in good faith, (ii) made
in compliance with applicable law and (iii) otherwise permitted under this Agreement; and (r) transactions (i) with Holdings in its capacity as a party to any Loan Document or to any agreement, document or instrument governing or relating
to (A) any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.03 (including Permitted Refinancings thereof) or (B) the Acquisition Agreement, any other agreements contemplated thereby or any agreement,
document or instrument governing or relating to any Permitted Acquisition (whether or not consummated) and (ii) with any Affiliate in its capacity as a Lender party to any Loan Document or party to any agreement, document or instrument
governing or relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.03 (including Permitted Refinancings thereof) to the extent such Affiliate is being treated no more favorably than all other Lenders
or lenders thereunder. - 165 -
ARTICLE VII Negative Covenants So long as the Termination Conditions are not satisfied, the Borrowers shall not (and, with respect to Section 7.10
only, Holdings and Holdings GP shall not), nor shall the Borrowers permit any Restricted Subsidiary to: SECTION 7.01 Liens.
Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, that secures Indebtedness other than the following: (a) Liens securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(a), including obligations
in respect of any Loan, Incremental Loans and Extended Loans; (b) [reserved]; (c) Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens incurred under Sections 7.01(a) and 7.01(b)) and
listed on Schedule 7.01(c) hereto; (d) Liens securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted under
Section 7.03(d), including in respect to Attributable Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligations, and Indebtedness financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets;
provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy days after completion of the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and
(ii) such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for additions and accessions to such assets, replacements and products thereof and customary security deposits) other than the assets subject to, or acquired, constructed,
repaired, replaced or improved with the proceeds of such Indebtedness; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender or its
affiliates; (e) Liens in favor of a Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03; (f) Liens securing Obligations in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreement and other Indebtedness permitted by
Section 7.03(f); (g) (i) Liens on Excluded Assets and (ii) Liens on assets of Non-Loan Parties; provided that, in the case of this clause (ii) any Indebtedness securing such Liens is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g); (h) Liens on the Collateral securing obligations in respect of Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Secured
Refinancing Debt and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(h); (i) Liens securing obligations in respect of (i) Incremental Equivalent Debt (with the lien priority permitted in such definition, other
than to the extent such Indebtedness is only permitted to be incurred as Indebtedness not secured by a Lien on any Collateral) and (ii) other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Permitted Refinancing of such Incremental Equivalent Debt
permitted by Section 7.03(i); provided that such Liens under this clause (ii) are permitted by Section 7.01(ll)(i); (j) Liens securing obligations in respect of (i) Permitted Ratio Debt (with the lien priority permitted in such definition, other than to
the extent such Indebtedness is only permitted to be incurred as Indebtedness not secured by a Lien on any Collateral) and (ii) other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Permitted Refinancing of such Permitted Ratio Debt permitted by
Sections 7.03(j); provided that such Liens under this clause (ii) are permitted by Section 7.01(ll)(i); (k) [reserved]; - 166 -
(l) (i) Liens existing on property at the time of (and not in contemplation of) its
acquisition or existing on the property of any Person or on Equity Interests of any Person, in each case, at the time such Person becomes (and not in contemplation of such Person becoming) a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by designation as a
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14), in each case after the Closing Date; provided that (A) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products
thereof and other than after-acquired property of such acquired Restricted Subsidiary covered by an existing grant clause (and not created in contemplation thereof)) and (B) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under
Section 7.03(d) or (l), (ii) Liens on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement relating to an
Investment and (iii) Liens incurred in connection with escrow arrangements or other agreements relating to an acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder; (m) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to
Section 7.02 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or
Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien; (n) (i) pledges or deposits in
the ordinary course of business in connection with workers compensation, health, disability or employee benefits, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or similar legislation or regulation or other insurance-related obligations
(including in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of
(including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiaries; (o) (i) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto and
(ii) Liens on cash securing obligations to insurance companies with respect to insurable liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business; (p) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed
money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(q) Liens on the Securitization Assets arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; (r) Liens in respect of the cash collateralization of letters of credit; (s) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business
and not for speculative purposes and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of setoff) and that are
within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; (t) Liens securing Cash Management Obligations permitted by
Section 7.03; - 167 -
(u) Liens that are customary contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the
establishment of depository relations with banks or other deposit-taking financial institutions in the ordinary course and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings,
the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to
purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (v) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other
like Liens, or other customary Liens (other than in respect of Indebtedness) in favor of landlords, so long as, in each case, such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business that secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than sixty days
or, if more than sixty days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of
the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP; (w) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a
lessors, sublessors, licensors or sublicensors interest under leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses entered into by a Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as lessee, sublessee, licensee or sublicensee in the
ordinary course of business; (x) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by a Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries are located; (y) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or
regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (z) deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course
of business of such Borrower and such Subsidiary to secure the performance of such Borrowers or such Subsidiarys obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises; (aa) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are not overdue for a period of more than sixty days or that are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or for property taxes on property a Borrower or its Subsidiaries has decided to abandon if the
sole recourse for such tax, assessment or charge is to such property; (bb) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), encroachments, protrusions, and the reservations, limitations, conditions and provisos contained in the original grants or patents, if any, from
the Crown, and other similar encumbrances and title defects affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole,
or the use of the property for its intended purpose, and any other exceptions to title on the Mortgage Policies provided in accordance with this Agreement; (cc) Liens arising from judgments or orders for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under
Section 9.01(g); - 168 -
(dd) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of
business (or other agreement under which a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has granted rights to end users to access and use a Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiarys products, technologies, facilities or services) which do not
interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that do not secure debt for borrowed money; (ee) Liens (i) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection
with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business and (ii) on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds thereof of any Person securing such Persons obligations in respect of bankers acceptances or
documentary letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or such other goods in the ordinary course of business; (ff) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by a Borrower
or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (gg) Liens imposed by law or incurred pursuant to customary
reservations or retentions of title (including contractual Liens in favor of sellers and suppliers of goods) incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not constituting borrowed money that are not overdue for a period of more than sixty
days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriated proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP (if so required); (hh) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02 and reasonable
customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; (ii) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents earmarked to be used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness where such satisfaction or discharge of such
Indebtedness is not otherwise prohibited; (jj) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA
financing statements or similar public filings; (kk) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by this
Section 7.01; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property covered by any existing grant clause in effect immediately prior to such
modification, replacement, renewal or extension (and not created in contemplation thereof) or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(d), (B) property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered
by such Lien and (C) proceeds and products thereof and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03; (ll) Liens securing: (i) a Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness; provided that: (A) such Indebtedness was permitted by Section 7.03 and was secured by a Permitted Lien; (B) such Permitted Refinancing is permitted by Section 7.03; (C) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than after-acquired property covered by any existing grant clause
in effect immediately prior to such Permitted Refinancing (and not created in contemplation thereof), property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and proceeds and products thereof; - 169 -
(D) such modification, replacement, renewal or extension is subject to the
limitations under clause (e)(iii)(B) of the definition of Permitted Refinancing; and (E) such Permitted Refinancing shall
be secured by no greater priority in relation to the Obligations than the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (ii)
Guarantees and other obligations permitted by Sections 7.03(w) and (y) to the extent that the underlying Indebtedness subject to such Guarantee is permitted to be secured by a Lien; provided that the Indebtedness referenced
in such Sections was otherwise permitted to be secured by a Lien pursuant to another subsection of this Section 7.01; (mm) Liens securing Pari Passu Lien Debt and/or Junior Lien Debt; provided that: (i) after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, (A) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Lien Debt, then the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio measured as of the date of initial
attachment of such Lien shall be no greater than (1) the Closing Date First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or (2) the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence, or (B) if such Indebtedness is Junior Lien Debt, either (1) the Secured Net Leverage Ratio measured as of the date of
incurrence of such Indebtedness (or revolving commitments) shall be no greater than (x) the Closing Date Total Net Leverage Ratio plus 0.25 to 1.00 or (y) the Secured Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence; and (ii) such Liens (other than with respect to purchase money and similar obligations) are, in each case, subject to an Equal
Priority Intercreditor Agreement or Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; and (nn) Liens securing Indebtedness or other
obligations in an aggregate principal amount as of the date such Indebtedness is incurred, not to exceed the sum of (i) the greater of (A) 100% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 100% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of
determination, in each case determined as of the date such Indebtedness is incurred and (ii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Fixed Incremental Amount pursuant to Section 7.03(y)(ii); provided that Liens
incurred pursuant to this clause (nn) may be pari passu with the Liens securing the Facilities under this Agreement. For purposes
of determining compliance with this Section 7.01, in the event that any Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories set forth above, the Borrowers may, in their sole discretion, at
the time of incurrence, divide, classify or reclassify, or at any later time divide, classify or reclassify, such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant on the date such Lien is incurred or such later time, as
applicable; provided that all Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents will be deemed to have been incurred in reliance on the exception in clause (a) above and shall not be permitted to be reclassified pursuant to this paragraph.
Any Lien incurred in compliance with this Section 7.01 after the Closing Date that is contractually secured on
a pari passu basis with the Obligations will be subject to an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement, and any Lien incurred in compliance with this Section 7.01 after the Closing Date that is secured on a
contractually junior basis will be subject to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. - 170 -
SECTION 7.02 Investments. Make or hold any Investments, except: (a) Investments, (i) by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; and (ii) by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; (b) Investments existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to legally binding written contracts in existence on the Closing Date and any
modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension of any of the foregoing; provided that the amount of any Investment permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(b) is not increased from the amount of such
Investment on the Closing Date (and not created in contemplation thereof) except pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by another clause of this Section 7.02; (c) Permitted Acquisitions; (d) Investments (i) held by a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a Person merged, amalgamated or consolidated
with or into a Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into a Restricted Subsidiary (or committed to be made by any such Person) to the extent that, in each case, such Investments or any such commitments were not made in
contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and (ii) held by Persons that become Restricted
Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, including Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries made or acquired (or committed to be made or acquired), to the extent that such Investments were not made or acquired (or committed to be made or acquired) in
contemplation of, or in connection with, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such designation as applicable; (e) Investments
in Similar Businesses that do not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding the greater of (i) 50% of Closing Date EBITDA and (ii) 50% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination; (f) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries that do not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding the greater of (i) 35% of Closing
Date EBITDA and (ii) 35% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination; (g) Investments to the extent
that payment for such Investments is made solely with Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or the proceeds from the issuance thereof; (h) Joint Venture Investments; (i) loans and advances to Holdings (or any Parent Entity) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other
loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof) Restricted Payments permitted to be made to Holdings (or such Parent Entity) in accordance with Section 7.06 (g) or (h); - 171 -
(j) loans or advances to any Company Person; (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes;
(ii) in connection with such Persons purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any Parent Entity);
provided that, to the extent such loans or advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Equity Interests shall be contributed to Holdings in cash; and (iii) for any other purpose; provided that either (A) no cash or Cash Equivalents are advanced in connection with
such Investment or (B) the aggregate principal amount outstanding under this clause (iii) shall not exceed the greater of (1) 10% of Closing Date EBITDA and (2) 10% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of
determination; (k) Investments in Hedge Agreements; (l) promissory notes and other Investments received in connection with Dispositions or any other transfer of assets not constituting a
Disposition; (m) Investments in assets that are cash or Cash Equivalents or were Cash Equivalents when made; (n) Investments consisting of extensions of trade credit or otherwise made in the ordinary course of business, including Investments
consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and trade arrangements with customers, vendors, suppliers, licensors and licensees; (o) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness (including Guarantees), fundamental changes, Dispositions and Restricted Payments permitted
under Sections 7.01, 7.03, 7.04 (other than clause (f) thereof), 7.05 (other than clause (e) thereof) and 7.06 (other than clauses (d), (g) and (h) thereof), respectively; (p) Investments (i) received in connection with the bankruptcy, workout, recapitalization or reorganization of, or in settlement of
delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, the issuer of such Investment or an Affiliate thereof, (ii) received in connection with the foreclosure of any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured
Investment in default, (iii) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons, (iv) as a result of the settlement, compromise or resolutions of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates and
(v) received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of trade credit and other credit extended in the ordinary course of business, including to vendors and suppliers; (q) advances of payroll and other payments to any Company Person in the ordinary course of business; (r) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material, services or equipment pursuant to joint marketing
arrangements with other Persons; - 172 -
(s) Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining,
maintaining or renewing client contracts and loans or advances made to distributors, vendors, suppliers, licensors and licensees; (t)
Guarantees of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; (u) Investments in connection with any Permitted Reorganization and the transactions relating thereto or contemplated thereby; (v) Investments in connection with any deferred compensation plan or arrangement or other compensation plan or arrangement, including to a
rabbi trust or to any grantor trust claims of creditors; (w) in the event that a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary makes
any Investment after the Closing Date in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and such Person subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, additional Investments in an amount equal to the fair market value of such Investment as of the
date on which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation thereof or in connection therewith; (x) (i) Investments made in connection with or to effect the Transactions and (ii) any Investments held by or committed to by a
Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Closing Date; (y) Investments made in connection with unfunded pension fund and other
employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the extent that such obligations and/or liabilities, as applicable, are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable law; (z) Investments in connection with intercompany cash management services, treasury arrangements and any related activities arising in the
ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or industry norm; (aa) Investments consisting of (i) the licensing of
Intellectual Property pursuant to joint marketing, collaborations or other similar arrangements with other Persons and/or (ii) minority equity interests in customers received as part of fee arrangements or other commercial arrangements; (bb) the conversion to Qualified Equity Interests of any Indebtedness owed by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; (cc) (i) Investments in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection
with a Qualified Securitization Financing; provided, however, that any such Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary is of Securitization Assets or equity, and (ii) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases
of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; (dd)
Investments made by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party with the cash or other assets received by it pursuant to a substantially concurrent Investment made in such Subsidiary that was permitted by this Section 7.02;
provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding under this clause (dd) shall not exceed the greater of (1) 25% of Closing Date EBITDA and (2) 25% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination; (ee) Investments in Immaterial Subsidiaries; provided that such entity remains an Immaterial Subsidiary after giving pro forma
effect to such Investment; - 173 -
(ff) Investments, so long as the Total Net Leverage Ratio (after giving Pro Forma Effect to
the incurrence of such Investment) for the Test Period immediately preceding the making of such Investment shall be less than or equal to the Closing Date Total Net Leverage Ratio less 0.25 to 1.00 provided that no Specified Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; (gg) Investments that do not exceed in the aggregate at any time
outstanding the sum of: (i) the greater of (A) 75% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 75% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
as of the applicable date of determination; and (ii) the Available Amount at such time; provided that no Specified
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom. If any Investment is made in any Person that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary on the date of such Investment and such Person subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereupon be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7.02(a)(i) and to not have been made pursuant to
any other clause set forth above. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.02, in the event
that any Investment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories set forth above, the Borrowers may, in their sole discretion, at the time such Investment is made, divide, classify or reclassify, or at any later
time divide, classify or reclassify, such Investment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant on the date such Investment is made or such later time, as applicable. The amount of any Investment at any time shall be the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property actually invested (measured
at the option of the Borrowers, either (x) at the time made or (y) to the extent an LCA Election has been made with respect to such Investment, as of the date that any applicable definitive agreement with respect to such Investment is
entered into), without adjustment for subsequent changes in the value of such Investment, net of any return, whether a return of capital, interest, dividend or otherwise, with respect to such Investment. To the extent any Investment in any Person is
made in compliance with this Section 7.02 in reliance on a category above that is subject to a Dollar-denominated restriction on the making of Investments and, subsequently, such Person returns to a Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary all or any portion of such Investment (in the form of a dividend, distribution, liquidation or otherwise, but excluding Intercompany Indebtedness), such return shall be deemed to be credited to the Dollar-denominated category
against which the Investment is then charged. To the extent the category subject to a Dollar-denominated restriction is also subject to a percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA restriction which, at the date of determination, produces a
numerical restriction that is greater than such Dollar amount, then such Dollar equivalent shall be deemed to be substituted in lieu of the corresponding Dollar amount in the foregoing sentence for purposes of determining such credit. For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated (or percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, if greater) restriction
on the making of Investments, the Dollar equivalent amount of the Investment denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Investment was made. SECTION 7.03 Indebtedness. Create, incur or assume any Indebtedness, other than: (a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents (including Incremental Loans and Extended Loans); (b) [reserved]; - 174 -
(c) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03(c) hereto
and any Permitted Refinancing thereof, including any Intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date; (d)
(i) (A) Attributable Indebtedness relating to any transaction, (B) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets, whether through the
direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets, so long as such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with, or within two-hundred and seventy days after, the applicable
acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement and (C) Indebtedness arising from the conversion of obligations of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary under or pursuant to any synthetic lease transactions to
Indebtedness of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding incurred pursuant to this clause (d) shall not exceed the greater of 50% of
Closing Date EBITDA and 50% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination, in each case, determined at the time of incurrence, (ii) Attributable Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Sale Leaseback
Transaction otherwise permitted hereunder and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.03(d)(i); provided that for the purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 7.03(d), any lease that is not treated under GAAP as a capital lease at the time such lease is executed but is subsequently treated under GAAP as a capitalized lease as the result of a change in GAAP (or
interpretations thereof) after the Closing Date shall not be treated as Indebtedness; (e) Indebtedness of a Borrower or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries owing to a Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to the Canadian Intercompany
Note or the Global Intercompany Note (but only to the extent permitted by applicable law); (f) Indebtedness in respect of
(i) Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and (ii) Hedge Agreements designed to hedge against Holdings, a Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiarys exposure to interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities
pricing risks, in each case of clauses (i) and (ii), incurred not for speculative purposes, and Guarantees thereof; (g) (i)
Indebtedness incurred by a Non-Loan Party which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (g)(i) and then outstanding, does
not exceed the greater of (A) 20% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 20% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination and (ii) Indebtedness that is recourse only to Excluded Assets; (h) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; (i) Incremental Equivalent Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; (j) Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; (k) Contribution Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; (l) Indebtedness, (i) of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date pursuant to a Permitted Investment permitted
hereunder, which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and is not incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary that is non-recourse to
(and is not assumed by any of) either Borrower, Holdings, Holdings GP or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary of such Person that is a Subsidiary on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date) and is
either (A) unsecured or (B) secured only by the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary by Liens permitted under Section 7.01; - 175 -
(ii) of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary assumed in connection with
any Permitted Acquisition; provided the amount of debt assumed by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to this clause (l)(ii), when aggregated with the amount of Indebtedness incurred or assumed by Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to clause (l)(iii) below does not exceed the greater of (A) 30% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 30% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis in each case determined at the
time of incurrence; (iii) of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or assumed in connection with any permitted
Investment (other than pursuant to Section 7.02(o)); provided the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred or assumed by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, at any time outstanding pursuant to this
clause (l)(iii) does not exceed, when aggregated with all Indebtedness assumed by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to clause (l)(ii) above, the greater of (A) 30% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 30% of TTM
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis, in each case determined at the time of incurrence; and (iv) any
Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing; provided that, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses (ii) through (iv),
immediately after giving effect to the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness and consummation of such Investment or Acquisition Transaction, either (I) the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be equal to or greater than 2.00 to 1.00 or the
Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness or (II) the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than the Closing Date Total Net Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately
prior to such incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness; in the case of each of clauses (I) and (II), after giving Pro Forma Effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof and measured as of and for the Test
Period immediately preceding the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness for which financial statements are available; (m)
unsecured Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, Acquisition Transaction or Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Disposition, in each case to the extent constituting (i) indemnification obligations or
(ii) obligations in respect of purchase price (including earn-outs and seller notes) or other similar adjustments; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding incurred pursuant to this
clause (m)(ii) shall not exceed the greater of 35% of Closing Date EBITDA and 35% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination determined at the time of incurrence; (n) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of
business; (o) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or
other similar arrangements with employees incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions, Permitted Acquisitions, Acquisition Transaction or any Investment expressly permitted hereunder (other than pursuant to
Section 7.02(o)); - 176 -
(p) Indebtedness to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants, and
employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) permitted by Section 7.06; (q) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued
or created in the ordinary course of business, including such Indebtedness that is consistent with past practices in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance
or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims and letters of credit that are cash collateralized; (r) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or
(ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; (s) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations
provided by the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past
practices; (t) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse (except
for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to either Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; (u) (i) Indebtedness in respect of
letters of credit issued for the account of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as (A) such Indebtedness is not secured by any Lien on Collateral and (B) the aggregate face amount of such letters of credit does not exceed the
greater of (I) 10% of Closing Date EBITDA and (II) 10% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, in each case determined at the time of issuance of such letter of credit and (ii) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit that are fully cash
collateralized; provided the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (u)(ii) does not exceed the greater of (A) 20% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 20% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
on a Pro Forma Basis, in each case determined at the time of incurrence; (v) (i) obligations in respect of Cash Management
Obligations and (ii) other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs and other cash management and similar arrangements, in each case of clauses
(i) and (ii), incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices and any Guarantees thereof; (w)
Guarantees by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of a Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any
Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guaranty and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated in
right of payment to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guaranty in right of payment on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination terms with respect to such Indebtedness; (x) Indebtedness incurred on behalf of, or representing Guarantees of Indebtedness of, any Joint Ventures in an aggregate principal amount at
any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (i) 30% of Closing Date EBITDA and (ii) 30% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination, in each case determined at the time of incurrence, and any Permitted
Refinancing of the foregoing; - 177 -
(y) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the
sum of (i) the greater of (A) 100% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 100% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination, in each case determined at the time of incurrence and (ii) the Fixed Incremental
Amount, and any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing; and (z) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees,
expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (y) above. For purposes of
determining compliance with this Section 7.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories set forth above, the Borrowers may, in their sole
discretion, at the time of incurrence, divide, classify or reclassify, or at any later time divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant on the date such
Indebtedness is incurred or such later time, as applicable; provided that all Indebtedness created pursuant to the Loan Documents will be deemed to have been incurred in reliance on the exception in clause (a) above and will not be
permitted to be reclassified pursuant to this paragraph. For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated (or
percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, if greater) restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency
exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower Dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such
Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated (or percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, if greater) restriction to be exceeded
if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated (or percentage of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, if greater) restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as
the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced (plus unpaid accrued interest and premium (including tender premiums) thereon and underwriting discounts,
defeasance costs, fees, commissions and expenses in connection therewith). The accrual of interest and the accretion of accreted value
and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.03. The principal amount of any
non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Borrowers dated such date
prepared in accordance with GAAP. SECTION 7.04 Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate or amalgamate with or
into another Person, or effect a Division, except that: (a) Holdings and Holdings GP may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with the US
Borrower, and any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with a Borrower (including a merger or amalgamation, the purpose of which is to reorganize such Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided that: (i) a Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person; (ii) such merger, amalgamation or consolidation does not result in the US Borrower ceasing to be organized under the Laws of
the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or the Canadian Borrower ceasing to be organized under the Laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof; and - 178 -
(iii) in the case of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of Holdings or
Holdings GP with and into the US Borrower, (A) no Event of Default shall exist at such time or after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (B) Holdings or Holdings GP, as applicable, shall not be an obligor in
respect of any Qualified Holding Company Debt or any other Indebtedness that is not permitted to be Indebtedness of the US Borrower under this Agreement at such time, (C) Holdings shall have no direct Subsidiaries at the time of such merger,
amalgamation or consolidation other than the US Borrower and Holdings GP, (D) after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, the direct parent of the US Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (E) such direct parent of the US Borrower shall concurrently
become a Guarantor and pledge 100% of the Equity Interest of the US Borrower to the Administrative Agent as Collateral to secure the Obligations in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (b) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary; (c) any merger or amalgamation the purpose of which is to reincorporate or reorganize a Restricted Subsidiary in another jurisdiction shall be
permitted; provided that, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, such reincorporation or reorganization shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent not to be unreasonably withheld; (d) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the US Borrower determines in good faith that such action
is not materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders, provided (i) no Event of Default shall result therefrom, and (ii) the surviving Person (or the Person who receives the assets of such dissolving or liquidated Restricted
Subsidiary) shall be a Restricted Subsidiary; (e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a Borrower may merge,
amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person; provided that: (i) such Borrower shall be the continuing or
surviving corporation; or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not
such Borrower (any such Person, the Successor Borrower); (A) (i) if the merging, amalgamating or
consolidating Borrower is the US Borrower, the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) if the merging, amalgamating or consolidating
Borrower is the Canadian Borrower, the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof; (B) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to which such Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; - 179 -
(C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger,
amalgamation or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee of the Obligations shall apply to the Successor Borrowers obligations under this Agreement; (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to
the applicable Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrowers obligations under this Agreement and the direct parent of such Person shall pledge 100% of the Equity Interests of such Person
to the Administrative Agent as Collateral to secure the Obligations; (E) if requested by the Collateral Agent, each
mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral
Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrowers obligations under this Agreement; and (F) such Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate and an opinion of counsel,
each stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement, and, with respect to such opinion of counsel only, including customary organization, due
execution, no conflicts and enforceability opinions to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; it being agreed that
if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Borrower under this Agreement; (f)
any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment, Acquisition Transaction, Disposition or Permitted Reorganization not prohibited by the Loan Documents (other than any transaction permitted
pursuant to Section 7.02(o)); (g) any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary may conduct a Division that
produces two or more surviving or resulting Persons; provided that (i) if a Division is conducted by a Borrower,
then each surviving or resulting Person shall constitute a Borrower for all purposes of the Loan Documents (unless the Administrative Agent otherwise consents in its reasonable discretion) and shall remain jointly and severally liable
for all Obligations of such Borrower immediately prior to such Division and otherwise comply with Section 7.04(e); (ii) if a Division is conducted by Holdings or Holdings GP, then all of the Equity Interests of the US Borrower held by
Holdings or Holdings GP, as applicable, immediately prior to such Division must be owned by only one Person that survives or results from such Division, and such Person owning such Equity Interests in the US Borrower shall otherwise comply with
Section 7.10(b)(ii), become a Guarantor and pledge 100% of the Equity Interests of the US Borrower held by it to the Collateral Agent; and - 180 -
(iii) if a Division is conducted by a Loan Party other than a Borrower,
Holdings or Holdings GP, then each surviving or resulting Person of such Division shall also be a Loan Party unless and to the extent any such surviving or resulting Loan Party is the subject of a Disposition permitted pursuant to
Section 7.05 (other than Section 7.05(e)) or otherwise would constitute an Excluded Subsidiary; provided, further that such surviving or resulting Person not becoming a Loan Party and
the assets and property of such surviving or resulting Person not becoming Collateral shall, in each case, be treated as an Investment and shall be permitted under this Section 7.04(g)(iii) solely to the extent permitted
under Section 7.02 (other than by Section 7.02(o)); (h) as long as no Default exists
or would result therefrom, a merger, amalgamation, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05 (other than
Section 7.05(e)); and (i) the Transactions may be consummated. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of any merger, amalgamation, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, amalgamation or Division
of any Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary effected in accordance with this Section 7.04, the Borrowers shall (x) promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent for further distribution by the
Administrative Agent to each Lender (1) such information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in order to comply with applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and
regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and (2) a Beneficial Ownership Certification and (y) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file,
re-file, register, re-register, publish and re-publish any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other
instruments as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to perfect or continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents in accordance with
Section 6.11 and as promptly as practicable. SECTION 7.05 Dispositions. Make any Disposition, except:
(a) Dispositions of obsolete, damaged, worn out, used or surplus property (including for purposes of recycling), whether now owned or
hereafter acquired and Dispositions of property of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries that is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business or economically practicable or commercially desirable to maintain; (b) Dispositions of property in the ordinary course of business; (c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar
replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property; provided that to the extent the property being transferred constitutes Collateral such replacement
property shall constitute Collateral; (d) Dispositions of property to a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the
fair market value (as determined by the US Borrower in good faith) of any Disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Non-Loan Party, when aggregated with the fair market value of all other Dispositions
to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Loan Parties incurred pursuant to this clause (d), does not exceed the greater of (A) 50% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 50% of TTM
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination; (e) Dispositions permitted by
Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(o)), Section 7.04 (other than Section 7.04(h)) and Section 7.06 (other than
Section 7.06(d)) and Permitted Liens (other than Section 7.01(l)(i)); - 181 -
(f) Dispositions of property pursuant to Sale Leaseback Transactions; provided that
(i) no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Event of Default exists) and (ii) such Disposition shall be for no less
than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition; (g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents; provided, that
such Disposition shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition; (h) leases, subleases,
licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, that such
Disposition shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition; (i) Dispositions of
property subject to Casualty Events; (j) Dispositions; provided that: (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into
at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition; (ii) with respect to any
Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of the greater of 7.5% of Closing Date EBITDA and 7.5% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the date of the Disposition, a Borrower or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that for the purposes of this clause (ii) each of the following shall be deemed to be cash; (A) any liabilities (as shown on such Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet provided
hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the
applicable Disposition and for which the Borrowers and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing; (B) any securities received by such Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Borrower
or Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within one hundred and eighty days following the closing of the applicable Disposition; and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such Disposition
having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of the greater
of (I) 15% of Closing Date EBITDA and (II) 15% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the date of the Disposition, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being
measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and (iii) such Disposition shall
be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition (this clause (j), the General Asset Sale Basket); - 182 -
(k) Dispositions of Investments in Joint Ventures to the extent required by, or made
pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the Joint Venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; (l) Dispositions or discounts of accounts receivable and related assets in connection with the collection, compromise or factoring thereof;
(m) Dispositions (including issuances or sales) of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness owing to, or of other securities of, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; (n) Dispositions to the extent of any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon permitted by such
provision) for use in any business conducted by a Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code (or comparable or successor provision); (o) Dispositions in connection with the unwinding of any Hedge Agreement; (p) Dispositions by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets in connection with the closing or sale of a facility in the ordinary
course of business of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, which consist of fee or leasehold interests in the premises of such facility, the equipment and fixtures located at such premises and the books and records relating exclusively and
directly to the operations of such facility; provided that as to each and all such sales and closings, (i) no Event of Default shall result therefrom and (ii) such sale shall be on commercially reasonable prices and terms in a bona
fide arms-length transaction; (q) Dispositions (including bulk sales) of the inventory of a
Loan Party not in the ordinary course of business in connection with facility closings, at arms length; (r) Disposition of
Securitization Assets to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, provided, that such Disposition shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition;
(s) the lapse, abandonment or discontinuance of the use or maintenance of any Intellectual Property if determined by a Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary in its reasonable business judgment that such lapse, abandonment or discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of a Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiarys business (as applicable); (t) Disposition of any property or asset with a fair market value not to exceed with respect to any transaction the greater of (i) 5.0% of
Closing Date EBITDA and (ii) 5.0% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the date of the Disposition; (u) Disposition of assets
acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder that the US Borrower determines will not be used or useful in the business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries; and (v) Dispositions of Excluded Assets by Non-Loan Parties and Dispositions of Excluded Assets by Loan
Parties, in each case, for fair market value. - 183 -
To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this
Section 7.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the US
Borrower that such Disposition is permitted by this Agreement, and without limiting the provisions of Section 10.11 the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to, and shall, take any actions reasonably requested by the US
Borrower in order to effect the foregoing (and the Lenders hereby authorize and direct the Administrative Agent to conclusively rely on any such certification by the US Borrower in performing its obligations under this sentence). SECTION 7.06 Restricted Payments. Make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except: (a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrowers and to any other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a
Restricted Payment by a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, to a Borrower or any such other Restricted Subsidiaries and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary ratably
according to their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests or as otherwise required by the applicable Organization Documents); (b) the Borrowers and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and make Restricted Payments payable solely in the form of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 7.03) of such Person; (c) Restricted Payments made pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement in connection with the Transactions on, or substantially concurrently with,
the Closing Date; (d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and
consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(o)) or 7.04 (other than a merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving a Borrower);
(e) Restricted Payments in respect of the repurchase of Equity Interests in Holdings (or any Parent Entity of Holdings that only owns
Equity Interests, directly or indirectly, in the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries), a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that occur upon or in connection with the exercise of stock options or warrants or similar rights if such Restricted Payments
represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or similar rights or tax withholding obligations with respect thereto; (f) Restricted Payments of Equity Interests in, Indebtedness owing from and/or other securities of or Investments in, any Unrestricted
Subsidiaries; (g) the Borrowers may pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow Holdings or any Parent Entity to pay) for the repurchase,
retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of Holdings (or of any Parent Entity) held by any Management Stockholder, including pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option or
profits interest plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any separation, stock subscription, shareholder or partnership agreement) with any employee, director, consultant or distributor of a Borrower (or any
Parent Entity) or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, the aggregate Restricted Payments made pursuant to this Section 7.06(g) after the Closing Date together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to Holdings
made pursuant to Section 7.02(j) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (g) shall not exceed: (i) the greater of (A) 10% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 10% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of
measurement in any calendar year, with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years; plus - 184 -
(ii) an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds of key man life insurance
policies received by the Borrowers or the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; plus (iii) to the
extent contributed in cash to the common Equity Interests of a Borrower and Not Otherwise Applied, the proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity, in each case to a Person that is or becomes a Management Stockholder
that occurs after the Closing Date; plus (iv) the amount of any cash bonuses or other compensation otherwise
payable to any future, present or former Company Person that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of Holdings or a Parent Entity, a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus (v) payments made in respect of withholding or other similar taxes payable upon repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or
retirement of Equity Interests of Holdings or a Parent Entity or its Subsidiaries or otherwise pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option or profits interest plan or any other employee or director benefit
plan or any agreement; (h) each Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any Parent Entity or Holdings GP, as applicable: (i) (x) in respect of any taxable period for which a Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a
consolidated, combined, affiliated, unitary or similar tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign income tax purposes of which a Parent Entity is the common parent, or for which a Borrower is a disregarded entity for U.S.
federal income tax purposes that is wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by a C corporation for U.S. federal and/or applicable state or local income tax purposes, in an amount not to exceed the amount of any U.S. federal, state, local or foreign
income taxes that such Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have paid for such taxable period had such Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, been treated as a stand-alone corporate taxpayer or a stand-alone corporate
group (including amounts to fund estimated payments of such taxes) or (y) in respect of any taxable period for which a Borrower is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal and/or applicable state, local or foreign tax
purposes except as otherwise described in clause (x), in an amount not to exceed the product of (A) the taxable income of any such Parent Entity and Holdings GP, as applicable, that is derived from such Borrower with respect to their respective
ownership interests in such Borrower for such taxable period, and (B) the applicable highest combined federal, state, and local tax rate for a corporation doing business in New York City, taking into account the year in which the taxable income
is recognized by such Parent Entity and Holdings GP, as applicable, and the deductibility of state and local income taxes as applicable at the time for United States federal income tax purposes and any limitations thereon and assuming that all tax
losses incurred in earlier periods by such Borrower are carried forward and offset taxable income and gain in later periods; provided that in the case of any such distributions attributable to Tax liability in respect of income of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, each Borrower shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or another Unrestricted Subsidiary) to make cash distributions to such Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in an
aggregate amount that such Borrower determines in its reasonable discretion is necessary to pay such Tax liability on behalf of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; - 185 -
(ii) the proceeds of which will be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments
to allow any Parent Entity to pay) operating costs and expenses (including, following the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, Public Company Costs) of Holdings, Holdings GP or any Parent Entity incurred in the ordinary course of business and other
corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, attributable to the ownership or
operations of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries; (iii) the proceeds of which will be used to pay franchise taxes and
other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any of such Parent Entitys) corporate or legal existence; (iv) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that
(A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) Holdings and the Borrowers shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether
assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (which shall be a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent required by Section 7.02) or (2) the merger or amalgamation (to the extent
permitted in Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired by a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in order to consummate such Investment; (v) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any Parent Entity to pay) costs, fees and
expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any successful or unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Agreement; and (vi) the proceeds of which (A) will be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and
employees of Holdings, Holdings GP or any Parent Entity to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) will be used to make payments
permitted under Sections 6.18, (g), (i) and (n) (but only to the extent such payments have not been and are not expected to be made by a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided, the aggregate
Restricted Payments made pursuant to this Section 7.06(h) shall be reduced by the amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(i) in lieu of Restricted Payments under this
Section 7.06(h); (i) Restricted Payments (i) made in connection with the payment cash in lieu of
fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition or other transaction permitted by the Loan Documents or (ii) to honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible
Indebtedness and to make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith; (j) the declaration and payment of dividends
on a Borrowers, Holdings, Holdings GPs or a Parent Entitys common stock following the first public offering of a Borrowers common stock or the common stock of any Parent Entity after the Closing Date, of up to the sum
of (A) 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to a Borrower in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to a Borrowers common stock registered on Form
S-4 or Form S-1, plus (B) an amount equal to 6% of the Market Capitalization at the time of such public offering; (k) repurchases of Equity Interests (i) deemed to occur on the exercise of options by the delivery of Equity Interests in satisfaction of
the exercise price of such options or (ii) in consideration of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors,
administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing), including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options or the vesting of any equity awards; (l) payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters rights (including in connection with or as a result of the exercise of appraisal rights
and the settlement of any claims or actions, whether actual, contingent or potential) pursuant to or in connection with a merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer of assets or other transaction permitted by the Loan Documents; - 186 -
(m) payments or distributions of a Restricted Payment within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof if at the date of declaration such Restricted Payment would have been permitted hereunder; (n) Restricted Payments
(not consisting of cash or Cash Equivalents) made in lieu of fees or expenses (including by way of discount), in each case in connection with any permitted receivables financing permitted under Section 6.01; (o) the Borrowers may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any Parent Entity to) (i) redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise
acquire in whole or in part any Equity Interests of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Equity Interests of any Parent Entity (Treasury Equity Interests), in exchange for, or with the proceeds (to the extent contributed
to Holdings or a Borrower substantially concurrently) of the sale or issuance (other than to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) of, other Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests (Refunding Equity
Interests) and (ii) declare and pay dividends on any Treasury Equity Interests out of any such proceeds; (p) redemptions
in whole or in part of any of its Equity Interests for another class of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests, except to the extent issued by a Borrower to a Restricted Subsidiary) or with proceeds from substantially
concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests (and in no event shall such contribution or issuance so utilized increase the Available Amount) (other than Disqualified Equity Interests, except to the extent issued by a Borrower
to a Restricted Subsidiary); (q) Restricted Payments constituting or otherwise made in connection with or relating to any Permitted
Reorganization; provided that if immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such Permitted Reorganization and the transactions to be consummated in connection therewith, any distributed asset ceases to be owned by a Borrower or another
Restricted Subsidiary (or any entity ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary), the applicable portion of such Restricted Payment must be otherwise permitted at such time under another provision of this Section 7.06 (and
constitute utilization of such other Restricted Payment exception or capacity); (r) Restricted Payments; provided that the Total
Net Leverage Ratio (after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payment) would be less than or equal to the Closing Date Total Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00; provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would result therefrom; and (s) the Borrowers may make Restricted Payments (the proceeds of which may be utilized by Holdings to make
additional Restricted Payments) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of, (i) the greater of (A) 75% of Closing
Date EBITDA and (B) 75% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as of the applicable date of determination; and (ii) the
Available Amount at such time; provided, that no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom. The amount set forth in Section 7.06(s)(i) may, in lieu of Restricted Payments, be utilized by a Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary to (i) make or hold any Investments without regard to Section 7.02 or (ii) prepay, repay redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof any Junior
Financing without regard to Section 7.09(a). - 187 -
The amount of any Restricted Payment at any time shall be the amount of cash and the fair
market value of other property subject to the Restricted Payment at the time such Restricted Payment is made. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.06, in the event that any Restricted Payment (or any
portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories set forth above, the Borrowers may, in their sole discretion, at the time such Restricted Payment is made, divide, classify or reclassify, or at any later time divide, classify,
or reclassify, such Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant on the date such Restricted Payment is made or such later time, as applicable. SECTION 7.07 [Reserved]. SECTION 7.08 Negative Pledge. Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan
Document) that prohibits or restricts the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person (other than Excluded Assets) for the benefit of the
Lenders to secure the Obligations under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that: (a) exist on the Closing Date, including Contractual Obligations governing Indebtedness incurred on the Closing Date to finance the
Transactions and any Permitted Refinancing thereof (so long as the scope of Contractual Obligations is not expanded thereby) or other Contractual Obligations executed on the Closing Date in connection with the Transactions; (b) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such
Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or binding with respect to any asset at the time such asset was acquired; (c) are Contractual Obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (provided that such Contractual Obligations are not
prohibited by this Agreement) or to the extent applicable only to Excluded Assets; (d) are customary restrictions that arise in
connection with (A) any Lien permitted by Section 7.01 and relate to the property subject to such Lien or (B) any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05 applicable pending such Disposition
solely to the assets (including Equity Interests) subject to such Disposition; (e) are provisions in joint venture agreements and other
similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures permitted under Section 7.02; (f) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in
favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of or that secures such Indebtedness and the proceeds and
products thereof; (g) are restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or agreements governing a disposition of assets,
trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto; - 188 -
(h) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(d), (f), (g), (r)(i) or (v) to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; (i) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest; (j) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business; (k) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers or trade counterparties under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; (l) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 7.01; (m) comprise restrictions that are, taken as a whole, in the good faith judgment of the US Borrower (i) no more restrictive with respect
to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary than customary market terms for Indebtedness of such type and (ii) no more restrictive than the restrictions contained in this Agreement, or not reasonably anticipated to materially and adversely
affect the Loan Parties ability to make any payments required hereunder; (n) apply by reason of any applicable Law, rule,
regulation or order or are required by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; (o)
are customary restrictions contained in Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.03 (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (x) or (y); (p) are Contractual Obligations that are subject to the applicable override provisions of the UCC or the PPSA; (q) are customary provisions (including provisions limiting the Disposition, distribution or encumbrance of assets or property) included in
sale leaseback agreements or other similar agreements; (r) are net worth provisions contained in agreements entered into by a Borrower or
any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the US Borrower has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions would not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to meet its ongoing obligations; (s) are restrictions arising in any agreement relating to (i) any Cash Management Obligation to the extent such restrictions relate
solely to the cash, bank accounts or other assets or activities subject to the applicable Cash Management Services, (ii) any Hedge Agreements; (t) are restrictions on the granting of a security interest in Intellectual Property contained in licenses, sublicenses or cross-licenses by a
Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Intellectual Property, which licenses, sublicenses and cross-licenses were entered into the in the ordinary course of business; and - 189 -
(u) are other restrictions or encumbrances imposed by any amendment, modification,
restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in the preceding clauses of this Section; provided that no such amendment, modification, restatement,
renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing is, in the good faith determination of the US Borrower, materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and other restrictions, taken as a whole, than those in effect
prior to the relevant amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. SECTION
7.09 Junior Debt Prepayments; Amendments to Junior Financing Documents. (a) Prepayments of Junior Financing. Prepay, repay,
redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the date that is one year before the scheduled maturity thereof any Junior Financing (any such prepayment, repayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or satisfaction, a Junior Debt
Repayment), except: (i) Junior Debt Repayments with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, any (A) Permitted
Refinancing therefor or (B) other Junior Financing or Junior Lien Debt permitted hereunder; (ii) Junior Debt
Repayments (A) made with Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Entity, with the proceeds of an issuance of any such Equity Interests or with the proceeds of a contribution to the capital of a Borrower after the Closing Date that
is Not Otherwise Applied or (B) consisting of the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests; (iii)
Junior Debt Repayments of Indebtedness of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to Holdings, a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) Junior Debt Repayments of Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date in
connection with a transaction not prohibited by the Loan Documents, which Indebtedness was in existence at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary (and not incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary); (v) Junior Debt Repayments within 60 days of giving notice thereof if at the date of such notice, such payment would have been
permitted hereunder; (vi) Junior Debt Repayments made in connection with the Transactions; (vii) Junior Debt Repayments consisting of the payment of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments, payments of
fees, expenses, penalty interest and indemnification obligations when due, other than payments prohibited by any applicable subordination provisions; (viii) Junior Debt Repayments consisting of a payment to avoid the application of Section 163(e)(5) of the Code (an
AHYDO Catch Up Payment); (ix) Junior Debt Repayments, if the Total Net Leverage Ratio (after giving Pro
Forma Effect thereto) for the Test Period immediately preceding the incurrence of such payments shall be less than or equal to the Closing Date Total Net Leverage Ratio less 0.50 to 1.00; provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing or would result therefrom; and - 190 -
(x) Junior Debt Repayments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of:
(A) the Available Amount at such time; provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would result therefrom; and (B) the greater of (A) 30% of Closing Date EBITDA and (B) 30% of TTM Consolidated Adjusted
EBITDA of the Borrowers on a Pro Forma Basis as of the applicable date of determination. provided, however, that each of the following
shall be permitted: payments of regularly scheduled principal and interest on Junior Financing, payments of closing and consent fees related to Junior Financing, indemnity and expense reimbursement payments in connection with Junior Financing, and
mandatory prepayments, mandatory redemptions and mandatory purchases, in each case pursuant to the terms of Junior Financing Documentation. The amount set forth in Section 7.09(a)(x)(A) may, in lieu of Junior Debt Repayments be utilized by a Borrower or
any Restricted Subsidiary to make or hold any Investments without regard to Section 7.02. The amount of any
Junior Debt Repayment at any time shall be the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property used to make the Junior Debt Repayment at the time such Junior Debt Repayment is made. For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 7.09(a), in the event that any prepayment, repayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or satisfaction (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories set forth above, the Borrowers
may, in their sole discretion, at the time of such prepayment, repayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or satisfaction is made, divide, classify, or reclassify, or at any later time divide, classify or reclassify, such prepayment, repayment,
redemption, purchase, defeasance or satisfaction (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant on the date it was made or such later time, as applicable. (b) Amendments to Junior Financing Documents. Amend, modify or change in any manner without the consent of the Administrative Agent,
any Junior Financing Documentation unless (i) such amendment, modification or change is permitted pursuant to any applicable intercreditor or subordination agreement or (ii) the US Borrower determines in good faith (such determination
being conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the effect of such amendment, modification or waiver is not, taken as a whole, materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders, in each case, other than as a result of a Permitted
Refinancing thereof; provided that, in each case pursuant to this clause (ii), a certificate of the US Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to such amendment or other modification, together with a
reasonably detailed description of such amendment or modification, stating that the US Borrower has reasonably determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy such foregoing requirement of this clause (ii) shall be conclusive
evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such foregoing requirement of this clause (ii) unless the Administrative Agent notifies the US Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a
reasonably detailed description of the basis upon which it disagrees). SECTION 7.10 Holding Company. (a) In the case of Holdings and Holdings GP, engage in any material business or operations, it being agreed that the following activities (and
activities incidental thereto) will not be prohibited: (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of the US Borrower (and,
in the case of Holdings, Holdings GP) and any Subsidiary of Holdings (that is not the US Borrower or a Subsidiary of the US Borrower) which is formed solely for purposes of acting as a co-obligor with respect
to any Qualified Holding Company Debt and which does not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any material business or operation; - 191 -
(ii) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur
fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance); (iii) the performance of its obligations and payments with respect
to (i) any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.03, any Qualified Holding Company Debt or any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing, or (ii) the Acquisition Agreement and the other
agreements contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement; (iv) any (i) Permitted Reorganization or (ii) public
offering of its common stock or any other issuance of its Equity Interests (including Qualified Equity Interests); (v)
making (i) payments or Restricted Payments to the extent otherwise permitted under this Section 7.10 and (ii) Restricted Payments with any amounts received pursuant to transactions permitted under, and for the
purposes contemplated by, Section 7.06; (vi) the incurrence of Qualified Holding Company Debt
and activities required thereunder; (vii) making contributions to the capital of its Subsidiaries; (viii) guaranteeing the obligations of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in each case solely to the extent such obligations
of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are not prohibited hereunder; (ix) participating in tax, accounting and other
administrative matters as a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group that includes Holdings, Holdings GP and the Borrowers; (x) holding any cash or property received in connection with Restricted Payments made by the US Borrower in accordance with
Section 7.06 pending application thereof by Holdings; (xi) the entry into and performance of its
obligations with respect to contracts and other arrangements directly related to any other activity permitted under this clause (a) and providing indemnification to officers, managers, directors and employees; (xii) making Investments in assets that are Cash Equivalents; (xiii) the consummation of the Transactions; and (xiv) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (i) to (xii) of this
Section 7.10(a). (b) Holdings and Holdings GP may not merge, amalgamate, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate
with or into any other Person; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, Holdings and Holdings GP may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person if the following
conditions are satisfied: - 192 -
(i) Holdings or Holdings GP, as applicable, shall be the continuing or
surviving Person, or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not
Holdings or Holdings GP or is a Person into which Holdings or Holdings GP has been liquidated, (A) the Successor Holdings
or Successor Holdings GP, as applicable, shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof, (B) the Successor Holdings or Successor Holdings GP, as applicable, shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings or
Holdings GP, as applicable, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings or Holdings GP, as applicable, is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) the Successor Holdings or Successor Holdings GP, as applicable, shall pledge 100% of the Equity Interest of the US Borrower
held by it to the Collateral Agent as Collateral to secure the Obligations in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (D) the US Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers certificate and an opinion of counsel,
each stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement and, with respect to such opinion of counsel only, including customary organization, due
execution, no conflicts and enforceability opinions to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; it being agreed that
if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Holdings or Successor Holdings GP, as applicable, will succeed to, and be substituted for, Holdings or Holdings GP, as applicable, under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of any merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, amalgamation or Division of Holdings or
Holdings GP effected in accordance with this Section 7.10, the Borrowers shall (x) promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent for further distribution by the Administrative Agent to each
Lender (1) such information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in order to comply with applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA
PATRIOT Act and (2) a Beneficial Ownership Certification and (y) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register, re-register, publish and re-publish any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may
reasonably request in order to perfect or continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents as promptly as practicable. - 193 -
ARTICLE VIII Financial Covenant So long as the Termination Conditions have not been satisfied, the Borrowers and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries covenant and agree that:
SECTION 8.01 First Lien Net Leverage Ratio. Commencing with the Test Period ending on the last day of the second full fiscal
quarter ended after the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall not permit the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio on the last day of each Test Period to be greater than 7.75 to 1.00 if the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans, Swing Line
Loans and Letters of Credit (but excluding (i) undrawn amounts under any Letters of Credit up to an amount not to exceed $20,000,000, (ii) Letters of Credit that have been Cash Collateralized, (iii) Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans
incurred to finance (x) any OID or upfront fees in connection with the Transactions from the exercise of market flex under the Fee Letter or (y) the Transaction (including payment of working capital or purchase price
adjustments) and Transaction Expenses; provided that amounts may only be excluded pursuant to this clause (iii) for the first four full fiscal quarters following the Closing Date) exceeds (or exceeded) 35% of the then outstanding
Revolving Commitments in effect on such date. To the extent required to be tested with respect to any Test Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, compliance with this Section 8.01 shall be tested on the date that the Financial Statements
for the applicable Test Period are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), as applicable, and not prior to such date. SECTION 8.02 Borrowers Right to Cure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 8.01, in the event that the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is greater than the amount set forth in Section 8.01 on the last day of any applicable Test Period, the proceeds of any equity
contribution made to a Borrower, the proceeds of any issuance by a Borrower of its Equity Interests (in the form of Qualified Equity Interests) and the proceeds of any Junior Debt of a Borrower having terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent in
its sole discretion (such Equity Interests and Junior Debt, Cure Security), in each case, received after the first day of such Test Period and on or prior to the day that is fifteen Business Days after the day on which financial
statements are required to be delivered for such Test Period and Not Otherwise Applied (such date, the Cure Expiration Date) will, at the request of the US Borrower, be included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
solely for the purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 8.01 at the end of such Test Period and any subsequent period that includes a fiscal quarter in such Test Period (any such
equity contribution, a Specified Equity Contribution); provided that, (a) no Revolving Lender or Swing Line
Lender shall be required to make any new extension of credit under a Loan Document, and no Issuing Banks shall be required to issue, increase the face amount of or extend any Letter of Credit, during the fifteen Business Day period referred to above
if a Borrower has not received the proceeds of such Specified Equity Contribution prior to or concurrently with such extension; (b) the
US Borrower shall not be permitted to so request that a Specified Equity Contribution be included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA with respect to any fiscal quarter unless, after giving effect to such requested Specified Equity
Contribution, there would be at least two fiscal quarters in the Relevant Four Fiscal Quarter Period in which no Specified Equity Contribution has been made; (c) no more than five Specified Equity Contributions will be made in the aggregate; (d) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution and the use of any proceeds therefrom will be no greater than the amount required to cause
the Borrowers to be in compliance with Section 8.01; (e) any proceeds of Specified Equity Contributions will be disregarded for all
other purposes under the Loan Documents (including calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of determining leverage-based basket levels, pricing (including the Applicable Rate and the Applicable Commitment Fee) and other items governed
by reference to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA); and - 194 -
(f) there shall be no reduction in Indebtedness pursuant to a cash netting provision with
the proceeds of any Specified Equity Contribution for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 8.01 for the fiscal quarter for which such Specified Equity Contribution was made.
ARTICLE IX Events of Default and Remedies SECTION 9.01 Events of Default. Each of the events referred to in clauses (a) through (j) of this
Section 9.01 constitutes an Event of Default: (a)
Non-Payment. Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, any amount of principal of any Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation, or
(ii) within ten Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any fee or reimbursement obligation (other than a Reimbursement Obligation) or other amount payable pursuant to the terms of a Loan Document; or (b) Specific Covenants. A Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, in the case of Section 7.10, Holdings or
Holdings GP, fails to perform or observe any covenant contained in: (i) Section 6.03(a) (solely
to the extent and only for so long as such notice has not been delivered), 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrowers) or Article VII; or (ii) Section 8.01 (any such failure to perform or observe the covenant contained in
Section 8.01 and any failure to perform or observe any other Financial Covenant contained from time to time in a Loan Document, a Financial Covenant Event of Default); provided that a Financial
Covenant Event of Default shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Initial Term Loans or any other Facility (other than the Revolving Facility incurred on the Closing Date) unless (A) with respect to any such
other Facility, such Financial Covenant is, by its terms, applicable to any such other Facility, in which case, it shall constitute a Default or an Event of Default to the extent set forth by such terms, or (B) with respect to the Initial Term
Loans, the Revolving Lenders have terminated all Revolving Commitments and declared all Revolving Loans to be immediately due and payable in accordance with Section 9.02(b), and such termination and declaration has not been
rescinded (a Financial Covenant Cross Default); or (c) Other Defaults. A Loan Party fails to perform or observe
any other covenant (not specified in Section 9.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty days after receipt by the Borrowers
of written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent; or (d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty
made or deemed by any Loan Party in any Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered pursuant to the terms of a Loan Document, including for the avoidance of doubt the Company Specified Representations when deemed made, shall be untrue
in any material respect (or, with respect to any representation or warranty qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, shall be untrue in any respect) when made or deemed made; and in the case of any representation and warranty
made or deemed made after the Closing Date, such representation or warranty shall remain untrue (in any material respect or in any respect, as applicable) for a period of thirty days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the
Borrowers; provided that this clause (d) shall be limited on the Closing Date to the Specified Representations; or - 195 -
(e) Cross-Default. A Loan Party: (i) fails to make any payment of any principal or interest beyond the applicable grace period, if any, whether by scheduled
maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise, in respect of its Material Indebtedness; or (ii) fails
to perform or observe any covenant, agreement or condition relating to any Material Indebtedness or any other event or condition occurs, the effect of which failure or event or condition is to cause such Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to
its scheduled maturity or to enable or permit (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or any agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become
due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its stated maturity, in each case pursuant to its terms; provided that (A) this clause (e) shall not apply to any failure if it has been remedied, cured or waived in accordance with the terms
of such Material Indebtedness and (B) clause (e)(ii) shall not apply: (1) to any secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation
event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; (2) to the failure to observe or perform any covenant that requires compliance with any measurement of financial or operational performance (including any leverage, interest coverage
or fixed charge ratio or minimum EBITDA, a Financial Covenant) unless and until the holders of such Indebtedness have terminated all commitments (if any) and accelerated all obligations with respect thereto in accordance with the
terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness (and such Event of Default shall terminate automatically and immediately upon the requisite holders of such Indebtedness rescinding such acceleration and/or waiving such event of default under
such Indebtedness); (3) to the conversion of, or the satisfaction of any condition to the conversion of, any Indebtedness that is convertible or exchangeable for Equity Interests; (4) to a customary change of control put right in
any indenture governing any such Indebtedness in the form of notes; (5) to events of default, termination events or any other similar event under the documents governing Hedge Agreements or (6) to a refinancing of Indebtedness with other
Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement; or (f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. (i) Any Loan Party (A) institutes or
consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (B) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or (C) applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator,
rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; (ii) any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative
receiver or similar officer is appointed for a Loan Party or any material part of its property without the application or consent of such Loan Party and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty calendar days; (iii) any
proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to a Loan Party or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Loan Party and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty calendar days; or (iv) an order
for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or (g) Judgments. There is entered against a Loan Party a final, enforceable, and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance or another
indemnity obligation) and such judgment or order is not satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded for a period of sixty consecutive days; or (h) Invalidity of Loan Documents. The material provisions of the Loan Documents, taken as a whole, at any time after their execution
and delivery and for any reason cease to be in full force and effect, except (i) as expressly permitted by the Loan Documents (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04, 7.05 or
7.10(b)), (ii) as a result of the satisfaction of the Obligations or (iii) resulting from acts or omissions of a Secured Party or the application of applicable law; or - 196 -
(i) Collateral Documents and Guarantee. Any: (i) Collateral Document with respect to a material portion of the Collateral with a fair market value exceeding the Threshold
Amount after its execution and delivery shall for any reason cease to create a valid and perfected or published, as applicable, Lien, except (A) as otherwise permitted by, or as a result of a transaction not prohibited by, the Loan Documents,
(B) resulting from the failure of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Hypothecary Representative or any of their agents or bailees to maintain possession or control of Collateral, (C) resulting from the making of a
filing, or the failure to make a filing, under the Uniform Commercial Code, the PPSA or other applicable law, (D) as to Collateral consisting of real property, to the extent that (1) such losses are covered by a lenders title
insurance policy (unless the Borrowers in good faith reasonably believe that payment thereunder will not be made by the applicable insurer) or (2) a deficiency arose through no fault of a Loan Party and such deficiency is corrected with
reasonable diligence upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof or (E) resulting from acts or omissions of a Secured Party or the application of applicable law; or (ii) Guarantee with respect to a Guarantor that is Holdings, Holdings GP or a Material Subsidiary (other than an Excluded
Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect, except (A) as otherwise permitted by, or as a result of a transaction not prohibited by, the Loan Documents, (B) upon the satisfaction in full of the Obligations,
(C) upon the release of such Guarantor as provided for under the Loan Document or in accordance with its terms or (D) resulting from acts or omissions of a Secured Party or the application of applicable law; or (j) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or (a) ERISA(b) . (i) an ERISA Event or Canadian Pension Event shall have occurred, (ii) the PBGC shall institute proceedings
(including giving notice of intent thereof) to terminate any Plan or Plans, (iii) a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is
being terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or (iv) a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code)
involving any Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (iv) above, such event or condition is in respect of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Event of Default or breach of
any representation or warranty in Article V or any covenant in Article VI or VII shall constitute a Default or Event of Default if such Event of Default or breach of such representation or warranty in Article V or such
covenant in Article VI or VII would not have occurred but for a fluctuation (or other adverse change) in Exchange Rates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, the words exists,
is continuing or similar expressions with respect thereto shall mean that the Default or Event of Default has occurred and has not yet been cured (other than with respect to a Financial Covenant Event of Default) or waived;
provided that, any court of competent jurisdiction may (x) extend or stay any grace period prior to when any actual or alleged Default becomes an actual or alleged Event of Default or (y) stay the exercise of remedies by any
Administrative Agent upon the occurrence of an actual or alleged Event of Default, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of applicable Law. - 197 -
If any Default or Event of Default occurs due to (i) the failure by any Loan Party to take any action by a specified time, such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have been cured
at the time, if any, that the applicable Loan Party takes such action. (ii) the failure by the Borrowers to provide notice thereof pursuant to Section 6.03(a), such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have been cured upon the
Borrowers delivery of such notice, or (iii) the taking of any action by any Loan Party that is not then permitted by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to be cured on
the earlier to occur of (x) the date on which such action would be permitted at such time to be taken under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including pursuant to an applicable amendment or waiver permitting such action, or
otherwise and (y) the date on which such action is unwound or otherwise modified to the extent necessary for such revised action to be permitted at such time by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including after giving effect to any
amendments or waivers). SECTION 9.02 Remedies upon Event of Default. (a) General. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02(b) and Section 9.02(c)
below, if any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, and shall at the request of the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions: (i) declare the Commitments of each Lender and the obligation of each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit to be terminated,
whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated; (ii) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding
Loans, all interest and premium accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of
which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers and each Guarantor; (iii) require that the US Borrower Cash
Collateralize its Letters of Credit (in an amount equal to 103% of the maximum face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit); and (iv) exercise on behalf of itself, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it, the Issuing Banks
and the Lenders under the Loan Documents and/or under applicable Law; provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order
for relief with respect to a Borrower under any Debtor Relief Law, the Commitments of each Lender and the obligations of each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans
and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable and the obligation of the US Borrower to Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without
further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender. (b) Financial Covenant Event of Default. Subject to
Section 9.02(c) below, if a Financial Covenant Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result of a breach of Section 8.01, the Required Revolving Lenders may either (i) terminate
the Revolving Commitments and/or (ii) take the actions specified in Section 9.02(a) in respect of the Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Loans, Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. The Required Lenders may take
any of the actions specified in Section 9.02(a) in respect of a Financial Covenant Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Financial Covenant Cross
Default. - 198 -
(c) Limitations on Remedies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan
Document, (i) Financial Covenant Cure. If the Borrowers fail to comply with Section 8.01,
such failure shall not result in an Event of Default until the Cure Expiration Date and then only to the extent not cured pursuant to Section 8.02 and the Revolving Lenders and the Administrative Agent may not take any of
the actions set forth in Section 9.02(a) or (b) (i) until after the Cure Expiration Date and then only to the extent a cure has not been effected pursuant to Section 8.02; (ii) Net Short Representations. Any notice of Default, Event of Default or acceleration provided to the Borrowers by the
Administrative Agent on behalf of one or more Lenders that have expressly requested that such notice be given to the Borrowers must be accompanied by a written Net Short Representation from any such Lender (other than an Unrestricted Lender)
delivered to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent); provided that (A) in the absence of any such written Net Short Representation, each such Lender shall be deemed to have represented and warranted to the Borrowers and
the Administrative Agent that it is not a Net Short Lender (it being understood and agreed that the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely conclusively on each such representation and deemed representation (including, with
respect to the Administrative Agent, as provided in Section 11.28(f)(i)) and (B) no Net Short Representation shall be required to be delivered during the pendency of a Default or Event of Default caused by a bankruptcy
or similar insolvency proceeding. SECTION 9.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in
Section 9.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in the proviso to Section 9.02(a)) or the occurrence of a Specified Revolver Trigger that has not
been cured or waived, all amounts received on account of the Obligations (and proceeds of Collateral), all payments or distributions of any kind or nature and all adequate protection payments or plan distributions in any insolvency or similar
proceeding (in each case, whether received from any Loan Party, in connection with an exercise of remedies, a credit bid or otherwise) shall, subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than
principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 11.04 and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in their
capacities as such; Second, to payment in full of Unfunded Advances/Participations (the amounts so applied to be distributed
between or among, as applicable, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Banks pro rata in accordance with the amounts of Unfunded Advances/Participations owed to them on the date of any such distribution); Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest,
Letter of Credit fees, Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations) payable to the Revolving Lenders and the Issuing Banks (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 11.04 and amounts
payable under Article III) ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Third payable to them; Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit fees and interest on the
Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit Usage, ratably among the Revolving Lenders and the Issuing Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; - 199 -
Fifth, (a) to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid
principal of the Revolving Loans, the Letter of Credit Usage and the Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements with respect to which the Hedge Bank is a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate thereof and Cash Management Obligations with respect to which
the Cash Management Bank is a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate thereof and (b) to Cash Collateralize Letters of Credit (to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) (in an amount equal to 103% of the
maximum face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit) and to further permanently reduce the Revolving Commitments by the amount of such Cash Collateralization, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described
in this clause Fifth held by them; provided that (i) any such amounts applied pursuant to the foregoing subclause (b) shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Issuing Banks to Cash Collateralize such
Letters of Credit, (ii) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.19, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to this clause Fifth shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters
of Credit as they occur and (iii) upon the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the pro rata share of Cash Collateral attributable to such expired Letter of Credit shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the
priority of payments set forth in this Section 9.03; provided, further, that Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Guarantor shall not be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or its assets,
but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation to Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section; Sixth, to the payment of all other Obligations that are due and payable to the Revolving Lenders on such date, ratably based upon the
respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Revolving Lenders on such date; Seventh, to payment of that
portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest, Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations) payable to the Term Loan Lenders (including Attorney Costs
payable under Section 11.04 and amounts payable under Article III) ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Seventh payable to them; Eighth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loans, ratably among the Term
Loan Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Eighth held by them; Ninth, (a) to payment of
that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Term Loans and the Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements with respect to which the Hedge Bank is not a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate thereof and Cash Management Obligations
with respect to which the Cash Management Bank is not a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate thereof, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Ninth held by them; provided that Excluded
Swap Obligations with respect to any Guarantor shall not be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or its assets, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation to
Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section; Tenth, to the payment of all other Obligations that are due and payable to
the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and other Secured Parties on such date; Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Law. - 200 -
ARTICLE X Administrative Agent and Other Agents SECTION 10.01 Appointment and Authority of the Administrative Agent. (a) Each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints KLAS to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under
the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article X (other than Sections 10.09 and 10.11) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrowers nor any Loan Party
shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provision. Each Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Revolving Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each Issuing Bank
shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Agents in this Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be
issued by it and the Letter of Credit Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term Agent as used in this Article X and the definition of Agent Related Person included such Issuing Bank with
respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to each Issuing Bank. (b) The
Administrative Agent shall also irrevocably act as the collateral agent under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Hedge Bank and/or Cash Management Bank) and each of the Issuing Banks
hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or in trust for) such Lender and such Issuing Bank for purposes of
acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the
Administrative Agent, as collateral agent (and any co-agents, sub-agents and
attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 10.05 and 10.12 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the
Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this
Article X (including Section 10.07, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the collateral agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby
expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto (including the Intercreditor Agreements), as contemplated by
and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders. (c) The Collateral Agent, as part of its duties as the collateral agent, is hereby irrevocably authorized and appointed by each
Lender (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank) and Issuing Bank hereto to act as hypothecary representative (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec) for all present and
future Secured Parties (in such capacity, the Hypothecary Representative) in order to hold any hypothec which may now or in the future be required to be granted by any Loan Party granted under the Laws of the Province of Quebec,
Canada and to exercise such rights and duties as are conferred upon the Hypothecary Representative under the relevant hypothec and applicable Laws (with the power to delegate any such rights or duties). The execution prior to the date hereof by the
Collateral Agent in its capacity as the Hypothecary Representative - 201 -
of any hypothec or other security documents governed by the Laws of the Province of Quebec, Canada is hereby ratified and confirmed. Any Person who becomes a Lender or an Issuing Bank or
successor Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have consented to and ratified the foregoing appointment of the Collateral Agent as the Hypothecary Representative on behalf of all Secured Parties, including such Person and any Affiliate of such Person
designated above as a Lender or Issuing Bank. For greater certainty, the Administrative Agent, acting as the Hypothecary Representative, shall have the same rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and exclusions from liability as are prescribed in
favor of the Collateral Agent in this Agreement, which shall apply mutatis mutandis. In the event of the resignation of the Collateral Agent (which shall include its resignation as the Hypothecary Representative) and appointment of a
successor Collateral Agent, such successor Collateral Agent shall also act as the Hypothecary Representative, as contemplated above. SECTION 10.02 Rights as a Lender. Any Lender that is also serving as an Agent (including as Administrative Agent) hereunder shall have
the same rights and powers (and no additional duties or obligations) in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the term Lender or Lenders shall, unless
otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each Lender (if any) serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Any Person serving as an Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to,
own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not an
Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders, and may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrowers for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders. The
Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, any Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such
Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that no Agent shall be under any obligation to provide such information to them. SECTION
10.03 Exculpatory Provisions. None of the Administrative Agent, any of the other Agents, any of their respective Affiliates, nor any of the officers, partners, directors, employees or agents of the foregoing shall have any duties or
obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, an Agent (including the Administrative Agent) or any of their respective officers, partners, directors, employees or agents: (a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing and without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term agent herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under any
agency doctrine of any applicable Law and instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties; (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers
expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in
the other Loan Documents), provided that, notwithstanding any direction by the Required Lenders to the contrary, no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to
liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt refraining from any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor
Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; - 202 -
(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have
any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as an Agent or any of its Affiliates in any
capacity; and (d) shall not be liable to the Lenders for any action taken or omitted to be taken under or in connection with any of the
Loan Documents except to the extent caused by such Agents gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the
Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 9.02 and 11.01)
or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct or of a material breach by the Administrative Agent of its obligations under this Agreement as determined by a final,
non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or Event of
Default unless and until notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by a Borrower or the Required Lenders in writing. No Agent-Related Person shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any recital, statement, warranty or
representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report, statement or agreement or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith or referred to or
provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with any Loan Document, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document or the
occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the
Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to
the Administrative Agent, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof. SECTION 10.04
Reliance by the Agents. The Agents shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic
message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by
telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit that by
its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, each Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from
such Lender or Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and
shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action that is not required or explicitly approved by the Lenders under
any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or other requisite percentage of Lenders) as it deems appropriate and, - 203 -
if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take
any such action. The Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in taking any action, or in refraining from taking any action, under any Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of
Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders; provided that the Agents shall not be required to take any action
that, in their opinion or in the opinion of their counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not act
(or refrain from acting, as applicable) upon any direction from the Required Lenders (or other requisite percentage of Lenders) that would cause the Administrative Agent to be in breach of any express term or provision of this Agreement. The
Required Lenders agree not to instruct the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to take any action, or refrain from taking any action, that would, in each case, cause it to violate an express duty or obligation under this Agreement. SECTION 10.05 Delegation of Duties. Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or
under any other Loan Documents by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Agent-Related
Persons. The exculpatory provisions of this Article X shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Agent-Related Persons of the Agents and any such sub agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the
credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Agents. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub agent appointed by an Agent, (i) such sub agent shall be a third party beneficiary under this
Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to
enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly, without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all of the Loan Parties and the Lenders, (ii) such rights,
benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) shall not be modified or amended without the consent of such sub agent, and (iii) such sub agent shall only have obligations to the Agent that appointed it as
sub agent and not to any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person and no Loan Party, Lender or any other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, against such sub agent. Each Agent shall not be
responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable
judgment that such Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub agents. SECTION 10.06 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders; Disclosure of Information by Agents. (a) Each Lender and
each Issuing Bank acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan
Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession.
Each Lender and each Issuing Bank represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and
investigation into, the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the
transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrowers and - 204 -
the other Loan Parties hereunder. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any other Lender or any Agent-Related Person
and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make
such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other
documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations,
property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person. (b) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement or an Assignment and Assumption and funding its Term Loan and/or Revolving
Loans on the Closing Date, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Required Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Closing
Date. (c) Each Lender acknowledges that certain Affiliates of the Loan Parties, including the Sponsor or entities controlled by the
Sponsor, are Eligible Assignees hereunder and may purchase Loans and/or Commitments hereunder from the Lenders from time to time, subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement. SECTION 10.07 Indemnification of Agents. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall
indemnify upon demand the Administrative Agent, each Agent, each Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and each other Agent-Related Person (solely to the extent any such Agent-Related Person was performing services on behalf of any Agent, any Issuing
Bank or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable) (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Agent, each
Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and each other Agent-Related Person (solely to the extent any such Agent-Related Person was performing services on behalf of any Agent, each Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable) from and against
any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Persons own gross
negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that, to the extent each Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender is entitled
to indemnification under this Section 10.07 solely in its capacity and role as an Issuing Bank or as a Swing Line Lender, as applicable, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to indemnify the applicable Issuing Bank
or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 10.07 (determined as of the time that the applicable payment is sought based on each Revolving Lenders Pro Rata Share thereof at such
time); provided, further, that no action taken in accordance with the terms of a Loan Document or in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the
Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 10.07. If any indemnity furnished to any Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender for any purpose
shall, in the opinion of such Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, may call for additional indemnity and cease,
or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided, in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender against any
Indemnified Liabilities in excess of such Lenders pro rata share thereof; and provided further, this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line
- 205 -
Lender against any Indemnified Liabilities described in the first proviso in the immediately preceding sentence. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any
Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 10.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse
each Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney
Costs) incurred by such Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal
proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent, such Issuing Bank or the
Swing Line Lender, as applicable, is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrowers; provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrowers continuing reimbursement obligations with respect
thereto; provided, further, that the failure of any Lender to indemnify or reimburse such Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation in respect thereof. The
undertaking in this Section 10.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, other Agents, any Issuing
Bank and the Swing Line Lender. SECTION 10.08 No Other Duties; Other Agents, Lead Arrangers, Managers, Etc. KCM, Jefferies, PNC
and CSLF are each hereby appointed as Lead Arrangers hereunder, and each Lender hereby authorizes each of KCM, Jefferies, PNC and CSLF to act as Lead Arrangers in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents. Each Agent hereby agrees to act in its capacity as such upon the express conditions contained herein and the other Loan Documents, as
applicable. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Lead Arrangers or the other Agents listed on the cover page hereof (or any of their respective Affiliates) shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except (x) in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a Lender hereunder and (y) as provided in Section 11.01(d) and the last
sentence of Section 11.01, and such Persons shall have the benefit of this Article X. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to
have any agency or fiduciary or trust relationship with any Lender, Holdings, Holdings GP, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other
Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder. Any Agent may resign from such role at any time, with immediate effect, by giving prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent
and Borrowers. SECTION 10.09 Resignation of Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent or the Collateral
Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrowers. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject to the consent of the Borrowers (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), at all times other than during the existence of a Specified Event of Default, to appoint a successor, which shall be a Lender or a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such
Lender or bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty days after the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable, gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, meeting the
qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall
nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, - 206 -
shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor of such Agent is appointed) and (b) except for any indemnity payments or other
amounts owed to the retiring or retired Administrative Agents, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the
Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. If neither the Required Lenders nor the Administrative Agent have appointed a successor Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall be deemed to
have succeeded to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent (subject to the proviso in the sentence above). Upon the acceptance of a successors appointment as Administrative Agent
or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be
necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to perfect or continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of
the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable (other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or retired Administrative Agent), and
the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The
fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring
Agents resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article X and Sections 11.04 and 11.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Agent-Related Persons in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as
applicable. SECTION 10.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding. In case of the pendency of any proceeding
under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or in respect of Letter of Credit Obligations shall then be due and payable as
herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrowers) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(a) to file a verified statement pursuant to rule 2019 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure that, in its sole opinion, complies
with such rules disclosure requirements for entities representing more than one creditor; (b) to file and prove a claim for the
whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have
the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent and their respective
agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.11 and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and (c) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; - 207 -
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any
such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders
and the Issuing Banks, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent
under Sections 2.11 and 11.04. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under
Sections 2.11 and 11.04 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and
other properties that the Lenders or the Issuing Banks may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Lender or any Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or any Issuing Bank or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any
Lender or any Issuing Bank in any such proceeding. The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the
Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the applicable Security Agreement) pursuant to a deed
in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (i) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or any similar Laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, (ii) at any other sale or foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of
debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable Law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the
Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that would vest upon
the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests or debt instruments of the
acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). In connection with any such bid (A) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (B) to adopt documents
providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or Equity Interests thereof,
shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of the Required Lenders, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in clauses (a) through
(g) of Section 11.01 of this Agreement), (C) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to assign the relevant Obligations to any such acquisition vehicle pro rata by the Lenders, as a result of which each of the Lenders
shall be deemed to have received a pro rata portion of any Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by such an acquisition vehicle on account of the assignment of the Obligations to be credit bid, all without the need for any Secured Party or
acquisition vehicle to take any further action and (D) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the
amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Lenders pro rata and the Equity Interests and/or debt
instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of the Obligations that had been assigned to the acquisition vehicle shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further
action. - 208 -
SECTION 10.11 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. (a) Each Agent, each Lender (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank), each Issuing Bank,
and each other Secured Party irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent to be the agent for and representative of the Lenders with respect to the Guaranty, the Collateral and the Collateral Documents and agrees that,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document: (i) Liens on any property granted to or held by an Agent or
in favor of any Secured Party under any Loan Document will be automatically and immediately released, and each Secured Party irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agents to enter into, and each agrees that it will enter into, the necessary or
advisable documents requested by a Borrower and associated therewith, upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a Lien Release Event), (A) the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations (other than (1) Secured Cash Management Obligations, Secured Swap
Obligations and contingent obligations in respect of which no claim has been made and (2) obligations in respect of Letters of Credit that have been backstopped or cash collateralized on terms satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank); (B) a transfer of the property subject to such Lien as part of, or in connection with, a transaction that is permitted by the
terms of the Loan Documents to any Person that is not a Loan Party; (C) with respect to property owned by any Guarantor or
with respect to which any Guarantor has rights, the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty or hereunder, as applicable, pursuant to clause (iii) below; (D) the approval, authorization or ratification of the release of such Lien by the Required Lenders, or such percentage as may
be required pursuant to Section 11.01; (E) such property becoming an Excluded Asset, Excluded
Equity Interest or an asset owned by an Excluded Subsidiary or with respect to which an Excluded Subsidiary has rights; (F) as to the assets owned by such Excluded Subsidiary (or with respect to which an Excluded Subsidiary has rights), upon any
Person becoming an Excluded Subsidiary; and/or (G) any such property becoming subject to a Securitization Financing to the
extent required by the terms of such Securitization Financing; (ii) upon the request of a Borrower (such request, the
Release/Subordination Event) it will release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is
permitted by Section 7.01(d); - 209 -
(iii) a Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically and immediately released
from its obligations under the Guaranty upon (A) such Subsidiary Guarantor ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the US Borrower, (B) such Subsidiary Guarantor ceasing to be a Material Subsidiary, or (C) such Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an
Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; provided that if such Subsidiary Guarantor becomes an Excluded Subsidiary solely as a result of such Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary of the type
described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, such release shall only be permitted if, at the time such Subsidiary Guarantor becomes such an Excluded Subsidiary, (i) no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
(ii) such Subsidiary Guarantor so becomes such an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a joint venture or other strategic transaction permitted hereunder that was not entered into for the primary purpose of releasing the Guaranty of such
Subsidiary Guarantor (as determined by the US Borrower in good faith) (clauses (A)-(C), each a Guaranty Release Event), and each Secured Party irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agents to enter into, and each Agent agrees it
will enter into, the necessary and advisable documents requested by a Borrower to (1) release (or acknowledge the release of) such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty and (2) release (or acknowledge the release of)
any Liens granted by such Subsidiary or Liens on the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary; (iv) the Administrative Agent
and the Collateral Agent will exclusively exercise the rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, and neither the Lenders nor any other Secured Party will exercise such rights and remedies (other than the Required Lenders through the
Administrative Agent); provided that the foregoing shall not preclude any Lender from exercising any right of set-off in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.09 or
enforcing compliance with the provisions set forth in Section 11.01(b) or from exercising rights and remedies (other than the enforcement of Collateral) with respect to any payment default after the occurrence of the
Maturity Date with respect to any Loans made by it or filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any other Debtor Relief
Law; and (v) the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall, and the Lenders and other Secured Parties irrevocably
authorize and instruct the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent to, from time to time on and after the Closing Date, without any further consent of any Lender, Issuing Bank, counterparty to any Secured Cash Management Obligation or Secured Swap
Obligation or other Secured Party, enter into any Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreement with the collateral agent or other representative of the holders of Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on Collateral that is expressly
permitted under this Agreement. Each Agent, each Lender and each other Secured Party agrees that it will promptly take such action and execute any such
documents as may be reasonably requested by a Borrower (such actions and such execution, the Release Actions), at the Borrowers sole cost and expense, in connection with a Lien Release Event, Release/Subordination Event or
Guaranty Release Event and that such actions are not discretionary. Without limitation, the Release Actions may include, as applicable, (a) executing (if required) and delivering to the Loan Parties (or any designee of the Loan Parties) any
such lien releases, mortgage releases, discharges of security interests, pledges and guarantees and other similar discharge or release documents, as are reasonably requested by a Loan Party in connection with the release, as of record, of the Liens
(and all notices of security interests and Liens previously filed) the subject of a Lien Release Event or Release/Subordination Event or the release of any applicable Guarantee in connection with a Guaranty Release Event and (b) delivering to
the Loan Parties (or any designee of the Loan Parties) all instruments evidencing pledged debt and all equity certificates and any other collateral previously delivered in physical form by the Loan Parties to a Secured Party. - 210 -
In connection with any Lien Release Event, Release/Subordination Event, Guaranty Release Event or Release
Action, each of the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely and shall rely exclusively on an officers certificate of a Borrower (the Release Certificate) confirming that (a) such Lien
Release Event, Release/Subordination Event or a Guaranty Release Event, as applicable, has occurred or will upon consummation of one or more identified transactions (an Identified Transaction) occur, (b) the conditions to any
such Lien Release Event, Release/Subordination Event or Guaranty Release Event have occurred or will occur upon consummation of an Identified Transaction, and (c) that any such Identified Transaction is permitted by (or not prohibited by) the
Loan Documents. The Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent will be fully exculpated from any liability and shall be fully protected and shall not have any liability whatsoever to any Secured Party as a result of such reliance or the
consummation of any Release Action. A Release Certificate may be delivered in advance of the consummation of any applicable Identified Transaction. Each
Lender and each Secured Party irrevocably authorizes and irrevocably directs the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent to take the Release Actions and consents to reliance on the Release Certificate. The Secured Parties agree not to give any
Agent any instruction or direction inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 10.11. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for, or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into, any
statement in a Release Certificate, the compliance of any Identified Transaction with the terms of a Loan Document, any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or
perfection of the Collateral Agents Lien thereon, or contained in any certificate prepared or delivered by any Loan Party in connection with the Collateral or compliance with the terms set forth above or in a Loan Document, nor shall the
Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral. (b) Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, each Agent, each Lender and each Secured Party hereby
agree that: (i) no Lender or other Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral
or to enforce the Guaranty or any other Loan Document, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under any of the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as
applicable, for the benefit of the Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in
accordance with the terms thereof; (ii) in the event of a foreclosure or similar enforcement action by the Collateral
Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code), only the Collateral
Agent (except with respect to a credit bid pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code) may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or
other disposition, and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of Lenders (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities), shall be entitled, upon instructions from the Required Lenders, for the purpose
of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale or disposition, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral
payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition; - 211 -
(iii) no provision of any Loan Documents shall require the creation,
perfection or maintenance of pledges of or security interests or hypothecs in, or the obtaining of title insurance or abstracts with respect to, any Excluded Assets and any other particular assets, if and for so long as, in the reasonable judgment
of the Collateral Agent, the cost of creating, perfecting or maintaining such pledges or security interests or hypothecs in such other particular assets or obtaining title insurance or abstracts in respect of such other particular assets is
excessive in view of the fair market value of such assets or the practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby; and (iv) the Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation or perfection of security interests or hypothecs in or
the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the creation or perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably
determines, in consultation with the Borrowers, that creation or perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents. SECTION 10.12 Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents. (a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying
or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in
case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the
other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent in its
sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative
co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually, as a Supplemental Administrative Agent and, collectively, as Supplemental
Administrative Agents). (b) In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Administrative Agent with
respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to
such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Administrative Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect
to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Administrative Agent shall run
to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article X and of Sections 11.04 and 11.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall
inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Administrative Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, as the context may
require. (c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Administrative Agent so appointed by
the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, a Borrower, Holdings or Holdings GP, as applicable, shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute,
acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Administrative Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the
rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Administrative Agent. - 212 -
SECTION 10.13 Intercreditor Agreements. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary set forth in any Loan Document, to the extent the Administrative Agent enters into an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or any other Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, this Agreement will be subject to the
terms and provisions of such Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or other Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document and any such Equal Priority
Intercreditor Agreement or any other Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or such other Intercreditor Agreement govern and control. The Lenders acknowledge and agree that each Agent is authorized to,
and each Agent agrees that, with respect to any secured Indebtedness, upon request by a Borrower, it shall, enter into an Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or any other Intercreditor Agreement with the collateral agent or other Debt
Representative of the holders of such Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness and any related Liens (including the priority of such Liens) are not permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.03 of this Agreement. The Lenders hereby authorize and
instruct the Administrative Agent to (a) enter into any such Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or any such other Intercreditor Agreement, (b) bind the Lenders on the terms set forth in such Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or
any such other Intercreditor Agreement and (c) perform and observe its obligations under such Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement or any such other Intercreditor Agreement. The Agents and each Secured Party agree that the Agents shall be
entitled to rely and shall rely exclusively on an officers certificate of a Borrower in determining whether it is permitted to enter into an Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to this Section. Each Secured Party covenants and agrees not to give
the Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent any instruction that is not consistent with the provisions of this Section 10.13. SECTION 10.14 Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or in any
Guaranty or any Collateral Document, no Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 9.03, any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty or any Collateral
Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral or any Guaranty (including the release or impairment of any
Collateral or Guaranty) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X to the contrary, the
Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Cash Management Obligations or Obligations arising under Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative
Agent has received written notice of such Cash Management Obligations or such Obligations arising under Secured Hedge Agreements, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash
Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. SECTION 10.15 Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by any applicable Law,
the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If any Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid
to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or
reduction of, withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, or if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that a payment was made to a Lender pursuant to this Agreement without deduction of applicable withholding Tax from such payment,
such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses,
allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred. - 213 -
SECTION 10.16 Certain ERISA Matters. (a) Each Lender (1) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (2) covenants, from
the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and each other Lead Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of
doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true: (i) such Lender is not using plan assets (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise for
purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments; (ii) the prohibited transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE
84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions
involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a
class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house
asset managers), is applicable so as to exempt from the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code such Lenders entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of
Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement; (iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a Qualified
Professional Asset Manager (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in,
administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement
satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection
(a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lenders entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and
this Agreement; or (iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the
Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender. (b) In addition, unless either
(1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (1) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to and (2) covenants, from the date
such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and each other Lead Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to
or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that none of the Administrative Agent or any other Lead Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in the Loans, the
Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto). - 214 -
SECTION 10.17 Erroneous Payments. (a) If the Administrative Agent notifies a Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a
Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party (any such Lender, Issuing Bank, Secured Party or other recipient, a Payment Recipient) that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion (whether or not after
receipt of any notice under immediately succeeding clause (b)) that any funds received by such Payment Recipient from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously or mistakenly
received by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not known to such Lender, Issuing Bank, Secured Party or other Payment Recipient on its behalf) (any such funds, whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees,
distribution or otherwise, individually and collectively, an Erroneous Payment) and demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion thereof), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the
property of the Administrative Agent and shall be segregated by the Payment Recipient and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party shall (or, with respect to any Payment Recipient who
received such funds on its behalf, shall cause such Payment Recipient to) promptly, but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which
such a demand was made, in same day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Payment Recipient to the date
such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same day funds at the Overnight Rate. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this clause (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. (b) Without limiting immediately preceding clause (a), each Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds
on behalf of a Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party, hereby further agrees that if it receives a payment, prepayment or repayment (whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise)
from the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its
Affiliates) with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment, (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates), or (z) that such
Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party, or other such recipient, otherwise becomes aware was transmitted, or received, in error or by mistake (in whole or in part) in each case: (i) (A) in the case of immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), an error shall be presumed to have
been made (absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary) or (B) an error has been made (in the case of immediately preceding clause (z)), in each case, with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment;
and (ii) such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party shall (and shall cause any other recipient that receives funds on its
respective behalf to) promptly (and, in all events, within one Business Day of its knowledge of such error) notify the Administrative Agent of its receipt of such payment, prepayment or repayment, the details thereof (in reasonable detail) and that
it is so notifying the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 10.17(b). (c) Each Lender, Issuing Bank or
Secured Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party under any Loan Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the
Administrative Agent to such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party from any source, against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under immediately preceding clause (a) or under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement. - 215 -
(d) In the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered by the
Administrative Agent for any reason, after demand therefor by the Administrative Agent in accordance with immediately preceding clause (a), from any Lender or Issuing Bank that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) (and/or
from any Payment Recipient who received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) on its respective behalf) (such unrecovered amount, an Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency), upon the Administrative Agents notice to
such Lender or Issuing Lender at any time, (i) such Lender or Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have assigned its Loans (but not its Commitments) of the relevant Class with respect to which such Erroneous Payment was made (the
Erroneous Payment Impacted Class) in an amount equal to the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may specify) (such assignment of the Loans (but not Commitments) of the
Erroneous Payment Impacted Class, the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment) at par plus any accrued and unpaid interest (with the assignment fee to be waived by the Administrative Agent in such instance), and is hereby
(together with the Borrowers) deemed to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption (or, to the extent applicable, an agreement incorporating an Assignment and Assumption by reference pursuant to the Platform as to which the Administrative
Agent and such parties are participants) with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and such Lender or Issuing Bank shall deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, (ii) the
Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall be deemed to acquire the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, (iii) upon such deemed acquisition, the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall become a Lender or Issuing Bank, as
applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and the assigning Lender or assigning Issuing Bank shall cease to be a Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment
Deficiency Assignment, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, its obligations under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement and its applicable Commitments which shall survive as to such assigning Lender or assigning Issuing Bank and
(iv) the Administrative Agent may reflect in the Register its ownership interest in the Loans subject to the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, sell any Loans acquired pursuant to an
Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale, the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency owing by the applicable Lender or Issuing Bank shall be reduced by the net proceeds of the sale of such Loan (or portion
thereof), and the Administrative Agent shall retain all other rights, remedies and claims against such Lender or Issuing Bank (and/or against any recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf). For the avoidance of doubt, no Erroneous
Payment Deficiency Assignment will reduce the Commitments of any Lender or Issuing Bank and such Commitments shall remain available in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In addition, each party hereto agrees that, except to the extent that
the Administrative Agent has sold a Loan (or portion thereof) acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent may be equitably subrogated, the Administrative Agent shall be
contractually subrogated to all the rights and interests of the applicable Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party under the Loan Documents with respect to each Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (the Erroneous Payment Subrogation
Rights). (e) The parties hereto agree that an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise
satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, except, in each case, to the extent such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the
Administrative Agent from the Borrowers or any other Loan Party for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment. (f) To the extent
permitted by applicable law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or
recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation waiver of any defense based on discharge for value or any similar
doctrine - 216 -
(g) Each partys obligations, agreements and waivers under this
Section 10.17 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Issuing Bank, the termination of the Commitments
and/or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations (or any portion thereof) under any Loan Document. ARTICLE XI
Miscellaneous SECTION 11.01 Amendments, Waivers, Etc. (a) General Rule. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by a Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrowers or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and
acknowledged by the Administrative Agent and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. (b) Specific Lender Approvals. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.01(a), no such amendment, waiver
or consent shall: (i) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender or extend the final expiration date of any Letter of
Credit beyond the Letter of Credit Expiration Date without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02
or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender; (ii) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce the amount of, any payment of principal or interest with respect to any Loan or
Letter of Credit or with respect to any fees payable under Section 2.11(b) without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, it being understood that (i) the waiver of (or amendment to
the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest, (ii) the agreement, consent or waiver by the Required Facility Lenders to postpone or reduce
or waive interest with respect to the Initial Term Loans as set forth in paragraph (d) in the definition of Applicable Rate in Section 1.01 shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for, or
a reduction in the amount of, any payment of interest or any payment of fees and (iii) a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default (other than a Default under
Section 9.01(a)) or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of interest or any payment of fees; (iii) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or Letter of Credit or any fees or other
amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document (except as expressly set forth in clause (h) of this Section 11.01) without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, it
being understood that (i) any change to the definitions of First Lien Net Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest and (ii) the agreement, consent or waiver by the
Required Facility Lenders to waive or reduce interest with respect to the Initial Term Loans as set forth in paragraph (d) in the definition of Applicable Rate in Section 1.01 shall not constitute a
reduction in the rate of interest specified herein or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; provided that (A) only the consent of the Required Lenders shall
- 217 -
be necessary to amend the definition of Default Rate and (B) with respect to any Facility, only the consent of the Required Facility Lenders or, solely with respect to the
Revolving Facility, the Required Revolving Lenders, shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest at the Default Rate; (iv) change (i) any provision of this Section 11.01 or the definition of Required
Lenders, Required Facility Lenders or Pro Rata Share or any other provision specifying the number of Lenders or portion of the Loans or Commitments required to take any action under the Loan Documents, without the
written consent of each Lender or (ii) the definition of Required Revolving Lenders without the consent of each Revolving Lender; (v) other than in connection with a transfer or other transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, release all or
substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender; (vi) other than in connection with a transfer or other transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, release all or
substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guaranty or all or substantially all of the Guarantors, without the written consent of each Lender; (vii) modify Section 2.15 or 9.03 without the written consent of each Lender directly and
adversely affected thereby; or (viii) prior to an Event of Default under Section 9.01(f), amend
or modify any term or provision of any Loan Document to permit the issuance or incurrence of any Indebtedness for borrowed money (including any exchange of existing Indebtedness that results in another class of Indebtedness for borrowed money, but
excluding (A) Indebtedness that is expressly permitted by this Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date to be senior to the applicable Class of Obligations and/or to be secured by a Lien that is senior to the Lien securing such
Class of Obligations and (B) for the avoidance of doubt, any debtor-in-possession facility (or similar financing under applicable law)) with
respect to which (x) the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations of any Class would be subordinated or (y) all or any portion of the Obligations of any Class would be subordinated in right of payment (any such other
Indebtedness to which such Liens securing any of the Obligations or such Obligations, as applicable, are subordinated, Senior Indebtedness), in each case without the written consent of each Lender of such Class directly and
adversely affected thereby, unless each adversely affected Lender has been offered a bona fide opportunity to fund or otherwise provide its pro rata share (based on the amount of Obligations that are adversely affected thereby held by each Lender)
of the Senior Indebtedness on the same terms (other than bona fide backstop fees and reimbursement of counsel fees and other expenses in connection with the negotiation of the terms of such transaction; such fees and expenses, Ancillary
Fees) as offered to all other providers (or their Affiliates) of the Senior Indebtedness and to the extent such adversely affected Lender decides to participate in the Senior Indebtedness, receive its pro rata share of the fees and any
other similar benefit (other than Ancillary Fees) of the Senior Indebtedness afforded to the providers of the Senior Indebtedness (or any of their Affiliates) in connection with providing the Senior Indebtedness. (c) Other Specific Approvals. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.01(a) or
Section 11.01(b), (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by an
Issuing Bank in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, such Issuing Bank under this Agreement, any Issuance Notice or any other Loan Document relating to any Letter of Credit
issued or to be issued by it, - 218 -
(ii) no amendment, waiver of consent shall, unless in writing and signed by
the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the
Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (iv) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent in addition to the Lenders
required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (v) Section 11.07(g) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each
Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification, (vi) the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders or the Required Facility Lenders, as applicable, shall be required with
respect to any amendment that by its terms adversely affects the rights of Lenders under such Facility in respect of payments hereunder in a manner different than such amendment affects other Facilities, (vii) the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders (but without the consent of other Lenders, including the Required Lenders)
shall be required to amend, modify or waive (w) any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 with respect to making Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, (x) any provision of
Section 5.01(d) of the US Security Agreement or any of the component definitions thereof, (y) any provision of Section 5.01(d) of the Canadian Security Agreement or any of the component definitions thereof or (z) any provision of
Section 6.5 of the Canadian Deed of Hypothec or any of the component definitions thereof, and (viii) the consent of
the Required Revolving Lenders shall be required to amend, modify or waive (x) the definition of Specified Revolver Default or Specified Revolver Trigger, (y) the occurrence of any Specified Revolving Trigger and
(z) any of the provisions of the Loan Documents relating to the administration of the Revolving Facility, in each case pursuant to this clause (viii), in a manner that is adverse to the Revolving Lenders. (d) Intercreditor Agreements. No Lender or Issuing Bank consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to the Intercreditor
Agreements or any other intercreditor agreement that is, (i) for the purpose of adding the holders of Pari Passu Lien
Debt, Junior Lien Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt (or a Debt Representative with respect to any Indebtedness with respect to which it is a representative
or agent) as parties thereto, as expressly contemplated by the terms of such intercreditor agreement (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good
faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing), or - 219 -
(ii) expressly contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreements or any other
intercreditor agreement expressly permitted to be entered into hereunder. (e) Financial Covenants. Unless and until a Financial
Covenant Cross Default has occurred and remains continuing, only the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders shall be necessary to, and upon the occurrence and continuance of a Financial Covenant Cross Default, the consent of the Required Lenders
shall be necessary to (i) waive or consent to any Financial Covenant Event of Default or amend or modify the terms of, or waive or consent to any Default or Event of Default with respect to, Section 9.02(b) (including
the related definitions as used in such Sections, but not as used in other Sections of this Agreement) and/or (ii) amend this clause (e). Notwithstanding that, upon the occurrence of a Financial Covenant Cross Default, the consent of the
Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive or consent to any Default or Event of Default resulting from a Financial Covenant Event of Default as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, only the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders
shall be necessary to (i) amend or modify the terms and provisions of Section 8.01 and/or Section 8.02 (in each case, whether or not a Financial Covenant Cross Default has occurred) and/or
(ii) amend this sentence. (f) Additional Facilities and Replacement Loans. (i) Additional Facilities. This Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the
Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees
in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities
in any determination of the Required Lenders. (ii) Replacement Loans. The Loan Documents may be amended with the
written consent of the Borrowers and the Lenders providing Replacement Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing, replacement or exchange of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class (Refinanced Loans) with replacement term
loans (Replacement Loans) hereunder; provided that, (A) the aggregate principal amount of such
Replacement Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Loans (plus (x) the amount of all unpaid, accrued, or capitalized interest, penalties, premiums (including tender premiums), and other amounts
payable with respect to any such Refinanced Loans and (y) underwriting discounts, fees, commissions, costs, expenses and other amounts payable with respect to such Replacement Loans); (B) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Loans shall not be shorter than the remaining Weighted Average
Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Loans at the time of such refinancing, (C) (1) any such Replacement Loans shall
be on terms and conditions that are, taken as a whole, not materially more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Indebtedness than those applicable to the Initial Term Loans, as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the
US Borrower in its reasonable judgment (except (x) for covenants applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans at the time of incurrence and (y) any term or condition to the extent such term or condition is
also added for the benefit of the Lenders under the Term Loans) or (2) solely to the extent that any terms and conditions applicable to any Replacement Loans are not the same as, or - 220 -
substantially similar to, those then applicable to the Term Loans, shall otherwise reflect customary market terms and conditions at the time of such incurrence as determined in good faith by a
Responsible Officer of the US Borrower in its reasonable judgment (provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least four Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative
Agent) prior to the incurrence of such Replacement Loans, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material covenants and events of default of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the US
Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (C) shall be conclusive evidence that such material covenants and events of default satisfy such requirement unless the Administrative
Agent notifies the US Borrower within such four Business Day (or shorter) period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)); provided further that this clause (C) will not apply to
(w) terms addressed in the other clauses of this clause (ii), (x) interest rate, rate floors, fees, funding discounts and other pricing terms and optional prepayment provisions, (y) redemption, prepayment or other premiums, and
(z) optional prepayment or redemption terms. For the avoidance of doubt, any Affiliated Lender that provides any Replacement Loans shall be subject to the limitations on Affiliated Lenders set forth in Section 11.07(h) (including the
Affiliated Lender Term Loan Cap), and (D) no amendment, modification or waiver of this Agreement or any Loan Document
altering the ratable treatment of Obligations arising under Secured Hedge Agreements or under Cash Management Obligations resulting in such Obligations being junior in right of payment to principal on the Loans (other than to the same extent as on
the Closing Date) or resulting in Obligations owing to any Hedge Bank or any Cash Management Obligations becoming unsecured (other than releases of Liens permitted in accordance with the terms hereof), in each case in a manner materially adverse to
any Hedge Bank or any Cash Management Bank, shall be effective without the written consent of such Hedge Bank or such Cash Management Bank, as applicable. (g) [Reserved]. (h)
Certain Amendments to Loan Documents. The Guaranty, the Collateral Documents and related documents executed by Holdings, Holdings GP, the Borrowers and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of a Borrower without the need to obtain the
consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities, errors or defects (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and
the US Borrower with such determination being conclusive and binding), (iii) to cause such Guaranty, Collateral Document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (iv) for administrative clarity (as
conclusively determined by the Administrative Agent and the US Borrower in good faith). (i) Defaulting Lenders, Disqualified Lenders
and Net Short Lenders. (i) Defaulting Lenders and Disqualified Lenders. No Defaulting Lender or Disqualified
Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders, the Required Lenders, the Required Facility Lenders or each
affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders or - 221 -
Disqualified Lender), except that (A) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender or Disqualified Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Defaulting Lender or such
Disqualified Lender and (B) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender or Disqualified Lender (other than any Disqualified Lender described
in clause (d) of the definition thereof) more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender or Disqualified Lender, as applicable. (ii) Net Short Lenders. Net Short Lenders shall have the right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent
only to the extent set forth in Section 11.28. SECTION 11.02 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile
Copies. (a) General. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and
except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by e-mail as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows: (i) if to Holdings, Holdings GP, a Borrower, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender, the Collateral Agent or the
Administrative Agent, to the address, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.02; and (ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, electronic mail addresses or telephone number specified in its Administrative
Questionnaire. Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to
have been given when received; and notices deposited in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed shall be deemed to have been given within three Business Days of such deposit; provided that no notice to any Agent
shall be effective until received by such Agent. Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b). (b) Electronic Communication. Notices and other communications to any Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Banks
hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent,
provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Agent, Lender, Swing Line Lender or the Issuing Banks pursuant to Article II if such Person, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of
receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or a Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures
approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. (c)
Receipt. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the senders receipt of an
acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the return receipt requested function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or
other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or
communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of
notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor. - 222 -
(d) Risks of Electronic Communications. Each Loan Party understands that the
distribution of materials through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution,
except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swing Line Lender or any Issuing Bank as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of
a court of competent jurisdiction. (e) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE. THE
AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR IN THE PLATFORM. NO
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE
DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Agent-Related Persons or any Lead Arranger (collectively, the Agent Parties)
have any liability to Holdings, Holdings GP, the Borrowers, any Lender, the Swing Line Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out
of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agents transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by
a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any
liability to Holdings, Holdings GP, the Borrowers, any Lender, the Swing Line Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages). Each Loan
Party, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each Agent agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Borrower Materials on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agents customary document
retention procedures and policies. (f) Change of Address. Each of Holdings, Holdings GP, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent,
the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Banks may change its address, electronic mail address or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address,
electronic mail address or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Banks. In addition, each Lender agrees to
notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent
and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. (g) Reliance by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the
Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including Committed Loan Notices, Swing Line Loan Requests and Issuance Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of a
Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied
from any confirmation thereof. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative - 223 -
Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording. The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and each Agent-Related Person
from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of a Borrower in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined in a final
and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. (h) Private-Side Information
Contacts. Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the Private-Side Information or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the
Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lenders compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States federal and state securities Laws and Canadian federal, provincial and
territorial securities laws, to make reference to information that is not made available through the Public-Side Information portion of the Platform and that may contain Private-Side Information with respect to Holdings, its Subsidiaries
or their respective securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws or Canadian federal, provincial or territorial securities laws. In the event that any Public Lender has determined for itself to not access any information
disclosed through the Platform or otherwise, such Public Lender acknowledges that (i) other Lenders may have availed themselves of such information and (ii) neither the Borrowers nor the Administrative Agent has (A) any responsibility
for such Public Lenders decision to limit the scope of the information it has obtained in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (B) any duty to disclose such information to such Public Lender or to use such
information on behalf of such Public Lender, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, such information. SECTION
11.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No forbearance, failure or delay by any Lender or any Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document
shall impair such right, remedy, power or privilege or operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and independent of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Borrowers shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent
in accordance with Article X for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Issuing Banks; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that
inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its
benefit (solely in its capacity as an Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (iii) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 11.09
(subject to the terms of Section 2.15) or (iv) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to a Borrower under any Debtor
Relief Law; provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (A) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise provided to the
Administrative Agent pursuant to Article X and (B) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.15, any
Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights or remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders. - 224 -
SECTION 11.04 Attorney Costs and Expenses. The Borrowers agree (a) if the
Closing Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Supplemental Administrative Agents, the Revolving Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender for all reasonable and documented
in reasonable detail out-of-pocket expenses incurred on or after the Closing Date in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), limited, in the case of legal fees and
expenses, to the Attorney Costs of one primary counsel to the Revolving Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender, taken as a whole, one primary counsel to all such other parties and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in each
relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole (which may be a single local counsel acting in multiple material jurisdictions), and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the
Lead Arrangers, the Supplemental Administrative Agents, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders for all reasonable and documented in reasonable detail
out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or protection of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents
(including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including all Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Revolving Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender,
taken as a whole, and one counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Supplemental Administrative Agents and the Lenders (other than the Revolving Lenders) taken as a whole (and, if reasonably necessary, one
local counsel in any relevant material jurisdiction (which may be a single local counsel acting in multiple material jurisdictions) and, solely in the event of an actual or perceived conflict of interest between the Administrative Agent, the
Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Supplemental Administrative Agents, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders, where the Person or Persons affected by such conflict of interest inform the Borrowers in writing of such
conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction to each group of affected Persons similarly situated taken as a whole)). The agreements in this Section 11.04 shall survive the termination
of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 11.04 shall be paid promptly following receipt by the Borrowers of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such
expenses in reasonable detail. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its
sole discretion. Expenses shall be deemed to be documented in reasonable detail only if they provide the detail required to enable the Borrowers, acting in good faith, to determine that such expenses relate to the activities with respect to which
reimbursement is required hereunder. Each Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby acknowledge that the Administrative Agent and/or any Lender may receive a benefit, including a discount, credit or other accommodation, from any of such counsel
based on the fees such counsel may receive on account of their relationship with the Administrative Agent and/or such Lender, including fees paid pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document. SECTION 11.05 Indemnification by the Borrowers. The Borrowers shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, any
Supplemental Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender, each Lender, each Lead Arranger, each Joint Bookrunner and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors,
partners, shareholders, trustees, controlling persons, and other representatives (collectively, the Indemnitees) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in
connection with (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the Attorney Costs of one counsel to all Indemnitees taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, a single local counsel for all Indemnitees taken as a whole in each relevant
jurisdiction that is material to the interest of such Indemnitees (which may be a single local counsel acting in multiple material jurisdictions), and solely in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest between Indemnitees (where the
Indemnitee affected by such conflict of interest informs the Borrowers in writing of such conflict of interest), one additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to each group of affected Indemnitees similarly situated taken as a whole), - 225 -
(a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document
or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (including the reliance in good faith by any Indemnitee on any notice
purportedly given by or on behalf of a Borrower or any Loan Party), (b) the Transaction, (c) any Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any Issuing Bank to
honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (d) any actual or alleged presence or release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned
or operated by a Borrower or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Claim or Environmental Liability arising out of the activities or operations of or otherwise related to a Borrower or any other Loan Party, or (e) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort
or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing,
collectively, the Indemnified Liabilities); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the
extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final, non-appealable judgment that any such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any Related Indemnified Person of such Indemnitee, (ii) a material breach of any obligations of such
Indemnitee under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee or Related Indemnified Person, or (iii) any dispute solely among Indemnitees or of any Related Indemnified Person of such Indemnitee other than any claims against an Indemnitee in its
capacity or in fulfilling its role as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, an Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender or a Lead Arranger (or other Agent role) under the Facility and other than any claims arising out of any act or omission of
the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates. To the extent that the undertakings to indemnify and hold harmless set forth in this Section 11.05 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any
applicable law or public policy, the Borrowers shall contribute the maximum portion that they are permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or any of
them. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through Syndtrak or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, except to the
extent resulting from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of such Indemnitee or any Related Indemnified Person (as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction), nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith
or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date) (other than, in the case of any Loan Party, in respect of any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee - 226 -
to a third party). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 11.05 applies, such indemnity shall be
effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether
or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 11.05 (after the determination of a court of competent jurisdiction, if
required pursuant to the terms of this Section 11.05) shall be paid within twenty Business Days after written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 11.05 shall survive the resignation of
the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender or any Issuing Bank, replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. This
Section 11.05 shall not apply to Taxes, except it shall apply to any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from a non-Tax claim (including a value added tax or
similar tax charged with respect to the supply of legal or other services). SECTION 11.06 Marshaling; Payments Set Aside. None of
the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Collateral Agent or any Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of the Loan Parties or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the
extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrowers is made to any Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of any Lender or any Issuing Bank), or any Agent or any Lender enforces any security interests
or exercises its right of setoff, and such payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required (including pursuant to any
settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery,
the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such
enforcement or setoff had not occurred and (b) each Lender and each Issuing Bank severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the
Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under
clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement. SECTION 11.07 Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns permitted hereby, except that none of Holdings, Holdings GP, the US Borrower or the Canadian Borrower may, except as permitted by Section 7.04 or Section 7.10(b), assign or otherwise
transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except, (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section,
or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of subsection (g) of this Section (and any other attempted
assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). - 227 -
Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than
the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Agent-Related Persons of each of the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement. (b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement, including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including, for purposes of this Section 11.07(b), participations in Letters of Credit and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it;
provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) Minimum Amounts. (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders Term Loans at the time held by
it, in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders Revolving Commitment and Revolving Loans at the time held by it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund,
no minimum amount need be assigned; and (B) with respect to any assignment not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of
this Section, such assignment shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than (1) with respect to the assigning Lenders Term Loans, $1,000,000 and (2) with respect to the assigning Lenders Revolving Commitment and Revolving
Loans, $5,000,000, unless in each case of clauses (1) and (2) each of the Administrative Agent, and so long as no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment, the Borrowers otherwise consent (such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). (ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment of Term
Loans shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Term Loans assigned, and each partial assignment of Revolving Commitments and/or
Revolving Loans shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Revolving Commitments and/or Revolving Loans being assigned, except that this
clause (ii) shall not (x) apply to the Swing Line Lenders rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans or (y) prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities
on a non-pro rata basis. (iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be
required for any assignment except to the extent required by Section 11.07(b)(i)(B) and the following: (A) the consent of the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) a
Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is made (a) with respect to Term Loans to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund and (b) with respect to
Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans, to a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate of the assigning Revolving Lender; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall be deemed to have consented to any assignment of Term Loans if the
Borrowers do not respond within ten Business Days of a written request for its consent with respect to such assignment; - 228 -
(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund; provided, however, that the consent of the Administrative Agent shall not be
required for any assignment to an Affiliated Lender or a Person that upon effectiveness of an assignment would be an Affiliated Lender, except for the separate consent rights of the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (h) of this
Section 11.07; (C) with respect to assignments of Revolving Loans and/or Revolving Commitments,
the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); and (D) with respect to
assignments of Revolving Loans and/or Revolving Commitments, each Issuing Bank (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). (iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an
Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that (A) the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment
and (B) no processing and recordation fee shall be payable in connection with an assignments by or to a Lead Arranger or its Affiliates. The Eligible Assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative
Questionnaire and any KYC documentation including any tax forms required under Sections 3.01(b), (c), (d) and (e), as applicable. Upon receipt of the processing and recordation fee and any written
consent to assignment required by Section 11.07(b)(iii), the Administrative Agent shall promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. (v) No Assignments to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made, (A) to Holdings, Holdings GP, the Borrowers or any of the Subsidiaries of Holdings or Holdings GP except as permitted under
Section 2.07(a)(iv) or under subsection (l) below, (B) subject to subsection
(h) below, any of the Borrowers Affiliates (other than Holdings, Holdings GP or any of the US Borrowers Subsidiaries), (C) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute
any of the foregoing persons described in this clause, (D) to a natural person, or (E) to any Person described in the proviso to the definition of Eligible Assignee. - 229 -
A Lender shall be entitled to rely conclusively on any Net Short
Representation made (or deemed made) to it in any Assignment and Assumption and shall have no duty to inquire as to or investigate the accuracy of any Net Short Representation. (vi) Defaulting Lenders Assignments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting
Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate
amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or sub-participations, or other compensating actions, including funding,
with the consent of the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, the applicable Pro Rata Share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent),
to (A) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and
(B) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full Pro Rata Share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting
Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such
compliance occurs. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (c) of this Section (and, in the case
of an Affiliated Lender or a Person that, after giving effect to such assignment, would become an Affiliated Lender, subject to the requirements of clause (h) of this Section), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and
Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement (except in the case of an assignment to or purchase by Holdings, Holdings GP, a Borrower or any of Holdings Subsidiaries) and, to the extent of the interest assigned by
such Assignment and Assumption and as permitted by this Section 11.07, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by
such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease
to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 11.04 and 11.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such
assignment); provided that anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, each Issuing Bank shall continue to have all rights and obligations with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it until the
cancellation or expiration of such Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder. Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its applicable Notes, the Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a
Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation
in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section. (c) Register. The Administrative Agent,
acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers (and such agency being solely for Tax purposes), shall maintain at one of the Administrative Agents Offices a copy of each
Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts and stated interest of the Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations (specifying the
Reimbursement Obligations), Letter of Credit Borrowings and other amounts due under Section 2.04 owing to each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register). The entries in the
Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person - 230 -
whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be
available for inspection by the Borrowers or any Lender (but only, in the case of a Lender at the Administrative Agents Office and with respect to any entry relating to such Lenders Commitments, Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations and
other Obligations), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior written notice. This Section 11.07(c) and Section 2.13 shall be construed so that all Loans are at all times
maintained in registered form within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related Treasury regulations (or any other relevant or successor provisions of the Code or of such Treasury regulations).
(d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender or any other Person sell participations to any Person (other than to (1) a natural person, (2) a Borrower or any of the Borrowers Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (3) any Person described in the
proviso to the definition of Eligible Assignee) (each, a Participant) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the
Loans (including such Lenders participations in Letters of Credit and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall
remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such
Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the
Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in Section 11.01(b) (other than clause (iv) thereof) that directly and adversely affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of
this Section, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 (subject to the requirements of Sections 3.01(b), (c), (d) and (e),
as applicable (it being understood that the documentation required under such Sections shall be delivered to the participating Lender)), 3.04 and 3.05 (through the applicable Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had
acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 11.07. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of
Section 11.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.15 as though it were a Lender. To the extent that any participation is purported to
be made to a Disqualified Lender (other than a Net Short Lender) or to any Person that was (at the time of such participation) a Net Short Lender on a pro forma basis for such participation, such transaction shall be subject to the applicable
provisions of Section 11.28(a) (and the Borrowers shall be entitled to seek specific performance in any applicable court of law or equity to enforce this sentence); provided that a Lender shall be entitled to rely
conclusively on any Net Short Representation made (or deemed made) to it in any agreement or instrument documenting or otherwise evidencing such Participation and shall have no duty to inquire as to or investigate the accuracy of any Net Short
Representation therein or provided in connection with such Participation. (e) Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant
shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant,
unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, or such entitlement to a greater payment results from a change in law that
occurs after the Participant acquired the participation. Each Lender that sells a participation or has a loan funded by an SPC shall (acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers)
maintain a register complying with the requirements of Sections 163(f), 871(h) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and the Treasury regulations - 231 -
(or any other relevant or successor provisions of the Code or of such Treasury regulations) issued thereunder relating to the exemption from withholding for portfolio interest on which is entered
the name and address of each Participant or SPC and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participants or SPCs interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the Participant Register). A
Lender shall not be obligated to disclose the Participant Register to any Person except to the extent such disclosure is necessary to establish that any Loan or other obligation is in registered form under
Section 5f.103-1(c) or proposed Section 1.163-5(b) of the United States Treasury regulations (or any amended or successor version). The entries in the
Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any
notice to the contrary. (f) Liens on Loans. Any Lender may, at any time without the consent of the Borrowers or the Administrative
Agent, pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Notes, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal
Reserve Bank or any other central bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. (g) Special Purpose Funding Vehicles. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a Granting
Lender) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (an SPC) the option to provide all or any part
of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to
exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (A) neither the grant to any SPC nor the
exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including their obligations under Sections 3.01, 3.04 and
3.05), (B) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (C) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment,
waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were
made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all
outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws
of the United States or any State thereof or the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (1) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrowers and the
Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500 (which processing fee may be waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to
the Granting Lender and (2) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or
Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC. (h) Affiliated Lenders. Any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a
portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Loans and Commitments under this Agreement (including under Incremental Term Facilities) to a Person who is or will become, after such assignment, an Affiliated Lender (including any Affiliated
Debt Fund) through (i) Dutch auctions open to all Lenders in accordance with the procedures set forth on Exhibit L or (ii) open market purchase on a non-pro rata basis, in each case subject to the following
limitations applicable to Affiliated Lenders that are not Affiliated Debt Funds: - 232 -
(i) Such Affiliated Lenders (A) will not receive information provided
solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender except to the extent such materials are made available to the Borrowers and will not be permitted to attend or participate in conference calls or meetings attended solely by the Lenders and
the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Term Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II,
(B) will not receive the advice of counsel provided solely to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, and (C) may not challenge the attorney-client privilege between the Administrative Agent and counsel to the Administrative Agent or
between the Lenders and counsel to the Lenders; (ii) the Assignment and Assumption will include either (A) a
representation by the applicable Affiliated Lender acquiring or disposing of Term Loans in such assignment that, as of the date of any such purchase or sale, it is not in possession of material non-public
information with respect to the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries or their respective securities or (B) a statement by the applicable Affiliated Lender acquiring or disposing of Term Loans in such assignment that it cannot make the representation
set forth in the foregoing clause (A); (iii) (A) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans held by all Affiliated
Lenders that are not Affiliated Debt Funds shall not exceed 25% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans at the time of purchase or assignment (such percentage, the Affiliated Lender Term Loan Cap), (B)
unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Required Facility Lenders, regardless of whether consented to by the Administrative Agent or otherwise, no assignment which would result in Affiliated Lenders that are not Affiliated Debt Funds holding
Term Loans with an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Affiliated Lender Term Loan Cap, shall in either case be effective with respect to such excess amount of the Term Loans (and such excess assignment shall be and be deemed null and void);
provided that each of the parties hereto agrees and acknowledges that the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind
or nature whatsoever incurred or suffered by any Person in connection with any compliance or non-compliance with this clause (h)(iii) or any purported assignment exceeding the Affiliated Lender Term Loan Cap
limitation or for any assignment being deemed null and void hereunder and (C) in the event of an acquisition pursuant to the last sentence of this clause (h) which would result in the Affiliated Lender Term Loan Cap being exceeded, the
most recent assignment to an Affiliated Lender involved in such acquisition shall be unwound and deemed null and void to the extent that the Affiliated Lender Term Loan Cap, would otherwise be exceeded; and (iv) Affiliated Lenders may not purchase Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments. As a condition to each assignment pursuant to this clause (h), (A) the Administrative Agent shall have been provided a notice in the form of
Exhibit D-2 to this Agreement in connection with each assignment to an Affiliated Lender or an Affiliated Debt Fund or a Person that upon effectiveness of such assignment would
constitute an Affiliated Lender or an Affiliated Debt Fund, and (without limitation of the provisions of clause (iii) above) shall be under no obligation to record such assignment in the Register until three Business Days after receipt of such
notice and (B) the Administrative Agent shall have consented to such assignment (which consent shall not be withheld unless the Administrative Agent reasonably believes that such assignment would violate clause (h)(iii) of this
Section 11.07). - 233 -
Each Affiliated Lender and each Affiliated Debt Fund agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and
in any event within ten Business Days) if it acquires any Person who is also a Lender, and each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within ten Business Days) if it becomes an Affiliated Lender or an Affiliated
Debt Fund. Such notice shall contain the type of information required and be delivered to the same addressee as set forth in Exhibit D-2. (i) Voting Limitations. Notwithstanding anything in Section 11.01 or the definition of Required
Lenders to the contrary: (i) for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (A) consented (or
not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, or subject to Section 11.07(j), any plan of
reorganization pursuant to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, (B) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (C) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any
action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, in each case, that does not require the consent of a specific Lender, each Lender or each affected Lender, or does not affect such Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund in a
disproportionately adverse manner as compared to other Lenders holding similar obligations, Affiliated Lenders that are not Affiliated Debt Funds will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as
non-Affiliated Lenders voting on such matters; and (ii) Affiliated Debt Funds may
not in the aggregate account for more than 49.9% of the amounts set forth in the calculation of Required Lenders and any amount in excess of 49.9% will be subject to the limitations set forth in clause (i)(i) above. (j) Insolvency Proceedings. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, each Affiliated
Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund hereby agrees that, if a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law shall be commenced by or against a Borrower or any other Loan Party at a time when such Lender is an Affiliated Lender, such Affiliated Lender
irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Administrative Agent to vote on behalf of such Affiliated Lender with respect to the Term Loans held by such Affiliated Lender in any manner in the Administrative Agents sole discretion, unless the
Administrative Agent instructs such Affiliated Lender to vote, in which case such Affiliated Lender shall vote with respect to the Term Loans held by it as the Administrative Agent directs; provided that such Affiliated Lender shall be
entitled to vote in accordance with its sole discretion (and not in accordance with the direction of the Administrative Agent) in connection with any plan of reorganization to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat any
Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Affiliated Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrowers. The Lenders
and each Affiliated Lender that is not an Affiliated Debt Fund agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this Section 11.07(j) and the related provisions set forth in each Assignment and Assumption entered into
by an Affiliated Lender constitute a subordination agreement as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where
Holdings, Holdings GP, a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has filed for protection under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors applicable to Holdings, Holdings GP, such Borrower or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable. Each Affiliated Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lenders
attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender (solely in respect of Term Loans and
participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Affiliated Lender may otherwise have), from time to time in the Administrative Agents discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the
Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to vote on behalf of such Affiliated Lender as set forth in this Section 11.07(j). - 234 -
(k) Resignation of Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained herein, any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender may, upon thirty days notice to the Borrowers and the Revolving Lenders, resign as an Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, respectively; provided that on or
prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to such resignation, the relevant Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender shall have identified a successor Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender reasonably
acceptable to the Borrowers willing to accept its appointment as successor Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender hereunder. In the event of any such resignation of an Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers shall be entitled to appoint from
among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrowers to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the relevant Issuing Bank or
the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, except as expressly provided above. If an Issuing Bank resigns as an Issuing Bank, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit
outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an Issuing Bank and all Letter of Credit Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans or fund risk
participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.04(c)). If the Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing
Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant
to Section 2.03(c). Upon the appointment by the Borrowers of a successor Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender hereunder (which successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (i) such successor shall
succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, (ii) the retiring Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, shall be discharged from
all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such
succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit. (l) Assignments to Borrowers, etc. (i) Any Lender may, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, assign all or a
portion of its rights and obligations with respect to the Term Loans and the Term Loan Commitments under this Agreement to Holdings, Holdings GP, a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries through (i) Dutch auctions open to all Lenders in accordance
with the procedures set forth on Exhibit L or (ii) open market purchase on a non-pro rata basis, in each case subject to the following limitations; provided, that: (A) if the assignee is Holdings, Holdings GP or a Subsidiary of Holdings or Holdings GP (other than, for the avoidance of
doubt, a Borrower), upon such assignment, transfer or contribution, the applicable assignee shall automatically be deemed to have contributed or transferred the principal amount of such Term Loans, plus all accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, to a Borrower for cancellation or extinguishment pursuant to (B) below; - 235 -
(B) if the assignee is a Borrower (including through contribution or
transfers set forth in clause (A) above or Section 11.07(l)(ii)), (1) the principal amount of such Term Loans, along with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, so contributed, assigned or transferred to such
Borrower shall be deemed automatically cancelled and extinguished on the date of such contribution, assignment or transfer and (2) such Borrower shall promptly provide notice to the Administrative Agent of such contribution, assignment or
transfer of such Term Loans, and the Administrative Agent, upon receipt of such notice, shall reflect the cancellation of the applicable Term Loans in the Register; and (C) the Borrowers may not use any proceeds of Revolving Loans to fund a purchase of Term Loans. (ii) Any Affiliated Lender may, in its discretion (but is not required to), assign all or a portion of its rights and
obligations with respect to the Term Loans and the Term Loan Commitments under this Agreement to Holdings, Holdings GP, a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (regardless of whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would result therefrom), on a non-pro rata basis, for purposes of cancelling such Term Loans or Term Loan Commitments, which may include contribution (with the consent of the Borrowers) to a Borrower (whether through any Parent Entity or
otherwise) in exchange for (A) debt permitted under Section 7.03 on a dollar-for-dollar basis or (B) Equity Interests of a Borrower (or any Parent Entity)
that are otherwise permitted to be incurred or issued by such Borrower (or such direct or indirect Parent Entity) at such time. (m)
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the Revolving Lenders hereby agree that (i) following an acceleration of the Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof, (ii) in the event that a
Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to any departure or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents and the amendment or waiver in question requires the consent of all affected Lenders or all the Lenders and
the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment but any Revolving Lenders have not so consented or (iii) following the occurrence of any Event of Default (each, a Purchase Event), within fifteen
(15) Business Days of the occurrence of such Purchase Event, one or more Term Loan Lenders may request (and in connection therewith the Term Loan Lenders shall work together in good faith to coordinate and consummate any such request), and the
Revolving Lenders hereby offer to such Term Loan Lenders the option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the aggregate amount of outstanding Obligations owing to the Revolving Lenders, at the time of purchase at par (which shall include, with
respect to the aggregate face amount of the Letters of Credit, an amount in cash equal to 103% thereof for purposes of cash collateralization thereof) plus accrued and unpaid interest and fees, without warranty or representation or recourse (except
for representations and warranties required to be made by assigning lenders pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption). If such right is exercised, (A) the parties shall endeavor to close promptly thereafter but in any event within ten
(10) Business Days of the request and (B) such Obligations shall be purchased pro rata among the requesting Term Loan Lenders according to such Term Loan Lenders Pro Rata Share on the date of purchase pursuant to this
Section 11.07(m). If any Term Loan Lenders exercise this purchase right, it shall be exercised pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. SECTION 11.08 Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Issuing Banks and the
Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information in accordance with its customary procedures (as set forth below), except that Information may be disclosed, (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and
representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and in no event shall such disclosure be made
to any Disqualified Lender (other than a Net Short Lender (x) that provides a Net Short Representation at the time of such disclosure or (y) as to which the disclosing party does not have actual knowledge that such Person is a Net Short
Lender) pursuant to this clause (a) but only to the extent that a list of such Disqualified Lenders is available to all Lenders upon request), - 236 -
(b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over
it (including the Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank or any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, provided that the
Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such Lead Arranger or such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrowers as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the
request of a regulatory authority) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (d) to any other party hereto (it
being understood that in no event shall such disclosure be made to any Disqualified Lender (other than a Net Short Lender (x) that provides a Net Short Representation at the time of such disclosure or (y) as to which the disclosing party
does not have actual knowledge that such Person is a Net Short Lender) pursuant to this clause (d) but only to the extent the list of such Disqualified Lenders is available to all Lenders upon request), (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing
provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section 11.08 (it being understood that in no event shall such disclosure be made to any Disqualified Lender (other than a Net Short Lender (x) that provides a Net
Short Representation at the time of such disclosure or (y) as to which the disclosing party does not have actual knowledge that such Person is a Net Short Lender) pursuant to this clause (f) but only to the extent that a list of such
Disqualified Lenders is available to all Lenders upon request), to (i) any bona fide assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Eligible
Assignee invited to be an Additional Lender or (ii) any actual or prospective direct or indirect counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or any of their
respective obligations, (g) with the prior written consent of the Borrowers, (h) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to
preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Lender), or (i) to the extent such
Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 11.08 or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lead Arranger, any Lender, any
Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Holdings, Holdings GP, a Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, and which source is not known by such Person
to be subject to a confidentiality restriction in respect thereof in favor of the Borrowers or any Affiliate of the Borrowers. In addition, each of the
Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection
with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Loans, market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the
Issuing Banks and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. - 237 -
For purposes of this Section 11.08, Information
means all information received from or on behalf of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof relating to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative
Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof; it being understood that all information received from Holdings, Holdings
GP, a Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof shall be deemed confidential unless such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as not being confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information
as provided in this Section 11.08 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so in accordance with its customary procedures if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the
confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. Each of the Administrative Agent,
the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders acknowledges that (A) the Information may include Private-Side Information concerning Holdings, Holdings GP, a Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (B) it has developed
compliance procedures regarding the use of Private-Side Information and (C) it will handle such Private-Side Information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States federal and state securities laws and Canadian federal,
provincial and territorial securities laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, nothing in any Loan Document shall require
Holdings or any of its subsidiaries to provide information (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in
respect of which disclosure is prohibited by applicable Law, (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (iv) the disclosure of which is restricted by binding agreements not entered
into primarily for the purpose of qualifying for the exclusion in this clause (iv). SECTION 11.09
Set-off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time,
after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, without notice to any Loan Party or to any other Person (other than the Administrative Agent), any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or such Issuing
Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of a Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of such Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document
to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, the Letters of Credit and participations therein, irrespective of whether or not (a) such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and
(b) the principal of or the interest on the Loans or any amounts in respect of the Letters of Credit or any other amounts due hereunder shall have become due and payable pursuant to Article II and although such
obligations of such Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or such Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness;
provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (i) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 2.15 and 2.19 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing
Banks, and the Lenders, and (ii) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement - 238 -
describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank and their respective
Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Lender or such Issuing Bank or Affiliates may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the
Borrowers and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such
set-off and application. SECTION 11.10 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents with respect to any of the Obligations shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest
permitted by applicable Law (the Maximum Rate). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds
such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrowers. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law,
(a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal
parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder. If the rate of interest under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Maximum Rate, the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder shall bear
interest at the Maximum Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition,
if when the Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest
set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest
which would have been paid if the Maximum Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of the Lenders and the Borrowers to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws. SECTION 11.11 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which when so executed
shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or any electronic signature complying
with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000 or the New York Electronic Signature and Records Act or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all
purposes to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to any amendment, extension or renewal of this Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract
among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that it has the corporate capacity and authority to execute this
Agreement through electronic means and there are no restrictions for doing so in such partys constitutive documents. SECTION 11.12
Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words execution, signed, signature, and words of like import in this Agreement, any Assignment and Assumption, in or related to any
document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and - 239 -
consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually
executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State
Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or Parts 2 and 3 of the Personal Information and Electronic Documents Act (Canada), the Electronic Transaction Act (British Columbia) and other similar federal or provincial laws based on the Uniform Electronic
Commerce Act of the Uniform Law Conference of Canada or its Uniform Electronic Evidence Act, as the case may be, relating to the electronic execution of agreements; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the
Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it. SECTION 11.13 Survival. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered
pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and
each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of
any Default at the time of any Borrowing or issuance of a Letter of Credit, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit remain
outstanding. Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of each Loan Party set forth in Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 11.04, 11.05 and 11.09 and the
agreements of the Lenders set forth in Sections 2.15, 10.03 and 10.07 shall survive the satisfaction of the Termination Conditions, and the termination hereof. SECTION 11.14 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not
be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of
the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this
Section 11.14, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent,
any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited. SECTION 11.15 GOVERNING LAW. (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER (INCLUDING ANY CLAIMS SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW OR TORT LAW ARISING
OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY DETERMINATIONS WITH RESPECT TO POST-JUDGMENT INTEREST) AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK;
provided that (i) the interpretation of the definition of Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and whether or not such a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Acquisition
Agreement) has occurred for purposes of Section 4.01, (ii) the determination of the accuracy of any Acquisition Agreement Representations and whether as a result of any inaccuracy of any Acquisition Agreement Representation
there has been a failure of a condition precedent set forth in Section 4.01 and (iii) the determination of whether the Acquisition has been consummated in - 240 -
accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement will, in each case, be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to the
Acquisition Agreement, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. (b) BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO (AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF ITS APPOINTMENT IN SUCH CAPACITY, EACH LEAD
ARRANGER) IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN AND OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL
COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO ACTIONS BY ANY AGENT IN RESPECT OF
RIGHTS UNDER ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT GOVERNED BY A LAW OTHER THAN THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY COLLATERAL SUBJECT THERETO), OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO (AND BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE OF ITS APPOINTMENT IN SUCH CAPACITY, EACH LEAD ARRANGER) IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO (AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF ITS APPOINTMENT IN SUCH CAPACITY, EACH LEAD ARRANGER) AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY
BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. EACH PARTY HERETO (AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF ITS APPOINTMENT IN SUCH CAPACITY, EACH LEAD ARRANGER) AGREES THAT THE AGENTS AND LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT
TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS UNDER ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY
JUDGMENT. (c) EACH LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION
THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (b) OF THIS SECTION 11.15. EACH OF THE
PARTIES HERETO (AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF ITS APPOINTMENT IN SUCH CAPACITY, EACH LEAD ARRANGER) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR
PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT. SECTION 11.16 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO (AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF ITS
APPOINTMENT IN SUCH CAPACITY, EACH LEAD ARRANGER) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING
OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY -241-
BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH
PARTY HERETO (AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF ITS APPOINTMENT IN SUCH CAPACITY, EACH LEAD ARRANGER) (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT,
IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS
AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.16, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAVIER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTY HERETO (AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE
OF ITS APPOINTMENT IN SUCH CAPACITY, EACH LEAD ARRANGER) FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL
COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 11.16 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES
HERETO AND THE LEAD ARRANGERS), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER.
IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT. SECTION 11.17 Limitation of
Liability. The Loan Parties agree that no Indemnitee shall have any liability (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) to any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective equity holders or creditors for or in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and in the other Loan Documents, except to the extent such liability is determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction
to have resulted from such Indemnitees gross negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith or material breach by such Indemnitee of its obligations under this Agreement. In no event, shall any party hereto, any Loan Party or any Indemnitee be
liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings) (other than, in the case of a Borrower, in respect of any such damages incurred or paid
by an Indemnitee to a third party). SECTION 11.18 Use of Name, Logo, Etc. Each Loan Party consents to the publication in the
ordinary course by the Administrative Agent or any Lead Arranger of customary advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement using such Loan Partys name, product photographs, logo or trademark;
provided that any such trademarks or logos are used solely in a manner that is not intended to or reasonably likely to harm or disparage the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or the reputation or goodwill of any of them. Such consent
shall remain effective until revoked by such Loan Party in writing to the Administrative Agent and such Lead Arranger, as applicable. SECTION 11.19 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and
not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and
address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. Each Loan Party shall, promptly
- 242 -
following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its
ongoing obligations under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act. SECTION 11.20 Service of Process. EACH PARTY HERETO (AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF ITS APPOINTMENT IN SUCH CAPACITY, EACH LEAD ARRANGER)
IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. SECTION 11.21 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction
contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates understanding that:
(a) (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arms-length commercial transactions between the Agents,
the Lenders, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender and the Lead Arrangers on the one hand, and the Loan Parties and their Affiliates, on the other hand, (ii) each of the Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and
tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) each of the Loan Parties is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan
Documents; (b) (i) the Agents, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender and the Lead Arrangers are and have been, and each Lender is and has been, acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties,
have or has not been, are or is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Loan Parties, its stockholders or its Affiliates (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Loan
Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters), or any other Person and (ii) none of the Agents, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender, the Lead Arrangers nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrowers, Holdings, Holdings GP
or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Agents, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender, the
Lead Arrangers, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their affiliates, and none of the
Agents, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender, the Lead Arrangers nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrowers, Holdings, Holdings GP or any of their respective Affiliates. Each Loan Party agrees that
nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and such Loan Party, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the
other. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agents, the Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender, the Lead Arrangers or any Lender with respect to any breach or
alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby. SECTION 11.22 Binding
Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrowers, Holdings, Holdings GP and the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender and each Issuing Bank that
each such Lender or each such Issuing Bank has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrowers, Holdings, Holdings GP, each Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank and their respective successors and
assigns. - 243 -
SECTION 11.23 Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders
Rights. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitments of any other Lender hereunder. Nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no action
taken by the Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate
and independent debt, and each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out hereof and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose. SECTION 11.24 Headings. Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part
hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect. SECTION 11.25 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan
Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such
liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by: (a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder
which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and (b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable: (i) a reduction in full
or in part or cancellation of any such liability; (ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or
other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in
lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or (iii) the
variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority. The provisions of this Section 11.25 are intended to comply with, and shall be interpreted in light of, Article 55 of Directive
2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union. SECTION 11.26 Acknowledgment Regarding Any Supported
QFCs. (a) To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise (including the Guaranty), for any Hedge Agreement or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, QFC Credit
Support, and each such QFC, a Supported QFC), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and
Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with
the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States): - 244 -
In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a Covered Party)
becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and
any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC
Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a
proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to
no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of
the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support. SECTION 11.27 [Reserved]. SECTION 11.28 Disqualified Lenders and Net Short Positions. (a) Replacement of Disqualified Lenders. (i) To the extent that any assignment or participation is made or purported to be made to a Disqualified Lender described in
clause (a) or clause (d) of the definition thereof (notwithstanding the other restrictions in this Agreement with respect to Disqualified Lenders), or if any Lender or Participant becomes a Disqualified Lender described in clause
(a) or clause (d) of the definition thereof, in each case, without limiting any other provision of the Loan Documents, (A) upon the request of a Borrower, such Disqualified Lender shall be required immediately (and in any event within five
Business Days) to assign all or any portion of the Loans and Commitments then owned by such Disqualified Lender (or held as a participation) to another Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender or another Disqualified Lender), Eligible Assignee or a
Borrower, and (B) the Borrowers shall have the right to prepay all or any portion of the Loans and Commitments then owned
by such Disqualified Lender (or held as a participation), and if applicable, terminate the Commitments of such Disqualified Lender, in whole or in part. (ii) Any such assignment or prepayment shall be made in exchange for an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the face
principal amount of the Loans so assigned and (B) the amount that such Disqualified Lender paid to acquire such Commitments and/or Loans, in each case without interest thereon (it being understood that if the effective date of any such
assignment is not an Interest Payment Date, such assignee shall be entitled to receive on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date interest on the principal amount of the Loans so assigned that has accrued and is unpaid from the Interest Payment
Date last preceding such effective date (except as may be otherwise agreed between such assignee and the Borrowers)). (iii) The Borrowers shall be entitled to seek specific performance in any applicable court of law or equity to enforce this
Section 11.28. In addition, in connection with any such assignment, (A) if such Disqualified Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Assumption and/or any other
documentation necessary or appropriate (in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers, which - 245 -
determination shall be conclusive) to reflect such replacement by the later of (1) the date on which the replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption and/or such
other documentation and (2) the date as of which such Disqualified Lender shall be paid by the assignee Lender (or, at its option, a Borrower) the amount required pursuant to this Section 11.28, then such Disqualified
Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Borrowers shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Assumption and/or
such other documentation on behalf of such Disqualified Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register, (B) each Lender (whether or not then a party hereto) agrees to disclose to the Borrowers the amount that
the applicable Disqualified Lender paid to acquire Commitments and/or Loans from such Lender and (C) each Lender that is a Disqualified Lender agrees to disclose to the Borrowers the amount it paid to acquire the Commitments and/or Loans held
by it. (b) Amendments, Consents and Waivers under the Loan Documents. No Net Short Lender shall have the right to approve or
disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to Section 11.01 or under any Loan Document. In connection with any determination as to whether the requisite Lenders (including whether the Required Lenders or Required
Facility Lenders) have provided any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to Section 11.01 or under any other Loan Document: (i) Net Short Lenders shall not be considered, and (ii) Net Short Lenders shall be deemed to have consented to any such amendment, waiver or consent with respect to its interest
as a Lender in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Net Short Lenders. Each Lender that is
not an Unrestricted Lender that delivers a written consent to any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to Section 11.01 or under any other Loan Document shall concurrently deliver (or in the absence of any written Net
Short Representation will be deemed to have delivered, concurrently with providing such consent) to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a Net Short Representation. (c) Limitation on Rights and Privileges of Disqualified Lenders. Except as otherwise provided in
Section 11.01(i) or in Section 11.28(b)(ii)), no Disqualified Lenders shall have the right to, and each such Person covenants and agrees not to, instruct the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent
or any other Person in writing in respect of the exercise of remedies with respect to the Loans or other Obligations. Further, no Disqualified Lender that purports to be a Lender or Participant (notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement that
may have prohibited such Disqualified Lender from becoming Lender or Participant) shall be entitled to any of the rights or privileges enjoyed by the other Lenders with respect to voting (other than to the extent provided in
Section 11.01(i) and Section 11.28(b)(ii)), Information and Lender meetings and shall be deemed for all purposes to be, at most, a Defaulting Lender until such time as such Disqualified Lender no
longer owns any Loans or Commitments. (d) [Reserved]. (e) Survival. The provisions of this Section 11.28 shall apply and survive with respect to each Lender and
Participant notwithstanding that any such Person may have ceased to be a Lender or Participant (or any purported participation to any such Lender shall be void) hereunder or this Agreement may have been terminated. - 246 -
(f) Administrative Agent. (i) Reliance. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely conclusively on any Net Short Representation delivered,
provided or made (or deemed delivered, provided or made) to it in accordance with this Agreement, shall have no duty to inquire as to or investigate the accuracy of any Net Short Representation, verify any statements in any officers
certificate delivered to it, or otherwise make any calculations, investigations or determinations with respect to any Derivative Instruments or Net Short Positions or any Person. The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to the Borrowers, any
Lender or any other Person in acting in good faith on any notice of Default or acceleration. (ii) Disqualified Lender
Lists. The Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for monitoring or enforcing the list of Disqualified Lenders or for any assignment or participation to a Disqualified Lender. (iii) Liability Limitations. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any
duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (A) be obligated to ascertain,
monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Lender or (B) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of
confidential information (including Information), to any Disqualified Lender. [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
- 247 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed
as of the date first above written [SIGNATURE PAGE TO CREDIT
AGREEMENT]
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CREDIT
AGREEMENT]
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CREDIT
AGREEMENT]
KKR CORPORATE LENDING (DE) LLC, as a Lender [SIGNATURE PAGE TO CREDIT
AGREEMENT]
JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as a
Lender [SIGNATURE PAGE TO CREDIT
AGREEMENT]
Alternate
Base Rate Spread
Eurodollar
Rate Spread
4.75
%
5.75
%
4.50
%
5.50
%
EVERGREEN ACQCO 1 LP, as US Borrower
By: EVERGREEN ACQCO GP LLC, its general partner
By:
/s/ Mark Walsh
Name: Mark Walsh
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
VALUE VILLAGE CANADA INC., as Canadian Borrower
By:
/s/ Mark Walsh
Name: Mark Walsh
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
S-EVERGREEN HOLDING CORP., as Holdings
By:
/s/ Mark Walsh
Name: Mark Walsh
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
EVERGREEN ACQCO GP LLC, as Holdings GP
By:
/s/ Mark Walsh
Name: Mark Walsh
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
KKR LOAN ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
By:
/s/ John Knox
Name: John Knox
Title: CFO
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Issuing Bank, Swing Line Bank and a Lender
By:
/s/ Steve Roberts
Name: Steve Roberts
Title: Senior Vice President
By:
/s/ John Knox
Name: John Knox
Title: CFO
By:
/s/ Brian Buoye
Name: Brian Buoye
Title: Managing Director
Exhibit 10.4
SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
This SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 23, 2022 (this Second Amendment), is entered into among EVERGREEN ACQCO 1 LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the US Borrower), VALUE VILLAGE CANADA INC., a British Columbia corporation (the Canadian Borrower and, together with the US Borrower, the Borrowers), S-EVERGREEN HOLDING CORP., a Delaware corporation (Holdings), EVERGREEN ACQCO GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Holdings GP), the other Guarantors party hereto, KKR LOAN ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the lenders listed as 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders on the signature pages hereto (the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders). Unless otherwise indicated, all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings provided such terms in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
WHEREAS, the Borrowers, Holdings, Holdings GP, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and the other parties party thereto have entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2021 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, including pursuant to the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2021, the Existing Credit Agreement; the Existing Credit Agreement as amended by the Second Amendment, the Credit Agreement).
WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrowers, Holdings, Holdings GP, the Administrative Agent, the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders and each other party hereto wish to amend the Existing Credit Agreement to enable the US Borrower to establish an Incremental Revolving Facility in an aggregate principal amount of $15,000,000 (the 2022 Incremental Revolving Facility and Incremental Revolving Loans in respect thereof, the 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans and the Incremental Revolving Loan Commitments in respect thereof, the 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitments), which will form the same Class of Revolving Loans as the existing Revolving Loans under the Credit Agreement.
WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each 2022 Incremental Revolving Lender is prepared to provide, severally and not jointly, a 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitment in an aggregate principal amount for such 2022 Incremental Term Lender equal to its 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitment set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.
WHEREAS, the proceeds of the 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans made hereunder will be used by the US Borrower in accordance with Section 6.16 of the Credit Agreement for general corporate purposes and working capital of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
WHEREAS, as contemplated by Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, (a) the parties hereto have agreed, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 7 hereof, to amend certain terms of the Existing Credit Agreement as hereinafter provided to give effect to the establishment of the 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitments and (b) this Second Amendment shall constitute an Incremental Amendment under the Credit Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent have made an Early-Opt-In Election (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Existing Credit Agreement and have notified the Lenders thereof.
WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent has determined that certain Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) are required pursuant to Section 3.09(c) of the Existing Credit Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is acknowledged by each party hereto, it is agreed that:
SECTION 1. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. The rules of construction specified in Sections 1.02 through 1.09 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to this Second Amendment, including the terms defined in the preamble and recitals hereto.
SECTION 2. 2022 INCREMENTAL REVOLVING COMMITMENTS.
(a) Pursuant to Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, each 2022 Incremental Revolving Lender, severally and not jointly, agrees on the Second Amendment Effective Date, upon the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions in Section 7 of this Second Amendment, to establish 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitments in a principal amount not to exceed its respective 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitment, in accordance with this Second Amendment and the Credit Agreement. The aggregate amount of the 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitments on the Second Amendment Effective Date is $15,000,000.
(b) The 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitments shall constitute Revolving Commitments for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(c) If and when 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans are incurred under the 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitment, such 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans (i) shall be treated and deemed to constitute the same Class as the Revolving Loans for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document, (ii) the terms and provisions of the 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans shall be identical to those of the existing Class of Revolving Loans outstanding on the date hereof as set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 2.10 of the Credit Agreement and the Applicable Rate and (iii) the 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans shall (and all Revolving Loans incurred pursuant to such 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitments shall) rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the existing Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans.
(d) Upon the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers, the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders and the other Revolving Lenders shall take the actions and make the adjustments, reductions, repayments and reallocations (as applicable) contemplated by Section 2.16(i) of the Credit Agreement and the Revolving Commitments portion of Schedule 2.01 to the Credit Agreement shall be revised and replaced with Schedule 2.01 attached to this Second Amendment.
(e) The 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties party hereto agree that this Second Amendment shall constitute an Incremental Amendment pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement
(f) The 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties party hereto agree that the 2022 Incremental Revolving Facility and the 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans shall constitute an Incremental Revolving Facility and Incremental Revolving Loans, respectively, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement.
2
SECTION 3. TERM SOFR TRANSITION(g) . Pursuant to Section 3.09(b) of the Existing Credit Agreement, a copy of the Amended Credit Agreement (as defined below) has been made available to Lenders via DebtDomain on November 15, 2022 at 10:12 a.m. New York time (the Notice Date). As of the date hereof, which is the sixth Business Day after the Notice Date, the Administrative Agent has not received any written notice of objection to the amendments contemplated by the Amended Credit Agreement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. As a result (i) Term SOFR will replace the Eurodollar Rate for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and under any Loan Document and (ii) Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) will be implemented on the Second Amendment Effective Date as contemplated in this Second Amendment.
SECTION 4.
AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof, the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended on the Second Amendment Effective Date by inserting the
language indicated in double underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:
underlined text) in Exhibit A hereto and by deleting the language
indicated by strikethrough text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) in Exhibit A hereto.
SECTION 5. REFERENCE TO AND EFFECT ON THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. On and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, (i) each reference in the Credit Agreement to this Agreement, hereunder, hereof or text of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Second Amendment, (ii) all references in the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to be references to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby, (iii) each 2022 Incremental Revolving Lender shall constitute a Lender under and as defined in the Credit Agreement, (iv) the 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitments shall constitute a Revolving Commitment, under and as defined in the Credit Agreement and (v) each reference to a Revolving Loan or Revolving Loans in the Loan Documents shall be deemed to include the 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans, each reference to a Revolving Commitment or Revolving Commitments in the Loan Documents shall be deemed to include the 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitments and each reference to Revolving Lender or Revolving Lenders in the Loan Documents shall be deemed to include the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders, and the definition of the terms Revolving Loan and Revolving Lender in Section 1 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed modified to include the 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans and 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders. On and after the effectiveness of this Second Amendment, this Second Amendment shall for all purposes constitute a Loan Document under and as defined in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS & WARRANTIES. The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders and the Administrative Agent on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, that:
(a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Second Amendment; and
(b) the representations and warranties in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date (except for representations and warranties that are already qualified by materiality, which representations and warranties are true and correct in all respects), immediately prior to, and after giving effect to, the incurrence of the 2022 Incremental Revolving Facility except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except for representations and warranties that are already qualified by materiality, which representations and warranties are true and correct in all respects).
3
SECTION 7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. This Second Amendment shall become effective as of the first date (the Second Amendment Effective Date) when the conditions set forth in this Section 7 shall have been satisfied (or waived by the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders in accordance with the Credit Agreement):
(a) Amendment Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received the following, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders:
(i) counterparts of this Second Amendment executed by the Borrowers, Holdings, Holdings GP, each other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders;
(ii) (A) certificates of good standing from the secretary of state or other applicable office of the state of organization or formation or provincial or territorial or Canadian federal corporate registry of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party (including Holdings and Holdings GP), (B) resolutions or other applicable action of each Loan Party, (C) an incumbency certificate and/or other certificate of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party, in each case evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Second Amendment and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or is to be a party on the Second Amendment Effective Date, and (D) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower that the conditions specified in clause (b) below have been satisfied or (to the extent applicable) will be satisfied promptly upon the effectiveness of this Second Amendment;
(iii) an opinion from (A) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, special counsel to the Loan Parties (or certain of the Loan Parties), with respect to matters of New York law and certain aspects of Delaware law; (B) Perkins Coie LLP, with respect to matters of Washington law and (C) Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP, with respect to matters of Canadian law;
(iv) a certificate from the chief financial officer or other officer with equivalent duties of the US Borrower as to the Solvency (after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Second Amendment) of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I to the Credit Agreement; and
(v) a reaffirmation of the security interests granted pursuant to each Collateral Document by the Canadian Subsidiaries, signed by the Canadian Subsidiaries.
(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Second Amendment Effective Date. The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary closing certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower, certifying the foregoing.
(c) Incremental Amount Certificate. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the US Borrower certifying, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders, a calculation detailing the incurrence of the 2022 Incremental Revolving Commitment under Section 2.16(c) of the Credit Agreement.
4
(d) Fees and Expenses. All fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder on the Second Amendment Effective Date (including, without limitation, pursuant to that certain Second Amendment Fee Letter, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrowers and PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as a 2022 Incremental Revolving Lender) and, with respect to expenses and legal fees, to the extent invoiced in reasonable detail at least two Business Days before the Second Amendment Effective Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed to by the US Borrower) shall have been paid in full in cash.
(e) KYC. The 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders shall have received at least three Business Days prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date (i) all documentation and other information about the Loan Parties required in order to comply with applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and Canadian AML Legislation, and (ii) to the extent either Borrower qualifies as a legal entity customer a customary FinCEN beneficial ownership certificate, that in each case has been requested in writing at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date.
SECTION 8. REAFFIRMATION.
By executing and delivering a copy hereof, (i) the Borrowers and each other Loan Party hereby (A) agrees that all Loans (including, without limitation, the 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans made available on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date) shall be guaranteed pursuant to the Guaranty in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof and shall be secured pursuant to the Collateral Documents in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof and (ii) the Borrowers and each other Loan Party hereby (A) reaffirms its prior grant and the validity of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (B) agrees that, notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Second Amendment, after giving effect to this Second Amendment, the Guaranty and the Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including, without limitation, the 2022 Incremental Revolving Lenders) continue to be in full force and effect and (C) affirms, acknowledges and confirms its guarantee of obligations and liabilities under the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party and the pledge of and/or grant of security interest in its assets as Collateral to secure the Obligations under the Credit Agreement, in each case after giving effect to this Second Amendment, all as provided in such Loan Documents, and acknowledges and agrees that such guarantee, pledge and/or grant continue in full force and effect in respect of, and to secure, the Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each as amended hereby, including the 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans (including, without limitation, the Obligations with respect to the 2022 Incremental Revolving Loans), in each case after giving effect to this Second Amendment.
SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
(a) Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Second Amendment shall be effective unless in writing signed by each party hereto and as otherwise required by Section 11.01 of the Credit Agreement.
(b) Ratification. This Second Amendment is limited to the matters specified herein and shall not constitute a modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the obligations outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or instruments securing the same, which shall remain in full force and effect as modified hereby or by instruments executed concurrently herewith.
5
(c) No Novation; Effect of this Second Amendment. This Second Amendment does not extinguish the Obligations for the payment of money outstanding under the Credit Agreement or discharge or release the lien or priority of any Loan Document or any other security therefor or any guarantee thereof, and the liens and security interests existing immediately prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties securing payment of the Obligations are in all respects continuing and in full force and effect with respect to all Obligations. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing herein contained shall be construed as a substitution or novation, or a payment and reborrowing, or a termination, of the Obligations outstanding under the Credit Agreement or instruments guaranteeing or securing the same, which shall remain in full force and effect, except as modified hereby or by instruments executed concurrently herewith. Nothing expressed or implied in this Second Amendment or any other document contemplated hereby shall be construed as a release or other discharge of Holdings, Holdings GP or any Borrower under the Credit Agreement or any Borrower or any other Loan Party under any Loan Document from any of its obligations and liabilities thereunder, and except as expressly provided, such obligations are in all respects continuing with only the terms being modified as provided in this Second Amendment. The Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect, until and except as modified. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Second Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Agents under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. This Second Amendment shall apply and be effective only with respect to the provisions of the Credit Agreement specifically referred to herein. Each Guarantor further agrees that nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Second Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Guarantor to any future amendment to the Credit Agreement. This Second Amendment constitutes a Loan Document for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(d) GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION, ETC. SECTIONS 11.15 (GOVERNING LAW) AND 11.16 (WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY) OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN AS IF SUCH SECTIONS APPEARED HEREIN, MUTATIS MUTANDIS.
(e) Severability. Section 11.14 (Severability) of the Credit Agreement is incorporated by reference herein as if such Section appeared herein, mutatis mutandis.
(f) Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Second Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Second Amendment by telecopy or other electronic imaging (including in pdf. or .tif format) means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Second Amendment. The Administrative Agent may also require that signatures delivered by telecopier, .pdf or other electronic imaging means be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof.
(g) Headings. Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect
6
(h) Electronic Execution. The words execution, signed, signature, and words of like import in this Second Amendment or any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to any amendment, extension or renewal of this Second Amendment.
[Signature Pages Follow]
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this Second Amendment as of the date first above written.
S-EVERGREEN HOLDING CORP., as Holdings | ||
By: | /s/ Mark Walsh | |
Name: Mark Walsh | ||
Title: President | ||
EVERGREEN ACQCO GP LLC, as Holdings GP | ||
By: | /s/ Mark Walsh | |
Name: Mark Walsh | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President | ||
EVERGREEN ACQCO 1 LP, as the US Borrower | ||
By: Evergreen AcqCoGP LLC, its general partner | ||
By: | /s/ Mark Walsh | |
Name: Mark Walsh | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President | ||
VALUE VILLAGE CANADA INC., as the Canadian Borrower | ||
By: | /s/ Mark Walsh | |
Name: Mark Walsh | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President | ||
EVERGREEN ACQCO 2 INC. | ||
SAVERS RECYCLING, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Mark Walsh | |
Name: Mark Walsh | ||
Title: President |
[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement]
TVI, INC. | ||
VALUE VILLAGE RECYCLING, ULC | ||
VALUE VILLAGE STORES 2ND AVE. LLC | ||
THRIFT ACQUISITION, INC. | ||
THRIFT INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS I, INC. | ||
THRIFT INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS II, INC. | ||
VILLAGE ECONOMY STORES, INC. | ||
RLJNJ, INC. | ||
VILLAGE THRIFT STORES, INC. | ||
NARBERTH GREENDROP, LLC | ||
RCR REALTY MANAGEMENT LLC | ||
TAILING PERMIT LLC | ||
GREENDROP REALTY LLC | ||
GREENDROP TRUCKING LLC | ||
GREENDROP, LLC | ||
KENSINGTON PARTNERS L.P. | ||
By: |
/s/ Mark Walsh | |
Name: Mark Walsh | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President |
[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement]
KKR LOAN ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES LLC, as Administrative Agent | ||
By: |
/s/ John Knox | |
Name: | John Knox | |
Title: | CFO |
[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement]
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a 2022 Incremental Revolving Lender | ||
By: |
/s/ Steve Roberts | |
Name: | Steve Roberts | |
Title: | Senior Vice President |
[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement]
SCHEDULE 1
2022 Incremental Revolving Commitments
2022 Incremental Revolving Lender |
2022 Incremental Revolving Commitment |
Applicable Percentage | ||||||
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION |
$ | 15,000,000.00 | 100.00 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 15,000,000.00 | 100.00 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 2.01
REVOLVING COMMITMENTS
Lender |
Revolving Commitment | |||
PNC Bank, National Association |
$ | 75,000,000.00 | ||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 75,000,000.00 | ||
|
|
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the use of our report dated March 30, 2023, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Savers Value Village, Inc., formerly known as S-Evergreen Holding LLC, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading Experts in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Boise, Idaho
March 30, 2023
Exhibit 107
Calculation of Filing Fee Tables
Form S-1
(Form Type)
Savers Value Village, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Table 1: Newly Registered Securities
Security Type
|
Security Class Title
|
Fee Calculation or Carry Forward Rule
|
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)
|
Fee Rate
|
Amount of Registration Fee
| |||||||
Fees to Be Paid
|
Equity
|
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
|
Rule 457(o)
|
$100,000,000
|
0.00011020
|
$11,020
| ||||||
Fees Previously Paid
|
Equity
|
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
|
Rule 457(o)
|
$100,000,000
|
0.00011020
|
$11,020
| ||||||
Total Offering Amounts
|
$100,000,000
|
$11,020
| ||||||||||
Total Fees Previously Paid
|
$11,020
| |||||||||||
Net Fee Due
|
$0.00
|
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(2) | Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See Underwriting. |
1